exploring ibm eserver xseries and pcs

Exploring IBMxSeries

and PCs

“This book provides a

valuable and insightful

guide to selecting

IBM’s PC products.”

—Anne Gardner, Vice PresidentIBM Commercial Desktop Systems

The Instant Insider’s Guide to IBM’s Intel-based Servers and Workstations

Jim Hoskins and Bill Wilson

11EE LL EE VV EE NN TT HH

EE DD II TT II OO NN

Exploring IBM ~ xSeries and PCs

Eleventh Edition

Other Titles of Interest From Maximum Press

Exploring IBM Technology, Products, & Services, Third Edition: edited byHoskins, 1-885068-44-1

Building Intranets With Lotus Notes and Domino 5.0: Krantz, 1-885068-41-7

Exploring IBM RS/6000 Computers, Tenth Edition: Hoskins, Davies,1-885068-42-5

Exploring IBM ~ iSeries and AS/400e Computers, Tenth Edition:Hoskins, Dimmick, 1-885068-43-3

Exploring IBM S/390 Computers, Sixth Edition: Hoskins, Coleman,1-885068-28-X

Marketing on the Internet, Fifth Edition: Zimmerman, 1-885068-49-2

Business-to-Business Internet Marketing, Third Edition: Silverstein,1-885068-50-6

Marketing With E-Mail, Second Edition: Kinnard, 1-885068-51-4

101 Ways to Promote Your Web Site, Second Edition: Sweeney,1-885068-45-X

Internet Marketing for Less Than $500/Year: Yudkin, 1-885068-52-2

Internet Marketing for Your Tourism Business: Sweeney, 1-885068-47-6

Internet Marketing for Information Technology Companies: Silverstein,1-885068-46-8

101 Internet Businesses You Can Start From Home: Sweeney,1-885068-59-X

For more information, visit our Web site at www.maxpress.comor e-mail us at [email protected]

Exploring IBM ~ xSeries and PCs

Eleventh Edition

Jim HoskinsBill Wilson

MAXIMUM PRESS

605 Silverthorn Road

Gulf Breeze, FL 32561

(850) 934-0819

www.maxpress.com

Publisher: Jim Hoskins

Manager of Finance/Administration: Donna Tryon

Production Manager: ReNae Grant

Cover Designer: Lauren Smith Designs

Compositor: PageCrafters Inc.

Copyeditor: Andrew Potter

Proofreader: Kim Stefansson

Indexer: Susan Olason

This publication is designed to provide accurate and authoritative information in regard tothe subject matter covered. It is sold with the understanding that the publisher is not en-gaged in rendering professional services. If legal, accounting, medical, psychological, orany other expert assistance is required, the services of a competent professional personshould be sought. ADAPTED FROM A DECLARATION OF PRINCIPLES OF A JOINTCOMMITTEE OF THE AMERICAN BAR ASSOCIATION AND PUBLISHERS.

Copyright 2001 by Maximum Press.

All rights reserved. Published simultaneously in Canada.

Reproduction or translation of any part of this work beyond that permitted by Section 107or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyrightowner is unlawful. Requests for permission or further information should be addressed tothe Permissions Department, Maximum Press.

Recognizing the importance of preserving what has been written, it is a policy of MaximumPress to have books of enduring value published in the United States printed on acid-freepaper, and we exert our best efforts to that end.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Hoskins, Jim.

Exploring IBM eserver Xseries and PCs: the instant insider’s guide to PC

systems, software, and business strategies / Jim Hoskins and Bill

Wilson.-- 11th ed.

p. cm.

Includes bibliographical references and index.

ISBN 1-885068-76-x

1. IBM microcomputers. I. Wilson, Bill, 1951- II. Title.

QA76.8.I1015 H668 2000

004.165--dc21

00-010858

Acknowledgements

Many people took time from their busy schedules to aid us during thedevelopment of this book. Thanks to Bob Chelemer, Paul Eldridge,Rodger Dodson, Karen Galey, Piper Landrum, Bob Lenard, Dan Larson,Richard Menard, Mark Thomas, Sean Whalen, Tim Wilson, and EdThum. Thanks again to all for making this book possible.

Disclaimer

The purchase of computer software or hardware is an important andcostly business decision. While the author and publisher of this bookhave made reasonable efforts to ensure the accuracy and timeliness ofthe information contained herein, the author and publisher assume noliability with respect to loss or damage caused or alleged to be causedby reliance on any information contained herein and disclaim any andall warranties, expressed or implied, as to the accuracy or reliability ofsaid information.

This book is not intended to replace the manufacturer’s productdocumentation or personnel in determining the specifications and capa-bilities of the products mentioned in this book. The manufacturer’s prod-uct documentation should always be consulted, as the specificationsand capabilities of computer hardware and software products are sub-ject to frequent modification. The reader is solely responsible for thechoice of computer hardware and software. All configurations and ap-plications of computer hardware and software should be reviewed withthe manufacturer’s representatives prior to choosing or using any com-puter hardware and software.

Trademarks

The words contained in this text which are believed to be trademarked,service marked, or otherwise to hold proprietary rights have been desig-nated as such by use of initial capitalization. No attempt has been madeto designate as trademarked or service marked any personal computerwords or terms in which proprietary rights might exist. Inclusion, ex-

clusion, or definition of a word or term is not intended to affect, or toexpress judgment upon, the validity of legal status of any proprietaryright which may be claimed for a specific word or term.

Photographs throughout the book, and the charts in AppendicesA–G are reproduced courtesy of International Business Machines Cor-poration. Unauthorized use not permitted.

Chapter Title vii

vii

Foreword

IBM’s new lineup of products, from its Personal Computer Divisions,continues to be recognized as the best in the industry. During 2000,we refreshed our entire line of IBM ThinkPad notebooks, IntelliStationworkstations and Netfinity servers. We consolidated our desktop prod-ucts into the new exciting NetVista desktop family, and began thetransition of our Netfinity servers to the IBM ~ xSeries. Weannounced new IBM Options and Visual products to provide the stron-gest product line ever and, at the same time, we have delivered on ourstrategy to provide customer solutions and integrated offerings to themarketplace faster than ever before.

Increasingly, we are trying to reach more customers where theychoose to do business. Not only has ibm.com grown as a direct chan-nel, but our strategy has evolved into one of creating e-business rela-tionships to meet our customers’ needs both now and in the future.

This new edition of Exploring IBM ~ xSeries and PCs, 11thEdition, provides a comprehensive view of IBM’s portfolio of prod-ucts. They deliver on IBM’s commitment to provide innovative, af-fordable e-business solutions, incorporating industry-leadingtechnology along with award winning manageability features—forcustomers of all sizes.

Carla J. DavisonVP, Marketing & Brand Management,IBM Personal Computer Division

�� Exploring IBM � xSeries and PCs

��

Introduction ......................................................................................... xivWhat This Book Is ........................................................................ xivWhat This Book Is Not ................................................................. xivHow to Use This Book .................................................................. xvAccessing the “Members Only” Web Site ..................................... xviA Glance Backward at the Family Tree ........................................ xvii

��

Meet IBM’s Desktop PC Families .................................................... 1The Aptiva Family ........................................................................... 6

Aptiva E Series Specifics .......................................................... 7Aptiva S Series Specifics ......................................................... 11

IBM NetVista and the IBM PC Families ........................................ 12IBM PC 300 Series ................................................................ 18IBM PC 300GL Series ........................................................... 19IBM PC 300PL Series ............................................................ 20

The IBM NetVista Family .............................................................. 23The IBM NetVista X Series (All-in-One) ............................... 24The IBM NetVista S Series (Legacy-free) ............................... 26The IBM NetVista Thin Client Series (Zero Footprint) ......... 28

The ThinkPad Family .................................................................... 29ThinkPad A Series Specifics ................................................... 33ThinkPad T Series Specifics ................................................... 35ThinkPad i Series Specifics ..................................................... 38ThinkPad 570E and 240X Series Specifics ............................ 41WorkPad c3 Specifics ............................................................. 43

The IBM IntelliStation Family ....................................................... 45A Closer Look ............................................................................... 48

Microprocessors and Memory ............................................... 49Microprocessor Basics ................................................... 49

��

Table of Contents ��

Multiprocessing ............................................................. 50RISC vs. CISC ................................................................ 51Intel Microprocessors .................................................... 53Mobile Pentium Processors ............................................ 56Intel Chip Sets ................................................................ 57More on SMP ................................................................ 58Advanced System Management Processor ...................... 60Memory ......................................................................... 61

Disk Storage .......................................................................... 64Removable Disk Storage ................................................ 64Fixed Disks .................................................................... 68

ISA/EISA/PCI/PCMCIA/AGP Expansion Slots ..................... 72Graphics ................................................................................ 75

Flat Panel Monitor Technology ...................................... 81Emerging Graphics/Video Memory ................................ 83

Ports ...................................................................................... 85Keyboards .............................................................................. 88

��

Meet IBM’s xSeries and Netfinity .................................................. 90Netfinity Mission-Critical Servers .......................................... 92Netfinity Price/Performance Servers ...................................... 93Netfinity Value Servers .......................................................... 93Netfinity Rack-Optimized Servers ......................................... 94

IBM’s Netfinity Systems Management Strategy ............................. 95IBM’s Netfinity Systems Management Hardware .................. 96IBM’s Netfinity Installation and Systems Management

Software ............................................................................. 98IBM Netfinity X-Architecture ...................................................... 102

Core Logic—IBM’s Summit Technology .............................. 103Enterprise Storage Solutions ................................................ 106

Interoperability ............................................................ 107Manageability .............................................................. 107Protection .................................................................... 108RAID Extensions ......................................................... 108FlashCopy .................................................................... 108RAID 1–Enhanced (1E) ............................................... 108RAID 5–Enhanced (5E) ............................................... 109

� Exploring IBM � xSeries and PCs

Storage Area Networks (SANs).................................... 109Netfinity Web Server Accelerator ................................. 111Availability and Reliability ........................................... 111

Software Rejuvenation ............................................. 111Active Diagnostics ................................................... 112

IBM Netfinity Support ................................................. 112Netfinity 8500R Specifics ............................................................ 114Netfinity 7600 Specifics ............................................................... 115Netfinity 5600 Specifics ............................................................... 118Netfinity 7100 Specifics ............................................................... 119Netfinity 6000R Specifics ............................................................ 123Netfinity 5100 Specifics ............................................................... 125Netfinity 5000 Specifics ............................................................... 127Netfinity 4500R Specifics ............................................................ 129Netfinity 4000R Specifics ............................................................ 130Netfinity 3500 Specifics ............................................................... 132Netfinity 3000 Specifics ............................................................... 134xSeries 300 Specifics .................................................................... 136xSeries 200 Specifics .................................................................... 138xSeries 100 Specifics .................................................................... 140

�� !�� "

Displays and Display Adapters .................................................... 144E Series Color Monitors ...................................................... 145G Series Monitors ................................................................ 147P Series Color Monitors ....................................................... 149Flat Panel Color Monitors ................................................... 150

Printers ........................................................................................ 152IBM Network Printer 12 ..................................................... 154IBM InfoPrint 21 ................................................................. 155IBM InfoPrint 40 ................................................................. 156IBM InfoPrint Color 8 Printer ............................................. 157

Memory Expansion Options ........................................................ 159Fixed Disk Drives/SCSI Adapters ................................................. 159Tape Drives .................................................................................. 160Optical Disk Drives ..................................................................... 163

CD-ROM Drives ................................................................. 164IDE CD-ROM Drives .................................................. 164

Communications Options ............................................................ 165


Async/Synchronous/Multiprotocol Adapters ........................ 166Synchronous/Multiprotocol Adapters .................................. 167Modems ............................................................................... 168Ethernet Adapters ................................................................ 170Token-Ring Network Adapters ............................................ 170Emulation Adapters ............................................................. 173

Multimedia Options .................................................................... 173UltraPort Camera ................................................................ 174IBM PCI Audio Adapter...................................................... 175PCMCIA 16-Bit Audio Adapter .......................................... 176Processor Upgrade Options ................................................. 176

ThinkPad Options ....................................................................... 176Keyboards ............................................................................ 176ScrollPoint Mouse ................................................................ 178IBM Portable Drive Bay 2000 ............................................. 180

Netfinity Options ........................................................................ 182Netfinity Enterprise Rack and Expansion Cabinet .............. 182Netfinity APC Smart-UPS 5000 .......................................... 184

��"#��$�%�� &'

Getting Your Feet Wet with a Personal Computer ....................... 185Greetings from POST .......................................................... 186What If POST Finds an Error? ............................................ 189Using the Configuration/Setup Utility .................................. 194Starting the Configuration/Setup Utility .............................. 194Strolling Through the Main Menu ....................................... 195

Menu Option: System Summary .................................. 195Menu Option: Product Data ........................................ 196Menu Option: Devices and I/O Ports ........................... 196Menu Option: Date and Time ...................................... 196Menu Option: System Security ..................................... 196Menu Option: Start Options ........................................ 197Menu Option: Power Management .............................. 197

The Real Software—A Model ...................................................... 198Application Programs .......................................................... 199Operating Systems ............................................................... 200BIOS.................................................................................... 201How the Layers Work Together........................................... 203

Setting Up Your Workspace ......................................................... 206


Getting Comfortable ............................................................ 206Lighting ............................................................................... 206

Software Compatibility—Will PC Programs Work? .................... 207What Is Meant by “PC Compatibility”? .............................. 207What Affects “Compatibility”? ........................................... 208Which Programs Are or Are Not Compatible? .................... 211

��'(��)��$��

Application Program Alternatives ................................................ 212Prewritten Application Programs ........................................ 213

Word Processing .......................................................... 214Spreadsheets ................................................................. 215Database Management ................................................ 215Business Graphics and Multimedia .............................. 217Communications .......................................................... 218Variations on the Big Five ............................................ 219

Custom Application Programs ............................................. 221Operating System Dependencies .................................................. 222

��*!��$�� '

Introduction to Operating System Concepts ................................ 225What Is Multi-Application? ................................................. 226How Is Multi-Application Useful? ....................................... 227What Is Multiuser? .............................................................. 230How Is Multiuser Useful? .................................................... 230What Is Real Mode? ............................................................ 232What Is Protected Mode? .................................................... 233What Is Virtual 8086 Mode? ............................................... 233

The Disk Operating System (DOS) .............................................. 234Advanced Operating Systems....................................................... 241

DOS Extended with Windows............................................. 243Windows 95......................................................................... 245Windows 98......................................................................... 247Windows 2000..................................................................... 248OS/2 Warp Operating Systems ............................................ 249Windows NT Workstation ................................................... 250


Windows NT Server ............................................................ 254JavaOS for Business............................................................. 254Linux ................................................................................... 255

Which Operating System Is for You? ........................................... 256

��+��)��,��-� �'&

Computer Communicationsin Business—An Introduction .................................................. 258

Terminal Emulation ..................................................................... 259Asynchronous Terminal Emulation ..................................... 2615250 Workstation Emulation .............................................. 2653270 Emulation ................................................................... 267

Local Area Networks and IBM Personal Computers ................... 267Basic LAN Functions ........................................................... 268

Data Sharing ................................................................ 268Program Sharing .......................................................... 270Equipment Sharing....................................................... 271Electronic Messaging ................................................... 271

Ethernet LAN ...................................................................... 272Token-Ring Networks ......................................................... 274Token-Ring vs. Ethernet Networks ...................................... 278FDDI Networks .................................................................. 279

Gateways ..................................................................................... 282Switched Ethernet and Token Ring .............................................. 285The ATM Solution ....................................................................... 287Storage Area Networks................................................................ 291

Appendix A: ............................................................................... 295Appendix B: ................................................................................. 331Appendix C: ................................................................................ 332Appendix D: ................................................................................ 338Appendix E: ................................................................................. 343Appendix F: ................................................................................. 362Appendix G: ................................................................................ 375Appendix H: ................................................................................ 381

xiv Exploring IBM ~ xSeries and PCs

xiv

Introduction

What This Book Is

This book is dedicated to IBM’s personal computer (PC) families,which include the NetVista, Netfinity and ~ xSeries, Aptiva,IBM PC, IntelliStation, and IBM ThinkPad computer families. First,it introduces IBM’s personal computer branding strategy along witha discussion of the importance of network computing and the Internet.

Secondly, an overview of each model in a language understand-able to the business user is provided. New architecture and hardwaretechnologies are discussed in a fashion that helps you understand themost important computer features.

Thirdly, the book guides you through a brief “hands-on” session.The different kinds of software necessary to do real work are alsodescribed, to help you with software buying decisions.

Finally, this book discusses some ways to apply personal comput-ers in a networked environment. It is impossible to select and use thepersonal computer products properly unless you understand how youcan use these components to fill your business needs. Here you willfind specific personal computer hardware and software for typicalenvironments from a simple local area network to complex internetand storage area networks.

What This Book Is Not

Many computer books try to be all things to all people. They start byexplaining checkbook balancing and finish by covering the SpaceShuttle’s redundant flight computer complex. This book is not a gen-eral overview of computers. It is specific to IBM’s personal computerfamilies (a subject more than broad enough for a single book). Itfocuses on U.S. versions of the products, most of which have counter-parts available outside the United States. This book is not a technical

Introduction xv

reference manual (IBM will sell you that), nor is it intended to teachcomputer programming. It provides instead a good description oftoday’s personal computers and explains how to use them in the busi-ness environment.

Finally, this book will not treat you like an engineer. Businesspeople typically are short on time and patience as far as technicalmatters are concerned. Although some technical discussions are nec-essary, we have tried to keep these discussions as light and concise aspossible while still conveying necessary and useful information.

How to Use This Book

Chapter 1 first introduces the line of desktop and notebook comput-ers. This includes IBM’s new line of NetVista, IBM PC, IntelliStation,and ThinkPad family of computers with an overview of specific mod-els. The latter part of the chapter, “A Closer Look,” examines theelements (microprocessor, fixed disk drives, etc.) used to build per-sonal computers.

Chapter 2 takes you through each of IBM’s Netfinity and IBM~ xSeries model groups and includes critical product-positioningdiscussions that help you choose the right server for your business.

Chapter 3 surveys the many hardware options available for per-sonal computers, including displays, printers, disk expansion, andcommunications. It is provided primarily as a reference to help youselect the proper options for your personal computer.

Chapter 4 guides you through a “hands-on” session with a per-sonal computer system. The latter part of the chapter, “The Real Soft-ware—A Model,” describes the role of application programs,operating systems, and the BIOS—the three basic types of programsnecessary to do productive work with personal computers.

Chapter 5 continues the discussion on application programs, de-scribing the primary types of application programs. It also addressesthe question of prewritten versus custom application programs.

Chapter 6 continues the discussion on operating systems. First,basic operating system products designed for personal computers aredescribed (including DOS, Windows, and Linux) to help you deter-mine which one best fits your needs.

xvi Exploring IBM ~ xSeries and PCs

Chapter 7 shows how specific options and software products areused to participate in the computer communications and networkedenvironments commonly found in businesses.

The glossary is included to provide you with an additional under-standing of the major PC terminology.

The “Members Only” Web site is an exclusive Web site only avail-able to our readers that provides updated and expanded informationabout IBM’s fast moving personal computer strategies, technologies,and products.

To help you better understand the topics covered in this book,key terms and phrases are defined and bold. These key terms are alsolisted in the index at the back of this book. If while reading you for-get the definition of a key term or phrase, the index will quickly pro-vide the page(s) on which the term was originally discussed.

Accessing the “Members Only” Web Site

The personal computer world changes most every day. That’s whythere is a companion Web site associated with this book. On this siteyou will find updates to this book and other PC-related resources ofinterest to anyone interested in personal computers, IBM, or relatedtechnology and products.

To gain access to the companion Web site, go to the MaximumPress site located at www.maxpress.com and follow the links to thecompanion Web site for this book. When you try to enter the site,you will be asked for a user ID and password. Type in the following:

• For the user ID, enter: pc11e

• For the password, enter: lucky

You will then be granted full access to the companion Website. Visit the site often and enjoy the updates and resources withour complements—and thanks again for buying the book. We askthat you not share the user ID and password for this site withanyone else.

Introduction xvii

A Glance Backward at the Family Tree

IBM entered the small computer business on August 12, 1981, whenan informal leg of IBM (called an Independent Business Unit) in BocaRaton, Florida, announced the IBM personal computer (IBM PC).The IBM PC was an experiment conducted by 12 developers underthe leadership of Philip (Don) Estridge. The small computer systemwas designed in 12 months from “off-the-shelf” components. De-signed primarily for small to medium-size businesses, the IBM PChad an 8088 microprocessor, 16K of standard memory, 160K dis-kette drives, a text-only monochrome display, and a cassette port.How undemanding we were back in 1981!

Today, just a few short years later, a personal computer with suchcharacteristics could hardly satisfy a preschooler playing video games,let alone any serious business needs. However, at that time it fit theneeds of the users. Not even the 12 developers imagined that the seedthey planted with the IBM PC would grow to become a cornerstonein businesses of all types.

As time went on, IBM developed a family of personal computersand the Independent Business Unit became a full division, the EntrySystems Division (ESD). IBM published all of the PC’s technical in-formation, inviting third-party manufacturers to develop and markettheir own hardware and software for the PC—which they did. Thispractice of publishing technical details about a product is known asadopting an “open architecture policy.” As more and more third-partyhardware and software became available for the PC family of com-puters, their popularity grew, prompting even more third-party de-velopment activity. This self-fueling cycle was beneficial to IBM,third-party developers, and the end users. The success of the open ar-chitecture policy has prompted IBM to continue publishing technicaldetails about all subsequent personal computer systems.

The personal computer family included a wide range of productsin terms of both function and price. Let’s quickly look at the two corePC family members: the Personal Computer XT, shown in Figure I.1,and the Personal Computer AT, shown in Figure I.2.

The Personal Computer XT was based on the 8088 microproces-sor used in the original PC. It was the first PC family member tosupport a fixed disk. The Personal Computer AT introduced the 80286

xviii Exploring IBM ~ xSeries and PCs

Figure I.2. IBM personal computer AT.

Figure I.1. IBM personal computer XT.

Introduction xix

microprocessor to the PC family. It offered enhancements in the ar-eas of performance, disk storage, and memory size. Many of the otherPC family members, such as the IBM 3270 PC, the IBM PC/370, andthe IBM Portable PC, were developed directly from these core PCfamily members. All of these PC family members retained a high de-gree of software compatibility with preceding products.

Then, on April 2, 1987, IBM announced a new generation ofpersonal computers called Personal System/2 computers. The first fourmodels of the IBM Personal System/2 (PS/2) family (Models 30, 50,60, and 80) were announced on that day. Over the next few years,the PS/2 family grew to include many different models and configu-rations. The current PS/2 family is part of IBM’s enhanced desktopline and employs the best of IBM’s technology and design. It is in-tended for use by small, medium, and larger business. Not long afterthe PS/2 announcement, the Personal System/1 (PS/1) family of com-puters was introduced and targeted at individuals and small businessusers, being sold primarily through retail outlets.

Then, in September 1992, IBM turned its Entry Systems Divi-sion into the IBM PC Company. This reorganization was designedto give the personal computer part of IBM more autonomy andflexibility. On the heels of this reorganization (October 1992) camethe introduction of the ValuePoint and ThinkPad families of per-sonal computers. The ValuePoint family—also intended for small,medium, and large business users—has been IBM’s low-cost, indus-try-standard line of personal computers. The ThinkPad family con-sists of battery-powered notebook and subnotebook computers forthose needing to compute outside the office.

By far the most sweeping change in the use of PCs in the last fewyears has been the rapid movement to get connected to the publicnetwork of networks called the Internet (and private networks basedon the same technology called intranets). Whether we connect fromhome by modem or through a local area network at our business, theInternet is truly changing the way we communicate, share informa-tion, and do business. This book will introduce you to IBM’s PCsolutions for the Internet, from connecting to the World Wide Web athome to building an Internet server for your business. As a result, theIBM Netfinity Server systems have taken on a unique functional andbrand identity as well.

Then in the fall of 1994, IBM announced a new branding strat-egy designed to help the customer understand and differentiate be-

xx Exploring IBM ~ xSeries and PCs

tween models, making it easier to shop for, buy, and own personalcomputers. The most obvious element of this new branding strategywas the naming scheme. The new brands were called Aptiva, IBMPC, IBM NetVista, IBM Netfinity Server, IBM IntelliStation, and IBMThinkPad. Aptiva is the name for IBM’s consumer brand. The Aptivaline is intended for individuals, small businesses, and home users.The IBM PC name was a return to the original name used by IBMback in 1981. It represented a simplification of the various commer-cial desktop and server families that have been introduced over theyears and the introduction of a product numbering scheme that moreclearly indicates the features and functions contained in a particularsystem. The very successful ThinkPad name remained for thebattery-powered notebook and subnotebook systems. IBM contin-ued to expand and enhance these brand areas as they gradually phasedout the older PS/1, ValuePoint, and PS/2 families.

In 1996, IBM formed its Consumer Products Division, a separateunit from IBM’s PC Company that focused on the consumer market-place and the Aptiva brand through retail stores.

The rest of IBM’s personal computer brands—the IBM PC, IBMPC Server/Netfinity, and IBM IntelliStation (Professional Worksta-tion)—are all considered commercial products. The IBM ThinkPadbrand is mainly targeted for the commercial environment but is alsopopular in the consumer/retail market.

In 1998 IBM merged its PC Company and Consumer ProductsDivision into one organization called the IBM Personal Systems Group.IBM further distinguished the PC Server product line by branding allof its follow-on PC Servers with the Netfinity name. More recently,IBM has made it easy to buy an Aptiva as well as its other PC com-puters directly from IBM using IBM’s Internet Web site or callingIBM directly.

In May of 2000 IBM introduced its new NetVista family of desk-top computers annotating their new sleek designs and Net readiness.We expect IBM to expand, as time goes on, and incorporate most oftoday’s IBM PC family under this new brand name.

In the fall of 2000, IBM introduced the new line of IBM ~computers. This new branding of IBM servers is intended to empha-size IBM’s commitment to e-business as well as simplify the entireserver line of products. As a result, the new IBM xSeries servers willreplace the Netfinity family over time and represent IBM’s Intel-basedservers that come from the concept of the IBM X-architecture.

IBM Personal Computers 1

1

1

IBM Personal Computers

This chapter first provides an overview of the IBM line of personalcomputers, which includes the IBM NetVista, IBM Aptiva, IBM per-sonal computer, IBM Netfinity, IBM ~ xSeries, IBM ThinkPad,and IBM IntelliStation families of computers. The chapter then fo-cuses more specifically on the members of each family (with the ex-ception of the IBM Netfinity line of servers, which is presented inmore detail in Chapter 2). Finally, we move in for a closer look at thedesign details of personal computers.

Meet IBM’s Desktop PC Families

After starting out as a small-scale experiment back in 1981, the IBMpersonal computer has now grown into several complete families ofpersonal computers. The families (also called brands) that make upIBM’s personal computer line are the IBM Aptiva, personal computer(PC), NetVista, Netfinity/xSeries, ThinkPad/WorkPad, and IntelliStationfamilies, IBM’s Thin Client family of Network Stations, and finally theOptions brand of products, which are specially designed to supportIBM’s entire line of PC products. Each family is designed to suit theneeds and buying habits of specific user communities (with some over-lap between the families).

2 Exploring IBM ~ xSeries and PCs

The Aptiva family is designed for use by individuals in very smallbusinesses and at home. It currently consists of two series (the E andthe S) of different models, all with standard multimedia capabilities.Figure 1.1 shows a member of the Aptiva S family. The focus is onaffordability, convenience, and ease of use, yet they also offer thelatest in speed and technology. Unlike most of IBM’s other PC fami-lies, Aptiva computers are offered only through a few select retailersand directly from IBM rather than through computer dealers or IBMmarketing representatives. Because Aptivas are primarily for the in-dividual and home market, they are not intended (or supported) foruse in complex local area networks. PC families designed for use incomplex networks undergo additional and extensive testing in vari-ous network environments, which adds costs consumers do not re-quire. However, Aptivas do come with fax/modems andcommunications software that allow for everything from Internetaccess to telephone answering machine functions. Some models mayalso be supported in a small home network using approved networkadapters. The new Aptivas, based on Intel’s Pentium III and AMD’sAthlon microprocessors, have the Windows 2000 operating systemand several basic application programs pre-installed.

IBM has introduced a new line of products, code-named EoN for“Edge of the Network.” This line of products is branded as IBM’snew NetVista family of computers, which now expand IBM’s PC evo-

Figure 1.1. Member of the IBM Aptiva S family.


lution and help bring more users to the edge of the network. IBMNetVista constitutes a new product line of desktops and mobile sys-tems under a single brand. This line will be closely tied to IBM’spervasive computing strategy. IBM may soon include a “WearablePC” like the 13-ounce prototype that Olympus Optical Co. and IBM’sJapanese unit unveiled in November. The Wearable PC has a tinyscreen that flips out from a headset to cover one eye, projecting theimage of a much larger monitor. We expect the NetVista brand nameto eventually encompass all of IBM’s line of commercial desktop andthin client systems in the future, similar to the transition we are see-ing with IBM’s PC server line, now called the IBM ~ xSeries.

The IBM personal computer (PC) brand is also known under theumbrella name of Client Systems, denoting systems that can attach toa server over a network. This also means that the systems are net-work certified and supported in a network environment. IBM’s com-mercial systems also provide many features that help businessesmanage and protect their PC assets. The newer models in this familyare identified by the IBM PC name and a product number such as PC300GL and PC 300PL. The IBM personal computer family andNetVista family (Figure 1.2) covers a wide range of performance,features, and functions. There are IBM PC models based on the fullrange of Intel Pentium microprocessors and incorporating both ISA(Industry Standard Architecture) and PCI (Peripheral ComponentInterconnect) expansion buses. The latest PC 300GL and PC 300PLsystems now include up to a 933 MHz Pentium III processors withintegrated cache and high-performance AGP graphics adapters.

IBM has also consolidated its entire line of server systems under theIBM ~ family brand. The latest Intel-based PC servers will now beidentified as the IBM ~ xSeries replacing the current IBM Netfin-ity name as new models are introduced. The latest line of IBM Netfinityand xSeries (Figure 1.3) covers a wide range of performance, features,and functions. There are IBM Netfinity and xSeries server models basedon a broad range of microprocessors extending from a single 600 MHzPentium III processor to systems with as many as eight SymmetricMultiProcessing (SMP) Pentium III Xeon processors sharing the samePC server. Industry Standard Architecture (ISA), Enhanced Industry Stan-dard Architecture (EISA), and Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI)products are offered in the IBM PC server family. All of IBM’s PC serverscome with an array of software including Lotus Domino server software,Netfinity Manager, and IBM server guide.


Figure 1.2. IBM PC and NetVista family.

Figure 1.3. IBM ~ xSeries and Netfinity family.


The IBM ThinkPad family (Figure 1.4) of computers is designed tobe used both in and out of the office environment. Their key featuresare small size, light weight, and battery power. All ThinkPad comput-ers have built-in color displays. Some models are capable of recogniz-ing your handwriting; others are capable of recording and playing backspeech and music. The power and flexibility of these systems com-bined with the available optional features allow a single system to sat-isfy all computing needs of a traveling professional. The IBM WorkPadseries of pocket-sized and extremely small notebook computers pro-vides mobile individuals with a powerful extension to their desktop orlaptop computers. These PC companions are more than just a per-sonal organizer. They provide instant portable access to address books,a calendar, a memo pad, to-do lists, and downloaded e-mail.

The IBM IntelliStation, which is also called the ProfessionalWorkStation (PWS) family of computers, is intended for business pro-fessionals who require very high-end workstation performance to rungraphics- and computation-intensive 32-bit applications such asComputer-Aided Design (CAD) and statistical modeling. TheIntelliStation bridges the gap between the traditional UNIX/RISC work-station and the PC by using high-end Intel-based processors runningMicrosoft’s Windows NT.

The IBM Thin Client family is represented by IBM’s new NetworkStations, which are meant to replace Non-Programmable Terminals(NPTs) that connect to servers and mainframes. The IBM NetworkStation with its PowerPC Microprocessor is marketed through theIBM PC Company dealer channel. It provides users with a lower-costaccess to the network than traditional PCs, but with many popular

Figure 1.4. IBM ThinkPad family.


PC features such as SVGA graphics and mouse support that are lack-ing in a non-programmable terminal. The IBM Network Station soft-ware (sold separately) includes 3270, 5250, VTXXX, ASCII, andX-server terminal emulation to give users access to their existing busi-ness applications on existing servers, including PC and UNIX serv-ers, AS/400, RS/6000, and S/390.

Before leaving this overview section, we should mention IBM’sindustrial computer line, which is intended for nonoffice environ-ments. These PC-compatible systems are designed and packaged sothat they can withstand harsher environments (e.g., higher tempera-tures, particulates, power surges, shock, vibration, and longerpower-on hours) than mainstream personal computers.

Finally, the Options by IBM products are designed and tested toprovide accessories, upgrades, and monitors for all IBM personal com-puter families. Options include memory, storage, modems, networkingadapters, docking stations/port replicators, batteries, power adapters,security cards, monitors, printers, scanners, keyboards, and mice.

So much for an overview of IBM’s personal computer families.Now let’s go back and take a closer look at each family. Because thePC world is a fast-changing one, be sure and check this book’s com-panion Web site (www.maxpress.com) frequently for news, and ex-panded information.

The Aptiva Family

The IBM Aptiva PC family is IBM’s consumer product line of com-puters—entry-level home and small-business PCs. The intent ofAptiva is to include many features that allow it to be easily used inthe home, much like a typical home appliance. To this end, all Aptivamodels come equipped with multimedia hardware and supportingsoftware, including a CD-ROM drive, audio card, and fax/modem.Select models also come with RingCentral software that gives thecomputer the ability to turn itself on either in response to an incom-ing phone call or at a prescheduled time. This allows the computersto be used as telephone answering machines without having to leavethem on all day long. You can also schedule your faxes or electronicmail to be sent during off-peak hours—while you are asleep or are


away from home. These features are known as Wake Up on Ring andScheduler.

All Aptiva models also come with a standard feature called RapidResume. This feature significantly reduces system startup time andconserves power during periods of inactivity. The system entersStandby mode after an operator-specified period of inactivity, definedas no use of the keyboard, mouse, or fixed disk. In Standby mode,the display will blank, the fixed disk will stop spinning, and the mi-croprocessor will be halted. If the keyboard or mouse is used, thesystem will immediately return to normal operation. The system en-ters Suspend/Resume mode either after a period of inactivity or whenthe power switch is turned off. In Suspend/Resume mode, the displaywill blank or turn off, the state of the system will be stored, and thesystem unit will be powered down. When the power switch is turnedon, the system unit will be powered on and restored to its previousstate. These features allow you to power up the system quickly andbegin work (or play) right where you left off.

To make things easier for the computer novice, Aptiva systemscome preloaded with software, including Microsoft’s Windows oper-ating system, Lotus SmartSuite productivity software, IBM UpdateConnector, Aptiva Installer, Norton AntiVirus utility, ConfigSafe soft-ware (which allows you to restore your PC to a previously workingconfiguration easily and quickly), PC Doctor Diagnostics, NetscapeNavigator, and Microsoft Internet Explorer (for accessing the Inter-net). Aptiva purchasers are also eligible to join IBM Owner Privi-leges, an exclusive membership program that offers member discounts,priority service, advice, and owner protection benefits.

Finally, a set of unique software utilities called AptivaWare is pro-vided to manage and control the hardware and software functions ofthe Aptiva systems as well as learn and organize the software that comeswith the system. Trial subscriptions to access several online servicessuch as America Online, CompuServe, The Microsoft Network, IBMInternet Connection, and AT&T WorldNet are provided.

Aptiva E Series Specifics

The Aptiva E series, entry-level computers designed for consumersand small businesses, is shown in Figures 1.5 and 1.6. The E series


system design includes a system mini-tower, stereo audio system,mouse, keyboard, and choice of monitors.

The minitower mechanical design provides four drive bays, onefor the CD-ROM or DVD-ROM drive, one for the diskette drive,one for the hard drive, and one empty bay for future expansion. Drivebays are physical areas that facilitate the installation of internal de-vices such as fixed disks, diskette drives, CD-ROM drives, and so on.

The Aptiva E models, listed in Figure 1.6, come in a minitowerpackage with a total of four drive bays, three or four adapter slots,one serial port, one parallel port, two USB ports, a K56 Flex fax/modem, 64 to 128 MB of memory, a 128 or 256 KB cache, 2 or 4 MBof video memory, a 10.0 to 30.0 GB hard drive, a 24× to 48× maxCD-ROM drive or DVD ROM, a 145-watt power supply, two tofour PCI local bus slots, an IBM Rapid Access keyboard, and a mouse.The monitors are sold separately. The special 256/512 KB high-speedmemory area called a cache speeds up overall system performance bycollecting information likely to be needed and providing that infor-mation very quickly when it is needed. The Aptiva E models are builtaround Intel Pentium III processors that range in speed from 533MHz to 733 MHz.

Figure 1.5. Member of IBM’s E Aptiva family.


IBM Aptiva E Series technical specifications

Model 3x4 micro-tower (2198) 3x4 micro-tower (2194/2193)

Processor Intel Pentium III 933, 866, 800, Intel Pentium III 733, 667 or 600;

733, 600 or 533MHz Intel Celeron 667, 633, 600, 533 or

500MHz;

AMD K6-2 550, 533 or 500MHz

Memory (std/max) 128 or 64MB/512MB SDRAM 128 or 64MB/256MB SDRAM

Graphics SR9 2X AGP S3 Savage 4 or Intel 810E6 or SiS UltraAGP

nVIDIA AGP 4X integrated

Hard disk drives 45, 40, 30, 27, 20, 15 or 14GB 20, 15, 10 or 5GB S.M.A.R.T. III

S.M.A.R.T.7 III Ultra ATA/66 Ultra ATA/66

Communication 56K modem, HomePNA on Embedded 10/100 Ethernet

select models and/or 56K modem

CD-ROM, CD-RW 48X8-20X CD-ROM, 48X-20X or 40X-17X

or DVD-ROM 12X DVD-ROM and/or CD-ROM and/or

8x/4x/32x CD-RW 8X-3.5X DVD-ROM

Slots 4: (3) PCI, (1) AGP 3 half-length PCI

Bays 4: (1) 3.5” external, 4: (1) 3.5” external, (1) 3.5” internal;

(1) 3.5” internal; (2) 5.25” external (2) 5.25” external

Ports 6: (1) serial, (1) parallel, (4) USB 4: (1) serial, (1) parallel, (2) USB or

6: (1) serial, (1) parallel, (4) USB

Business audio Integrated Allegro 3D Sound Integrated AC 97 with hardware

or Creative SoundBlaster acceleration: Line-in, line-out, MIDI

Software Microsoft® Windows® 98 Second Edition, Lotus SmartSuite Millenium,

IBM Product Recovery CD and Diagnostics CD

Options IBM Monitors: E54 15" (13.8" VIS) Color Monitor (6331A2N),

E74 17" (15.9" VIS) Color Monitor (633201N);

IBM Memory: 32MB/100MHz SDRAM (01K1136), 64MB/133MHz

SDRAM (33L3071), 128MB/133MHz SDRAM (33L3073),

256MB/133MHz SDRAM (33L3075)

Standards FCC Part 15, Class B (Class A when Ethernet in use); UL 1950 Third

supported No.950; ISO 9241 capable; ANSI S12.10

Figure 1.6. IBM Aptiva E series.


The Aptiva E models use a new type of memory technology forboth graphics memory (SGRAM, or Synchronous Graphic RandomAccess Memory) and general-purpose memory (SDRAM, or Synchro-nous Dynamic Random Access Memory). Aptiva’s SGRAM alongwith its new graphics accelerator (a graphics processor that speedsup the computer’s ability to do 3D rendering) work together to im-prove graphics performance.

Meanwhile, the 64 to 128 MB of standard SDRAM provides a20% performance improvement over more traditional memory tech-nology (e.g., EDO, or Extended Data Out, RAM) and is a bettermemory match for the increasing speeds of today’s processors.

Communications technology provided with the Aptiva E Seriesincludes a 56 Kbps data/14.4 Kbps fax modem. These modems aredesigned to be capable of receiving data at up to 56 Kbps from a K56Flex-compatible service provider and transmitting data at up to 33.6Kbps. Public networks currently limit maximum download speeds toabout 53 Kbps. Actual speeds depend on many factors and are oftenless than the maximum possible. The modem and preloaded softwareprovide functions such as Video Phone (entry-level video conferencing)and RingCentral (a communications command center that providesa phone answering machine, fax system, and connectivity to theInternet).

Select models of the IBM Aptiva come with an integrated DVD(Digital Video Disc) CD-ROM drive, which can play existingCD-ROM titles as well as DVD movies. DVD features MPEG-2 videotechnology with four times better resolution than existing video ca-pabilities. The Aptiva also enables users to connect their home PCs totheir TVs and stereos for DVD movie playback with its TV-Out fea-ture, providing a complete home entertainment capability.

One last feature we should mention on the latest E Series Aptivasis IBM’s 48× max, 20× min CD-ROM drives. CD-ROM technologyhas made huge leaps in the few years since the first 1× drives wereintroduced. The 1× drives were capable of transferring data at a rateof 150 KB/sec. In contrast, an Aptiva with a 48× drive is capable oftransfer rates up to 48 times faster, or up to 7,200 KB/sec. The newdrives take advantage of new, partial CAV (Constant Angular Veloc-ity) technology. In constant linear velocity technology, the drive spinsat variable speeds, whereas in CAV technology, the drive spins at aconstant speed. Partial CAV drives do a little of both. CD-ROM drives


spin disks much like record players, except that, unlike record playerneedles, laser pickups begin reading on the inside track and moveoutward. The inside track of the disk is shorter than the outside track,of course, so a CLV (Constant Linear Velocity) drive has to spin thedisk at different speeds to even out the flow of information it picksup in one rotation. In other words, the motor varies its speed to achievea constant linear velocity. The speed slows as the pickup moves to theoutside. For an 8× CLV drive, for example, the speed would rangefrom approximately 4,240 rpm (rotations per minute) to approxi-mately 1,600 rpm. Having to change speeds according to where asector of data is located, of course, takes time. In contrast, CAV tech-nology allows a given angle of the disk (a pie slice), measured indegrees, to pass under the pickup at a constant rate or a constantangular velocity. The new 48× max, 20× min drives feature partialCAV, which combines the best of both worlds.

Aptiva S Series Specifics

The Aptiva S Series (Figure 1.7) is IBM’s most powerful consumerPC. Designed to meet the needs of the progressive, technology savvybuyer, the Aptiva S Series provides the latest in IBM’s high-end con-sumer product line. The Aptiva S Series is powered by either Intel’snew Pentium III 1,000 MHz (1 GHz) processor with integrated cacherunning at the processor speed and a 133 MHz front side bus, or anAMD Athlon 600 to 850 MHz processor in a sleek black design. TheS Series is loaded with leading-edge multimedia technology and comeswith a huge 20 to 40 GB hard disk drives and with either 128 MB ofSDRAM or RAMBUS memory. Also featured is IBM’s newspace-saving 15" IBM T55A Flat Panel Monitor (sold separately).

The Aptiva S Series models include a DVD-ROM with softwarevideo playback, high-end graphics adapters with up to 32 MB of S-GRAM video memory for stunning 3D graphics, and a 56K (V.90compatible) voice/data/fax/modem. Complementing the sophisticatedstealth black design, the Aptiva S Series now comes with blue, red,green, and black speaker covers for the Infinity Speakers that allowyou to select a color that complements your decor. The S Series comeswith IBM ScrollPoint mouse and the new IBM Rapid Access key-board, which has customizable buttons for easy access to applica-


tions and DVD controls. Software provided includes Microsoft Win-dows, IBM’s ViaVoice voice dictation software (headset and micro-phone included), World Book, and Lotus SmartSuite Millenniumedition. The Aptiva S series is expandable—with three available slots,three open drive bays, and up to three USB ports—and is ready tonetwork using select optional network cards. Select models includethe Intel AnyPoint Home Network. With the AnyPoint Home Net-work, all family members can access the Internet from their own PC—all at the same time, and with only one modem, one telephone line,and one Internet account.

Finally, the Aptiva S series provides a great set of tools that in-cludes PC-Doctor for system troubleshooting and diagnostics, NortonAntiVirus, Update Connector to help improve system performancewith downloads of new drivers and selected system software, andIBM’s ConfigSafe software, which allows you to restore your PC to apreviously working configuration easily and quickly.

IBM NetVista and the IBM PC Families

The IBM personal computer and IBM NetVista families representIBM’s newest line of desktop computer systems, intended for use in a

Figure 1.7. IBM Aptiva S series with IBM T55 flat panel monitor.


networked world. The IBM PC family incorporates IBM technologydesigned to simplify the management of desktops in the network tohelp reduce the “total cost of ownership” of PCs.

The new IBM NetVista family of computers provide the ultimateconnectivity in a stylish, space-saving designs for either home or of-fice. IBM has introduced three design points of the NetVista productline, the all-in-one, legacy-free, and thin client. Each of these designsprovides a wide range of function depending on the requirements ofthe users. We will discuss NetVista in more detail later on, but first,let’s take a look at the IBM PC family.

The current line of IBM PCs covers a wide range of performance,features, and functions. There are IBM PC models based on a fullrange of microprocessors from the Intel 450 MHz Celeron processorto the 1.2 GHz Intel processors. Like the Aptiva family, the IBM PCfamily is available in various configurations. In fact, there are morethan a hundred “standard” model configurations within the IBM PCfamily. In addition, you can order systems configured by an AAP(Authorized Assembler Program) dealer, who can build the modelyou require from several base models using a combination of thebasic IBM PC family building blocks. These building blocks are thevarious PC options, such as memory and hard disk drives, that arecombined to build up a custom PC model.

There are now three categories or “subbrands” in the IBM PCDesktop family—each intended to meet different requirements in theareas of manageability, performance, compatibility, investment pro-tection, security, standards, and affordability. IBM is continuing theIBM PC 300 name and two subbrand series, the IBM PC 300GL andthe IBM PC 300PL.

The new IBM PC 300 series (shown in Figure 1.8) is IBM’s low-price entry-level PC line for general business needs. These computersare network ready with embedded Ethernet and include data protec-tion software.

The IBM PC 300GL series (shown in Figure 1.9) is an entry-levelPC line for both small business and core/general business needs. ThePC 300GL includes network manageability and security features. TheIBM PC 300GL Small Business series includes office productivity soft-ware, as well as a choice of modem or Ethernet adapter for connect-ing to the network.

The IBM PC 300PL series (shown in Figure 1.10) is optimized fornetwork performance, with enhanced Universal Manageability net-work software and security. The PC 300PL series is a medium-


Figure 1.8. IBM PC 300 series family member.

Figure 1.9. IBM PC 300GL series family member.


price/performance PC line focused on mainstream business appli-cations.

All IBM PC family models come with a standard feature calledRapid Resume. This feature significantly reduces system startup timeand conserves power during periods of inactivity. The system entersStandby mode after an operator-specified period of inactivity, definedas no use of the keyboard, mouse, or fixed disk. In Standby mode,the display will blank, the fixed disk will stop spinning, and the mi-croprocessor will be halted. If the keyboard or mouse is used, thesystem will return to normal operation. The system enters Suspend/Resume mode either after a period of inactivity or when the powerswitch is turned off. In Suspend/Resume mode, the display will blankor turn off, the state of the system will be stored, and the system unitwill be powered down. When the power switch is turned on, thesystem unit will be powered on and restored to its previous state.These features allow you to power up the system quickly and beginworking right where you left off.

Figure 1.10. IBM PC 300PL series members.


The IBM PC family includes the security features that were origi-nally introduced on the PS/2 products, including Vital Product Data(VPD), tamper-evident covers, lockable storage bays, power-on pass-word, and administrator password. These IBM AssetCare features makeit easier to secure and administer systems remotely in a Local AreaNetwork (LAN) environment. IBM AssetCare includes an EnhancedAsset Information Area recorded with system and end-user informa-tion, as well as such features as registration of critical componentswith Retainagroup Ltd. The third-party registration makes it easier forlaw enforcement to find and track stolen computer assets. Also new isIBM’s Asset ID technology, which provides inventory control and pro-tection of your systems with radio-frequency technology.

Asset ID can eliminate many of the costly, time-consuming manualsteps involved in today’s system deployment, inventory, and trackingprocesses. It enables you to read and write information to an EEPROMinside an IBM PC using a handheld remote unit even while the PC isstill in the carton and allows you to take accurate physical invento-ries of systems and their components without searching for a label oropening the chassis. Simply pass the handheld unit near the box, andit can read system information such as model numbers, serial num-bers, processor speed, and hard disk drive size and memory, as wellas any end-user information you choose to record. When used inconjunction with a compatible radio-frequency security system, As-set ID can be used to assist security personnel in preventing unautho-rized removal of PCs.

You can think of Asset ID as the next generation of “bar code”technology, with considerably more convenience and functionality.An Asset ID scanner, for instance, does not need to be pointed at alabel—it can read signals whenever it is in close proximity to aradio-frequency antenna, even if the PC is still in its carton—andAsset ID does more than just read data: It can also be used to writeinformation to the system’s EEPROM chip. IBM is initially imple-menting Asset ID in select IBM PCs and IntelliStations. Handheldunits must be purchased separately from Asset ID Partners, third-partycompanies who have worked closely with IBM to ensure the compat-ibility of this technology with industry standards.

A new feature on select models of the PC family called Alert onLAN acts as its own security guard. When someone unplugs the sys-


tem from its power supply or network, an alert is instantly generatedto a network administrator, to building security, or to whomever youdesignate. Alert on LAN sends either status or alert packets to yourmanagement server. Even after the system is powered off, Alert onLAN-enabled PCs draw a trickle charge that allows generation andtransmission of packets via the integrated 10/100 Ethernet controller.

Another feature on most models of the PC family called Wake onLAN provides the ability to remotely power on systems over a LANwhen configured with the appropriate network adapter. This featurecombined with IBM’s LAN Client Control Manager (LCCM) allowsmass unattended system installation of operating systems, applica-tions, device drivers, and BIOS updates, all of which can be done at aconvenient time. With the enhanced Desktop Management Interface(DMI), more than 300 vital system attributes can be tracked as wellas the new S.M.A.R.T (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and ReportingTechnology) for disk drives. IBM also includes its SMART ReactionII software, which can back up your critical hard drive data prior toa predictable failure.

The incorporation of these technologies into IBM’s PC systems isintended to reduce the complexity of installation and maintenanceand make it possible to remotely predict and identify potential sys-tem and system component failures. This monitoring allows the re-placement of failing components before they actually fail. Preventativerepair or replacement of these components (e.g., S.M.A.R.T. drives)during off-hours can save money in several ways. Technicians cancombine repair actions to allow more efficient use of their time.Central monitoring also eliminates the need to individually inspecteach system. End users can stay productive because their work isnot interrupted, and, most important, vital data is not lost.

Select models of IBM’s personal computers come with a LotusSmartSuite (personal productivity software) license and media order-ing brochure. If you already have a licensed copy of Lotus SmartSuite,the license entitles you to make an additional copy for use on yournew computer. If not, you can order a CD-ROM version of the pro-gram at no charge.

In addition, the PC family includes a set of software tools, de-signed to help manage your desktop computing asset. These toolsinclude the following:


• Norton AntiVirus protects your system from unwanted com-puter viruses and allows you to constantly monitor for vi-ruses on diskettes that you insert on your computer.

Now let’s take a closer look at the systems that make up the IBMpersonal computer family.

IBM PC 300 Series

The IBM PC 300 series computers (Figure 1.11) are the newest, andalso the smallest, PC 300s intended for general business computingapplications. The PC 300 series models are built with industry-standard hardware components for system upgradability and use theMicrosoft Windows 2000/98/NT operating system. Members of thisfamily are listed in Appendix B. Mechanical packaging for this seriesof PCs is provided in either three drive bays and two expansion slotsin a slim desktop configuration or four drive bays and three expan-

Figure 1.11. IBM PC 300 series family member.


sion slots in a minitower configuration. Expansion is provided byindustry-standard PCI bus slots.

The PC 300 models are all equipped with embedded 10/100 Ether-net adapters for quick attachment to the network and either Intel Celeronor Pentium III processors with 100/133 front side bus technology. Thesemodels come with 32, 64, or 128 MB of SDRAM memory as standard.The PC 300 models are configured for multimedia applications withbuilt-in 16-bit audio and a 40× max CD-ROM drive on select models.The video and audio are embedded to leave your PCI slots open forexpansion. Now let’s discuss the IBM’s PC 300GL series.

IBM PC 300GL Series

The IBM 300GL series computers are intended for a wide range ofbusiness computing applications. Different models of the PC 300GLline are targeted for small-business, general-business, andlarge-enterprise computing environments. For a complete listing, seeAppendix C. The PC 300GL series is built with industry-standardhardware components for system upgradability and comes with theMicrosoft Windows 2000, Windows 98, or Windows NT operatingsystem. Members of this family are shown in Figures 1.12 and 1.13.Mechanical packaging for this series includes a new four-slot, four-baymicrotower design as well as the standard desktop design. Expansionis provided by industry-standard PCI adapter slots.

The PC 300GL Pentium models are equipped with Pentium III 667,733, and 800 MHz processors with a 100/133 MHz front side bus andan integrated 256 KB cache. Video graphics are provided by either anS3/Diamond AGP 4× with 8 MB of video memory or the NVidia AGP4× with 32 MB of SGRAM video memory. There is support for up to1 GB of system memory. The enhanced IDE Ultra-ATA 66 hard diskdrives (HDDs) provide up to 30 GB storage capacity.

Select models of the PC 300 GL series provide a 48× variable-speed CD-ROM drive (select models) or 4× CD-Read/Write (RW)optical storage. While standard 16-bit audio is integrated on mostmodels there is a choice of Ethernet 10/100 adapter, ADSL, or PCIdata/fax modem for your communication needs.

The PC 300GL Celeron models are equipped with Intel Celeron466, 500, and 533 MHz processors with a 66/100 MHz front sidebus and an integrated 128 KB cache. The powerful integrated 3D


graphics with 4 MB display cache provides ample graphic supportfor the average user. The enhanced IDE Ultra-ATA 66 hard diskdrives (HDDs) provide up to 30 GB storage capacity.

IBM PC 300PL Series

The IBM PC 300PL series (Figure 1.14) is designed for network perfor-mance and manageability for mainstream business applications. ThePC 300PL series is powered with Intel Pentium III processors with



internal clock speeds of up to 800 MHz and the IBM AGP 4×/133 chipset with 133 MHz bus speed support. The PC 300PL supports up to 1GB of high-speed 133 MHz SDRAM system memory and provides 10/100 Ethernet with Alert on LAN 2 as standard on all models. Thelatest members of the PC 300PL series provide the ultimate in securitywith IBM’s embedded security chip, a cryptographic microprocessorembedded in the system board of the IBM PC.

The embedded security chip supports RSA 3 PKI operations suchas encryption for privacy and digital signatures for authentication.The chip includes EEPROM memory where RSA key pairs are se-curely stored and communicates with the main processor of the com-puter through the System Management Bus (SMB). With theEmbedded Security Subsystem (ESS) the standard CAPI/CSP andPKCS#11 cryptographic Application Program Interfaces (APIs) areimplemented in hardware rather than software, making them moresecure. Applications that leverage these standard cryptographic APIs



are immediately made more secure. Examples of such applicationsare Netscape and Microsoft browsers and e-mail programs.

The latest PC 300PL models, listed in Appendix D, include aradio-frequency ID tag (RFID) that makes it easier to deploy andinventory your systems. Asset ID technology is also used to monitormovement of your PCs to help prevent theft. This technology allowsyour computer to be “scanned” by a radio-frequency emitting devicesupplied by various independent companies. With Asset ID, PCs aredeployed while they are still in their shipping container. Detailed physi-cal inventory can be taken while the system is powered off, and PCmovement is tracked. Asset ID can assist security personnel in pre-venting the unauthorized removal of PCs from your enterprise. Usinga portable scanner, security personnel can scan both an employee’sbadge and an Asset ID-enabled PC to log the system and its contents,and determine if movement is authorized. Asset ID enhances “elec-tronic property pass” applications.

Figure 1.14. IBM PC 300PL series family member.


The PC 300PL models are also equipped with Universal SerialBus ports, the latest advance for the quick and simple connection ofperipherals to your computer. These systems also include Wake onLAN capability and IBM Alert on LAN 2, which notifies you whensystems are removed from the network and provides automatic cor-rective action. IBM PC Networking Tools for network managementinclude LANClient Control Manager (LCCM), which automates sys-tem deployment, BIOS updates, system function updates, virus scans,and maintenance procedures. Also included is IBM’s System Migra-tion Assistant, which helps migrate system settings from any PC toan IBM PC; it includes personality settings, connectivity settings,printer settings, and data files.

The PC 300PL series, shown in Figure 1.15, comes configuredfor multimedia applications with audio and a 48×–17× variable-speedCD-ROM drive on selected models. Also featured are models withintegrated 10/100 Ethernet for LAN connectivity and a built-in man-ageability chip that monitors temperature and voltage to help protectthe processor from heat damage. All models have Windows 98 orWindows NT 4.0 Workstation preinstalled and a Lotus SmartSuiteMillennium Edition License. Systems tools include Netscape Com-municator, Lan Client Control Manager, Wake on LAN, ConfigSafe,Norton AntiVirus 2000, PC Doctor diagnostics, and CoSession.

The IBM NetVista Family

The IBM NetVista Family of computers is designed for simplicity.See the charts in Appendix E for a complete listing. As we men-tioned before, IBM has introduced three series of NetVista prod-ucts, the NetVista all-in-one, the NetVista legacy-free, and theNetVista Thin Client. They are designed with fewer cables andsmaller sizes, which makes them easier to carry and set up. Newportable drives, keyboards, and “Access IBM” buttons make themeasier to use. The NetVista Family also has new networking andsecurity features to make doing e-business easier. These new com-puters allow users to easily transfer data between computers with anoption called the IBM Portable Drive Bay 2000. This new optionallows you to reduce the number of hard drives or CD-RW drives


with a single, swappable drive that works in both IBM ThinkPadnotebook computers and NetVista desktop computers. NetVista alsofeatures an embedded security chip, available on select models of thelegacy-free NetVista S40, which provides 256-bit encryption for ex-tremely secure network and Internet transactions. Let’s now take acloser look at each of the new series of NetVista computers.

The IBM NetVista X Series (All-in-One)

IBM’s new sleek and stylish NetVista X series of all-in-one comput-ers (Figure 1.16) feature an integrated 15-inch Thin-Film Transistor

Figure 1.15. IBM PC 300PL series family member.


(TFT) flat panel display. Weighting just over 20 lb, the NetVista Xseries fits easily in the tightest desk spaces. The all-in-one system de-sign is simple, offering high-end desktop power, expandability with 2slots and 3 bays, and an advanced space-saving design that is opti-mized for the Internet.

The NetVista X series pedestal design features a drop-down me-dia bay containing optical and diskette drives. When not in use, theUSB keyboard fits neatly under the display. USB ports replace paral-lel and serial ports, making peripherals ready to use with no need toreboot after installing. A built-in handle provides for easy portability.Specially designed for the NetVista X series is an option called theNetVista Arm X Mount, which offers a range of heights and dis-tances allowing individuals to create the ideal working experience.

The new NetVista X40 models provide a 10/100 Ethernet LowProfile PCI adapter while the NetVista X40i models feature a 56Kdata/fax modem. The NetVista X40 and X40i models come with ei-ther an Intel Pentium III processor with 256 KB of integrated cacheor an Intel Celeron processor with 128 KB of integrated cache, 10.1GB or 20.4 GB Ultra-ATA 66 hard files, a 24× CD-ROM or 6× DVDdrive on selected models, integrated stereo speakers, integrated video,and up to 128 MB of fast 133 MHz SDRAM system memory.

Figure 1.16. IBM NetVista X series family member.


Software for the NetVista X series includes either Windows 2000Professional or Windows 98 pre-installed on selected models,ConfigSafe, Norton AntiVirus (OEM Version), SMART Reaction II,Lotus SmartSuite Millennium Edition License, and Universal Man-agement (UM) software, which enables critical systems managementfunctions.

The IBM NetVista S Series (Legacy-free)

IBM’s new NetVista S40 series (Figure 1.17) features a new innova-tive design with two slots and two drive bays in a dual-orientationmechanical package. The NetVista S40 series computers arelegacy-free, meaning they do not have many of the older bulky exter-nal device ports such as the serial and parallel ports for connectingexternal devices. Instead, the NetVista S40 series of computers pro-vide five USB ports for connecting printers and other external de-vices. Just in case you do not have a USB printer, IBM has an optioncalled the NetVista USB-Parallel Printer Cable which has a Universal

Figure 1.17. IBM NetVista S40 series family member.


Serial Bus (USB) connector on one end and a “Centronics” parallelprinter connector on the other. It allows for bidirectional connectiv-ity between a computer’s USB interface port and any standardIEEE-1284-compliant parallel printer. The NetVista USB cable op-tion not only allows existing parallel printers to be used with new“legacy-free” systems but can free up a single parallel port for use byother external options, including scanners and external storage de-vices. It can also allow you to support multiple parallel printers with-out the need for switch boxes. Software drivers for Microsoft Windows95, Windows 98, Windows NT, and Windows 2000 are included tocreate a seamless migration path for the traditional parallel printer tothe new USB environment.

Another option for the NetVista S series is the NetVista S Cradle(Figure 1.18), which lets you add drives to your new S series commer-cial desktop system and turn your desktop system into a minitower.The easy-to-attach NetVista S Cradle kit provides a safe way to setyour system up vertically. The kit includes expansion bays for IBM’sUltrabay and Microdrive bays as well as a cradle for the IBM WorkPad.

The new NetVista S40 models come with either an Intel PentiumIII processor with 256 KB of integrated cache or an Intel Celeronprocessor with 128 KB of integrated cache, 10.1 GB or 20.4 GBUltra-ATA 66 hard files, a 40× CD-ROM drive on selected models,

Figure 1.18. IBM NetVista S series family member (with S Cradle).


integrated audio, and up to 128 MB of 100 MHz SDRAM systemmemory. The NetVista S40 series models have an integrated graphicscontroller in the chip set that supports 2D and 3D applications. TheNetVista S40 series has a 9-Pin D-shell analog video port.

The IBM NetVista Thin Client Series (Zero Footprint)

IBM’s new NetVista Thin Client series (Figure 1.19) computers re-place IBM’s line of Network Station computers. The Network Sta-tions series 2200 and 2800 are now called NetVista N2200 andN2800. They are referred to as NetVista thin clients. Also, IBM hasrenamed its Network Station Manager V2 software to NetVista ThinClient Manager V2, which consists of code that runs on the NetVistathin client as well as code that runs in a supported server environ-ment (Windows NT, OS/400, and AIX). The NetVista zero-footprintoption provides special brackets to firmly attach any NetVista

Figure 1.19. IBM NetVista family member.


N2200X-type thin client to the back of an IBM T55 or T54 FlatPanel monitor. This customer or reseller installed option reduces theamount of desktop “real estate” needed for thin-client computing.

The ThinkPad Family

As a computer system becomes woven more deeply into the day-to-day activities of users, it becomes increasingly difficult to leave thecomputer behind while away from the office. This need to be con-nected is what has driven the development of small, lightweight,battery-powered computers. IBM’s current answer to this need is theThinkPad family of notebook and subnotebook computers. Thesenotebooks are small battery-powered computers designed to be eas-ily carried and used almost anywhere.

IBM’s ThinkPad family is now divided into three major series ofnotebook computers:

1. The ThinkPad A series consists of notebooks that are consid-ered high-performance desktop and value desktop alternatives.

2. The ThinkPad T series consists of thin, light, high-performancenotebooks that are an ideal balance of performance and port-ability for the traveler.

3. The ThinkPad i series consists of notebooks that are Internetoptimized for individuals and tailored for personal produc-tivity and small-business users.

IBM has simplified its ThinkPad product lineup and changed thenaming scheme to connote the experience of the product. An A in themodel number indicates that the computer is an alternative to a desk-top computer; a T indicates it is a “thin-and-light” notebook. TheThinkPad 390 models are transitioning to the new ThinkPad A20m.Likewise, the ThinkPad 770 models are transitioning to the high-performance ThinkPad A20p, and the ThinkPad 600 is transitioningto the new ThinkPad T20. In addition to these three series, we willalso discuss the ThinkPad 240X ultralight notebook and ThinkPad570E ultraportable notebook.


Consistent with IBM’s EoN (Edge-of-Network) strategy, to sim-plify the computing experience for end-users and IT managers, IBM’sThinkPad continues to lead the way in delivering enhancements, in-novations and solutions that have shaped and defined the mobile com-puting category. The latest innovative enhancements include

• Titanium composite covers, which provide increased strengthfor protection. Titanium has been used for aerospace, ortho-pedics, and sporting equipment because of its high strengthand low density. Titanium has natural dampening effect onvibrations and shocks. The new ThinkPad A20p and T20 comewith titanium composite material as part of a carbon fiberreinforced plastic cover, adding strength. Titanium compositecarbon fiber-reinforced plastic has three times the strength ofABS plastic. The use of titanium composite has helped IBMcreate some of the industry’s thinnest and lightest systems withlarge displays (up to 15 inches).

• The ThinkPad button, which lets users easily access informa-tion, services, and solutions. With a touch of the new ThinkPadButton, users can access instant help and support through theAccess ThinkPad portal. Access ThinkPad includes anon-system tool with a quick search engine that provides usersinformation on such things as optimizing battery life, or ananimated tutorial on how to change a Mini PCI card. It alsoprovides access to online information including the newThinkPad Community Web page, an interactive informationcenter where users can get help by asking an IBM expert orfrom each other in the user forum. Designed with flexibility,the Access ThinkPad portal can be customized by IT manag-ers to configure the ThinkPad Button to link to their company’sintranet or help desk on the online side and the on-systemThinkPad Assistant tool can be customized by adding com-pany information.

• The Ultrabay 2000 lets users fast-swap a range of commondevices without having to move the system. Users can sharestandard and optional Ultrabay 2000 devices betweenThinkPad A series and T series notebooks. The Ultrabay 2000


was designed to enable the user to swap devices, without hav-ing to move the system. Devices for the new Ultrabay 2000include a CD-Read/Write, DVD-ROM, SuperDisk (LS-120)drive, CD-ROM, second hard drive, or second battery. Thenew ThinkPad Dock also accepts Ultrabay 2000 devices.

• Common docking solutions are a new space-saving IBM de-sign that simplifies dock and port replication for the entireline of ThinkPad A series and T series notebooks.

• The UltraPort connector on the ThinkPad T20 and A20p en-hances usability of features because its location on the topedge of the display. It is designed to be used with the optionalUltraPort Camera to capture still images or add video to e-mail.

• A communications bay provides versatile connectivity. Userscan connect easily with built-in RJ-45 and RJ-11 ports andthe versatile user-accessible communications bay, which ac-commodates industry-standard Mini PCI cards. Users canenable either the on-board RJ-11 or RJ-45 ports to use athome or in the office. Models are available with either anIBM 10/100 EtherJet Mini PCI adapter with a 56K modem ora 56K modem Mini PCI card.

• Wireless communications provide simplified connectivity. Thenew ThinkPad A series and T series can work easily with thenew optional 802.11b IBM High Rate Wireless LAN PC Cardand Access Point, and future Bluetooth technology options.

• New comfort features include the new ThinkLight. Locatedon the top edge of the display, this tiny LED or Light EmittingDiode shines down on the keyboard so users can keep work-ing in low light conditions. Individual volume control is en-abled with pushbutton controls for up, down, and mute. TheIBM Keyboard features IBM’s renowned full-sized, full-strokekeys, ergonomically designed palm rest, and TrackPoint point-ing device with Internet scroll bar and magnifying functionsto help users breeze through spreadsheets and Web pages. TheTrackPoint with enhanced features incorporates the


Press-to-Select and Release-to-Select functions. Finally, a neweasy open cover has been re-designed so users can unlatchand open the notebook with one hand.

• SystemXtra offers service, support, and lease options to helpqualified customers keep their PCs current with little or nomoney up front. SystemXtra brings together the best of IBMand its Business Partners to deliver a combination of offer-ings that provide comprehensive service and support, includ-ing installation and configuration, warranty service upgrades,a help desk, e-business services, software programs, extensiveeducation and training to help build PC skills, and flexiblefinancing with the technology exchange option for qualifiedcustomers.

Size, resolution, color depth, and display technology are the fourdimensions that define the capabilities of a notebook screen. ThinkPaddisplays are available in sizes ranging from 12.1 inches to 15 inches.All but two models now feature top-of-the-line Thin-Film Transistor(TFT) or active-matrix Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) technologies.Two of IBM’s I series ThinkPads come with a low-cost alternativecalled High-Performance Addressing (HPA) LCD displays. In the TFTLCD display, the image created is controlled by an array of thou-sands of tiny transistors (one controlling red, one controlling green,and one controlling blue) that blend together to create the image theuser perceives. HPA displays offer richer colors, brighter contrast,and a wider (but still private) viewing angle than traditional DSTNscreens while eliminating the “ghosting cursor” phenomenon.

Thin-Film Transistor (TFT) technology displays bright, high-con-trast images viewable from wide angles. It also delivers a high refreshrate, which improves the playback of motion video and animation,as well as easy navigation with the mouse pointer, which can “disap-pear” during movement on slower screens. Active matrix is the foun-dation for black-matrix screens. Black matrix is among thehighest-quality display technologies in use today and is used by mostTFT display ThinkPad systems. Black matrix combines active-matrixtechnology with a special coating that reduces light leakage from thebacklight to enhance contrast, deepen blacks, and reduce glare inbright environments.


The ThinkPad computers listed in Appendix F are based on thesame microprocessors and offer the same basic capabilities as thoseof their office-bound counterparts in the PC family. The IBMThinkPads provide a powerful and convenient way to work almostanywhere in today’s interconnected world. Let’s take a look at IBM’sThinkPad family members.

ThinkPad A Series Specifics

Figure 1.20 shows a ThinkPad A series computer system. TheThinkPad A series is comprised of broad range of notebooks fromthe most affordable to ultimate high-performance models with ex-ceptional graphics features.

Figure 1.20. IBM ThinkPad A series family member.


With a travel weight starting at 5.9 lbs, the easy-to-use entry-levelThinkPad A20m offers a wide range of affordable models with aMobile Intel Pentium III processor at 700 MHz or 500 MHz or aMobile Intel Celeron processor at 500 MHz, 64 MB of RAM(upgradable to 512 MB), hard drive capacity of up to 12 GB, TFTdisplay size of up to 15 inches and battery life of up to 3.7 hours. Thehigh-end models include a powerful Intel Mobile Pentium III proces-sor at 700 M 256 KB of on-board cache, and Intel SpeedStep tech-nology, which extends battery life.

Mobile Pentium III processors featuring Intel SpeedStep technol-ogy have two performance modes. The maximum performance modefor top speed is achieved while connected to AC external power usingthe AC power adapter. Battery-optimized performance mode is forbalance between performance and battery life when operating on bat-tery power. In this mode the MHz speed is reduced to approximately80% of the maximum performance (MHz speed) with approximately50% of the power consumption to conserve battery power.

The A20m ThinkPad family includes a large 381-mm (15.0-inch)active-matrix display, a 358.1-mm (14.1-inch) active-matrix display,or a 307.3-mm (12.1-inch) active-matrix display, depending on themodel selected. ThinkPad A20m models are compatible with the In-frared Data Association (IrDA) IR data link specification with speedsup to 4 Mbps. Other features include enhanced parallel, external dis-play, pointer-keyboard-keypad, serial, and Universal Serial Bus (USB)ports. An additional connector supports the optional Port Replicator.

The ThinkPad A20m systems contain the BIOS, easy setup, anddiagnostics in their flash ROM, a GUI to set up the system, and powermanagement features for Windows users. The BIOS provides the hard-ware instructions and interfaces designed to support the standardfeatures of the ThinkPad A20m systems and to maintain compatibil-ity with many software programs currently operating under Win-dows 95, Windows 98, and Windows 2000.

The ThinkPad A20m has many features in common with theThinkPad T20 and A20p series: Ultrabay 2000 devices such as DVD-ROM, CD-ROM, SuperDisk (LS-120), CD-RW, and Hard Disk Drives(HDDs), and batteries.

The ThinkPad A20p is the ultimate high-performance desktopreplacement in a thin all-in-one package. It offers desktop expansion


with a modular Ultrabay 2000, PC card slots, an optional ThinkPadPort Replicator, and the ThinkPad Dock.

The ThinkPad A20p incorporates exceptional graphics perfor-mance, including the ATI Rage Mobility 128 video chip, 16 MB ofVRAM, S-video in and out ports for video capture and playback,MGI VideoWave III video editing software, DVI support via dock-ing, an Intel Mobile Pentium III processor at 700 MHz or 750 MHzfeaturing Intel SpeedStep technology, 128 MB of SDRAM (upgradableto 512 MB), an 18 GB or 20 GB hard disk drive, a Mini-PCI modemwith 56K V.90 technology or a modem-Ethernet combination, de-pending on model, a 6××2× DVD-ROM drive, and a 15-inch SXGAPlus (1,400 × 1,050) display—all in a 1.5-inch profile.

Its high-performance, multimedia-centered design includes theseinnovative features: video-in and video-out ports with real-timeMPEG-2 video capture capability; UltraPort on top of the display tosupport new options such as digital cameras for still image captureand editing, video editing, and video e-mail; a large 15-inchactive-matrix TFT display featuring 1,400 × 1,050 resolution; stereoaudio with 3D sound and speaker technology; large memory and stor-age capacity for high-performance execution of large media files andmultimedia applications; titanium composite material in the top coverto help protect the display and enhance strength; and the UltraPortconnector for best performance of UltraPort connector solutions.

The ThinkPad A20p shares many common options with theThinkPad T20 series, including Ultrabay 2000 devices, the newThinkPad Port Replicator and ThinkPad Dock, UltraPort connectorsolutions, 72-watt power adapter, system memory, Hard Disk Drives(HDDs), Mini-PCI communications options, and an external batterycharger.

ThinkPad T Series Specifics

The sleek, new ThinkPad T series (Figure 1.21) packs a lot of per-formance into a thin and light package. The Titanium Composite inthe top and bottom covers of this 1.3-inch slim notebook increaseits strength and make it the lightest notebook with a 14.1-inch TFTdisplay.


With a travel weight of about 4.7 lbs. and up to 4 hours of bat-tery life, the ThinkPad T20 is ideal to take on the road. It is poweredby an Intel Mobile Pentium III processor at 750 MHz, 700 MHz, or650 MHz featuring SpeedStep technology, with 128 MB of RAM(upgradable to 512 MB) and 8 MB of VRAM. The ThinkPad T20 isavailable with a 14.1-inch or 13.3-inch XGA display, 6 GB or 12 GBhard disk drive, and a DVD-ROM or CD-ROM standard.

New models of the ThinkPad T20 notebook computer feature a3Com Mini-PCI V.90 modem and 10/100 Ethernet combination cardinstalled. All ThinkPad T20 models come with an UltraPort connec-tor. This innovative port supports an optional digital camera and thepower-management functions required by Bluetooth (wireless com-munications) options that IBM’s ThinkPad Options Group announced.

The removable, upgradable hard drive is 20.0 GB standard inlatest models. An optional SuperDisk (LS120) drive, or a secondhard drive in the Ultrabay 2000, expands storage. The second harddrive option, requiring an adapter, can be used with all ThinkPadT20 models. The 1.44 MB diskette drive (FDD) can be plugged di-rectly into the ThinkPad T20 Ultrabay 2000 or attached externally

Figure 1.21. IBM ThinkPad T series family members.


for added flexibility by using an optional adapter and cable avail-able from Options by IBM.

The ThinkPad T20 systems contain the BIOS in their flash ROMand a GUI to set up the system and power management features.The BIOS provides the hardware instructions and interfaces de-signed to support the standard features of the ThinkPad T20 sys-tems and to maintain compatibility with many software programs.The following operating systems support the ThinkPad T and Aseries computers:

• Caldera OpenLinux eDesktop 2.410

• OS/2 Warp, Version 4 (with FixPack 11, or later)

• Windows 98, Second Edition

• Windows 98

• Windows 95

• Windows NT Workstation 4.010

• Windows 2000

Previous versions of these operating systems are not supported:

• PC DOS 7.0

• Windows 3.0

• MS-DOS 6.0

• OS/2 Version 3.0

• Windows NT 3.51

Now that we have covered the ThinkPad T series, let’s move onto IBM’s Internet optimized notebooks, called the ThinkPad i Series.


ThinkPad i Series Specifics

The latest ThinkPad i series notebooks (shown in Figure 1.22) weredesigned from the begining with the needs of individuals (thus,i series) in mind—particularly students, small-business users, and fami-lies. IBM provides several models in ThinkPad i series—for example,the ThinkPad i series 1500, 1400, 1300, and 1200.

The IBM ThinkPad i series 1500 notebooks are designed as the ulti-mate small-business tool, featuring Microsoft Office 2000 Small Busi-ness Edition and Windows 2000 Professional, the ThinkLight (models1592 and 1562 only), and color-coded easy launch buttons that give youone-button access to special small business Web sites co-designed byIBM and Lycos, as well as word processing and e-mail applications.

Figure 1.22. IBM ThinkPad i series family member.


The new IBM ThinkPad i series 1400 notebook was developed tosupport the IBM’s initiative into the K–12 education market. ThinkPadat School is an integrated program of technology, support, and ser-vices to help schools through mobile computing. The ThinkPad i se-ries 14E2—the affordable notebook tailored for K–12 education—isavailable for qualified K–12 accredited schools, students, and par-ents or legal guardians of a qualified student through IBM resellerswho are current Microsoft Authorized Education Resellers. It includesthe following features: a powerful Intel Mobile Celeron processor(500 MHz) with 128 KB of L2 cache; 64 MB SDRAM (expandableto 256 MB) standard; a large 6.0 GB Hard Disk Drive (HDD); anintegrated 56K V.90 modem; a high-speed 24×–10× CD-ROM drive;Windows 98 and Microsoft Office 2000 (Academic Edition) stan-dard; an SVGA High Performance Addressing (HPA) 13.0-inch dis-play; an all-in-one, high-capacity 6.0 GB HDD, a diskette drive, anda 24×–10× CD-ROM drive; TrackPoint with an Internet scroll bar tohelp speed your way on the Web; easy launch buttons to take you tothe Web; an audio CD that plays for hours with system off and coverclosed; Altec Lansing SoundGuide stereo speakers for rich, full sound;an ergonomic wrist-rest keyboard and TrackPoint technology for easeof use; a Universal Serial Bus (USB) port; an S-video out port; a NiMHbattery; and SystemXtra support services and financing.

A powerful, yet affordable, newly designed model for the ThinkPadat school, the ThinkPad i series 1320 provides a smooth transitionbetween school and home. It has the power to breeze through the lat-est educational applications, plus Internet connectivity for collabora-tive learning and better teacher-student interaction. Teachers can accesscommon tools for writing reports and presentations, tabulating andanalyzing data, or just communicating. It is Anytime/Anywhere Learn-ing (AAL) with ThinkPad at school. The ThinkPad i series 1320 comespreloaded with Microsoft Office 2000 (Academic Edition) standard,including Word 2000, Excel 2000, Outlook 2000, and PowerPoint2000. The model 1320 is available for sale through an AuthorizedEducation Reseller to qualified K–12 accredited schools, students, andparents or legal guardians of a qualified student.

In addition to the ThinkPad i series 1320 are the ThinkPad i seriesmodels 1310 and 1340, which are part of the ThinkPad at School andThinkPad University programs. These models feature Lotus SmartSuiteMillennium software, a 12.1-inch SVGA TFT active-matrix display,


and a 500 Mhz Intel Mobile Celeron processor with 128 KB of L2cache. The new ThinkPad i series 1310 and 1340 with its two-spindledesign weighs 2.7 kg (6 lb) and incorporates a 6.0 GB HDD along witha 24×–10× variable-speed CD-ROM drive. An optional 1.44 MB dis-kette drive can be attached via USB.

The new IBM ThinkPad i series 1300 notebook is tailored forsmall business. It offers Microsoft Office 2000 Small Business withWindows 2000 Professional, integrated Ethernet, and multimediafeatures in a lightweight design. The ThinkPad i Series 1300 note-book computers feature an Intel Mobile Celeron processor at 550MHz, or 500 MHz, both with 128 KB L2 cache at processor speed.The ThinkPad i series 1300 uses nonparity, 64-bit 100 MHz SDRAMmemory. Standard memory is 64 MB, expandable to a maximum of192 MB. A PCMCIA Type III slot can accommodate one Type I,Type II, or Type III PC card. A CardBus PC card or Zoomed VideoPort PC card is supported.

The ThinkPad i series 1300 with its two-spindle design weighsapproximately 2.7 kg (6 lb) and incorporates a 12.0 GB or 6.0 GBHDD along with a 24×–10× variable-speed CD-ROM drive. An op-tional 1.44 MB diskette drive can be attached via USB. Depending onthe model, a 13.3-inch XGA TFT or 12.1-inch SVGA TFT brilliantlyclear display is available. These systems have a standard complementof ports (enhanced parallel, external display, and USB ports). TheUSB ports, which connect external drives, are available for Windows2000. Other features include easy Internet access and connectivitywith a 56K V.90 integrated modem.

The new IBM ThinkPad i series 1200 notebook is tailored forpersonal productivity. It features Lotus SmartSuite Millennium withWindows 98, preloaded popular Internet browsers and plug-ins, greatmultimedia and connectivity, and a lightweight design. Dependingon the model, a 13.3-inch XGA TFT or 12.1-inch SVGA TFT is pro-vided. The 12.1-inch HPA model has LynxEM+ graphics with 2 MBof video memory; other models have LynxEM4+ graphics with 4 MBof video memory. They come with an Intel Mobile Celeron processoroperating at 550 MHz or 500 MHz with 128 KB of L2 cache, de-pending on model; 64 or 32 MB SDRAM, expandable with optional32, 64, and 128 MB memory up to 160 MB or 192 MB maximum6.0 GB HDD; an integrated 56K V.90 modem, optional Ethernet sup-port; and a high-speed 24×–10× CD-ROM drive.


The new ThinkPad i series 1200 systems are designed for the needsof students and those who work at home. Both sleek and functional,this new ThinkPad notebook computer helps increase productivityand offers convenient Internet access and great portability at an af-fordable price.

In summary, the ThinkPad i series is designed for individuals forwhom technology is important and price is a consideration. It is themost affordable ThinkPad offered and provides personal productiv-ity for the home business and education users, particularly in an in-terconnected environment, either LAN or Internet. The ThinkPad iseries also provides entry-level solutions for higher education andcomplements the full family of ThinkPad products.

ThinkPad 570E and 240X Series Specifics

The ThinkPad 570E (Figure 1.23) establishes a new standard forno-compromise, ultraportable computers. New models come withWindows 98 Second Edition or Windows 2000 installed. Weighing

Figure 1.23. IBM ThinkPad 570E.


approximately 1.80 kg (3.97 lb), including battery, and 27.94 mm(1.1 inch) thin, the ThinkPad 570E is a perfect computer for the mo-bile professional. The ThinkPad 570 UltraBase and its options trans-form the ultraportable machine into a great all-in-one notebook.

The slim, lightweight ThinkPad 570E system features includemobile Pentium III processors running at 450 and 500 MHz, with256 KB of cache memory at processor speed; an Accelerated Graph-ics Port (AGP); 64 MB of SDRAM standard, expandable to 320 MB;a high-capacity 6.0 or 12.0 GB HDD standard with password pro-tection; modem, LAN, and infrared communications; enhancedTrackPoint with press-to-select and scroll bar; full parallel and serialports for peripheral connections; built-in 16-bit stereo PCI audio,which supports Sound Blaster audio applications; Windows 98 orWindows 2000 Professional and selected applications; an optionalUltraBase expansion unit with stereo speakers; an optional PortReplicator with the Advanced EtherJet feature; and a three-year lim-ited warranty and HelpCenter support along with IBM’s SystemXtrasupport services and financing.

The ThinkPad 570E systems are designed to be compatible withthe Infrared Data Association (IrDA) IR data link specification Ver-sion 1.1. They support IrDA 1.1 mode (from 115 Kbps to 4 Mbps).

The new models of the ThinkPad 240X (Figure 1.24) pack thelatest and greatest technology in an ultralight notebook. Measuring260 × 202 × 26.6 mm (10.2 × 8 × 1.05 inches), the ThinkPad 240X isthe ideal computer for any professional who wants a powerful sys-tem in a thin and light form factor.

The ThinkPad 240X features a Mobile Intel Celeron at 450 MHzor Intel Pentium III processor at 500 MHz, depending on the model.Also featured is a storage capacity of 6.0 GB or 12.0 GB, an externaldiskette drive, and a bright 10.4-inch SVGA (800 × 600) TFTactive-matrix display. The 240X comes standard with 64 MB ofhigh-speed SDRAM memory, expandable up to 192 MB, and ad-vanced communications with integrated 56K V.90 modem technol-ogy. In addition there is a fast IR (up to 4 Mbps) and USB, Video,Mouse, FDD, Microphone, and RJ-11 standard ports on-board. Thus,no port replicator is needed.

The ThinkPad 240X is preloaded with Windows 98 SE or Win-dows 2000 Professional and selected applications. Windows 95 andWindows NT Workstation 4.0 are also supported. Also, IBM includes


SystemXtra, which offers service, support, and lease options to helpqualified customers keep their PCs current.

Before moving on to IBM’s IntelliStation family, we will brieflydiscuss IBM’s PC companion, the WorkPad c3.

WorkPad c3 Specifics

The IBM WorkPad c3 (shown in Figure 1.25) is a slim-profile, light-weight handheld device that features personal organizer functionsand connectivity to IBM PC/NetVista, ThinkPad, or compatible com-puters. The WorkPad c3 PC companion is a powerful mobile produc-tivity tool that helps keep you organized and in touch in this connectedworld. Using standard development tools, you can easily add customapplications to suit your information infrastructure and unique workenvironment.

Figure 1.24. IBM ThinkPad 240X.


Its new sleek design, small size of 4.7 × 3.1 × 0.45 inches, andlight weight of 4.2 oz with rechargeable Li-Ion battery enable theIBM WorkPad c3 to fit into your pocket so you can carry it with you.The IBM WorkPad is compatible with products designated asPalmPilot compatible for the 3Com PalmPilot-connected organizer.This means you can upgrade the WorkPad c3 PC companion withstandardized hardware and software options to enhance performanceand add function.

Figure 1.25. IBM WorkPad.


Three data-entry options are provided with the WorkPad c3. First,you can easily transfer directly from a ThinkPad or PC using HotSynctechnology. Second, you can use the on-screen touch keyboard toinput data or write with Graffiti Power Writing software that recog-nizes your hand writing. Other features include a 20 MHz processor,8 MB of memory, built-in Infrared (IR) beaming, and HotSync tech-nology to keep your WorkPad device and PC always in sync. To gainaccess to the Internet, you can connect directly with an optional mo-dem or through a PC.

In summary, the WorkPad c3 PC companion is a mobile produc-tivity tool designed for use with an IBM, or compatible, PC orThinkPad notebook by corporate individuals or groups of individu-als who need a high-function personal information manager to stayorganized and on top of their business.

The IBM IntelliStation Family

The IBM IntelliStation family, listed in Appendix G, is IBM’s familyof technical workstations. The IBM IntelliStation is not exactly apersonal computer, nor is it a replacement for the very high-endtechnical workstation. It offers performance levels similar to thoseof entry to midrange technical (RISC-based) workstations. The pointof the IBM IntelliStation is to provide an Intel microprocessor-basedcomputer system that provides a competitive workstation alterna-tive for those whose performance requirements reside between tra-ditional PCs and full-blown technical workstations. IBMIntelliStations are certified with specific applications and graphicsadapters for industry-specific solutions in engineering, software en-gineering, finance (trader applications), and so on.

The latest IntelliStation Z Pro workstations (Figure 1.26) repre-sent a new level of high-performance hardware. The IntelliStation ZPro includes Intel Pentium Xeon 800, 866, and 933 MHz micropro-cessors with streaming SIMD extensions, the Intel 840 core chipset,and Rambus memory. Augmenting this core system design arehigher-performance graphics.

The architecture, design, and features can help customers achievehigher levels of graphical and computational productivity and creativ-


ity. With its dual-processor capability, you can easily upgrade a systemto multiprocessor configuration based on your application needs.IntelliStation Z Pro models provide a migration path for users whoneed more computational performance than the typical Pentium IIIprocessor provides. The IntelliStation Z Pro is ideal for users who aremoving from UNIX-based applications to Windows NT applications.

The new IntelliStation Z Pro is well suited for graphics-intensiveapplications. It has robust 3D capability with the I3D 4110 graphicsadapter or the I3D 4210 graphics adapter. For 3D applications, se-lect a model with the I3D 4110 with 64 MB of frame and 64 MB oftexture video memory or the I3D 4210 with 128 MB of frame and128 MB of texture memory for exceptional responses and perfor-mance for demanding applications.

For high-performance 2D applications you can select IntelliStationZ Pro models that use the high-resolution Matrox Millennium G400with the high-performance 2D AGP graphics accelerator and 16 MBof video memory.

All of the Z Pro models use one of the seven slots for an AGPgraphics adapter. For expansion this leaves six PCI slots open, four

Figure 1.26. IBM IntelliStation Z Pro family member.


32-bit slots and two 64-bit slots. Models with the I3D 4110 graphicsadapter have one less slot because of the width of the adapter. Mod-els with the I3D 4210 graphics adapter have two fewer slots becauseof the width of the adapter.

The latest IntelliStation M Pro (Figure 1.27) systems provide lead-ership technology, advanced industrial design, and IBM quality, ser-vice, and support. The architecture, design, and features includedual-processor capability, which allows you to easily upgrade asystem to a multiprocessor configuration based on your applicationneeds. Then IntelliStation M Pro is well suited for graphics-intensiveapplications. It has robust 3D capability with two graphics adapters:ELSA GLoria II and Intense3D Wildcat 4110.

For 3D applications, you can select models that use the ELSA GLoriaII graphics accelerator (AGP adapter) with 64 MB of unified texturevideo memory buffer, which offers instantaneous response for demand-ing tasks like animation and solid modeling. You can also select a model

Figure 1.27. IBM IntelliStation M Pro family member.


with Intense3D Wildcat 4110 with 64 MB of frame and 64 MB oftexture video memory for exceptional responses and performance fordemanding applications. For high-performance 2D, select models thatuse the high-resolution Matrox Millennium G400 high-performance2D AGP graphics accelerator with 16 MB of video memory.

IBM’s IntelliStation E Pro models are a new line of single-proces-sor value-based workstation systems. When used with Windows NTWorkstation, they offer unprecedented capability and performanceat a PC system price. New models of the IntelliStation E Pro provideprocessing muscle at 933 MHz with new dynamic media instructionsand enhanced floating point performance offered by the Intel PentiumIII processor and Rambus memory technology.

From its sleek and elegant exterior design to its uncluttered inte-rior, the IntelliStation E Pro is thoughtfully designed for easy upgradesand power. All models have one memory RIMM slot and three adapterslots available for upgrades (except SCSI models, which have one lessslot available).

The manageability features of the IntelliStation family benefit allusers, not just those with hundreds of machines on their networks.Using Wake on LAN, LCCM, or Client Services for Netfinity, mostadministration and management of a network can be accomplishedfrom a remote administration location. This reduces the number ofon-site calls needed to administer a network.

Before we take a closer look at IBM’s PC technology, we shouldmention that IBM is well under way in developing IntelliStation prod-ucts that are optimized to take advantage of the Intel IA-64 architec-ture and Itanium 64-bit processors. Based on new technologies andperformance enhancements, the Itanium 64-bit processor is designedto provide users with the most advanced visual computing worksta-tion technologies available to date. We expect IBM to announce newworkstations concurrent with Intel’s announcement of Itanium pro-cessor availability this year.

A Closer Look

There are many elements that together provide the functions and per-formance of a computer. The remainder of this chapter provides acloser look at the following elements of IBM’s personal computers:


• Microprocessors

• Memory

• Disk storage

• Bus architecture and expansion slots

• Graphics

• Ports

• Keyboards

Microprocessors and Memory

Although there are many electronic circuits in personal computers,two key elements contribute the most to the system’s capabilitiesand performance. These are the microprocessor and the RandomAccess Memory (RAM), called simply the memory. The micropro-cessor and memory, along with other circuits, reside on a circuitboard called the system board in most personal computers. In some,however, such as IBM’s Netfinity 7000 server, this circuitry is pack-aged on a processor card installed in a special slot on the systemboard.

Microprocessor Basics

The microprocessor is typically the most important item in a com-puter system because it executes the instructions that make up acomputer program, acts as the control center for information flowinside the computer, and performs calculations on the data. It is asingle computer chip containing many thousands or even millionsof microscopic circuits that work together to execute computerprograms. The microprocessor does the data manipulation or“thinking” necessary to perform tasks for the user.

The microprocessor is the Central Processing Unit (CPU) of thecomputer. It is the place where most of the control and computingfunctions occur. All operating system and application program in-


structions are executed here. Most information passes through it,whether that information is a keyboard stroke, data from a disk, orinformation from a communication network.

The processor needs data and instructions for each processingoperation that it performs. Data and instructions are loaded frommemory into data-storage locations, known as registers, in the pro-cessor. Registers are also used to store the data that results fromeach processing operation until the data is transferred to memory.The microprocessor is packaged as an integrated circuit that con-tains one or more Arithmetic Logic Units (ALUs, or execution units),a floating point unit, an on-board cache, and registers for holdinginstructions, data, and control circuitry. This circuitry is used to per-form the binary mathematics electrically inside the microprocessor.

A fundamental characteristic of all microprocessors is the rate atwhich they perform operations. This characteristic is called the clockrate and is measured in millions of cycles per second or megahertz(MHz). The maximum clock rate of a microprocessor is determinedby how fast the internal logic of the chip can be switched. As siliconfabrication processes are improved, the integrated devices on the chipbecome smaller and can be switched faster. Thus, the clock speed canbe increased.

Multiprocessing

The speed of the microprocessor has a significant effect on the per-formance of the computer. The internal structure or architecture ofthe microprocessor also determines the inherent capabilities of thepersonal computer in which it is used. Another way to increase theperformance of the computer is through the use of multiple proces-sors in a system, called multiprocessing. The two main types of mul-tiprocessing are asymmetric and symmetric. In asymmetric (or looselycoupled) processing, the CPUs are dedicated to specific tasks, so aCPU can be idle if a specific task is not needed. Asymmetric pro-cessing is no longer commonly used in the PC environment.

In symmetric (tightly coupled) processing, each CPU is avail-able for any process task. An SMP, or Symmetric MultiProcessing,system enhances performance by allowing the computer’s wholeworkload to be distributed among all the CPUs. Additional CPUsact like all the others in processing tasks or threads of execution.


As there is overhead in managing additional processors, thesystem performance gain will be less than 100% for each proces-sor. The performance gain depends on the operating system andtype of application used. An operating system must support SMP.Applications also need to be designed for SMP (i.e., multithreaded)to realize the full potential of SMP.

IBM’s new Netfinity servers and IntelliStation PCs have supportfor SMP. For example, the IntelliStation Z Pro and M Pro supportdual Pentium III processors and the Netfinity 8600 server supportsas many as eight of Intel’s new Pentium III Xeon processors.

RISC vs. CISC

There are two basic categories of microprocessors used in personalcomputers and workstations: CISC (Complex Instruction Set Com-puting) processors and RISC (Reduced Instruction Set Computing)processors. Although this book deals primarily with the IBM PCs,which use CISC technology, it is useful to understand the difference,as RISC-based computers are overlapping high-end PCs.

IBM originally developed the first RISC processor in the mid-1970s. The original concept of RISC was that by reducing the num-ber of instructions that a CPU supports and thereby reducing thecomplexity of the chip, individual instructions could execute fasterto achieve greater performance even though more instructions mightbe needed to complete a task. However, modern RISC processorsusually support more instructions and more complex instructions thanCISC processors (supporting more instructions means having a largerinstruction set—commands in bit patterns that the CPU understands).

The concept of reducing the number of instructions to make theremaining ones faster is not a key CISC vs. RISC differentiation. Mostprocessors today average 1 clock cycle or less per instruction, no matterhow complex their instruction sets. What really distinguishes RISCfrom CISC is deeply rooted in the chip architectures.

CISC (Complex Instruction Set Computing) processors are microcode-based. Micro code is a collection of steps the processor must doto process an instruction. Micro code offers CISC designers greatflexibility in creating instruction sets. The process of executing microcode to interpret an instruction, however, is slower than having thesame instruction directly executed by the hardware as in RISC. The


existence of a micro code interpreter in the processor to execute thesecomplex instructions introduces an overhead that slows down theexecution of the more frequently occurring simple instructions.

RISC instructions generally execute in fewer machine cycles thanCISC instructions. IBM’s RISC processors use instructions that areconsistently 32 bits long, whereas X86 CISC instructions can varyfrom 8 to 120 bits. These attributes make RISC systems inherentlymore efficient. RISC CPUs achieve their performance by processinginstructions faster than CISC CPUs. The chips adhere to RISC-specificdesign principles, whose goal is to complete an instruction every CPUclock cycle. To do this, RISC chips employ a uniform instruction size,which expedites the fetching of instructions. RISC processors do nothave to pause and retrieve additional words to complete a pendinginstruction, as CISC processors sometimes do. The key questions oneshould ask in comparing the two technologies are how fast the pro-cessor (CISC or RISC) can execute instructions, what software it runs,and how well it runs existing software.

Applications and operating systems that run on Intel X86 sys-tems will not run natively on RISC processors without beingrecompiled. To run them without recompilation, the applicationswould need to be translated or run under emulation (translation onthe fly). If an application or operating system has to be translated orrun under an emulator, it executes much more slowly than the nativemode applications.

Current operating systems that support RISC-based systems in-clude UNIX, IBM’s AIX (Advanced Interactive eXecutive), IBM’s OS/2Warp, and Microsoft’s Windows NT. IBM’s (CISC-based) personalcomputers run on operating systems that include DOS (Disk Operat-ing System); OS/2 Warp; Microsoft’s Windows, Windows 95, andWindows NT; and Novell’s Netware.

Most of today’s RISC processor designs—PowerPC, Alpha AXP,Sun SPARC, MIPS R4000, and Intel i960—are used in the class ofmachines typically called workstations. Workstations are usually in-tended to meet the needs of high-end desktop engineering, design,and scientific users, whereas today’s CISC processor designs—IntelX86, Motorola 68XXX, Intel Pentium, Pentium Pro, and com-patibles—are typically used in personal computers intended for appli-cations in commercial environments that are more general purpose(e.g., general accounting, word processing, and business graphics). Per-sonal computers are also well suited for education, communications,


and networking environments because of the large number of applica-tions in these areas. Now let’s take a closer look at the different micro-processors that are used in IBM’s personal computers.

Intel Microprocessors

Since the beginning of the PC, IBM has continued to make computersbased on Intel’s line of CISC microprocessors. Figure 1.28 shows ahistory of the generations of Intel’s processors. Although IBM manu-factured some number of their own 386- and 486-compatible proces-sors, the majority of IBM’s commercial PC models have used Intelprocessors. IBM’s consumer PC models use either Intel or AMD pro-cessors. IBM PCs have evolved from Intel’s 8088, 8086, 286, 386, and486 to today’s Pentium III and Itanium microprocessor architectures.Let’s take look at this historical trek.

In 1978 the Intel 8086–8088 Microprocessor was a pivotal sale toIBM’s new personal computer division, which made the 8088 the brains

Figure 1.28. History of Intel’s processors.

Intro- Address-duction Internal Bus Number of ableYear Processor Width Clock Transistors Memory

1971 4004 4 bits 108KHz 2,300 640 bytes1972 8008 8 bits 108KHz 3,500 16K1974 8080 8 bits 2 MHz 6,000 64K1978 8086 16 bits 5 MHz 29,000 1 MB1979 8088 16 bits 5 MHz 29,000 1 MB1982 80286 16 bits 8 MHz 134,000 16 MB1985 80386 DX 32 bits 16 MHz 275,000 4 GB1989 80486 DX 32 bits 25 MHz 1,200,000 4 GB1993 Pentium 32 bits 60 MHz 3.2 million 4 GB1995 Pentium Pro 64 bits 150 MHz 5.5 million 4 GB1997 Pentium MMX 32 bits 166 MHz 4.5 million 4 GB1997 Pentium II 64 bits 233 MHz 7.5 million 64 GB1998 Celeron 64 bits 266MHz 7.5 million 64 GB1999 Pentium III Dual 64b 450MHz >10 million 64 GB2000 Pent III Xeon Dual 64b 866MHz >10 million 64 GB2000 Itanium I64 128 bits 800MHz >10 million > 64 GB2000 Pentium IIII 128 bits 1.4GHz >10 million 64 GB


of IBM’s new hit product—the IBM PC. The 8088’s success propelledIntel into the ranks of the Fortune 500, and Fortune magazine namedthe company one of the “Business Triumphs of the Seventies.” By 1982,the 286 microprocessor, also known as the 80286, was the first Intelprocessor that could run all the software written for its predecessor.This software compatibility remains a hallmark of Intel’s family ofmicroprocessors. Within 6 years of its release, there were an estimated15 million 286-based personal computers installed around the world.

In 1985 Intel introduced the 386 microprocessor, which featured275,000 transistors. It was a 32-bit chip and was “multitasking,”meaning it could run multiple programs at the same time. In 1989the Intel 486 microprocessor generation provided the power to gofrom a (DOS) command-level computer into point-and-click com-puting. The Intel 486 processor was the first to offer a built-in mathco-processor, which speeds up computing because it offers complexmath functions from the central processor.

The Intel Pentium Processor was introduced in 1993 and allowedcomputers to more easily incorporate “real-world” data such as speech,sound, handwriting, and photographic images. The Intel Pentium ProProcessor, which boasted 5.5 million transistors, was released in thefall of 1995. The Pentium Pro processor was designed to fuel 32-bitserver and workstation-level applications, enabling fast computer-aideddesign, mechanical engineering, and scientific computation.

In 1997 Intel announced the 7.5-million-transistor Pentium IIprocessor, which incorporated Intel MMX technology—designed spe-cifically to process video, audio, and graphics data efficiently. In 1998,the Pentium II Xeon processor was introduced to meet the perfor-mance requirements of midrange and higher servers and worksta-tions. It also featured technical innovations specifically designed forworkstations and servers that utilize demanding business applicationssuch as Internet services, corporate data warehousing, digital contentcreation, and electronic and mechanical design automation. Systemsbased on the processor can be configured to scale to four or eightprocessors and beyond.

The Intel Celeron Processor, announced in 1999, provided alower-cost strategy of developing processors for specific market seg-ments. The Celeron is designed for the value PC market segment. Itprovides great performance at an exceptional value, and it deliversexcellent performance for uses such as gaming and educational soft-ware. The Intel Celeron processor with clock speeds of up to 566


MHz for desktops and 500 MHz for mobile computers with 128 KBL2 cache is designed to meet the core needs and affordability require-ments common to many new or entry PC users.

Also in 1999 Intel introduced the Pentium III processor, whichfeatures 70 new instructions—Internet streaming SIMD extensions—that dramatically enhance the performance of advanced imaging, 3D,streaming audio, video, and speech recognition applications. It wasdesigned to significantly enhance Internet experiences, allowing us-ers to do such things as browse through realistic online museums andstores and download high-quality video. The processor incorporates9.5 million transistors and was introduced using 0.25-micron tech-nology. The latest high-end Pentium III processor features a new pro-cessor core technology with internal clock speeds of up to 933 MHzand a 133 MHz front side bus for enhanced application performance.

In 1999, Intel also introduced the new Pentium III Xeon pro-cessor, which targets Intel’s offerings to the workstation and servermarket segments, providing additional performance for e-com-merce applications and advanced business computing. These newprocessors incorporate the Pentium III processor’s 70 SIMD instruc-tions, which enhance multimedia and streaming video applications.The Pentium III Xeon processor’s advance cache technology speedsinformation from the system bus to the processor, significantly boost-ing performance. With speeds up to 933 MHz, Intel Pentium IIIXeon processors are specifically designed to meet the demandingscalability and reliability requirements of mainstream and high-endNetfinity servers and IntelliStation workstations with multiproces-sor configurations.

The features of the Pentium III Xeon processor eliminate the keyroadblocks that previously limited performance on the most demand-ing IntelliStation workstation or Netfinity server. The processor corespeed executes instructions quickly, while dynamic execution andsmooth multiprocessing allow work to be performed in parallel. Intel’sfull-speed L2 cache, large cache sizes, and 133 MHz system bus re-duce memory latency, facilitating the movement of data through theprocessor and I/O devices.

Intel’s latest line of line of IA-64 processors was announced this yearand named the Intel Itanium processor. Previously known by the codename Merced, the Itanium processor employs a 64-bit architecture andenhanced instruction handling to greatly increase the performance ofdemanding e-business, visualization, computation, and multimedia op-


erations. IBM IntelliStation workstations and Netfinity servers, optimizedto take advantage of the Intel IA-64 architecture and Itanium 64-bitprocessors, are currently in development. These new high-performance,64-bit-based workstations and servers will benefit customers workingwith large models and/or data sets in fields such as engineering, scientificanalysis, simulations, and digital creation.

Mobile Pentium Processors

Available on select ThinkPad notebooks, the Intel Mobile Pentium IIIprocessor has several new enhancements over the Mobile Pentium IIprocessor. Like the Pentium III processor, the Mobile Pentium III pro-cessor offers higher speeds (up to 650 MHz), SIMD instructions, andAdvanced Transfer Cache for an increase in performance.

The Mobile Pentium II processor is available in clock speeds ofup to 400 MHz with 256 KB of L2 cache at processor speed, in formfactors designed to exploit the size and weight limitations of mobilesystems while improving the power of the processors through a break-through manufacturing process. The Mobile Pentium II processor hasDIB architecture, which offers simultaneous parallel access to data.

Both the Mobile Pentium III processors and the Mobile PentiumII processors help high-performance notebooks take advantage of newand emerging technologies such as DVD, high-speed wireless com-munication, robust multimedia, cutting-edge manageability, andnext-generation operating systems. Additionally, Mobile Pentium IIIprocessor- and Mobile Pentium II processor-based notebooks sup-port Intel’s Wired for Management (WfM) initiative, focused on en-hancing the control and support of mobile systems. WfM-compliantsystems can take advantage of the latest Advanced System Manage-ment technologies.

The Mobile Pentium III processor also features Intel SpeedSteptechnology, creating a new performance and usage paradigm withcurrent speeds up to 650 MHz. This chip’s two performance modesallow near desktop processor speed with all the benefits of mobility.The maximum performance mode offers near desktop processor speedwhile connected to external power, and the battery optimized perfor-mance mode offers a balance between performance and battery lifeby providing a 40 to 50% reduction in Central Processing Unit (CPU)power consumption while maintaining 80% of the maximum perfor-mance mode.


Intel Chip Sets

Intel also provides chip sets for most of the Intel microprocessorstoday. These chip sets provide the required hardware support for com-ponents like the systems memory bus, the processor’s advance cachetechnology, and the graphics bus. For example, the Intel 820 chip set,featured in select IBM PC 300PL models and select IntelliStation EPro workstations, supports the latest Pentium III processors and fea-tures support for AGP 4×, Ultra-ATA 66, 133 MHz front side bus,and Rambus (RDRAM) memory.

RDRAM, or Rambus DRAM, is a new, extremely high-bandwidthmemory designed to work with a few of the latest, high-performancePC chip sets. Rambus technology uses a narrower but much faster(up to 800 data transfers per second) data channel to achieve memorytransfer speeds of up to twice the speed of SDRAM. The addressingscheme employed for RDRAM allows multiple overlap of newmemory addresses with previously requested data packets. The com-bination of the RDRAM memory, increased microprocessor speed,133 MHz front side bus, Advanced Transfer Cache, AGP 4× graphicssupport, and Ultra-ATA 66 enhances the performance of Pentium IIIprocessor-based systems, allowing for greater performance, flexibil-ity, and longevity for mainstream PCs.

Additionally, IBM PCs are available with chip sets from othermanufacturers, supporting the latest Pentium III processors, AGP 4×,Ultra-ATA 66, and 133 MHz front side bus, but maintaining existingSDRAM memory to provide the latest technology while keepingcosts down.

The latest release of the Pentium III processor can utilize Intel’s840 chip set. The 840 platform supports the new 133 MHz front sidebus and is designed to maximize the processor, which allows for in-creased advantages in dual processing. The 840 is the first Intel chipset to enable scalable bandwidth for AGP, I/O, and memory. The I/Ois scalable through the use of Intel’s Accelerated Hub Architecture(AHA). The Intel 840 includes 8-bit and 16-bit hub interfaces to al-low I/O bandwidth scaling from 266 to 800 MBps through the use ofP64H. The common hub interfaces can be carried forward into thefuture to allow more scalable designs (same chip set, multiple plat-forms) and maximum design reuse. Multiple RDRAM channels al-low memory bandwidth to scale up to 3.2 GBps, twice that of thedesktop chip set with single RDRAM channel. The 840 also enables


next-generation architecture, security, Ultra-ATA 66, and systemmanageability.

Before leaving our discussion on processors, we should take acloser look at system designs that increase performance by makinguse of more than one processor, multiprocessing, and clustering.

More on SMP

The current de facto software/hardware specification for SymmetricMultiProcessing (SMP) is MultiProcessing Specification 1.x (MPS 1.x).The Integrated Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC),which is built into the P54C and following Pentium and Pentium Proprocessors, allows MPS 1.x-enabled operating systems to run with-out any customization.

MPS 1.x outlines a standard procedure for the BIOS and operat-ing system to recognize and communicate with multiple processorsand Intel’s APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller). TheAPIC is responsible for assigning tasks to each processor. Previously,vendors had to implement APIC capability external to the processor,creating a proprietary specification. The APIC scheduler dispatchesinterrupts to the processor executing the least important task. Anadditional performance increase is realized through the operating sys-tem scheduler. Because the operating system handles the CPU sched-uling, the applications do not need to be aware of the number ofprocessors available.

MPS 1.x defines a software/hardware standard that recognizes ifmultiple processors are present and configures systems automatically.It allows systems to run compliant operating systems from theirshrink-wrapped versions, thus avoiding different sets of drivers foreach MP system. A cost-effective SMP design is implemented by theIBM PC server 320 and 520, in which a single L2 cache is sharedamong the processors. These dual-processor systems make use of theAPIC in the Pentium for interprocessor communications. The Netfinity7000 servers incorporate an SMP design with a dedicated L2 cachefor each processor. This design allows more cache hits than a sharedL2 cache, improving performance.

Now let’s take the idea of using multiple processors a little fur-ther. By linking multiple SMP systems together with a dedicatedhigh-speed bus, you can share system resources by clustering. A clus-ter is several whole computers (usually two to eight) that are used as


a single resource. The term “whole computer” means a complete,standalone computer with at least one processor (typically SMP),memory, I/O, operating system, power supply, cabinet, and so on.The term “single resource” means some software is used to make thecluster appear as a single entity. The cluster provides such functionsas automatically running jobs on the currently least-loaded computerin the cluster, allowing the user to query its progress without havingto know where it is. Clusters attempt to provide the affordability ofan off-the-shelf approach to system design coupled with the scalabil-ity, security, and reliability of minicomputers and mainframes. Clus-ters are connected by direct intermachine connectors usingindustry-standard facilities such as Ethernet, IBM Token Ring, FDDI,ATM, Fibre Channel, SCSI, and so on. The computers in a cluster arecalled nodes. Nodes can be different types of systems, and each mayor may not be an SMP system. The operating system and some ad-ministration tools serve to make clusters appear as a single system.Clusters are used to increase availability and/or performance.

There are two phases of clustering. The first phase is fail-over,which emphasizes availability. Fail-over requires a second node toautomatically take over the work if the first one goes down. Thebackup acquires control of the disks, readjusts its own LAN adapterto act as the failed machine so that clients do not have to know any-thing happened (IP address takeover), takes over WAN communica-tions, and gets the application and/or subsystem running again.Although not necessary, the backup can implement hot-standby, whichmeans it sits idle as it waits for the primary to fail. IBM demonstrateda clustering prototype for OS/2 Warp server, Version 4 for a fail-overconfiguration at PC Expo in June 1996. The two PC servers used ashared SCSI disk design.

The second phase is when two or more nodes perform parallelprocessing. Parallel processing provides high availability by mutualtakeover, in which nodes watch each other while all do useful work.If a node fails, the other node(s) take over the work. Unlike afault-tolerant system, however, you may notice performance degra-dation when something fails because the cluster will balance the sameload on fewer systems.

Any application can run on some kind of cluster, even if it wasnot designed to do so. It would only run on one system in the cluster,and if that system crashed, all application data would be lost. Anapplication must be written to the operating system clustering APIs


(Application Programming Interfaces) to take advantage of a cluster’sload balancing and fault tolerance. Such APIs give an applicationaccess to all system resources, including processors, memory, and disks.These APIs require lock management so that two users who try toaccess the same record in a database from two different systems inthe cluster do not cause a conflict. A clustering scheduling programcalled a distributed lock manager works like a file-locking mecha-nism in a traditional database management system (DBMS). It is easierto lock files on a traditional DBMS because the program resides onone server. A similar type of locking is needed by an application dis-tributed over several nodes in a cluster.

In addition to having the required APIs for clustering, systemsmanagement tools become even more important. NetfinityManager—IBM’s award-winning LAN management software—pro-vides management capability for IBM’s PC servers and PC server clus-tering solutions. With Netfinity Manager, administrators of clusteredsystems can monitor the status of each server, perform workload bal-ancing, and do performance tuning. In developing clustering solutions,IBM PC servers continue to support a wide variety of industry-standardprotocols and the most popular network operating systems as well asleveraging IBM’s vast heritage of clustering technologies. IBM differ-entiates itself with its cross-platform designs.

Advanced System Management Processor

The IBM system management processor family is composed of twoproducts—the Advanced System Management Adapter and the IBMNetfinity system management processor. The Advanced System Man-agement Adapter is a full-length ISA adapter that provides remote sys-tem management function independent of the server status. This adapteris included as standard on selected mainstream and high-end servers,and is available as an option for entry-level servers. The IBM Netfinitysystem management processor is a PCI chip that is integrated on theplanar of select Netfinity servers. These processors also provide thesystem administrator with extensive remote management of IBM Net-finity servers even when the system has been switched off or when ithas failed. They are integrated subsystem solutions independent of thehardware and operating system, complementing the server hardwareinstrumentation by monitoring, logging events, reporting on many con-ditions, and providing full remote access independent of the server sta-


tus. Continuous power is supplied to the system management proces-sor on the Netfinity and, on some other Netfinity models, to the IBMAdvanced System Management Adapter through a system board con-nection to the system power supply, also referred to as continuous power.On models that do not support continuous power, an external powersupply can be used to provide independent power to the IBM AdvancedSystem Management Adapter. Independent power is required to allowyou access to the server in the event that the system is powered off or isotherwise unavailable.

Memory

The memory is also a very important part of a computer. Memory isthe set of electronic chips that provide a “workspace” for the micro-processor. The memory holds the information being used by the mi-croprocessor. This memory is called Random Access Memory (RAM)because it can store and retrieve any piece of information indepen-dent of the sequential order in which it was originally stored. Thesmallest piece of information that can be stored in memory is called abit. These bits are grouped into bytes (8 bits), words (16 bits), anddouble words (32 bits) to form the computer’s representation of num-bers, letters of the alphabet, and instructions in a program.

The RAM memory in a PC is usually one of four types: ExtendedData Out (EDO), Fast Page Mode (FPM), Synchronous DRAM(SDRAM), or Rambus (RDRAM). EDO memory was common inmany entry-level systems, and SDRAM has become the de factomemory used in today’s commercial systems. However, Rambus tech-nology (discussed earlier), which uses a narrower but much faster(up to 800 data transfers per second) data channel to achieve memorytransfer speeds up to twice the speed of SDRAM, is becoming morecommon in high-end systems.

The FPM memory design allows for repeated memory accesseswithin a range (usually 2 KB, called a page) with minimum wait states.EDO DRAM provides increased performance by loading data whileit is switching to a new address rather than waiting between theseoperations as Fast Page Mode memory does. SDRAM provides en-hanced performance over FPM and EDO memory. With FPM andEDO memory, signals are routed through a controller chip and theDRAM often must wait for the controller to catch up. However,SDRAM is tied to the speed of the system (local) bus, which elimi-


nates wait states. With the new Intel 100 MHz memory bus, systemscan now be designed with much faster memory access. This makesthe implementation of control interfaces easier, and it makes column(but not row) access time quicker.

The clock for SDRAM is coordinated with the CPU clock, so thememory and microprocessor are synchronized, allowing the proces-sor to perform other operations without waiting for the memory tolocate the address and read or write the data. Effectively, synchroni-zation reduces the time it takes to execute commands and transmitdata. SDRAM is necessary as faster system bus speeds become com-mon. For example, a Pentium 166/66 MHz has a 66 MHz systembus. However, new 100 MHz buses are expected to be more commonin the future. Although SDRAM access time is usually 60 ns, a 100MHz bus supports a 10-ns page cycle time once the pipeline has beenfilled. A 66 MHz bus will only support a 15-ns page cycle time.

The amount of memory in IBM personal computers ranges from64 MB (IBM ThinkPad) to 32 GB (Netfinity server). As the amountof memory increases, so do the chances of having a memory failure,which can cause the computer system to deliver erroneous informa-tion or abruptly halt the system altogether. To combat this problem,the IBM personal computers that can be configured with the largestmemories, including the IBM PC server systems, employ schemes todetect and correct memory defects, thus protecting the integrity ofthe information stored in the computer system’s main memory. Theseschemes, called Error Checking and Correcting (ECC), can detectsingle- and double-bit errors and correct single-bit errors.

The IBM PC server 704 incorporated one of the simplest ECC imple-mentations, called Error Checking and Correcting-Parity (ECC-P). WithECC-P, a single bit (called a parity bit) is appended onto every byte (8bits) in memory. The parity bit (either a 1 or a 0) is automaticallygenerated by the ECC circuitry based on the value of the associatedbyte and then stored in memory alongside that word. A new paritybit is calculated and stored every time a byte is written to memory.Later, when that byte is read back from memory, the value stored inthe corresponding parity bit is checked to make sure that the bytedidn’t somehow get corrupted through some type of memory failure.

The ECC-P approach used in server systems allows the server notonly to detect but also to correct a single-bit memory error by recal-culating the correct byte value and presenting the corrected byte. Thus,ECC-P allows a server system to continue normal operation in the


event of a single-bit memory failure, whereas a parity-based systemwould simply halt. Another advantage is that ECC-P can also detectdouble-bit errors and some three- and four-bit memory errors. Theseerrors, though rare, may go undetected in a parity-based personal com-puter. However, the additional circuitry/calculations necessary to imple-ment ECC-P can slow the memory subsystem down by 10 to 14% becausethe correcting actually takes place in the separate ECC memory control-ler (not in the memory itself).

Another ECC technology is called ECC-On-SIMM (EOS). EOSprovides ECC function to systems without an ECC memory controllerby error checking and correcting on the memory SIMM itself. Thus,performance is not impacted as with ECC-P and standard ECC memory.The latest ECC memory technology used in IBM’s Netfinity serversincorporates even faster SDRAM ECC parity memory on a DIMM.

At this point it is prudent to mention three other types of memoryin personal computers: Read Only Memory (ROM), flash ErasableProgrammable Read Only Memory (EPROM), and ComplementaryMetal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) memory. Each personal com-puter contains some amount of ROM, which permanently stores somespecial housekeeping programs used to manage the internal opera-tion of the computer. The memory is called ROM because informa-tion it contains cannot be altered or written to, it can only be read.The information stored in ROM is preserved even when the com-puter is turned off. Programs stored in ROM are more closely exam-ined in Chapter 3. In many of the newer personal computers, flashEPROM is used to store the same housekeeping programs that weretraditionally stored in standard ROM. As the name implies, the flashEPROM is a read only memory that can be erased and reprogrammedusing a special technique. Like standard ROM memory, the informa-tion is preserved even when the computer is turned off. However,because the flash EPROM can be altered, the information can beloaded into the EPROM from a diskette, using the utility softwarethat comes with the system. This provides an easy way to correct forpossible errors once you have already purchased the system or to addenhanced function to upgrade performance.

CMOS memory gets its name from the transistor technology usedto build the memory. The information in CMOS memory, unlike theinformation in ROM, can be altered at any time. The low power con-sumption inherent in CMOS technology allows the internal battery topreserve the information stored in CMOS memory even when the com-


puter is turned off. The CMOS memory is used to store system con-figuration and diagnostic information. The CMOS memory chip alsohas circuitry that automatically keeps track of the current time of dayand date. This time and date information is available for use by an appli-cation program and is used by operating systems to track when diskfiles were created, when files were last modified, and so on.

Disk Storage

Disk storage, commonly used in personal computers, provides a rela-tively inexpensive way to store computer data and programs. Theinformation stored on disk can be easily modified or kept unchangedover long periods of time as an archive. The information remainsintact whether the computer is turned on or off. Thus, disk storage issaid to be nonvolatile. All personal computers (except for medialessworkstations) utilize two types of disk storage: removable disks andfixed disks.

It is also worth mentioning here that optical disk storage, coveredin Chapter 3, is growing in importance as multimedia applications be-come more prevalent. For now, let’s look at the removable diskette andfixed disk storage commonly used with personal computers.

Removable Disk Storage

Diskettes are portable magnetic storage media that can be used torecord and later retrieve computer information via a diskette drive.All IBM personal computers use 3.5-inch diskettes as opposed to the5.25-inch diskettes used by earlier personal computers. These dis-kette types are compared in Figure 1.29. The outer case of the5.25-inch diskettes is flexible and doesn’t completely cover the sensi-tive magnetic material actually containing the information. The3.5-inch diskette has a rigid outer case that completely encloses themagnetic material. A sliding metal cover, which protects the mag-netic material, is retracted only while the diskette is inside the dis-kette drive. For these reasons, the 3.5-inch diskettes are less susceptibleto damage that may result during normal handling. Further, the3.5-inch diskettes are small enough to fit conveniently into a shirtpocket or purse. The write protect switch (not visible) in the lowerleft corner on the back of the diskette allows you to prevent the acci-


dental overwriting of information. When the switch is positioned sothat the square hole in the lower left corner is open, the diskette iswrite protected. When the switch is blocking the square hole, infor-mation can be written to the diskette. Some diskettes, such as theReference Diskette, do not have this switch and are therefore perma-nently write protected.

One of the primary functions of the diskette is to provide por-table disk storage, allowing for the transfer of programs and databetween computers. IBM personal computers can use several differ-ent types of 3.5-inch diskettes. The first type can hold up to 1.0 MBof information. However, for the diskette to be used, it must beformatted. Just as you must load a filing cabinet with folders beforeyou can begin to store documents, the computer system must orga-nize the diskette by writing some information on the diskette—thatis, the computer system must format the diskette. This format infor-mation takes up some of the 1.0 MB of space on the diskette. Theavailable space remaining after the diskette is formatted is calledthe diskette’s formatted capacity. The formatted capacity of the 1.0MB diskette is 720 KB. These 720 KB diskettes can be read andwritten by any of the diskette drives used in IBM personal comput-

94 mm(3.7")

Writeprotect switch(underneath)

Actualmagneticdisk

Hard plasticouter case

Retractablemetalsheath

Access tomagneticsurface(only whenretracted)

90 mm (3.5")

Indexhole

Access tomagneticsurface

Flexiblevinyl outerjacket

Actualmagneticdisk

133 mm(5.25")

Writeprotectiontab

133 mm (5.25")

(a) 5.25" diskette used by PCs (Fits in drawer)

(b) 3.5" diskette used by most Personal Computers(Fits in shirt pocket or purse)

Figure 1.29. The 3.5-inch diskette compared to the 5.25-inch diskette.


ers—which is why software companies sometimes distribute theirsoftware on 720 KB diskettes.

The second type of 3.5-inch diskette used with personal comput-ers can hold 2.0 MB of information. Again, this diskette must beformatted before it can be used. The formatted capacity of the 2.0MB diskette is 1.44 MB. These 1.44 MB diskettes usually have theletters HD for High Density in the upper right corner. The 1.44 MBdiskettes can be read or written by the 1.44 MB diskette drives and2.88 MB diskette drives but not by the 720 KB diskette drives used insome older IBM personal computers.

A third type of diskette used with personal computers holds 4.0MB of information. As always, this diskette must be formatted beforeit can be used. The formatted capacity of the 4.0 MB diskette is 2.88MB. The 2.88 MB diskettes usually have the letters ED in the upperright corner and can be read and written by a 2.88 MB diskette drive.

Additional removable diskette technologies are available that canbe added to your PC. These optional drives support from 100 MB to2 GB of storage. “Super drives” and “Zip” drives are among many ofthe popular brand options that offer great alternatives to backing upand storing large amounts of data.

It is important that the user format the different diskette typesonly as intended (e.g., 1.44 MB diskettes formatted to 1.44 MB, not720 KB or 2.88 MB). Formatting a diskette to a capacity other thanthat which is intended may result in loss of information stored on thediskette. The 2.88 MB diskette drive, provided as standard equip-ment in larger personal computer models, has circuitry that detectswhich type of diskette has been inserted (called media sense) andautomatically formats the diskette correctly. However, older 720 KBand 1.44 MB diskette drives have no such circuitry and will assumethe diskette is a 720 KB or 1.44 MB diskette respectively unless youspecify otherwise when formatting the diskette.

A new type of removable disk storage called the IBM Microdrive(shown in Figure 1.30) was announced by IBM in 1999. The IBM340 MB Microdrive’s compact, lightweight, breakthrough designmakes it ideal for mobile users. The increasing number of devicesthat support the Microdrive, including select digital cameras and com-pact flash-compatible devices, ensures flexibility, expandability anduniformity across platforms.The Microdrive can be accessed via aPCMCIA Type II slot or by using an IBM CompactFlash USB Reader.


The Microdrive is compatible with select IBM NetVista, IBM PC 300s,IntelliStations, and IBM ThinkPad notebooks.

The Microdrive is a true hard drive. It is based on the IBM Gi-ant MagnetoResistive (GMR) head technology and contains a singleplatter that spins at 4,500 rpm. The use of GMR technology meansthe drive combines a high level of performance and the ability tosurvive the rough handling associated with mobile use. The Microdrivemeasures 0.2 × 1.7 × 1.4 inches, weighs 0.56 oz. and draws less than500 mA of power. This CompactFlash+ Type II rated device has a15-ms average seek time, with a sustained data-transfer rate of 1.8 to3.0 Mbps.

Figure 1.30. IBM Microdrive.


The IBM 340 MB Microdrive is so small (the size of a matchbook)you could easily carry several in one hand, but its miniature appear-ance belies the drive’s ample storage capacity, practicability, and rug-gedness. Because the Microdrive is as simple to use as a disk drive, itis ideal for carrying important data and even digital images as youtravel. We expect IBM to announce a 1 GB model of the Micodrivelater this year.

Fixed Disks

Another kind of disk storage used with IBM personal computers iscalled a fixed disk (or simply a disk). Fixed disks are high-capacitymagnetic storage devices commonly used in most personal computersas well as in the largest computer systems. They consist of a drive mecha-nism with permanently installed metallic disks coated with a magneticmaterial. An activity light is usually provided and is illuminated whena fixed disk is being accessed. The circuitry that controls these fixeddisks is packaged with the fixed disk drive itself (called an integratedcontroller), on the system board, or on a separate feature card.

Fixed disk subsystem performance is important to the overallperformance of a computer in most applications. This is especiallytrue in virtual storage and/or LAN server environments, where thereis heavy transfer of information between fixed disk and memory. Theperformance of a fixed disk refers to the rate at which informationcan be located and transferred between the fixed disk and the memory.As with traditional record albums, information on a fixed disk isstored in concentric rings on the disk platter surface. Each ring iscalled a track. To read information from a fixed disk, the actuatormust first move the read/write head to the proper track. The time ittakes (on the average) for the actuator to move the read/write headover the proper track (or seek the track) is called the average seektime—usually expressed in milliseconds (1/1,000 second). Once theread/write head is located over the right track, it must wait until thedisk rotation brings the right part of the track under the read/writehead. The time it takes for this to happen (on the average) is calledthe average latency of the drive—also expressed in milliseconds.

Finally, after the proper track and proper part of the track arepositioned under the read/write head, the information is transferredbetween the disk controller circuitry and the disk one bit at a time ina continuous stream as the disk surface passes underneath the read/


write head. The speed at which this is done is called the data transferrate and is expressed in millions of bytes per second (MB/sec)—theshorter the seek time and latency, the better; the higher the data transferrate, the better. All of these factors (and more) determine how thedisk subsystem will contribute to or hinder overall system perfor-mance. Figure 1.31 shows the average seek time, average latency, anddata transfer rates for fixed disks used in IBM personal computers.

The circuitry that controls the fixed disks is also important. Insome personal computers, this circuitry is built into the fixed diskdrive itself, which is then cabled to the system board inside the com-puter. Such fixed disk drives are called Integrated Drive Electronics(IDE) drives. The primary advantages of IDE drives are compactnessand relatively low cost. The original version of IDE could only sup-port two fixed disks, but the newer Enhanced IDE (used in the Aptivaand IBM PC families) supports up to four devices including fixeddisks and CD-ROM drives.

In other personal computers (e.g., much of the Netfinity family),the fixed disk control circuitry implements the Small Computer Sys-tem Interface (SCSI). SCSI is an industry-standard way of connectingdevices (internal and external) to computer systems. The advantageof the SCSI interface is versatility, in that it can be used to controlfixed disks as well as many other types of devices—including tapedrives, CD-ROM drives, printers, drive arrays, and so on. In somepersonal computers, the SCSI circuitry is packaged on a feature cardinstalled in an expansion slot; in others it resides on the system board.

Figure 1.32 shows how devices are attached to the SCSI controlcircuitry over a group of wires called the SCSI bus. Each

Fixed Disk Size Average Seek Time Speed Data Transfer Rate Interface

16 GB 9.0 ms 5400 RPM 12 MB/s IDE20 GB 8.5 ms 7200 RPM 40 MB/s ATA37.5 GB 9.0 ms 5400 RPM 20 MB/s ATA40 GB 8.5 ms 7200 RPM 40 MB/s Ultra ATA/10060 GB 8.5 ms 7200 RPM 40 MB/s Ultra ATA/10075 GB 8.5 ms 7200 RPM 37 MB/s Ultra ATA/100

Figure 1.31. Performance characteristics of fixed disk units used in IBMpersonal computers.


SCSI-compatible device is attached to the SCSI bus in a daisy-chainedfashion. Up to seven SCSI devices can be controlled (i.e., indepen-dently addressed) by a single SCSI controller. These devices can be,for example, a single disk unit, a single tape unit, or a single control-ler with up to seven other devices attached. To improve system per-formance, however, it is best not to load a single SCSI controller to itsmaximum. That is, it is often better to use multiple SCSI controllersrather than one SCSI controller, even when there are only seven (orfewer) SCSI devices to be attached. When a personal computer hasmultiple SCSI controllers, thought should be given to which SCSIdevice goes on each SCSI bus. For example, tape backup operationscan often be accomplished more quickly if the tape drive being usedas the backup device and the fixed disk unit being backed up do notshare the same SCSI controller.

Here is how SCSI works. When a controlling device, called aninitiator (e.g., the SCSI controller circuitry), wants to perform an in-formation transfer with another device, called a target (e.g., a fixeddisk unit), the initiator arbitrates for control of the SCSI bus. Oncethe initiator has control of the bus, it issues one of the commands

Disk Drive

Micro- Processor

Micro- Processor

Disk Drive

Micro- Processor

Tape Drive

Disk Drive (SCSI Device # N)

Disk Drive (SCSI Device #2)

Disk Drive (SCSI Device #1)

SCSI I/O Controller (SCSI Device #0)

System Unit

Expansion Slot

Figure 1.32. SCSI devices are cabled to a SCSI.


defined in the SCSI standard protocol. Although the target deviceprocesses the command, the SCSI bus is available for any other SCSIcommand traffic. When the target device is ready, it gains control ofthe bus and supplies the requested information along with a comple-tion status to the original initiator.

One of the primary differences between SCSI and earlier disk in-terfaces is that each SCSI device must have local processing capabil-ity to participate in the SCSI command protocol. That is, each SCSIdevice attached to the bus is responsible for doing much of its ownprocessing (e.g., error checking, error correction, and retry of failingoperations). Other fixed disk interface standards put the responsibil-ity for managing the various devices in a centralized I/O controllerrather than distributing the responsibility among the various con-necting devices. In addition to the increased versatility mentionedearlier, this configuration gives SCSI an advantage because the work(e.g., error correction and error retries) is distributed over the pro-cessing capabilities of all SCSI devices, thereby off-loading the maincomputer system and putting the work where it can be done mostefficiently. A disadvantage of SCSI is that each device must have localprocessing capability, which often implies higher cost. However, cur-rent technology usually makes this additional cost modest and futuretechnology advances promise to further diminish the importance ofthis issue.

There are many versions of SCSI used with personal computers:SCSI-1, SCSI-2, and UltraSCSI, also called SCSI-3. The maximum in-stantaneous transfer rates over the SCSI-1 bus can exceed 4 millionbytes per second (4 MB/sec). With the SCSI-2, the maximum instanta-neous transfer rate is over 20 million bytes per second (20 MB/sec).Other enhancements introduced with SCSI-2 include support for widerdata paths between the disk drive and the SCSI controller (8, 16, or 32bits with the SCSI-2 and only 8 bits for the SCSI-1) and the ability tosend multiple commands to a device (called tag command queuing).Because the SCSI-2 is a superset of the SCSI-1, compatibility is preservedand a SCSI-1 device can be controlled by a SCSI-2 controller. UltraSCSIprovides up to 40 MB/sec burst transfers across wide (16-bit) paths. Thenew Ultra160 SCSI interface capability enables up to 160 MB/sec in-stantaneous data transfers across wide (32-bit) paths.

Some personal computers and/or some of the operating systemsused with them come with a disk cache program designed to increasethe performance of a computer’s fixed disk subsystem. A disk cache


program reserves an area of memory that it will use to temporarilystore information retrieved off the disk. Later, if that information isneeded (as it usually is), the delay associated with finding and trans-ferring the information on the fixed disk is eliminated. That is, infor-mation you would normally read off the fixed disk is already inmemory and ready for use. This is similar to the concept of the memorycache, discussed earlier. To enjoy the performance improvement af-forded by the disk cache program, you must install it on your fixeddisk and activate the program. Instructions for doing this are pro-vided with the personal computer or operating system.

ISA/EISA/PCI/PCMCIA/AGP Expansion Slots

Part of the reason for the popularity of the original IBM personalcomputers was their expansion slots, which allowed users to custom-ize and add to their systems by installing optional feature cards. Forthe same reasons, today’s personal computers also provide expan-sion slots. There are several basic types of expansion slots used inIBM’s personal computers: Industry-Standard Architecture (ISA),Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA), PCI (PeripheralComponent Interconnect), and Micro Channel. Although technicallynot an expansion slot in the same way that ISA, EISA, and MicroChannel slots are, PCMCIA (personal computer Memory Card Inter-national Association) slots also allow users to customize and addadditional function to their systems. This new expansion technologywill also be covered in this section.

In addition to the I/O expansion capabilities offered by ISA, EISA,Micro Channel, and PCMCIA, most of the newer IBM personal com-puters come with a feature called a local bus. A local bus differs from anI/O expansion bus because it is more directly attached to the micropro-cessor of the system. Although this direct attachment feature providesthe opportunity to increase performance, it also introduces new limita-tions. Early uses of the local bus for expansion provided only a few slots,and they could only be used for a limited number of functions. The threeprimary local bus standards are VESA’s (Video Equipment StandardsAssociation’s) VL bus, Intel’s PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect),and the AGP (Advanced Graphics Port) bus. The AGP interface is aplatform bus specification that enables high-performance 3D graphicscapabilities on PCs. AGP provides a high-bandwidth pipeline (bus) be-


tween the graphics controller and system memory. Three speeds of datatransfer are supported by the AGP specification: 1× AGP operates at thetraditional 66 MHz PCI bus speed; 2× AGP provides for two data trans-fers per 66 MHz clock cycle, for real data throughput of up to 500 MBper second, and 4× AGP enables four data transfers per cycle, provid-ing real data throughput of up to 1 GB/s.

PCI is the main general-purpose system I/O bus. The AcceleratedGraphics Port interface has been designed specifically for dedicateduse by graphics controllers and is not intended to replace PCI. PCIhas evolved to a wider and faster version (64-bit, 66 MHz) as thebandwidth needs of PCI I/O functions exceed the capabilities of the32-bit, 33 MHz version. The Accelerated Graphics Port is designedspecifically for point-to-point graphics components. It is physicallyseparated from the PCI bus and uses a separate connector.

AGP support is specifically engineered to optimize the performanceof computers based on the Pentium III processor with Dual Indepen-dent Bus (DIB) architecture. AGP is an extension of the DIB architec-ture. With DIB, there are two independent high-speed paths into thememory interface. The memory bandwidth to other devices in thesystem is significantly increased with AGP, particularly the graphicssubsystem. DIB in conjunction with AGP improves system perfor-mance, particularly in graphics, in the following ways.

First, AGP increases peak bandwidth up to eight times that of thePCI bus; higher sustained rates are possible via sideband addressingand split transactions. It also reduces contention with the CPU andI/O devices for bus and memory access. The PCI bus serves disk con-trollers, LAN chips, and video capture, if they are part of your sys-tem. AGP operates concurrently with, and independently from, mosttransactions on PCI. Further, CPU accesses to system RAM can pro-ceed concurrently with the AGP RAM reads of the graphics chip be-cause the chip set includes queuing hardware and supportsout-of-order data arbitration.

AGP provides an “extra port” to the graphics chip for memoryaccess, so it can concurrently read textures from AGP memory whilereading/writing Z-values and pixels from local memory. (Note: Z-buffer information can also be stored in AGP system memory; theimplementation is up to the video vendor.) AGP also enables the CPUto write directly to shared system AGP memory when it needs toprovide graphics data, such as commands or animated textures. Gen-erally, the CPU can access main memory more quickly than it can


access graphics local memory via AGP, and certainly faster than viathe PCI interface.

Most PCI systems have only two available slots, which is notenough for PC servers. Servers require several adapter slots for diskcontrollers and LAN adapters. Usually only two slots are availablebecause PCI allows ten loads. One load goes to each motherboardperipheral, the PCI bridge/controller, and an expansion bus bridge.Two loads go to each slot. One design (used in the PC server 325,330, and 720) to increase PCI slots is a PCI-to-PCI bridge, whichconstructs a tree of buses using bridge chips. This is a cost-efficientdesign, but it has a slight degradation in performance caused by thelatency built into the bridge. Less demanding add-in cards would goon the secondary PCI bus.

Another design (used in the IBM PC server 704) to increase PCIslots is for two PCI buses to connect directly to the local bus viaanother bridge. The chip sets are more expensive, but they improveperformance by removing the bridge latency problem and by dou-bling the bandwidth of available PCI-to-CPU transfers because theyhave two pipes instead of one. Figure 1.33 shows a bus architecturecomparison.

ISA, EISA, and PCI slots provide an effective way to upgrade andenhance the function of a desktop or server system, but what aboutexpansion for portable systems such as notebooks and subnotebooks?The small size and low weight of these systems leave no room for thestandard ISA or Micro Channel slots or the adapters that fit in them.The solution to this requirement is a relatively new standard calledPCMCIA (personal computer Memory Card International Association).

Technically speaking, PCMCIA is not really a computer bus ar-chitecture like ISA, EISA, and PCI, but rather more like a serial or

ISA EISA MC VL-Bus PCI

Data Path Width 8/16 32 16/32/64 32/64 32/64Data Bus Speed 5.33/8.33 8.33 10 33/50 33/66(MHz)

Data Transfer 5.33/8.33 33 20/40/80/160 132/264 132/264Rates (MB/sec)

Figure 1.33. Bus architecture comparison.


parallel port. The fact that it is electrically more like a port than a busis of little consequence because it still offers many of the upgradefeatures of the other buses while having some unique advantages ofits own. The most important features are the small size, light weight,and low power consumption of the adapter cards, which are oftencalled credit card adapters because they are about the size of a stan-dard credit card. This makes PCMCIA an excellent method to up-grade and enhance the function of portable systems such as theThinkPad family. In addition, PCMCIA slots are showing up on somedesktop machines because they offer the same advantages. Anotheradvantage that a PCMCIA adapter has over ISA or PCI adapters isthat it can usually be installed into a system without removing thecovers, even while the system is turned on!

The PCMCIA standards encompass everything from card dimen-sions to system hardware and software in an attempt to provide com-patibility across different hardware systems and operating systems.Unfortunately, as with some ISA and PCI adapters, compatibility prob-lems do arise, so check to make sure that the PCMCIA adapters thatyou buy will work in your system. As long as both the system and theadapter cards fully meet the specified standards, there should be noproblem. The PCMCIA standard was originally designed as amemory-card-only architecture, but now it includes I/O cards formodems, network communications, wireless communications, emu-lation adapters, and fixed disks.

Three standards are currently contained within the overallPCMCIA standard. The Type I standard addresses memory cards,and the Type II and Type III standards address I/O cards. Althoughcard thickness varies among the PCMCIA types, backward compat-ibility is ensured. A PCMCIA system that accepts Type II cards willalso accept a Type I card, and a system that can accommodate a TypeIII card can accept two Type II or Type I cards, or one of each. As withISA and PCI, it is common to see systems with multiple PCMCIA slots.

Graphics

Images presented on a computer’s display are used to present informa-tion to the user. The quality of these images can directly affect the user’sproductivity and enjoyment during a work session. Two hardware ele-ments work together to generate computer images: the display and the


graphics circuitry. The display is the device that resembles a small tele-vision set and actually transforms the electronic signals from the com-puter system into light images discernible by the human eye.

The images generated by the graphics circuitry and displayed onthe screen are made up of patterns of many individual dots on thedisplay, called picture elements (pels) or pixels, which blend togetherto form the desired image. The video memory (also called graphicsmemory or the frame buffer) portion of the graphics circuitry is usedto hold the information, which is stored in a special format that willbe directly converted into the images you see on the display screen.To change what you see on the display screen, the computer systemsimply changes the information stored in video memory.

Two basic types of computer images can be generated throughthis pel pattern technique. The first type are called alphanumeric im-ages. These are generated by selecting from predetermined librariesof characters called character sets. These character sets contain up-per-and lowercase letters, numbers, punctuation marks, and manyother symbols such as !, /, and @. The alphanumeric technique isdepicted in Figure 1.34. Different character sets can be loaded by thesoftware controlling the video circuitry, giving the characters a differ-ent appearance.

The second type of image that personal computers can generateis called an All-Points-Addressable (APA) image. With APA images,there is no predetermined library of characters. Each individual pelon the display screen can be independently turned on or off by writ-

A>

(One character)

Figure 1.34. Mechanics of an alphanumeric image.


ing the appropriate bit patterns to the graphics memory. By changingthis bit pattern, the color of any pel can also be changed. This tech-nique is depicted in Figure 1.35. The APA technique can be used togenerate complex “television-type” images.

With APA images, the number of individual pels represented invideo memory determines the number of pels that make up the im-age, or the resolution of the image, seen on the surface of thecomputer’s display—the more pels represented in the video memory,the higher the resolution of the image (assuming the display can alsosupport that resolution). The number of bits associated with a singlepel determines how many different colors or levels of brightness itcan have. Through programming, the video circuitry can be instructedto organize video memory in different ways (called selecting a videomode), resulting in images with different resolutions and numbers ofcolors. The organization of video memory can be optimized for higherresolution with fewer colors or for lower resolution with more col-ors. The graphics circuitry in IBM personal computers provides sup-port from 1 bit/pel (21 = bright or dark) to 24 bits/pel (224 = over 16.7million different colors). That is, computer images generated by per-

Figure 1.35. Mechanics of an APA image.


sonal computers can have from 2 (black and white) to 16.7 milliondifferent colors in them. With black-and-white displays, the graphicsadapters translate the different colors that appear in a display intodifferent brightness levels, also called shades of gray.

Figures 1.36 and 1.37 compare the capabilities of different graphicscircuitry used in personal computers in terms of maximum color videomodes and maximum resolution video modes. The total number ofcolors that can be displayed at any one time is important for makinginformation displayed on a computer screen as clear as possible, aswell as making the image more pleasant. The resolution of a displayrefers to the level of detail that can be displayed on a computer screen.The higher the density of the pels, the higher the resolution, and themore detailed and clear an image will be. In other words,higher-resolution images make using a computer easier on the eyes.

The graphics circuitry originally introduced with the PS/2 familywas built around an IBM-designed chip called the Video GraphicsArray (VGA) and 256 KB of video memory. The VGA, video memory,and associated circuitry were packaged on the system boards of theoriginal PS/2s. Then Personal Systems started to use an enhanced ver-sion of the VGA known as the 16-bit Video Graphics Array (16-bitVGA). The 16-bit VGA was capable of exchanging information withthe microprocessor twice as efficiently (16 bits at a time) as the origi-nal VGA (8 bits at a time). That is, there is a wider path (16-bit databus) over which information is moved between the 16-bit VGA andthe microprocessor as compared to that of VGA-based designs (8-bit

VGA 16-bit VGA 386 SVGAGraphics memory size 256 KB 256 KB 512 KB 1 MB

Best APA modes: 640 x 480 640 x 480 640 x 480 1024 x 768Maximum resolution mode

(16 colors) (16 colors) (256 colors) (256 colors)

Maximum color mode 320 x 200 320 x 200 640 x 480 #640 x 480(256 colors) (256 colors) (256 colors) (16,777,216 colors)

Best alphanumeric modes

720 x 400 720 x 400 720 x 400 1056 x 400(16 colors) (16 colors) (16 colors) (16 colors)

# Currently not supported by OS/2.

Figure 1.36. Capability comparisons of some IBM graphics circuitry.


data bus). This allowed 16-bit VGA systems to generate and manipu-late images more quickly. The 16-bit VGA also had some other modesdesigned for use when the personal system is being used as a work-station attached to a larger IBM System/370 or System/390 computer.These other modes made the personal system’s display look more likethe 327X family of terminals commonly used with System/370 andSystem/390 mainframe computers.

Some personal systems that used the 16-bit VGA allowed the videomemory to be expanded from 256 KB to 512 KB. This extra videomemory held the additional information necessary to generate 640 ×480 images with up to 256 colors, as compared to the VGA, whichcould only support a resolution of 640 × 480 with 16 colors.

Later on, IBM personal computer systems used an enhanced ver-sion of the VGA called the Super Video Graphics Array (SVGA). TheSVGA implementations in the current systems have 1 MB of videomemory—twice that of VGA and 16-bit VGA implementations. TheSVGA graphics designs use the extra memory to create images ofgreater resolution and more colors (e.g., 1,024 × 768 with 256 col-

Figure 1.37. Capability comparisons of some IBM graphics circuitry.

SVGA XGA XGA-2

Graphics memory size 1 MB 512 KB 1 MB 1 MB

Best APA modesMaximum resolution mode

1024 x 768 *1024 x 768 *1024 x 768 1024 x 768(256 colors) (16 colors) (256 colors) (256 colors)

‡*1360 x 1024(16 colors)

Maximum color mode

1024 x 768 640 x 480 1024 x 768 640 x 480(256 colors) (256 colors) (256 colors) (65,536 colors)

†*640 x 480 ‡*800 x 600(65,536 colors) (65,536 colors)

Best alphanumeric modes

1056 x 400 *1056 x 400 *1056 x 400 1188 x 400(16 colors) (16 colors) (16 colors) (16 colors)

* This is an interlaced mode (some images may have more flicker than those generated with non-interlaced modes).† This mode is not currently supported in OS/2 or DOS/Windows environments.‡ Requires special multisync display that supports a resolution 1360 x 1024 and a pixel rate of up to 90 MHz.


ors). Actually, several different SVGA chips, which have a variety ofmodes and extended resolutions and up to a maximum of 4 MB ofvideo memory, are used in current IBM personal computers. The SVGAused in some systems has additional capability to generate a 640 ×480 image with over 16 million different colors (called a true-color-image). Using this many colors in a single image makes themappear extremely realistic.

Because SVGA provides for higher resolution and more colorsthan VGA, SVGA systems can display more information and are morepleasing to the eye in graphics applications such as computer-aideddesign, desktop publishing, multimedia imaging, and business graph-ics. However, to gain the benefits of the new SVGA modes, theprogram(s) being used must be written to take advantage of them.This means that application programs originally written for the VGAmay not employ all of the SVGA functions. However, because theSVGA also maintains compatibility with the VGA, existing programsshould function properly.

The graphics circuitry provided with some Personal Systems is builtaround the eXtended Graphics Array (XGA) graphics chip. Like theSVGA, the XGA is a big brother to the VGA in that it can producehigher-resolution images with more colors than can the VGA whilemaintaining compatibility. Unlike the SVGA, however, the XGA pro-vides improved graphics performance through its built-in graphicsco-processor circuitry. By handling things like drawing rectangles, draw-ing lines, and filling in areas, this specialized circuitry improves therate at which an image can be generated or modified. The engineerschose to implement these functions in dedicated circuitry because theyare commonly needed graphics functions. With these commonly neededgraphics functions implemented in dedicated high-speed circuitry, thegraphics subsystem performance is improved. The graphicsco-processor circuitry is optimized for windowing environments likethat of OS/2 or DOS with Windows, in which the display screen isgraphically subdivided into smaller rectangular areas.

Other members of the PS/2 family were based on an improvedversion of the XGA called the eXtended Graphics Array-2 (XGA-2).The XGA-2 chip was designed to meet international standards (ISO9241, “Ergonomic Requirements for Office Workstations with VideoDisplay Terminals”) for high-quality images. These standards put lim-its on such things as image jitter (side-to-side shaking), linearity


(straightness of an image at its edges), fonts (alphanumeric characterappearance), image flicker, and so on.

To understand image flicker, you must first understand how animage is created on a display. Every display has many phosphor dots(or stripes) deposited on the rear surface of the display screen. Thesephosphors (which make up the pels) are excited by a sweeping elec-tron beam emitted and controlled by circuitry in the rear of the dis-play tube. The electron beam basically “paints” on a canvas ofphosphor pels to create the image you see. However, the phosphorpels will only glow when they are actually being hit by the sweepingelectron beam (plus a brief time after). As soon as the electron beamgoes from that phosphor pel to the next, that phosphor pel’s glowbegins to fade and so does the image presented to the user. Thus, theelectron beam must be swept across each row of phosphor pels fre-quently enough to prevent the human eye from seeing the phosphorpels fading or the image will seem to flicker. The rate at which theelectron beam sweeps across the entire surface of the display is calledthe refresh rate. The refresh rate, along with the display’s screen size,brightness level, and phosphor persistence (i.e., the rate at which thephosphor glow fades after the electron beam moves on to another phos-phor pel) together determine how much an image will flicker. TheXGA-2 chip and most IBM personal computer displays are designedto meet the ISO industry standards for a flicker-free image.

One other item concerning flicker should be mentioned. To sup-port higher-resolution images, the original XGA chip refreshes everyother row of pels on each refresh pass. This is known as interlacing. Ininterlaced images, each phosphor pel is only being refreshed at half therefresh rate, which tends to increase the flicker of an image. To somethis flicker is unnoticeable, but to others it may be annoying—largelydepending on the particular image being generated. The XGA-2 chipeliminated this potential flicker problem by not using interlacing.

Flat Panel Monitor Technology

With the announcement of IBM’s flat panel monitors, screen flickercan be a thing of the past. These new monitors use the same technol-ogy that is used in IBM’s high-end ThinkPads. For the desktop user,the flat panel monitor saves space and lowers eye fatigue. If you spendlong hours in front of a computer screen, you may want to consider


using flat panel monitor technology. IBM flat panel monitors consistof a TFT-LCD panel packaged together with the necessary drive andinterface electronics and power to implement the total monitor func-tion. Each LCD panel is an array of addressable picture elements orpixels (e.g., 1,024 pixels arranged in 768 rows) that supports thecommon XGA display format. Every pixel is made up of threesubpixels, which can be turned on or off to varying amounts to con-trol the amount of red, green, or blue light passing through them.The subpixels are so small that they appear as dots to the unaidedeye, and the required image is made up of the combination of lightfrom each of these colored subpixels or dots, which merge togetherwhen viewed at normal distances to form the complete effect. Eachsubpixel is driven by an individual thin-film transistor formed di-rectly behind it on the panel. In the example of a 1,024 × 768 pixelarray, there are 1,024 × 768 × 3 = 2,359,296 such transistors.

TFT-LCD panels are also known as active-matrix panels becausethey use active semiconductor devices or transistors. The image datato be displayed is presented by the graphics subsystem, also in theform of pixels, and the best display is when the pixel format of theimage data exactly matches that of the panel array so that there is aone-to-one pixel match. If the matching is not exact, then complexalgorithms in the display “scale” the incoming pixels either up ordown so that they fit the whole panel. In the case of the 1,024 × 768panel displaying a 640 × 480 image, the scaling factor is 1,024:640or 1.6:1; that is, each incoming pixel has to be “spread” over 1.6pixels of the panel array both horizontally and vertically. Even thebest algorithms available today are unable to perform this transfor-mation for all images without some, usually minor, display artifactsor distortions appearing in a small number of cases, so it is stronglyrecommended that panels be driven at their native addressability foroptimum performance.

The image data in each pixel contains the brightness informationof the three primary colors, red, green, and blue, that make up thatpixel and so the job of the interface and drive electronics is to sepa-rate and route that information to all of the corresponding subpixelsin the array. Each transistor controlling a subpixel can be turned fromoff to on in a discrete number of steps to vary the actual voltageacross the liquid crystal cell that makes up the subpixel.

CRT and TFT display technologies are very different, with differ-ent strengths and weaknesses. CRTs have been the predominant desk-


top display technology for a considerable time, but as TFT monitorsclose and start to exceed the performance gap they become the dis-play choice for many users. TFT flat panel monitors have been sig-nificantly more expensive than the equivalent image size CRT monitor,but the price ratio has greatly reduced over the last few years and willcontinue to go down. Initially the majority of TFT monitor sales wereto customers who required one or more of the unique attributes of aTFT monitor and hence could justify the higher initial cost. Eventhen, the savings on office space, utilities and air conditioning couldoffset this cost delta over CRT monitors, and now with further priceimprovements, increasing numbers of users will find the overall costadvantage has moved to TFT-LCD flat panel monitors.

Emerging Graphics/Video Memory

Many new kinds of graphics chips and memory are emerging thatwill lead to greater performance. In the past, graphics chip makersincreased performance by doubling the number of bits that the graphicscontroller (or accelerator) could process at once by moving from a32-bit to a 64-bit architecture. Today 128-bit architectures exist, pro-viding even higher graphics throughput.

One other key element in understanding graphics is that theamount of video memory determines the number of simultaneouscolors for a particular addressability. More memory supports morecolors and higher resolutions.

A variety of graphics accelerators, boosting system graphics capa-bilities and performance, are available in IBM systems and worksta-tions. IBM IntelliStation workstations are ideally positioned for a rangeof complex 2D and 3D design applications. From the Matrox Millen-nium G400 to the Intense3D Wildcat 4210, IntelliStation graphics accel-erators deliver the kind of complex-graphics solutions needed to runtoday’s technically demanding applications with high-resolution results.

The Matrox Millennium G400 video adapter is a high-perfor-mance, high-resolution 2D graphics accelerator that is tuned for usein Graphical User Interface (GUI) environments that make extensiveuse of 2D operations. The Matrox Millennium G400 video adapteris the successor to the Matrox Millennium G200 adapter. It has thesame basic functions as the Millennium G200 adapter but offers higherlevel 2D and 3D performance. The Millennium G400 video adapteralso supports a second monitor output (available as an option) on


the same video adapter. This allows the user to drive two displays atone time with one video adapter. The second monitor output candrive either a standard analog monitor or a Digital Visual Interface(DVI) monitor. The Matrox Millennium G400 adapter plugs into theAGP bus. The adapter features 16 MB of SGRAM, a 304 MHz 64-bitRAMDAC, and connectors for multimedia upgrades.

The IBM Fire GL1 graphics accelerator card accelerates both 2Dand 3D graphics. It can process up to 4 million 25-pixel polygons persecond. The revolutionary 256-bit Fire GL1 video adapter is ideal for3D environments that use the Open Graphics Language (OpenGL) in-terface. The IBM Fire GL1 graphics accelerator card contains an inte-grated graphics processor that accelerates 2D and 3D graphics. Thecard can process up to 4 million 25-pixel polygons per second. TheIBM Fire GL1 graphics features include a 256-bit, 2-way interleaved100 MHz SGRAM interface capable of delivering up to 6.4 GBpsthroughput; a geometry pipeline polygon setup engine; per-pixel doublebuffering for smooth animations; a 24-bit Z buffer for accurate depthrendering; stencil planes for drawing images in odd-shaped viewports;a gamma correction table for accurate color rendering; Gouraud shad-ing for smooth lighting across an object’s surface; antialiasing to smoothout diagonal lines; trilinear, perspective-corrected texturing; multipro-cessor optimization; 85 Hz refresh rates at up to 1,600 × 1,200 resolu-tion; up to 1,920 × 1,200 resolution supported; monitor Plug and Play(DDC2B) support; and multimonitor support with additional PCI IBMFire GL1 video adapters.

The ELSA GLoria II graphics adapter delivers uncompromising3D performance for high-end CAD, visualization, animation, anddigital content creation applications. The GLoria II uses NVIDIA’sQuadro Graphics Processing Unit (GPU), an integrated geometry pro-cessing and rasterization chip. The Quadro can transform and lightup to 17 million 3D vertices per second, with its single-chip architec-ture and optimized OpenGL drivers.

The Intense3D Wildcat 4110 graphics solution delivers profes-sional workstation-class 3D graphics features and performance, in-cluding trilinear MIP-mapped hardware texture processing andfull-scene antialiasing. The IntelliStation M Pro and IntelliStation ZPro both offer standard models that include the Wildcat 4110. TheIntense3D Wildcat 4110 graphics solution is a single-board AGP Proadapter that delivers professional workstation-class 3D graphics fea-tures and performance. The Intense3D high-end 3D graphics features


include the Trilinear MIP-mapped hardware texture processing. Hard-ware trilinear MIP mapping gives users photo-realistic images by wrap-ping 2D bitmaps around 3D models. For example, at 32-bit true color,adding wood grain to a table for added realism is easy.

The Intense3D Wildcat 4210 graphics accelerator goes even fur-ther, setting a new standard for graphics performance with dual-pipe-line architecture, a dedicated 128 MB frame buffer and 128 MB oftexture memory, and a design optimized for AGP Pro 110 (2× and4×). The Intense3D Wildcat 4210 graphics accelerator offers all thefeatures of the Wildcat 4110 in a double-strength configuration. TheIntense3D ParaScale architecture supports multiple geometry accel-erator ASICs (Application-Specific Integrated Circuits) andrasterization engine ASICs working in parallel. The Intense3D Wild-cat 4210 graphics accelerator is available only on the top-of-the-lineIntelliStation Z Pro workstation.

The Appian Gemini dual-head graphics board improves perfor-mance by utilizing the AGP bus. The Appian Gemini graphics adapterallows you to operate two monitors from the AGP slot, leaving addi-tional slots open for other expansion capabilities—including moregraphics adapters. In addition, Appian’s Hydravision software helpsyou manage and manipulate applications across multiple monitorswith timesaving features. It is an ideal solution for financial traders,video editors, and digital content creators. The Gemini includes ad-vanced multimonitor desktop management software from Appian andis compatible with the Gemini PCI version for expansion to four ormore monitors. The Appian Gemini adapter uses the S3 Savage M7graphics accelerator to produce high-speed 2D and 3D graphics, keep-ing cost and capability problems to a minimum by using a single GUIchip to support both monitors. PCI versions of the card will be avail-able to easily expand the system to four or more monitors.

Ports

There is almost always a need to connect personal computers to otherdevices (e.g., printers and modems). This connection is typically ac-complished by attaching a cable between a port on the personal com-puter and a port on the device being attached. A port is a collectionof electronic signals brought from the system-resident circuits to pinshoused in a connector mounted in the system unit (usually in the


rear). It can be thought of as an “information doorway” that allowsinformation to flow between the computer and external devices us-ing a predetermined protocol to control the flow. Because the needfor ports is very common, almost all personal computers come stan-dard with several ports. Three older used ports are the serial port, theparallel port, and the SCSI port. Two emerging technologies calledthe USB (Universal Serial Bus) and the P1394 FixedWire are just nowbeing commonly used in PCs to connect multiple I/O devices.

The serial port transfers information one bit at a time using theasynchronous communications protocol at adjustable speeds. Thisport can be used to connect many devices—such as printers, plotters,external modems, and auxiliary terminals—to personal computers.This port can also be used to transfer information directly betweenadjacent computer systems under special circumstances. The serialport on most personal computers can move information at a rate ofover 19,200 bits per second (19.2 Kbps). Those serial ports that sup-port Direct Memory Access (DMA) techniques can move informa-tion more efficiently and take some of the workload off themicroprocessor, freeing it to perform other work.

The parallel port is accessible via the 25-pin D-shell connector.It is called a “parallel” port because it transfers information eightbits (one byte) at a time, or eight bits in “parallel.” This port is afunctional extension of a widely used industry standard often usedto communicate with a printer. Again, those personal computersthat have DMA-capable parallel ports can move information overthis port more efficiently.

We have already discussed the Small Computer System Inter-face (SCSI) port earlier in this chapter. This port is accessible througha connector on the rear of the system unit and can be used to attachexternal fixed disks, tape drives, and other SCSI-capable devices.

The USB (Universal Serial Bus) allows adding a new device to aPC as easily as plugging it into the back of the machine ordaisy-chaining it from another device on the bus. The device is im-mediately available for operation (elimination of device driver in-stallation), and the PC does not need to be rebooted. IBM hasannounced USB ports in several of its PC 300 and Aptiva models.The basic data rate of USB is 12 Mbps with shielded twisted-paircable, but USB also supports a low-speed subchannel of 1 Mbps.Devices on this subchannel can use unshielded cable that is not twisted.


All cables use four wires. The distance between two devices can be upto 5 meters.

USB makes it easy to add peripherals externally and paves theway for everything from digital peripherals and telephony devicesto multiuser games. In a nutshell, the USB standard means systemunits no longer have to offer a confusing array of dedicated ports.Instead, USB takes the “one size fits all” approach. Four-pin USBconnectors will accept any USB peripheral, from mice to keyboardsto printers to modems. What’s more, with USB, add-on peripheralsdon’t have to connect directly to the system unit. A USB hub can beconnected to a USB port on the system unit. Each hub providesoutlets for up to seven USB devices. You can even plug another hubinto the hub that is connected to the system unit, giving you 13outlets (the six remaining outlets on the first hub, plus seven moreon the second hub). By plugging in more hubs, you can attach up to127 different devices.

USB is supported by current industry chip sets. Software devicedrivers are included in the Windows 2000 Professional and Win-dows 98 operating systems. This support allows USB to sense whenperipherals are attached or detached. There’s no hunting for the“right” connection, and, even better, there’s no rebooting orreconfiguring every time a peripheral is added or removed. In fact,USB’s hot insertion and removal feature lets you install and detachperipherals while the PC stays up and running. With USB, you don’teven have to open the system unit. Fewer installation problems, re-duced setup time… and you don’t need to call a high-tech guru forassistance every time you want to plug in a new peripheral. Thefull-speed USB bandwidth (up to 12 Mbps) can support a wide rangeof multimedia and telephony USB devices. The low-speed bandwidth(up to 1.5 Mbps) can support low-cost, low-end devices, such asUSB keyboards and mice. What’s more, USB ports will support bothfull-speed and low-speed devices simultaneously.

IEEE 1394 is a connection standard that promises high-speeddata transfer rates of at least 400 Mbps. The consumer electronicsindustry is focusing on IEEE 1394 because it supports high-speedcomputer peripherals, such as external disk drives and digital videocamera equipment. Because USB supports full-speed and low-speeddevices and IEEE 1394 supports high-speed devices, there’s plentyof room for both standards.


Keyboards

Most personal computer systems use one of the three keyboards shownin Figure 1.38. Most now come standard with the new IBM Enhanced104-key Keyboard or a derivative thereof (e.g., the ThinkPad sys-tems are a modified version of this keyboard). The layout of the En-hanced 104-key Keyboard (with Windows 95 support) is being usedacross many different IBM computer products, which means that onceusers become familiar with this layout, they will not have to adapt todifferent keyboard layouts when using other IBM computer equip-ment. This same keyboard is available in different languages to fillthe needs of many different users around the world.

Some personal computers allow the user to select the same IBMEnhanced Keyboard or to choose from other IBM keyboards. The84-key Space Saving Keyboard is smaller to accommodate environ-ments in which space is at a premium. With this keyboard, the usergives up the numeric keypad in order to save space. The IBM SpaceSaving Keyboard is a space-efficient version of IBM’s popularTrackPoint Keyboard. Only 14.5 inches wide, it is designed to useminimum desk space while offering maximum productivity. The in-tegrated TrackPoint pointing stick is used for cursor control or toscroll through large documents or Web sites. This keyboard is perfectfor rack-mounted servers, ThinkPad docking stations, port replicators,or other applications where space is at a premium.

The 122-key Host Connected Keyboard has more function keysthan the Enhanced Keyboard and is styled after the keyboard com-monly used by those interacting with larger System/370 and System/390 computers via terminals. IBM calls this flexibility to choose frommultiple keyboards Select-A-Keyboard. These keyboards plug intothe keyboard port provided on the rear of the system unit.


Figure 1.38. Examples of keyboards used with IBM PCs.


90

2

IBM’s xSeries and Netfinity

This chapter first provides an overview of IBM’s line of Netfinity andentry level e-servers along with a detailed discussion on IBM’s systemsmanagement components and the IBM X-architecture. The chapterthen focuses more specifically on the members of each family.

Meet IBM’s xSeries and Netfinity

The IBM Netfinity and IBM ~ xSeries family, some of whichare shown in Figure 2.1, has embodied IBM’s top-of-the-line PC tech-nology since the company introduced PC Servers in 1987. This lineof computers was then branded in 1997 with the Netfinity name,which came from IBM’s commitment to the Netfinity Manageabilitysoftware that was provided at that time with every IBM PC Server.

The IBM Netfinity and IBM ~ family (listed in AppendixH) is optimized to provide resources (Web content, hardware, soft-ware, etc.) to other (client) computers over a network. The power ofIntel processor-based servers is increasing to the point where compa-nies of all shapes and sizes can run more business-critical applica-tions with more confidence 24 hours a day, 7 days a week all yearlong. Consequently, these systems are taking on many of the tasks

IBM’s xSeries and Netfinity 91

once managed solely by larger, “enterprise-class” servers. This fun-damental shift has taken the requirement for performance and avail-ability to new levels.

In response, IBM has harnessed the expertise and experience thatwent into building their enterprise systems. IBM applied that knowl-edge to industry-standard servers and enriched them with tools and

Figure 2.1. Some members of the IBM Netfinity and ~ xSeries family.


solutions to help you control your environment more precisely, withless effort. The new IBM ~ and Netfinity line of servers repre-sent a new generation of PC Servers that are scalable. Scalability re-fers to the ease of upgrading your system to provide more power andsystem resources as your business requirements grow. IBM providesa wide array of clustering, rack, RAID (Redundant Array of Inde-pendent Disks), and Fibre Channel solutions designed to help yourserver system grow. Scalability is an even more important feature forthe networked computing environment and e-business needs today.

IBM’s Netfinity servers can be placed into three groups depend-ing on your business needs: mission-critical servers, price/performanceservers, and value servers.

Netfinity Mission-Critical Servers

Netfinity mission-critical servers are for critical operations that relyabsolutely on their networks. Netfinity mission-critical servers areloaded with features that help deliver maximum uptime. Innovativetechnology derived from IBM’s large server systems, advanced sys-tems management, technology-enabled services and support, and theNetfinity 99.9% Availability Guarantee Program all help to ensurethe extremely reliable server performance for this category of servers.These servers provide maximum performance, scalability, manage-ability, and protection, as they run the most critical commercial ap-plications and store key databases. They have robust architecturesincluding high-end SMP support (up to eight CPUs), high-performancememory subsystems, high-capacity and high-performance internal disksubsystems to support the high I/O demands of SMP applications,optimized system and I/O buses, advanced system management fea-tures, and greater fault-tolerance features (e.g., redundant power sup-plies, ECC memory, RAID, and fault-tolerant clusters). The new IBMNetfinity 8500R, 7600 and 5600 will be discussed later on in thischapter as representative of this category of servers.

• The Netfinity 8500R is a lean and mean 8-way SMP serverthat maximizes uptime.

• The Netfinity 7600 provides for extreme computing power,reliability, and performance for business-critical serving.


• The Netfinity 5600 minimizes downtime, producing maxi-mum satisfaction for business-critical serving.

Netfinity Price/Performance Servers

Netfinity price/performance servers are fast, powerful, and flexible, aswell as being very cost-effective over their life cycle. These servers offerfast Intel processors, excellent scalability, and industry-leading price/performance benchmarks—plus added value from integrated featuresand industry-leading software. Today’s enterprise environments requiresystems that offer advanced systems management functions in order toreduce operational costs and to maximize system availability, fault-tolerance features such as RAID and ECC memory to avoid costlydowntime, and performance features such as PCI buses, SCSI-2 Fast/Wide and Wide UltraSCSI disk subsystems, and 4-way SMP. Later on,we will discuss in detail the following members of this category.

• The Netfinity 7100 provides price/performance leadership ina feature-rich 4-way server.

• The Netfinity 6000R is trim and easy to configure, with greatperformance and maximum scalability.

• The Netfinity 5100 is an easy-to-use, easy-to-manage serverfor hard-working businesses.

• The Netfinity 5000 is an affordable blend of power and man-ageability.

• The Netfinity 4500R is a 3-U server engineered forbusiness-critical reliability and reliability. (Note that one Uequals 44.45 mm, or 1.75 in.)

Netfinity Value Servers

Netfinity value servers are basic, high-quality systems. If your budgetis slim or you want a solid, no-frills server, Netfinity value servers area confident choice. Value servers offer affordable off-the-shelf prices,


high-quality design and craftsmanship, and select supporting optionsand services. The Netfinity value servers are intended for stand-alonedepartmental or branch office LANs. These environments usuallyrequire systems that use industry-standard components and architec-tures, are easy to install and configure, and offer basic stand-alonesystems management functions. In this category, we will be discuss-ing the following models:

• The Netfinity 4000R is the small-but-powerful e-businessengine.

• The Netfinity 3500 M10 is the price/performance leader forgrowing businesses or departments.

• The Netfinity 3000 is the entry-enterprise server applicationsand small-business environments.

• The IBM ~ xSeries 300 is a new rack-optimized serverwhich is one of the smallest servers available. It is packagedto help fit in even the most constrained data environments.

• The IBM ~ xSeries 200 is the universal server for smallbusinesses or workgroups. These fully rackable systems areideal as free-standing floor models or deskside servers.

• The IBM ~ xSeries 100 are point solutions servers thatare optimized for rapid deployment.

Netfinity Rack-Optimized Servers

The Netfinity rack-optimized servers are slim, elegant servers thatare densely packed with the features. They still have ample room forexpansion and options. For heavy-duty computing punch in minimalspace, Netfinity rack-optimized servers can help server-intensive busi-nesses such as Internet service providers, application service provid-ers, or telecommunications firms—or any organization that needs touse its space more efficiently.

IBM provides a wide selection of Netfinity server models fromthose using a single Intel Pentium III processor to high-end models


with many Intel processors, such as the Netfinity 8500R, which brings8-way SMP processing power and scalability to handle advanced en-terprise network server applications. IBM Netfinity servers are de-signed from the ground up for high availability and reliability, withdetails such as gold-plated connectors and rubber mounts on harddrive carriers. Hot-plug drive bays, redundant fans, and power sup-plies combined with leading-edge technology, such as IBM’s Light-PathDiagnostics and hot-plug Active PCI card slots, allow replacement ofcomponents and system upgrades without powering down the server.In case of potential trouble, built-in Netfinity Light-Path Diagnosticsand Predictive Failure Analysis can alert you to problems, then helpyou diagnose, find, and fix problems without server downtime.

Before we discuss the specific models, let’s take a look at the uniqueNetfinity systems management hardware and software provided acrossthe Netfinity line to make it easier to manage, control, and growyour server system.

IBM’s Netfinity Systems Management Strategy

IBM’s systems management strategy is based on the goal of providinga solution that will give users comprehensive control of their Netfinityservers in today’s complex server environment. IBM’s systems man-agement strategy is threefold.

First, IBM decided to provide manageability solutions based onindustry standards for systems management. IBM’s Universal Man-ageability (UM) initiative has been designed and developed to helpstreamline and automate management and support tasks such as as-set deployment and tracking through leading-edge, standards-basedtools. Second, IBM chose to provide products with proven, reliabletechnology while helping reduce the total cost of ownership. Thiscommitment to technology leadership is expressed in IBM’s X-archi-tecture, which takes the best capabilities from larger IBM systemsand adapts them into a framework that will integrate with a widerange of industry-standard, customer-chosen management and oper-ating systems. Finally, IBM’s strategy is to provide smooth integra-tion with leading enterprise and workgroup management tools for acomprehensive solution that fits with your existing assets and growsas your business grows. IBM’s Systems Management strategy sup-


ports a variety of management solutions that integrate smoothly withTivoli Management Software, Computer Associates Unicenter TNG,Microsoft System Management Server (SMS), Intel LANDesk Man-agement Suite, and others.

The main building blocks of Netfinity manageability are the serverhardware and its instrumentation, including the Advanced SystemManagement Processor, server deployment with ServerGuide andLANClient Control Manager (LCCM), and systems managementsoftware with Netfinity Director and Netfinity Manager. These build-ing blocks help you deploy and install your hardware, physicallymanage your operations and assets, and provide remote support andmaintenance.

IBM’s Netfinity servers, with advanced local and remote man-agement capabilities, provide that management, no matter the size ofyour networked business. Some models provide benefits such as warn-ing when the ECC memory error threshold is being reached, Predic-tive Failure Analysis (PFA) for rapid identification of a failingcomponent, automatic server restart, and IBM’s Light-Path Diagnos-tics technology, which directs you to the location of a failed compo-nent within your server.

IBM’s Netfinity Systems Management Hardware

IBM Netfinity server hardware is the first building block of theNetfinity systems management solution. This special hardware pro-vides excellent manageability, in part because of its balanced systemdesign and instrumentation. Important elements are PFA (alerting youbefore component failure, environmental monitoring, and IBM’sLight-Path Diagnostics), which provides at-a-glance problem identi-fication, and advanced system management, which can help reducedowntime, increase productivity, and reduce service and support costsdirectly affecting the bottom line.

PFA for such vital components as power supplies, fans, hard diskdrives, processors, and memory enables early detection of problems,allowing you to replace these components before they fail. Proactiveenvironmental monitoring allows alerts and errors to be forwardedwhen environmental thresholds are outside the normal range, and inextreme circumstances even shuts the server down when they are ex-ceeded and could potentially cause damage to the server or to data.


PFA and environmental monitoring are complemented by IBM’sLight-Path Diagnostics (available on select Netfinity servers), whichalso contribute to advanced hardware manageability. The equivalentto the light path inside a copier that locates a paper jam, Light-PathDiagnostics in conjunction with the component LEDs can help quicklyand correctly identify a failed component, dramatically reducing ser-vice time. Service personnel can easily identify a failing component,potentially without even running diagnostics. IBM’s Netfinity mechani-cal design enables extremely easy access to the components via suchfeatures as a sliding planar and processor carriage, designs IBM callshuman-centric. Many components, such as power supplies, fans, andhard disk drives, are redundant and hot-pluggable, so your system con-tinues to operate normally while you replace the failing component.

The IBM Netfinity Advanced System Management (ASM) Pro-cessors--the Advanced System Management Adapter, the integratedAdvanced System Management Processor, and the Advanced SystemManagement PCI Adapter—work with the hardware instrumenta-tion and systems management software and are key to problem noti-fication and resolution. They provide the system administrator withcomplete remote management of a system, independent of the serverstatus. The processors are their own administrator and act as a sen-try or guardian for the system.

The Advanced System Management processor, sometimes referredto as the service processor, provides complete remote management ofa Netfinity server—independent of the server status. Other capabili-ties include system monitoring of temperature, voltage, and otherparameters. This processor can still do its job even when the systemis switched off or the system has failed. Continuous power is sup-plied to the system management processor through the system’s powersupply or, in the case of the adapter-based implementation, throughan external power “brick.” This gives you the capability to dial intothe Advanced System Management processor from a remote site toperform numerous tasks, even when the system is down.

We should mention two additional IBM options that can extendthe manageability of your Netfinity server—the IBM Netfinity Ad-vanced Interconnect Cable Kit and the IBM Netfinity Advanced Sys-tem Management Token-Ring Option. The Advanced SystemManagement Interconnect option is for mainstream and high-endNetfinity servers. It extends remote management to allow you to con-nect multiple Advanced System Management Processors. The Ad-


vanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit makes it pos-sible to interconnect up to 12 Advanced System Management Proces-sors at a distance of up to 300 feet between the first and last processor,allowing them to share a common modem or LAN connection. Con-necting processors in this way creates a systems management net-work to increase control, lowering cost and improving systemreliability and availability. Each Advanced System Management pro-cessor attached to the interconnect can be accessed as if it were di-rectly attached, can share resources such as LAN or modemconnection, and can forward alerts out over the LAN or modem con-nection. For customers using token ring as their network infrastruc-ture, IBM offers the ASM Token-Ring Option for ASMPCI-adapter-equipped systems. This option provides an increased levelof flexibility to your management solution.

IBM’s Netfinity Installation and Systems Management Software

The task of installing and configuring a server can be very difficultand time-consuming. In addition to installation of hardware, the in-stallation of the operating system, device drivers, and applicationsmakes the task more complex, especially if you are installing multipleservers. IBM provides two solutions, called IBM ServerGuide andLANClient Control Manager (LCCM), to help ease the complexityof installing and configuring your servers.

ServerGuide is shipped with most Netfinity servers at no addi-tional charge. It has been expanded and updated to help install Win-dows NT and other network operating systems much faster.ServerGuide addresses most configuration and on-site requirementsduring deployment, setup, and configuration. Its built-in intelligencerecognizes machine types and models as well as firmware versionsand other hardware criteria. ServerGuide also provides tools such asDiskette Factory, which provides a full library of device drivers testedand approved for your IBM Netfinity server. With a few clicks of amouse, you can create diagnostic, device driver, and many other dis-kettes for Netfinity servers. ServerGuide also has the ability to checkIBM Web sites for newer versions of diagnostics and device drivers.Included with ServerGuide is IBM’s TechConnect, which containsvaluable documentation such as Netfinity server manuals and techni-cal publications. TechConnect also provides a free link to the Internet


and the IBM Support Web site. In addition to these tools, ServerGuidealso includes a variety of application programs such as NortonAntiVirus, ServeRAID Adapter Administration Monitoring Utility,and Netfinity Manager.

LCCM is a key component of IBM’s Universal Management (UM)offering, which makes it easier to roll out multiple Netfinity and desk-top systems. This is accomplished by allowing for remote and unat-tended client configuration, deployment, redeployment, lower-levelmanagement, and disposal. Since LCCM gains control of the clientsystem before it boots the operating system, many lower-level tasksthat previously required an on-site visit to each system can now beperformed over a network. LCCM is also useful for performingpreboot functions such as preformatting a hard disk or restoring anoperating environment.

IBM’s Systems management software provides the ability to man-age the elements that make up a networked system and the systemitself, from procurement through deployment, operations, support,and retirement or disposal. The ability to monitor and manage allclients and servers from a single point in a network can help improveease of use, uptime, performance, asset management, and often secu-rity, with the result of reduced total cost of ownership. IBM designedNetfinity Director to deliver these capabilities. IBM Netfinity Direc-tor builds on the successes of IBM’s top-rated Netfinity Manager.

IBM’s Netfinity Director with UM Services is a powerful, highlyintegrated, systems management software solution built upon indus-try standards and designed for ease of use. With an intuitive,Java-based Graphical User Interface (GUI), an administrator can eas-ily manage individual or large groups of IBM as well as Wired forManagement 2.0-compliant non-IBM PC–based servers, desktops,workstations, and notebooks on a variety of platforms, includingMicrosoft Windows 95, 98, NT, and 2000; Novell NetWare; IBMOS/2; and SCO UnixWare. Netfinity Director embraces systems man-agement industry standards from the Distributed Management TaskForce (DMTF), which include the CIM, Web-Based Enterprise Man-agement (WBEM), and eXtensible Markup Language (XML). It alsosupports the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP).

Netfinity Director includes key functions such as group manage-ment from a central location, system discovery, hardware and soft-ware inventory, monitoring and event alerting, and automated eventresponses. Netfinity Director can be integrated into with other enter-


prise and workgroup management systems from a number of ven-dors, including Tivoli, Computer Associates, Microsoft, and Intel. Inaddition to its own capabilities, Netfinity Director provides a foun-dation for a set of tools that extend the manageability of your IBMNetfinity servers. These tools help track resource utilization and pro-vide recommendations to improve performance; enhance reliabilityby helping users discover, set up, and manage clustered servers froma single GUI; and let users configure, monitor, and manage your IBMRAID adapters and arrays without taking the RAID system offline toperform maintenance. Also included in Netfinity Director’s powerfulsuite of tools and utilities are

• Advanced System Management, which gives you control ofremote systems, letting you monitor critical subsystems andrestart and troubleshoot servers—even if the system is notpowered on.

• Capacity Manager, which monitors critical server resourcessuch as processor utilization, disk capacity, memory usage,and network traffic. Using advanced artificial intelligence, itidentifies bottlenecks and recommends actions to prevent di-minished performance or downtime. Capacity Manager caneven identify system bottlenecks and make preventive actionrecommendations.

• Cluster Systems Management, which enhances reliability byconveniently helping you set up, control, and manage clus-tered servers from a single GUI. Systems administrators canbe alerted to an event in a cluster (hardware, operating sys-tem and MicroSoft Cluster Service [MSCS]). These alerts helpreduce downtime by immediately sending e-mail or pages, orrunning other programs. IBM developed Netfinity Availabil-ity Extensions for MSCS, which allow for the expansion ofyour cluster from two nodes to eight. IBM’s exclusiveeight-node extensions enable you to achieve higher availabil-ity, performance, and reliability than two-node clusters canprovide. Clustering software allows a server application orresource, such as a shared drive, to migrate smoothly fromone server to another at the choosing of the system adminis-trator or in the event of failure.


• Netfinity SP Switch Administration, which monitors the oper-ating status of various switch components, providing proac-tive alert notification in the unlikely event that a componentshould fail (the Netfinity SP Switch is resilient to failure due toredundant components and an integrated service processor).

• RAID Manager, which lets you monitor, manage, and config-ure local and remote RAID subsystems without taking themoffline, saving time and labor costs for managing and restor-ing disks and data and avoiding downtime.

• Netfinity Fibre Channel RAID Manager, which provides easeof storage configuration, dynamic changes, performance moni-toring, and overall management of Netfinity Fibre Channelsubsystems. Errors are mapped to Netfinity Director eventsso that you can take actions to prevent downtime.

• Software Rejuvenation, which is designed to minimize failuresthrough planned resource allocation and planned reboot. WithIBM’s exclusive Software Rejuvenation, you can automatically resetselect Netfinity servers gracefully before failure, avoiding costlydowntime. Furthermore, you can enable a clustered Netfinity serverto gracefully fail over to another server in your cluster, so thatusers need never know that you are resetting a server. It increasessystem availability by using clustering technologies and reducingthe time needed to diagnose software-related system failures.

• UM Services, which is the software that runs on managedsystems. UM Services provides valuable information to theNetfinity Director Management Server and other supportedmanagement applications. It provides point-to-point remotemanagement of client systems through a Web browser, inaddition to its native interface with the Netfinity DirectorManagement Server. UM Services communicates with physi-cal (BIOS, LAN adapters, storage devices) and logical de-vices (networks, operating systems, registry, or applications)to surface data and monitor status. A long list of generalsystem information is available from UM Services, includ-ing data about the operating system and basic hardware,as well as devices, ports, memory and network adapters. In


addition, proactive systems management functions includepower management, system shutdown (including WindowsNT), Asset ID and Alert on LAN configuration, event logs,and system monitors. UM Services provides the capability toperform general system hardware and software inventory(hardware, network adapters, ports, memory, hard diskdrives).

IBM Netfinity X-Architecture

The Netfinity X-architecture is IBM’s design blueprint for Intel pro-cessor–based servers. Since IBM first introduced the NetfinityX-architecture in 1998, the requirements for a new generation ofapplications and operating systems have increased rapidly. IBM hasaccelerated the advancement of Netfinity servers to meet those de-mands as well as those of e-business. Businesses will become increas-ingly reliant on their systems and will place ever greater demands onthem. At the same time, businesses will expect the same degree ofperformance, reliability, scalability, and security as that provided bytraditional high-end systems, as well as systems management andcontrol, cross-platform integration, and interoperability. The IBMNetfinity X-architecture is designed to address these trends and de-liver the most reliable Intel processor–based server foundation forcost-effective operation of enterprises large and small. The Netfinitytechnology blueprint leverages proven IBM technologies to bring en-terprise capabilities to the Intel processor–based server platform. Thisblueprint can be described in five categories:

1. Core logic to optimize system performance

2. Enterprise storage solutions for your increasing storage andnetwork requirements

3. Reliability and availability driven by system and clusteringtechnologies

4. Systems management technologies for comprehensive localand remote server management within heterogeneous envi-ronments (previously discussed).


5. Technology-enabled service and support that ties advancedsystem and management technologies directly to service andsupport infrastructures.

It is important to understand these categories because they identifyIBM’s technology achievements with Netfinity X-architecture andoutline where IBM plans to take the Netfinity server capabilities inthe future.

Core Logic—IBM’s Summit Technology

Core logic is the heart of a server system. It determines the paths andoperational capabilities between microprocessors, cache, memory,and I/O. Ultimately, core logic defines the system performance,scalability, and interoperability. Over the years, IT professionals havefaced many issues regarding the Intel processor–based server envi-ronment, including the need for high availability, scalability, perfor-mance, and overall reliability. In many cases, the cost advantage ofthese servers has outweighed the inherent system or platform capa-bilities. Today, as server resource usage expands from providing onlysimple file-and-print services to truly dynamic resource allocationfor e-business applications, the underlying core logic of servers mustalso expand.

IBM intends to address these business needs through the develop-ment of the IBM Summit technology. In its simplest form, Summittechnology is a chip set containing the core logic of how a systeminteracts with the microprocessor. Summit technology is the culmina-tion of decades of experience with mainframe and midrange plat-form designs, packaged in a cost-effective, industry-standard designthat provides tangible high-availability benefits. In the future Sum-mit will allow investment protection through its flexible design and,most important, offer benefits for today’s IA-32 platform and leader-ship capabilities for the emerging IA-64 platform.

One of the challenges of optimizing performance is to providememory and I/O subsystems that allow new high-frequency proces-sor architectures to more effectively realize their performance poten-tial. Summit includes an advanced high-speed, shared-cachearchitecture, creating an enhanced 4-way SMP processing “node.”This high-performance node becomes the building block that allowsefficient scalability beyond 4-way SMP.


Many applications and transaction processing systems today re-quire more scalability than a 4-way or 8-way SMP can provide. Usinga building-block approach with 4-way SMP nodes, Summit includesthe flexibility to grow 4-way nodes into 8-way, 12-way, and 16-waySMP systems. Enabling this scalability is a high-performance systeminterconnection, called the scalability port. This high-speed transportprovides 3.2 GBps throughput per connection, with each node havingup to three connections. Each node in the system has a dedicated portto other nodes, maximizing throughput between nodes. The flexiblearchitecture allows for either the large SMP approach (running a singleoperating-system instance) or partitioning the nodes with multipleoperating-system instances. As 64-bit operating systems and applica-tions mature, system implementations can be optimized accordingly.Additional implementations of Summit technology might include par-titioning nodes in heterogeneous operating system environments.

The more memory installed in a server, the higher the probabilityof a memory-related system error. To counter this effect, IBM devel-oped a new, more advanced ECC capability for memory called Chipkillmemory protection. Originally offered as a memory DIMM option forhigh-end Netfinity systems, recent advancements include implement-ing Chipkill on a memory card. In the future, Summit technology de-sign will allow us to implement Chipkill capability within the memorycontroller itself. This will give Netfinity systems the provenhigh-availability protection of Chipkill, but at a fraction of the cost.

As servers are given more processing capability, IBM’s balanceddesign methodology points out the need for increased I/O capacity.Even in today’s 8-way SMP systems, Peripheral Component Intercon-nect (PCI) can become a bottleneck for some applications. The PCI bustechnology used by Intel processor–based servers is nearing its perfor-mance limits. PCI will continue for several years as a general-purposebus interface, but PCI-X—a significant enhancement to PCI—will startto take its place in high-end servers. Summit technology design pro-vides for rapid adoption of new I/O models, such as PCI-X andInfiniBand technologies and Remote I/O capabilities.

IBM was a leader in the definition of the PCI-X specification. PCI-Xprovides an extra generation of capabilities for the PCI bus, includingfaster bus speeds and higher I/O throughput for server systems. PCI-Xis an enhancement to the PCI standard that doubles the throughputcapability and provides new adapter performance options while main-taining compatibility with PCI adapters. PCI-X allows all current 33MHz and 66 MHz PCI adapters—either 32-bit or 64-bit—to operate


normally in the new PCI-X bus. New PCI-X adapters can also takeadvantage of the new 100 MHz and 133 MHz bus speeds, whichallow a single 64-bit adapter to move as much as 1 GB of data persecond. Additionally, PCI-X supports twice the number of 66 MHz,64-bit adapters in a single bus compared to the maximum PCI cansupport.

PCI bus architecture has served IBM well, but the market is mov-ing toward more demanding industry-standard servers. For I/O ar-chitecture, buses do not offer enterprise-level error isolation,performance or scaling. IBM solved this problem in the days of theIBM System/360 and System/370 by inventing a channel architec-ture, which is used in the S/390 today. Channel architecture com-bined with switched fabric offers performance stability when scalingplus dependable error isolation. IBM is leading the development of anew industry-standard I/O architecture for Intel processor–based serv-ers that leverages IBM’s mainframe heritage. This architecture, calledInfiniBand, is currently being defined by the InfiniBand I/O TradeAssociation, which IBM cochairs with Intel. InfiniBand will offer upto 6 GB of bandwidth with the Internet protocol support.

Both PCI-X and InfiniBand are critical to the future of the Intelprocessor–based server market, but businesses are currently facingissues with platform choice and platform investment. Summit tech-nology provides the flexibility to deploy PCI-X today while smoothlyadding InfiniBand capabilities in the near future.

To further enhance I/O scalability and flexibility, Summit tech-nology implements remote I/O. Today I/O scalability is limited byseveral factors, including throughput, distance, error recovery, andisolation. A PCI bus cannot extend further than 18 inches due toelectrical limitations. That is why Intel processor–based servers havetraditionally housed all I/O adapters inside the CPU chassis. RemoteI/O allows input/output adapters to reside further from the server—up to 8 meters away—and thus lets you attach more I/O buses andadapters to the servers.

Remote I/O connects I/O expansion drawers containing multipleindividual PCI-X buses, which could support both storage and net-working I/O adapters. This is accomplished through a 500 MHz linkthat can transfer data at up to 2 GBps. Also, as many as three remoteI/O expansion drawers can be connected to each Summit-enabled sys-tem in addition to the I/O already contained in the base 4-way node.

Remote I/O completes the balanced design for performance, al-lowing Netfinity servers the flexibility to scale for large and changing


application performance requirements. Remote I/O lets you scale yourserver as your business grows without having to purchase a new server,resulting in minimal interruption to your business, and Remote I/Ocan help you achieve near-limitless expansion capabilities with ac-cess to PCI-X and InfiniBand technologies.

Enterprise Storage Solutions

Today, management and storage of data has become an increasinglycomplex and critical aspect of pervasive computing. The IBMNetfinity X-architecture addresses Enterprise Storage Solutions us-ing the guiding principles of OnForever computing (goal of provid-ing uninterrupted computing), cost containment, industry standardsinfluence, Make IT Easy management tools, and the delivery of scal-able, manageable, reliable, high-performance storage products. En-terprise Storage Solutions also support the Netfinity X-architecturetechnology agenda to leverage proven IBM technologies and bringenterprise capabilities to the Intel processor–based server platform.

Enterprise Storage Solutions are designed to support the hugerequirements on back-end systems by using a building-block ap-proach that improves the management and implementation of com-plex networked storage subsystems. Enterprise Storage Solutionsalso recognize the need for infrastructure redesign and draw on 40years of IBM experience in storage technologies, including hard diskdrives and other storage technologies that have been designed andtested in the market on IBM’s S/390, RS/6000, NUMA-Q, andAS/400 servers. Enterprise Storage Solutions offer data availability,disaster recovery, scalability, high performance, increased bandwidth,substantial power, and investment protection.

Netfinity Enterprise Storage Solutions are designed around theconcept that each solution is simple: scalable and secure, easily in-tegrated into existing infrastructures, and easily managed across het-erogeneous servers and storage—giving you the ability to protectvaluable data and allowing you to leverage e-business investments.

• Scalability. Netfinity Enterprise Storage Solutions can scalefrom entry-level storage solutions utilizing direct-attachedSCSI storage to complete end-to-end Fibre Channel and are


expected to reach massive data-center storage capabilities inexcess of 22 TB in 2001.

• Security. In the e-business model security is key to success.IBM has been making advances in security for the S/390 datacenter for many years. Now, with the Netfinity X-architecture,some of those technologies—such as Remote Access ControlFacilities (RACF), DES Encryptions, cryptographicco-processors, and digital certificates—will be available onIntel processor–based servers. IBM has worked with Intel todevelop the Common Data Security Architecture (CDSA) andwill continue to drive this standard and maintain leadershipin data storage security for industry-standard servers. In ad-dition, IBM has been working with Intel, Microsoft, Compaq,and Hewlett-Packard in an open alliance called Trusted Com-puting Platform Alliance (TCPA). The goal of the alliance isto create a new computing platform that will provide for im-proved trust in personal computer systems.

Interoperability

Integrating into your current IT environment or business practiceswith new hardware and software is key to Netfinity Enterprise Stor-age Solutions. IBM has invested millions of dollars developing theworld’s most comprehensive interoperability test labs to help cus-tomers deploy storage solutions in mixed environments. These solu-tions are designed to work with the most popular Intel processor–basedservers. They are based on industry-standard technologies and certi-fied to run on industry-leading storage management and open sys-tems software, including Tivoli, Legato, Veritas, and ComputerAssociates.

Manageability

IT managers routinely identify storage management as one of theirprimary challenges. In fact, it is estimated that the cost of manuallymanaging direct-attached LAN storage can double every three years.Netfinity Director systems management software adds intelligenceand combines leading-edge, proven capabilities that seamlessly inte-


grate into the enterprise. ServeRAID Storage Manager, Fibre Chan-nel Storage Managers, and Tivoli Storage Manager help provideworld-class server and storage management across your IT solution.All this is managed through a centralized infrastructure that can helpbusinesses realize a reduction in management resource costs.

Protection

Data protection at all levels becomes second only to management asa challenge for the IT manager. Netfinity provides direct-attachedand network-attached disk and tape data protection and disaster readi-ness storage solutions. Combined with remote mirroring clusteringextensions, Netfinity X-architecture innovation technologies such asFlashCopy, Raid 5E, and RAID 1E are designed to help keep dataavailable 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

RAID Extensions

Currently, the flagship of Netfinity SCSI controller offerings is theServeRAID-4 family of Ultra160 SCSI controllers. These controllersprovide extensive RAID functions for SCSI-based storage, and theyare managed by ServeRAID Manager software, which allows you tomanage your entire enterprise storage network from a single session.These controllers offer additional functions that previously were foundonly in the most sophisticated servers, including FlashCopy, RAID-1E,and RAID-5E. IBM plans to extend these offerings to Ultra320 in 2001.

FlashCopy

This is a high-availability tool that minimizes application downtimeassociated with performing data backups and increases performanceby off-loading host resources. This tool takes a snapshot of the sourcedrive and places it on the target drive, which then can be extracted andused in another server or placed on tape. Previously this type of tech-nology was available only on high-end enterprise storage platforms.

RAID 1–Enhanced (1E)

RAID 1E enables data mirroring across any number of disk drives.Compared with RAID 1, which mirrors the data across an even num-


ber of disk drives, RAID 1E can be more cost-effective, because itallows you to increase array capacity one hard disk drive at a time.

RAID 5–Enhanced (5E)

RAID 5E makes use of the usually dormant “hot spare” drive as anactive participant in the array. Data, parity, and the hot spare spaceare distributed across all the drives to improve performance and pro-vide greater availability of your data. For typical arrays, RAID 5Ecan achieve faster throughput than a traditional RAID 5 array withmore efficient use of the drives and better utilization of disk storageresulting in overall throughput performance.

Storage Area Networks (SANs)

The explosive growth of information as a result of e-business is forc-ing businesses to focus on the importance of information manage-ment and storage. Information is quickly becoming a key asset, andmost businesses face the challenge of finding an affordable way tostore information and manage it. Consequently, SANs are radicallychanging the way data is being accessed and managed, and they arealtering the parameters with which IT managers buy and integratetheir storage. IBM is working with other industry leaders to reducecomplexity with SAN-ready solutions.

SAN-attached storage allows storage devices to be networked toimprove LAN performance and greatly improve control and man-agement of valuable data. IBM’s SAN strategy provides abuilding-block approach that builds on current investments in hard-ware, software, and skills. The current Netfinity SAN building blocksare the Netfinity Fibre Array Storage Technology (FAStT) devices,which include host controllers, fibre switches and hubs, Fibre RAIDcontrollers, and disk drives. The building-block approach allows youto efficiently and cost-effectively scale your storage environment.However, to protect your current investments, SAN implementationscan be staged, and many legacy devices are supported. For example,existing SCSI devices, such as Netfinity EXP200 storage expansionenclosures, can be used in a SAN through SCSI-to-Fibre bridges.

Overall, SANs provide greater bandwidth, speed, and distance(up to 10 km) with smaller cables and connectors. The redundantnature of SANs allows for better disaster management. Fibre-based


SAN solutions protect the increasing value of corporate data assets.Businesses face the need for greatly increased storage capacities gen-erated by e-business, the need to back up large amounts of data, theability to manage the data and make it accessible to all users, andhigh-availability data that is protected from unforeseen destructionsuch as viruses, user and administrator errors, and environmentaldisasters such as floods and fires.

• Storage capacities. Data assets are increasing in value, andthey are increasing substantially in volume. SANs directlyaddress the need for storage capacities previously believed tobe unachievable. A SAN can be a single tape library attachedthrough a SAN Data Gateway and Fibre Channel Hub to asingle server and can scale to support massive data require-ments. In theory, SANs can support up to 16 million harddisk drives through the building-block approach of an inter-connected storage fabric.

• Backup. While size and value are rising, the ability to protectdata through backups is shrinking in time and ability. Back-ing up 20 TB of storage can be an unwieldy andtime-consuming process. SANs offer the ability to move databackup and management off the LAN for improved LAN,system, and storage performance, giving administrators theflexibility to schedule and perform backups when needed with-out interrupting service to the end user. Larger amounts ofdata need to be protected to support e-business, and livebackup, which SANs provide, prevents lost business in theevent of a disaster.

High-availability and disaster-tolerant devices help reduce the riskof downtime. SANs facilitate a more cost-effective disaster recovery so-lution through remote capabilities. Improved performance provides fasterdata recovery. The expense of a SAN can be offset through the costsavings derived from reduced downtime and business productivity losses.Disaster recovery usually requires physically transporting media to anoff-site data vault. Studies indicate that a majority of established enter-prises do not have adequate protection against loss of their valuable dataassets through accidental deletion, corruption, system crashes, viruses,or environmental disasters. SANs allow users to build a consistent,cost-effective disaster recovery plan for backed-up data.


Netfinity Web Server Accelerator

While one way to achieve scalability is through hardware, IBM isalso focused on scalability through software called the Netfinity WebServer Accelerator. Web hosting, whether done by an individual com-pany for its customers, business partners, employees, and suppliersor by an Internet Service Provider (ISP) for several companies, is acomplex, demanding undertaking. Many companies now recognizethe benefits of hosting their own Web site, which allows for real-timeupdates to company information and controlled security. This canalso help reduce or eliminate outsourcing fees for these services. Re-gardless of the size of your business, you need a Web-hosting solu-tion that is simple to install and deploy, is cost-effective, and givesyou the high performance that cannot be attained by a standard server.IBM Netfinity Web Server Accelerator (NWSA) V2.0 provides thesebenefits. NWSA V2.0 can also be integrated on Netfinity servers intopotentially heterogeneous server farms. IBM NWSA V2.0 caches staticfile content on behalf of a Web server. Web-based files that are cachedstay in sync with the file system, helping ensure that the latest Webcontent is available. If one of the Web site’s files is modified—by adatabase or editor, for example—Netfinity Web Server Acceleratorimmediately detects this change and updates the cache accordingly.

Availability and Reliability

Your need for server availability includes the ability to avoid expen-sive downtime and failures. Netfinity X-architecture designs includehigh-availability features for Netfinity Systems, features such as Pre-dictive Failure Analysis (PFA), Software Rejuvenation, and ActiveDiagnostics. PFA for processors, Voltage Regulator Modules (VRMs),memory, fans, power supplies, and hard disk drive options can warnyou before problems occur. PFA can even be configured to initiate ane-mail message or page you with alerts to possible trouble situations.

Software Rejuvenation

Designed to minimize failures through planned resource allocationand planned reboot, software rejuvenation increases system avail-ability by using clustering technologies and reducing the time neededto diagnose software-related system failures. Future enhancements toSoftware Rejuvenation are planned to include adding predictive analy-


sis based on advanced research within IBM. The tool will be built ona model that determines the optimal interval for periodic, preemptiverollback of continuously running applications in order to preventsoftware failures. In addition, IBM plans to include features that iso-late faulty software within the system. This will allow for continuedoperation of other applications while the failing application is beingreset. Another future enhancement might be to include performancecharacteristics that allow Software Rejuvenation to help ensure thatsystems continue operating at optimal levels.

Active Diagnostics

Also known as the Common Diagnostic Model (CDM), Active Di-agnostics is the result of a collaboration between four major indus-try players—IBM, Intel, Microsoft, and Dell—as a means of drivinga new standard across the computer industry. It was submitted andaccepted by the Distributed Management Task Force (DMTF). CDMallows for important advances in two areas: remote diagnostics andsporadic problems. Remote diagnostics have always been challeng-ing, because normal diagnostics require that the system be initial-ized in diagnostic mode. This usually does not include networkconnectivity or modem capability, so the technician has to be infront of the system to perform maintenance. As systems are increas-ingly used to run more sophisticated applications, diagnosing spo-radic problems is becoming more difficult. Tracking down some ofthese problems can be almost impossible when the system isreinitialized with the standalone diagnostic program. CDM is de-signed around the concept that if features and components can behot-swapped, they can be extended to allow for suspend-and-re-sume. This would allow diagnostics to be run on a component thatis in Suspend mode and afterward being resumed into Normal Pro-duction mode.

IBM Netfinity Support

Before we go on to discuss IBM’s Netfinity servers in detail, weshould also mention IBM’s installation and ongoing technical sup-port. Included with the purchase of any Netfinity server, IBM pro-vides 90-day IBM Start Up Support. IBM’s Start Up Support is a


comprehensive program designed to speed installation of hardwareand system software, as well as assist in resolving other technicalchallenges associated with the installation of new systems. Tomaximize the value of your investment and resolve issues duringthe first critical 90 days from installation, IBM provides installa-tion, setup, and configuration support for IBM Netfinity serversand network operating systems—including Microsoft Windows NT,Novell NetWare, SCO OpenServer and UnixWare, NCD WinCenterand WinFrame, and IBM OS/2 Warp Server. Support is also pro-vided for selected Network Interface Cards (NICs), such as thosemade by IBM, 3Com, Madge Networks, and Standard MicrosystemsCorporation (SMC).

In addition, IBM provides easy-to-use electronic access to IBMexperts. The IBM HelpCenter is available by phone, fax, bulletinboard, commercial online services, and the Internet. IBM is alsointroducing interactive Web-based forums, monitored around theclock by IBM specialists, complementing its support on all the ma-jor Internet service providers.

Electronic Solution Assurance Review (eSAR) is a breakthroughartificial intelligence tool that validates network operating systemssupported on Netfinity servers. This Web-based tool lets you re-view a proposed solution and check for technical integrity, level ofrisk and ability of the solution to meet your requirements.

When IBM Business Partners install a cluster solution at yourlocation, they register that solution with the IBM HelpCenter, aprocess called cluster registration. IBM is committed to offeringfaster service by placing trained cluster technicians near customers,helping ensure minimal network downtime in the event a systemfails. Cluster registration also lets IBM notify customers of impor-tant information relevant to your environment and proactively pre-vent outages.

Finally, using the latest technology advances delivered by se-lect models of the Netfinity product line, IBM offers a remote sup-port feature called Remote Connect… “Call Home.” If a Netfinityserver experiences a problem, it can immediately dial the user orIBM, contact the right level of support and dispatch on-site ser-vice, if necessary, to keep the Netfinity server up and running.Now let’s take a closer look at the IBM Netfinity line, beginningwith the most powerful, mission-critical Netfinity servers.


Netfinity 8500R Specifics

The IBM Netfinity 8500R system shown in Figure 2.2 is designed tomaximize an 8-way SMP configuration for mission-critical businesses.The new Netfinity 8500R models are updated with 700 MHz PentiumIII Xeon processors with an integrated full-speed 1 or 2 MB ECC L2cache and now support a 1 GB memory option that increases maxi-mum system memory to 32 GB. These high-density, 8-waySMP-capable servers are optimized for advanced clustering and Stor-age Area Network (SAN) environments. Netfinity 8500R rack-drawermodels are designed to be installed in a 28-inch deep, 19-inch rackcabinet such as the new Netfinity Enterprise Rack, or Netfinity Rackand Netfinity NetBAY22 with extension options installed.

Netfinity 8500R rack models may be converted to tower modelsto support the Netfinity NetBAY3E. This feature provides an inex-pensive, modular solution to support RAID data storage with a

Figure 2.2. IBM Netfinity 8500R server.


Netfinity EXP storage unit or to support network routers or a UPS(Universal Power Supply). Up to three Netfinity NetBAY3Es can bestacked under a Netfinity 8500R configured as a tower.

The Netfinity 8500R servers are positioned at the top of theNetfinity product line. These extremely powerful, 8-way SMP plat-forms are designed with high-availability features required to runmission-critical enterprise applications. The new 700 MHz Pentium IIIXeon 8-way processors, with up to 2 MB of L2 cache, yield perfor-mance levels never before possible with Intel processor–based servers.Just as important, the Netfinity 8500R incorporates 12 available 64-bitPCI slots that double the bandwidth data can travel from processor toadapter. This combination of powerful processors that support 100MHz operations to memory and the PCI bus, plus the additional band-width of four PCI buses, boosts performance to new levels.

The standard offerings provide external operations to memoryand the I/O subsystem that are supported at 100 MHz. This architec-ture optimizes memory and bus performance using a 100 MHz,five-port crossbar core chip set. Up to eight Pentium III Xeon proces-sors are supported on two 100 MHz P-6 CPU buses. The memorycontroller supports up to two memory expansion cards on separate100 MHz buses. These cards contain a total of 32 high-speed, PC100SDRAM DIMM slots. Cache-line interleaving is supported betweenthe two memory cards. The P-6 I/O bus supports four independent64-bit PCI buses. Two of these PCI buses drive eight 33 MHz slots,while the other two buses drive four 66 MHz slots.

The Netfinity 8500R not only represents the next step in the evolutionof high-performance, Intel processor–based servers, but also the next stepin the evolution of advanced, high-end enterprise, high-availability Netfinityservers. With its numerous high-availability, manageability, and service-ability features, the Netfinity 8500R is a new class of server designed forcluster or SAN environments to handle mission-critical database, e-business,and advanced enterprise applications.

Netfinity 7600 Specifics

The IBM Netfinity 7600 servers (Figure 2.3) are high-throughput,4-way SMP-capable Pentium III Xeon–based network servers. Theydeliver excellent scalability for adding memory, adapter cards, or


multiple processors. They incorporate a powerful 700 MHzPentium III Xeon processor with 2 MB of full-speed ECC L2 cacheintegrated. Four connectors for Pentium Xeon processors are stan-dard on the processor card to support installation of up to fourprocessors. High-speed, 100 MHz SDRAM provides excellentprocessor-to-memory subsystem performance due to the synchro-nization of processor and memory clock speeds. The Netfinity 7600uses the ServerWorks Enterprise ServerSet III HE (Reliance Cham-pion 2.0 HE) chip sets designed to optimize memory and bus per-formance by synchronizing them with the 100 MHz external speedof the Pentium III Xeon processors.

The Netfinity 7600 packs a lot of function and storage capacityinto an 8-U mechanical package, yet it is amazingly easy to upgradeand service. Functions such as SVGA video, dual-channel Wide Ul-tra2 SCSI, full-duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, and the Netfinity Ad-vanced System Management Processor are integrated on the systemboard. Features include

Figure 2.3. IBM Netfinity 7600 and 5600 server.


• Rack-drawer models designed for industry-standard rack en-closures such as the Netfinity Rack or NetBAY22

• A horizontal orientation that fits rack-drawer or tower in-stallations (using the Netfinity 8-U × 24-D (24 inches deep).Rack-to-Tower Kit option) with device bays in a convenienthorizontal position

• Three worldwide, voltage-sensing 250-watt hot-swap powersupplies with auto restart, which supports up to 500-wattpower requirements with redundancy or 750-watt power re-quirements by installing an additional Netfinity 250-watthot-swap power supply

• A redundant power supply

• Five available 64-bit PCI full-length adapter card slots

• Fourteen drive bays: ten 3.5-inch slim-high, hot-swap drivebays; three 5.25/3.5-inch half-high device bays; and one 3.5-inch slim-high drive bay—all allowing access to removablemedia

• Internal support for 9.1 GB, 18.2 GB, and 36.4 GB slim-high,7200 rpm hot-swap HDDs; high-performance 9.1 GB, 18.2GB, and 36.4 GB 10,000 rpm hot-swap HDDs; andhigh-capacity, slim-and half-high tape backup devices

• A three-channel Netfinity ServeRAID-3HB Ultra2 SCSIAdapter and two-channel Wide Ultra2 SCSI controller sup-porting massive amounts of internal and external disk andtape storage

• A 40×–17× IDE CD-ROM and a 1.44 MB diskette drive

• An SVGA controller with 4 MB of video memory

In summary, the Netfinity 7600 servers are positioned betweenthe Netfinity 7100 and the Netfinity 8500R. They are 4-way SMP-capable Pentium III Xeon–based platforms designed with advanced


high-availability features required to run mission-and business-criti-cal applications. With its numerous high-availability, manageability,and serviceability features, the Netfinity 7600 is designed for advancede-business and for business applications that in the past may havebeen thought too critical for an Intel-based server. For those whorequire an 8-way-capable server with additional PCI slots, the Netfinity8500R is an excellent solution. For those who do not need the ad-vanced levels of high-availability Chipkill memory capacity, NetfinityServeRAID-3HB Ultra2 SCSI Adapter, and Active PCI slots of theNetfinity 7600, the Netfinity 7100 is an affordable solution.


The IBM Netfinity 5600 (Figure 2.3) leads the way with higher levelsof network server performance. You get the power of 2-way,SMP-capable, 933 M or 866 MHz Pentium III processors operatingat 133 MHz to memory. Packaged in a compact 5-U mechanical andoptimized for compute-intensive database, file, or print serving ap-plications, the Netfinity 5600 contains a number of high-availabilityand X-architected features for business-critical applications.

The powerful 933 MHz or 866 MHz Pentium III processors with256 KB advanced transfer L2 cache have an advanced transfer cachethat is the result of a new backside bus that is 256 bits wide. It is fourtimes wider than the previous bus and can transfer four 64-bit cacheline segments at one time to deliver full-speed capability. Two IntelPentium III connectors are standard on the system board to supportinstallation of a second processor. High-speed, 133 MHz SDRAM isoptimized for 133 MHz processor-to-memory subsystem performance.The Netfinity 5600 uses the ServerWorks ServerSet III LE (CNB3.0LE)chip set to maximize throughput from processors to memory and tothe 64-bit and 32-bit PCI buses.

The Netfinity 5600 mechanical package is engineered to meet thecompactness of a 5-U rack drawer. SVGA video, dual-channel WideUltra2 SCSI, full-duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, and the NetfinityAdvanced System Management processor are integrated on the sys-tem board. Features include

• Standard 256 MB of system memory—expansion to 4 GB


• Five full-length adapter card slots—three 64-bit active PCIslots and two 32-bit standard PCI slots

• Ten drive bays: six 3.5-inch slim-high, hot-swap drive bays;three 5.25/3.5-inch half-high device bays; and one 3.5-inchslim-high drive bay

• Internal support for high-performance 9.1 GB, 18.2 GB, and36.4 GB 10,000 rpm and 7,200 rpm Wide Ultra2 SCSI HDDsand a high-capacity tape backup device

• Up to 218.4 GB of internal data storage using six 36.4 GBUltra160 SCSI SL hot-swap HDDs with the new commoncarriers

The Netfinity 5600 is for customers who require up to 2-way933/133 MHz Pentium III processing power and significant memoryand data storage scalability. Its high-speed memory, 64-bit active/32-bit standard PCI slots, six Wide Ultra2, hot-swap drive bays, anddevice bay for high-capacity tape drives make this server ideal formainstream network computing. Equally important, it is for thosecustomers who must have advanced levels of high-availability andfault-tolerant features for business-critical applications found in theircorporate data center, branch office, or medium-sized business.


The IBM Netfinity 7100 (Figure 2.4) brings affordable 4-way SMPprocessing power and scalability to handle advanced enterprise net-work server applications. The new models are updated with high-performance 700 MHz Pentium III Xeon processors. They deliverexcellent performance while providing the high-availability and re-mote systems management features needed to handle business-criticalapplications.

Netfinity 7100 servers deliver excellent scalability for addingmemory, adapter cards, or multiple processors. The powerful 700MHz Pentium III Xeon processors are integrated with a full-speedECC L2 cache. Four connectors for Pentium Xeon processors are


standard on the processor card to support installation of up to four pro-cessors. High-speed, 100 MHz SDRAM provides excellent processor tomemory subsystem performance due to the synchronization of proces-sor and memory clock speeds. The Netfinity 7100 uses the ServerWorksEnterprise ServerSet III HE (Reliance Champion 2.0 HE) chip sets de-signed to optimize memory and bus performance by synchronizing themwith the 100 MHz external speed of the Pentium III Xeon processors.

Many enterprise networking environments run around the clock,supporting the need for information around the globe. These environ-ments require servers that are not only affordable, but are ruggedly de-pendable and designed with features that can tolerate a component failurewithout total shutdown. The Netfinity 7100 provides many fault-tolerantand high-availability features at a midrange server price. In addition, ifa problem does occur, the chances are good that it can be diagnosed

Figure 2.4. IBM Netfinity 7100 server.


and fixed quickly due to its excellent serviceability features. Featuresinclude

• Ten hot-swap HDD bays

• ECC DIMMs combined with an integrated ECC memory con-troller correcting soft and hard single-bit memory errors andminimizing disruption of service to LAN clients

• Memory hardware scrubbing, correcting soft memory errorsautomatically without software intervention

• ECC L2 cache processors, ensuring data integrity while re-ducing downtime

• PFA on HDD options, memory, processors, VRMs, power sup-ply, and fans in conjunction with Netfinity Director, which alertsthe system administrator of an imminent component failure

• Two hot-swap redundant power supplies—standard redun-dancy for basic configurations

• Support for two additional Netfinity 250-watt hot-swap re-dundant power supply options

• Four hot-swap fans providing cooling and replacement with-out powering down the server

• An integrated Netfinity Advanced System Management pro-cessor allowing diagnostic, reset, POST, and autorecoveryfunctions from remote locations, and monitoring of tempera-ture, voltage, and fan speed, with alerts generated when thresh-olds are exceeded

• An information LED panel, diagnostics LED panel, and com-ponent LEDs, giving visual indications of system well-being

• Light-Path Diagnostics, providing an LED map to a failingcomponent, reducing downtime, and service costs


The Netfinity 7100 packs excellent function and storage capacityinto an 8-U mechanical package, yet it is amazingly easy to upgradeand service. Functions such as SVGA video, dual-channel Wide Ul-tra2 SCSI, full-duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, and the Netfinity Ad-vanced System Management Processor are integrated on the systemboard. Features include

• Rack-drawer models designed for industry-standard rack en-closures such as the Netfinity Rack or NetBAY22

• Tower models that support stacking of up to three NetfinityNetBAY3 enclosures to house 3-U devices such as NetfinityEXP storage units, routers, or UPSes

• A horizontal orientation, which fits rack-drawer or tower in-stallations with device bays in a convenient horizontal position

• Two worldwide, voltage-sensing 250-watt hot-swap powersupplies with auto restart, which support up to 750-watt powerrequirements with redundancy by installing two additionalNetfinity 250-watt hot-swap redundant power supply options

• Six 64-bit PCI full-length adapter card slots

• Fourteen total drive bays: ten 3.5-inch slim-high, hot-swapdrive bays, three 5.25/3.5-inch half-high device bays, and one3.5-inch slim-high drive bay—all allowing access to remov-able media

• Internal support for 9.1 GB, 18.2 GB, and 36.4 GB slim-high,7,200 rpm hot-swap HDDs and high-performance 9.1 GB,18.2 GB, and 36.4 GB 10,000 rpm hot-swap HDDs

• Support for high-capacity, slim-and half-high tape backup de-vices

The Netfinity 7100 is for customers who need 700 MHz PentiumIII Xeon processors with 4-way SMP capability, support for largeamounts of memory for compute-intensive applications, and ten hot-


swap disk drives to support massive internal data storage requirements.These servers are the perfect fit where high-availability and service-ability features are necessary for business-critical applications foundin corporate data centers, branch offices, or medium-sized businesses.These systems are positioned to replace the Netfinity 5500 M20.


The IBM Netfinity 6000R servers (Figure 2.5) are high-throughput,4-way SMP-capable Pentium III Xeon–based network servers. Theydeliver excellent scalability for adding memory, adapter cards, ormultiple processors. They incorporate powerful 700 MHz PentiumIII Xeon processors with 1 MB or 2 MB integrated full-speed ECCL2 caches. Four connectors for Pentium Xeon processors are stan-dard on the processor card to support installation of up to fourprocessors. High-speed, 100 MHz SDRAM provides excellent pro-cessor to memory subsystem performance due to the synchroniza-tion of processor and memory clock speeds.

The Netfinity 6000R uses the ServerWorks ServerSet III HEchip set designed to optimize memory and bus performance bysynchronizing them with the 100 MHz external speed of thePentium III Xeon processors.The 6000R packs lots of functionand storage capacity into a 4-U 19-inch rack-drawer package, yetit is amazingly easy to upgrade and service. Functions such as SVGA



video, dual-channel Ultra160 SCSI, and full-duplex 10/100 MbpsEthernet are integrated on the system board. Features include

• Rack drawer models that are designed for 19-inch wide by28-inch deep rack enclosures such as the Netfinity Enter-prise Rack

• Room for three worldwide, voltage-sensing 270-watt hot-swap power supplies with auto restart, which supports upto 540-watt power requirements with redundancy by in-stalling two additional Netfinity 270-watt hot-swap redun-dant power supply options

• Six available PCI full-length adapter card slots: two 64-bitslots to support 66 MHz operations, three 64-bit slots tosupport 33 MHz operations, and one 32-bit slot to sup-port 33 MHz operations

• Three slim-high, hot-swap HDD bays, and the optionalNetfinity 3-Pack Ultra160 Hot-Swap Expansion Kit, whichprovides three additional bays

• Support for up to 218.4 GB of internal data storage (usingsix 36.4 GB Ultra160 Hot-Swap HDDs)

• A 40×–17– IDE CD-ROM and a 1.44 MB diskette drive


The Netfinity 6000R models expand the line of rack-optimizedservers offered by the Netfinity brand. They are positioned be-tween the Netfinity 4500R and the Netfinity 8500R. The Netfinity8500R is designed for extremely complex, compute-intensive ap-plications. This line provides the highest levels of processing powerand scalability of the Netfinity line. The Netfinity 6000R providessolid 4-way processing capability that is tailored with the rightamount of functions to fit the majority of enterprise applicationsthat do not need the 8-way processing capability and I/O expan-sion provided by the Netfinity 8500R.



The IBM Netfinity 5100 servers (Figure 2.6) are high-throughput,2-way, SMP-capable network servers with excellent scalability whenadding memory and a second processor. They incorporate a power-ful 933/866/800 MHz Pentium III processor with a 256 KB advancedtransfer L2 cache. The advanced transfer cache is the result of a newback side bus that is 256 bits wide. Four times wider than the previ-ous bus, the quad-wide cache line can transfer four 64-bit cache linesegments at one time to deliver full-speed capability. Two Intel PentiumIII connectors are standard on the system board to support installa-tion of a second processor. High-speed, 133 MHz SDRAM is opti-mized for 133 MHz processor-to-memory subsystem performance.The Netfinity 5100 uses the ServerWorks ServerSet III LE (CNB3.0LE)

Figure 2.6. IBM Netfinity 5100 servers.


chip set to maximize throughput from processors to memory, and tothe 64-bit and 32-bit PCI buses.

The Netfinity 5100 mechanical package is engineered to meet thecompactness of a 5-U rack drawer. SVGA video, dual-channel Ul-tra160 SCSI, full-duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, and the NetfinityAdvanced System Management processor are integrated on the sys-tem board. Features include

• Standard 128 MB of system memory with expansion to 4 GB

• Five full-length adapter card slots—three 64-bit and two 32-bitPCI slots

• Ten drive bays: Six 3.5-inch slim-high, hot-swap drive bays;three 5.25/3.5-inch half-high device bays; and one 3.5-inchslim-high drive bay

• Internal support for high-performance 9.1 GB, 18.2 GB, and36.4 GB 10,000 rpm and 7,200 rpm Ultra160 SCSI HDDsand a high-capacity tape backup device

• Up to 218.4 GB of internal data storage using six 36.4 GBUltra160 SCSI Hot-Swap SL HDDs


• An SVGA controller (S3 Savage4 chip set) with 8 MB of videomemory

The Netfinity 5100 servers are positioned between the Netfinity5000 and the Netfinity 5600. They are compact, 5-U, 2-way,SMP-capable Pentium III processor–based platforms designed withmoderate high-availability features designed for mainstream networkserver applications.

For those who require the high-availability features of hot-swappower and fans, and active PCI slots, the Netfinity 5600 makes anexcellent solution. For those with applications that do not quite needthe power of 133 MHz FSB processors, 64-bit PCI bus, or storageand memory expandability of a Netfinity 5100, the Netfinity 5000 isan affordable alternative.



The IBM Netfinity 5000 (Figure 2.7) servers are high-throughput,2-way SMP-capable Pentium III network servers with excellentscalability when adding memory and a second processor. They incor-porate a powerful 700 MHz or 650 MHz Pentium III processor with256 KB of L2 cache. Two Intel Pentium III connectors are standardon the system board to support installation of a second processor.

High-speed, 100 MHz SDRAM provides excellent processor-to-memory subsystem performance due to the synchronization of pro-cessor and memory clock speeds. The Netfinity 5000 uses the RelianceChamp LE chip set to optimize performance from processors tomemory and the two PCI buses.

Figure 2.7. IBM Netfinity Rack with 8 Netfinity 5000s.


The Netfinity 5000 mechanical package is engineered to meet thecompactness of a 5-U rack drawer. SVGA video, dual-channel UltraSCSI, full-duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, and the Netfinity AdvancedSystem Management processor are integrated on the system board.Features include

• Five full-length adapter card slots—three PCI slots and twoPCI/ISA slots

• Eight drive bays: Five 3.5-inch slim-high, hot-swap drive bays;two 5.25/3.5-inch half-high device bays; and one 3.5-inchslim-high drive bay

• Internal support for high-performance 9.1 GB, 18.2 GB, and36.4 GB 10K Wide UltraSCSI HDDs and a high-capacity tapebackup device

• Up to 91 GB of internal data storage—five 18.2 GB UltraSCSISL Hot-Swap HDDs



The Netfinity 5000 servers are positioned between the Netfinity3500 M10 and the Netfinity 5500. They are affordable, 2-waySMP-capable platforms using high-performance Pentium III proces-sors. These servers are designed for general business networkingapplications and provide a good measure of cost-effective,high-availability features for handling application server, e-business,and print or file serving environments.

The Netfinity 5000 is for customers interested in higher memoryand disk capacity, rack-drawer capability, and high-availability func-tions than that of the Netfinity 3500 M10. Customers requiring ahigher level of availability and greater disk storage capacity will stillwant the Netfinity 5500. The Netfinity 5000 is for customers whowant a very affordable general-purpose server that has excellent per-formance capability, manageability, and serviceability, and moderateamounts of high-availability features.



The IBM Netfinity 4500R (Figure 2.8) squeezes huge amounts of powerand functionality into a thin, 3-U rack-drawer footprint. Thisrack-optimized platform features two-way SMP-capable power, ad-vanced high availability, scalability, and a surprisingly large internaldata storage capacity. It is ideal for compute-intensive Web-based orenterprise network applications where space is a primary consideration.

The Netfinity 4500R is a high-throughput, 2-way SMP-capablenetwork server with excellent scalability when adding memory and asecond processor. It incorporates a powerful 933 MHz Pentium IIIprocessor with a 256 KB advanced transfer L2 cache. The advancedtransfer cache is the result of a new back side bus that is 256 bitswide. Four times wider than the previous bus, the quad-wide cacheline can transfer four 64-bit cache line segments at one time to deliverfull-speed capability.

Two Intel Pentium III connectors are standard on the system boardto support installation of a second processor. High-speed 133 MHzSDRAM is optimized for 133 MHz processor-to-memory subsystemperformance. The Netfinity 4500R uses the ServerWorks ServerSetIII LE (CNB3.0LE) chip set to maximize throughput from processorsto memory, and to the 64-bit and 32-bit PCI buses.

The Netfinity 4500R packs a lot of function and storage capacityinto a 3-U 19-inch rack-drawer package, yet it is amazingly easy to



upgrade and service. Functions such as SVGA video, dual-channelUltra160 SCSI, and full-duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet are integratedon the system board. Features include

• Rack drawer models designed for 19-inch-wide by 26-inch-deep industry-standard rack enclosures such as the NetfinityRack and NetBAY22

• Five available full-length PCI adapter card slots: threeslim-high, hot-swap HDD bays and two 5.25/3.5-inch,half-high media bays to support DLT tape or an optionalNetfinity 3-Pack Ultra160 Hot-Swap Expansion Kit for addi-tional hot-swap HDD storage

• Support for up to 218.4 GB of internal data storage (using six36.4 GB Ultra160 Hot-Swap HDDs)



The Netfinity 4500R is positioned between the Netfinity 4000Rand the Netfinity 6000R. These high-density 2-way Pentium III–basedservers are designed for customer installation of features to handlefuture expansion to meet changing needs. At the same time they canhandle emerging applications requiring maximum computing powerand function in the least amount of rack space.


The IBM Netfinity 4000R models (Figure 2.9) are high-throughput,2-way SMP-capable, Pentium III–based network servers. Standardmodels with 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, or 2 GB of 100 MHz SDRAMprovide outstanding memory subsystem performance. An integratedECC memory controller (Intel 440GX chip set) is used for host bridge/memory controller function to support up to 100 MHz processor speedsto memory. Combined with the 100 MHz front side bus speed of stan-


dard Pentium III processors, this subsystem provides excellent sys-tem throughput for memory-hungry Web applications.

The Netfinity 4000R models take advantage of single or dualhigh-performance 750 MHz and 650 MHz Pentium III processorswith advanced transfer (full-speed) L2 caches. These ultrathin,rack-mounted servers are designed specifically for high-density, Webserver environments. Configured from the factory, they pack a tre-mendous amount of power and function into a single, space-saving,1-U-high rack drawer.

The Netfinity 4000R is housed in an ultraslim mechanical pack-age, designed for installation into a 1-U-high, 19-inch rack cabinet.For its extremely small footprint, this rack-dense server has remark-able function and expansion capability. Expansion and standard fea-tures include

• A 150-watt voltage-sensing power supply

• Six or seven cooling fans (model dependent)

• A motherboard containing four DIMM connectors support-ing up to 2 GB of system memory, two slot–one processorconnectors supporting two-way SMP Pentium III 750 or 650MHz Pentium III processors, and two 32-bit, 10/100 MbpsEthernet PCI controllers

• An SVGA video controller with 2 MB of video memory



• One available half-length, 32-bit PCI expansion slot

• Three drive bays supporting up to 36.4 GB of internal HDDstorage

• One or two 9.1 GB or two 18.2 GB Wide UltraSCSI HDDs(model dependent)

• Wide UltraSCSI Adapter (Adaptec 2940 UW) supporting up totwo internal SCSI devices through the 16-bit internal connector

• One external SCSI device through the 16-bit external connector

The Netfinity 4000R is positioned as the most dense rack serverin the Netfinity product line. These ultrathin servers are designedspecifically for emerging applications requiring maximum comput-ing power and function in the least amount of rack space.


The IBM Netfinity 3500 servers (Figure 2.10) are high-throughput,2-way SMP-capable Pentium III network servers with excellentscalability when adding memory and a second processor. They incor-porate powerful 800 MHz, 733 MHz, or 667 MHz Pentium III pro-cessors with a 256 KB advanced transfer L2 cache. The advancedtransfer cache is the result of a back side bus that is 256 bits wide. Thisnew bus is four times wider than the previous bus and is called aquad-wide cache line. The quad-wide cache line can transfer four 64-bitcache line segments at one time to deliver full-speed capability.

Two Intel Pentium III sockets are standard on the system board tosupport installation of a second processor. High-speed, 133 MHzSDRAM is optimized for 133 MHz processor-to-memory subsystemperformance. The Netfinity 3500 M20 uses the ServerWorks ServerSetIII LE chip set to maximize throughput from processors to memory,and to the 64-bit and 32-bit PCI buses.

The Netfinity 3500 M20 is housed in a minitower mechanical pack-age designed to economically handle expansion. These models feature


• A 330-watt worldwide voltage-sensing power supply with autorestart

• Three fans plus one in the power supply for cooling the powersupply, drive bays, microprocessor, and I/O

• Standard 128 MB of ECC memory—four DIMM sockets sup-port up to 2 GB

• Five full-length adapter card slots—three 64-bit and two 32-bitPCI slots

• Seven drive bays supporting up to 145.6 GB of internal harddisk storage



• A 64-bit Adaptec AIC-7892 Ultra160 controller supportingup to five internal SCSI devices through the 16-bit internalconnector

• Five-drop LVD SCSI cabling with active termination for in-stalling 16-bit internal devices

• A 40×–17× IDE CD-ROM and a 1.44 MB diskette drive stan-dard

• An S3 Savage-4 video controller with 8 MB of video memoryproviding optimum setup and systems management capability

These 2-way SMP-capable servers are positioned between theNetfinity 3000 and the Netfinity 5100. They are designed to delivernew levels of value and scalability for entry servers running entry andwork group applications. For customers interested in Web enablingtheir business, Domino Application Server R5 licenses with 5 Notesclient and 5 access licenses are included at no additional charge.


The IBM Netfinity 3000 models (Figure 2.11) are high-throughputPentium III processor–based network servers. Standard 100 MHzsynchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM) providesoutstanding memory subsystem performance. An integrated ECCmemory controller, using the Intel 440BX chip set for host bridge/memory controller function, supports up to 100 MHz processor speedsto memory.

Features include models with 700/100 MHz or 650 MHz PentiumIII microprocessor with internal operations at 700 MHz and 650 MHzclock speed respectively—external operations at 100 MHz. There isalso 256 KB of ECC advanced transfer (full-speed) L2 cache with 64MB or 128 MB of high-speed, 100 MHz synchronous, 72-bit ECCsystem memory standard—upgradable to 768 MB.

The Netfinity 3000 models are housed in a minitower mechani-cal package designed to economically handle expansion. These mod-els feature


• A 330-watt worldwide voltage-sensing power supply with autorestart, which supports maximum configurations and mini-mizes operator intervention after a temporary power outage

• Three cooling fans for the power supply, drive bays, and mi-croprocessor

• A motherboard containing three DIMM connectors support-ing 32 MB, 64 MB, and 128 MB SDRAM ECC DIMM op-tions in any combination to achieve configurations up to 384MB, with a maximum system memory of 768 MB by install-ing three 256 MB RDIMMs



• Six expansion slots: three 32-bit PCI slots (one used by theSCSI adapter) and three ISA slots

• Plug and Play system BIOS support for easy installation ofPCI adapters designed to this standard

• Six drive bays supporting up to 72.8 GB of internal HDDstorage

• An IBM PCI Wide Ultra2 SCSI Adapter supporting up to fourinternal SCSI devices through the 16-bit internal connector or15 external SCSI devices through the 16-bit external connector

• A 40×–17× IDE CD-ROM and a 1.44 MB diskette drive stan-dard

• An AGP video controller with 4 MB of 100 MHz synchro-nous graphics RAM (SGRAM), providing optimum setup andsystems management capability

The Netfinity 3000 is positioned for entry-enterprise serverapplications and small-business environments. The Netfinity 3000combines leading-edge, industry-standard technologies, a largeinternal data storage capacity, ease of installation and system man-agement, and solid performance through a 700/100 MHz or 650/100 MHz Pentium III processor with 256 KB advanced transferL2 caches. These uniprocessor servers provide a cost-effective, high-performance platform for a range of entry-enterprise networkingapplications.

xSeries 300 Specifics

The IBM ~ xSeries 340 (Figure 2.12) is a high-throughput,two-way, SMP-capable network server that provides scalabilitywhen adding memory and a second processor. It incorporates apowerful 1 GHz Pentium III processor with 256 KB advanced trans-fer L2 cache. The advanced transfer cache is the result of a new“backside bus” that is 256 bits wide. Four times wider than the


previous bus, the quad-wide cache line can transfer four 64-bit cacheline segments at one time to deliver full-speed capability.

The IBM xSeries 330 (Figure 2.13) servers pack an amazingamount of power and functionality into an ultra-thin, 1 U rack-drawerfootprint. This new rack-optimized platform features two-way,SMP-capable power, high-availability, scalability, and a surprisinglylarge internal data storage capacity. It is ideal for computer-intensiveWeb-based or enterprise network applications where space is of pri-mary importance. They incorporate powerful 1 GHz, 933 MHz, 866MHz, or 800 MHz Pentium III processors with 256 KB advancedtransfer L2 cache. The xSeries 330 also has an advanced transfercache with a new “backside bus” that is 256 bits wide.

The xSeries 330 and 340 have two Intel Pentium III connectorsare standard on the system board to support installation of a secondprocessor. The 133 MHz SDRAM is optimized for 133 MHzprocessor-to-memory subsystem performance. The xSeries 330 and340 uses the ServerWorks ServerSet III LE (CNB3.0LE) chipset to

Figure 2.12. IBM xSeries 340 server member.


maximize throughput from processors to memory, and to the 64-bitand 32-bit PCI buses.

The xSeries 340, previously known as the Netfinity 4500R, hasbeen updated with a powerful 1 GHz Pentium III processor. All otherfeatures remain unchanged. The xSeries 340 is a member of the xSeriesRack-optimized Server line. The 1 GHz xSeries 340 is positioned be-tween the xSeries 330 and the xSeries 350, whereas, the xSeries 330is a completely new ultra-thin, rack platform. It is positioned as thehighest functioned 1 U server of the xSeries rack-optimized offerings.

These high-density, two-way, Pentium III-based servers are de-signed for customer installation of features to handle future expan-sion to meet changing needs. At the same time they can handleemerging applications requiring maximum computing power and func-tion in the least amount of rack space.


The IBM ~ xSeries 200 (Figure 2.14) is positioned as the flex-ible, value-oriented, small business server platform of the xSeries Uni-versal Server line. These servers are designed and packaged withfeatures intended specifically for cost-conscious small businesses. ThexSeries 200 combines leading industry-standard technologies, excel-lent internal data storage capacity, ease-of-use, and basic systemsmanagement and control features, into an attractively priced entry



server. These uni-processor servers provide solid performance to sup-port general purpose network or Web serving applications. They areconfigured with choices that span a broad price range. Models of thexSeries 200 give you a choice from economical Celeron processorand EIDE or SCSI data storage, or from several Pentium III proces-sors with EIDE or SCSI storage.

The xSeries 220 are high-throughput, two-way SMP-capablePentium III network servers with excellent scalability when addingmemory and a second processor. They incorporate powerful 933 MHz,866 MHz, or 800 MHz Pentium III processors with 256 KB advancedtransfer L2 cache. The advanced transfer cache is the result of a “back-side bus” that is 256-bits wide. Four times wider than the previousbus, the quad-wide cache line can transfer four 64-bit cache line seg-ments at one time to deliver full-speed capability. Two Intel PentiumIII sockets are standard on the system board to support installationof a second processor. The 33 MHz SDRAM is optimized for 133MHz processor-to-memory subsystem performance. The xSeries 220uses the ServerWorks ServerSet III LE (NB6635 North Bridge 3.0LE)



chipset to maximize throughput from processors to memory, and tothe 64-bit and 32-bit PCI buses. These xSeries Universal Servers areflexible tower or rack-mountable servers positioned between thexSeries 200 and the xSeries 230. They are designed to deliver newlevels of value and flexibility for entry servers running entry and workgroup applications.

This new xSeries 230 platform, previously known as the Netfin-ity 5100, has been updated with a powerful 1 GHz Pentium III pro-cessor. All other features remain unchanged. The xSeries 230 is apart of the new set of xSeries Universal Servers that consists of flex-ible tower or rack-mountable models. The xSeries 230 servers arepositioned between the xSeries 220 and the xSeries 240. They arecompact 5 U, SMP-capable Pentium III processor-based platformsdesigned with moderate high-availability features designed for main-stream network server applications. For customers who require thehigh-availability features of hot-swap power and fans, and ActivePCI slots, the xSeries 240 makes an excellent solution. For those withapplications that do not quite need the power of 133 MHz FSB pro-cessors, 64-bit PCI bus, or storage and memory expandability of axSeries 230, the xSeries 220 is an affordable alternative.

The new xSeries 240 is an update to the Netfinity 5600. This newxSeries Universal Server platform has been updated with a powerful1 GHz Pentium III processor, all other features remain unchanged.The xSeries 240 servers are positioned between the xSeries 230 andthe Netfinity 7100. They are compact 5 U, two-way, SMP-capablePentium III processor-based platforms designed with high-availabilityfeatures required to run business-critical applications.

For customers who require the additional processor power offour-way Pentium III Xeon processors, the Netfinity 7100 makes anexcellent solution. For those with applications that do not quite needthe fault-tolerance and performance of 64-bit, hot-swap PCI slots, orstorage and memory expandability of a xSeries 240, the xSeries 230is an affordable alternative.


The IBM ~ xSeries 130 and 135 (Figure 2.15) are Web-serverappliances that are preloaded and tuned with Web-serving software


that have the power, control, and ease of installation you need tohandle Web-server applications. They feature powerful SMP-capable800 MHz Pentium III processors with 256 KB advanced transfer L2cache. The advanced transfer cache is the result of a new “backsidebus” that is 256 bits wide. Four times wider than the previous bus,this quad-wide cache line can transfer four 64-bit cache line segmentsat one time to deliver full-speed capability.

The xSeries 130 is preloaded with Windows Powered OS and asoftware stack designed specifically to support front-end Web-servingenvironments. Preloaded software includes:

• Windows Powered OS — optimized for supporting front-endWeb-serving applications

• Netfinity Director 2.12 UM Server Extensions — providessystem management support based on industry standards

Figure 2.15. IBM xSeries 130 and 135 server members.


• Microsoft Internet Information Services 5.0 — a Web-servingapplication integrated into Windows Powered OS

• Netfinity Web Server Accelerator V2 — dramatically improvesperformance of Web-hosting applications and allows moreWeb content to be hosted by fewer xSeries appliance servers

• Advanced appliance configuration utility — manage all of yourxSeries appliances from a single client with this Web-basedapplication set

Two Intel Pentium III connectors are standard on the systemboard. High-speed, 133 SDRAM is optimized for 133 MHzprocessor-to-memory subsystem performance. They use theServerWorks ServerSet III LE (CNB3.0LE) chipset to maximizethroughput from processors to memory, and to primary 32-bit andsecondary 64-bit PCI buses. The two expansion slots are supportedthrough the secondary 64-bit bus.

The xSeries 340, previously known as the Netfinity 4500R, hasbeen updated with a powerful 1 GHz Pentium III processor. All otherfeatures remain unchanged. The xSeries 340 is a member of the xSeriesRack-optimized Server line. The 1 GHz xSeries 340 is positioned be-tween the xSeries 330 and the xSeries 350. A high-density, two-wayPentium II-based server, it is designed for customer installation offeatures to handle future expansion to meet changing needs. At thesame time, it can handle emerging applications requiring maximumcomputing power and function in the least amount of rack space.These applications include:

• Application hosting

• Web hosting

• File and print

• Messaging and collaboration

This powerful server also meets traditional enterprise networkserver requirements, but with an added benefit of requiring less space.

Personal Computer Options and Peripherals 143

143

3

Personal Computer Optionsand Peripherals

Personal computers are likely to be found in many diverse environ-ments, ranging from a corporate president’s desk to a physics labora-tory bench. The activities performed by people in these environmentsvary widely, and so do their computing needs. IBM personal comput-ers (PCs) can be customized to many environments by selecting theappropriate optional equipment, which includes feature cards and pe-ripherals. Feature cards are circuit boards containing electronics thatprovide additional functions to personal computers. They can be in-stalled in one of the expansion slots provided on most personal com-puters. As we discussed in Chapter 1, a variety of expansionslots—including ISA, EISA, PCMCIA, and PCI slots—are available inIBM personal computers. Feature cards for all of these slots are dis-cussed in this chapter. Peripherals are external devices that attach topersonal computers, usually via a cable, and perform functions underthe computer’s control. There are also other options such as hard diskdrives and processor upgrades that add function/capacity or improvesystem performance, as well as options that can be attached to acomputer’s external ports such as the USB port. This chapter covers


• Displays and display adapters

• Printers

• Memory expansion options

• Diskette drives

• Fixed disk drives/SCSI adapters

• Tape drives

• Optical disk drives

• Communications options

• Multimedia options

• ThinkPad options

• Netfinity server options

This chapter does not provide comprehensive coverage of all op-tional equipment that can be used with IBM’s personal computers.Coverage of all feature cards and peripherals offered by IBM and themany other companies in this business would fill a separate book,and it would be obsolete before it could be published. The purpose ofthis chapter is to describe the types of optional equipment commonlyused with personal computers in the business environment and togive examples of some products.

Displays and Display Adapters

A computer’s display or monitor is the TV-like device that converts thecomputer’s electrical signals into light images that convey informationto the user. The electrical signals that drive the display are generated bythe graphics circuitry housed within the personal computer.


Some type of display device is required to allow the user to interactwith personal computers. Some personal computers come standard witha display (e.g., the ThinkPad family). Most personal computers, how-ever, require the user to choose a display for use with the system. Thissection will look at the following displays and adapters:

• E Series color monitors

• G Series color monitors

• P Series color monitors

• Flat Panel color monitor

In general, all of the IBM displays automatically select the neces-sary operating mode being used by the graphics circuitry in most ofthe IBM personal computers. However, the reader should verify thatthe display of interest works with (i.e., supports the mode used by)the specific personal computer of interest, because there are excep-tions. Now let’s take a look at these displays.

E Series Color Monitors

The IBM E Series Color Monitors are designed for use as low-costentry-level monitors for personal computers as well as across the en-tire IBM product line. These CRT (Cathode Ray Tube) displays maybe packaged and priced together with systems or sold separately. TheE series monitors are value-priced displays that have a simple indus-try standard design, whereas IBM’s G and P series monitors are de-veloped with more robust features and a stylish IBM design.

As with all displays, images on the E Series monitors are gener-ated by selectively illuminating the appropriate areas of the phos-phor deposited on the glass screen. The more closely these phosphordeposits are spaced, the more finely detailed the image. This spacing,called the phosphor pitch, is one way color displays are compared. Asecond important feature of displays is their resolution. The resolu-tion of the display is the number of pels or picture elements that thescreen is able to display. The higher the resolution is, the greater the


detail that can be displayed in an image. Some graphics adapters maynot be able to use these displays in their maximum resolution modes,so be sure to check the capabilities of your system before investing ina high-resolution monitor.

All of IBM’s monitors shown in Figure 3.1 have antireflectivescreen treatments that reduce glare for the user. These displays alsoincorporate power management features that allow them to meet theEPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency) guidelines for the En-

Figure 3.1. Members of IBM’s monitor family.


ergy Star program when attached to a system with the appropriatepower management capabilities. This feature allows the displays toreduce their power consumption to below 30 watts when not in useinstead of the 100 watts or more required when the display is active.These monitors also comply with the more stringent Swedish NUTEKrequirements of 8 watts when idle. The appropriate hardware andsoftware is required on the system unit to activate these features. TheE Series monitors also comply with the SWEDAC (Swedish Board forTechnical Accreditation) MRP-II guidelines for electric, magnetic, andelectrostatic emissions, and meet the requirements of the ISO (Inter-national Organization for Standardization) Standard 9241 Part 3,which provides for flicker-free displays that help to relieve user eye-strain and fatigue.

All of IBM’s CRT Color Monitors support the DDC protocol tolevel 1/2B. This means that basic configuration information can bepassed to a system unit from its attached monitor. Often referred toas Plug and Play, the protocol allows a DDC-enabled system unit toautomatically configure the video adapter to drive the attached moni-tor at its optimum display mode without end-user intervention. Foreffective optimization, the attaching system unit must also be hard-ware- and software-enabled for DDC operation. The capabilities ofthe monitor are held in nonvolatile monitor memory in an encodedformat. The data is received from the monitor by the system unitduring boot-up and system configuration. They also automaticallyselect the appropriate display mode when the system is turned on.

The E74M multimedia color monitor offers high-quality videoand built-in sound. This monitor, including speakers, is value- pricedfor home office, small business, and education/training use.

The E and G Series monitors use the Flatter, Squarer Tube (FST)technology, which reduces image distortion. They differ from oneanother in screen size, antireflective screen treatments, and maximumscreen resolutions.

G Series Monitors

The G series (general-purpose) monitors are designed for standardoffice word processing, spreadsheet, database, project management,and business graphics software with traditional windowing environ-ments. Members of this monitor family are shown in Figure 3.2. These


monitors can be used across the IBM personal computer family aswell as with many non-IBM personal computers. They come in 14-,15-, 17-, and 19-inch models, and to satisfy a sense of style, the latestG series monitors offer a new design and a choice of pearl white orstealth gray models to match your desktop system.

All of the G series monitors use the Flatter, Squarer Tube technol-ogy (FST) to minimize image distortion caused by the curvature ofthe tube. They each have a phosphor dot pitch of 0.25 mm. The newG96 offers advanced on-screen controls and a maximum resolutionof 1600 × 1200 with a short-neck design that saves on desktop space.

In addition to the standard G76 and G96, enhanced versions ofeach model that offer touch capability are available throughMicroTouch Systems, Inc. Touch-enabled monitors are identical tothe standard G series monitor they are based on except that theycome with a factory-installed touch-screen feature. The touch-screenfeature provides the user with another way (other than a mouse orkeyboard) to interact with the computer system. The color displaycan detect when a user touches the display screen. The monitor sensesthe user’s touch and automatically determines the precise position atwhich the pressure is applied and also the precise amount of pressureapplied. This information is then sent to the serial port provided onIBM personal computers, where it is interpreted by supplied soft-ware drivers. This input is then sent to the personal computer andlooks like mouse input to programs. Touch-screen input is most use-ful in environments in which the systems are likely to be used by

Figure 3.2. Members of IBM’s G series monitor family.


those who can’t type or are completely unfamiliar with computersystems. Touch-screen input is particularly useful when combined withmultimedia capabilities and deployed in merchandising, point-of-sale,and information kiosk applications.

P Series Color Monitors

The P series monitors are referred to as the professional series (see Figure3.3). The P76, P96, and P260 monitors feature FD Trinitron CRTs forbright, sharp images on a virtually flat screen. They come with high-contrastCRTs with quarter-wave antireflective coating for high-definition im-ages and two video inputs with selection by a front-mounted switchDisplay Data Channel (DDC) 1/2B for error-free setup. The lockabledigital controls with on-screen displays are provided in nine languages.

The P series monitors operate at 85 Hz with flicker-free images atup to 1600 × 1200 addressability. They are ISO 9241, Part 3–capablefor improved image quality, and Energy Star and NUTEK–compliantfor low power consumption. The pearl-white models of the P96 colormonitors meet the Swedish Confederation of Professional Employees(TCO) TCO-99 Environmental Label standards. The stealth-graymodels meet TCO-95. TCO-99 is a set of requirements developed bythe TCO that addresses some of the following areas

• Environmentally conscious manufacture: Certain chemicalsare banned from both the product and/or its manufacturingprocess. Large plastic parts must be made of only one poly-

Figure 3.3. Members of IBM’s P series monitor family.


mer and marked to aid recycling. No plastic parts must begiven a metallized coating. The manufacturer must be certi-fied to ISO 14001 and have a company environmental policy.

• Ergonomics: Products must meet tighter character size uni-formity, linearity, and luminance requirements than the cor-responding ISO 9241-3 values. Products must also meetrequirements on front bezel reflectance and gloss, smaller colortemperature variation, and better color uniformity.

• Electromagnetic field emissions: Products must meet emis-sion limits. Not only are these generally lower than the corre-sponding MPR-II limits, but measurements must also be takencloser to the product.

• Energy consumption: Products must meet Swedish NationalBoard for Industrial and Technical Development (NUTEK)power consumption requirements as defined in specification803299 and electrical and fire safety. Products must meet stan-dard EN60950.

Finally, the P series monitors come with a three-year limited warranty.

Flat Panel Color Monitors

Flat panel color monitors are extremely compact and energy efficient.This makes them an attractive alternative to conventional CRTmonitors in a number of environments. IBM flat panel color moni-tors take the active-matrix TFT LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) tech-nology found on our popular ThinkPad notebooks and apply it tostandalone monitors for desktop and system use.

The IBM T86 TFT Color Monitor is a slim, lightweight,active-matrix Thin-Film Transistor (TFT) technology LCD moni-tor that can achieve flicker-free operation and provide the fastresponse times required for full-motion video. The T86 ColorMonitor is shown in Figure 3.4. The 18-inch viewable image usesa 0.28-mm dot pitch. The T86’s extremely compact dimensionsand energy-efficient features make it a preferred alternative to con-ventional CRT monitors in space- or energy-conscious environments.


The IBM T86 Color Monitor offers addressability of 1,280 × 1,024 anddisplays up to 16.7 million colors. It has a very wide field of view: 80degrees up, 80 degrees down, and 80 degrees right and left. The T86comes with a nonreflective surface and produces images with a highcontrast ratio (300 to 1).

The IBM T86 is Energy Star and NUTEK compliant to 5 watts,which means it doesn’t use a lot of energy. Because of its TFT technol-ogy, the T86 produces virtually no electromagnetic emissions and givesoff only one third as much heat as many monitors with traditional CRTs.It complies with the ISO 9241-3 international standard coveringfront-of-screen ergonomics and flicker-free viewing.

The T86 is compatible with the IBM NetVista, IBM PC, IntelliStation,RS/6000, and compatible workstations with models supporting eitheran analog or digital video source. This choice enables you to attach theconnection that best matches the capabilities of your PC and graphicscard. An external 20-volt DC power supply is included.

The IBM T74 color monitor features a 17-inch TFT—a bright,flicker-free 1,280 × 1,024 screen with exceptionally wide viewingangle and low reflectivity. The T74 provides a choice of analog video

Figure 3.4. IBM T86 Flat Panel monitors (second monitor rotated).


input from either 15-Pin D-Sub or 13W3, which is selectable by theOn-Screen Display (OSD) controls.

The T54 and T56 TFT Color Monitors are lower-cost 15-inchflat panels with a 1,024 × 768 maximum resolution. The T56 pro-vides a pivot feature to accommodate both landscape and portraitscreen positions. Pivot software is included. Unlike CRTs, flat panelmonitors are best when viewed in their maximum addressable reso-lution. When choosing a flat panel monitor, you should make sureyour graphics adapter can support these maximum resolutions. Also,you will want to make sure your applications are supported by theseresolutions.

The T54H (Hybrid) Flat Panel Monitor is IBM’s latest TFT flatpanel monitor offering. The T54H offers customers for the first time achoice of connecting to either analog or digital interfaces to the PCsystem. Like the other IBM flat panel monitors, the T54H offers sev-eral advantages over CRTs. The new unit consumes less space andabout one third the power while generating significantly less heat. TheT54H is a 15-inch flat panel with a 1,024 × 768 optimum resolution.

Printers

Printers are electromechanical devices that print a computer’s electroni-cally encoded information onto paper. So many printers work with IBMpersonal computers that exhaustive coverage of printers is beyond thescope of this book. We limit our discussion here to some representativeprinters that fit the needs of many business environments:

• IBM Network Printer 12

• IBM InfoPrint 21

• IBM InfoPrint 40

• IBM InfoPrint Color 8 Printer

Figure 3.5 summarizes the differences among these printers. Be-cause the IBM personal computers’ serial and parallel ports are com-


Key

to F

oo

tno

tes

1M

Hz/

GH

z on

ly m

easu

res

mic

rop

roce

ssor

inte

rnal

clo

ck s

pee

d; m

any

fact

ors

affe

ct a

pp

li cat

ion

per

form

ance

2W

hen

refe

rrin

g to

mem

ory

or h

ard

driv

e ca

pac

ity, M

B e

qua

ls o

ne m

illion

byt

es. A

cces

sib

le c

apac

ity m

ay v

ary.

3D

PI =

Dot

s Pe

r In

ch

Ne

two

rk P

rin

ter

12

4312

001

3312

468

0MB

600

35K

1x80

, 1x2

501x

80, 1

x250

, 1x5

001x

250

1x80

, 1x

250

Yes,

Op

t.N

ovel

l Net

war

e 4.

x

Info

Pri

nt

20

4320

001

5020

896

0MB

600

75K

1x15

0, 1

x500

1x15

0, 2

x500

, 1x2

000

1x50

01x

750

Yes,

Op

t.IB

M L

AN

Ser

ver

1.3

and

ab

ove

Info

pri

nt

32

4332

001

6632

864

0MB

600

150K

1x50

, 2x5

001x

2, 5

00, 1

x50,

2x5

001x

500

1x2,

00

0,

1x20

0,

1x30

0

Yes,

Op

t.IB

M L

AN

Ser

ver

3.0

and

ab

ove

Info

pri

nt

40

4332

004

6640

1664

0MB

600

200K

1x50

, 2x5

001x

2, 5

00, 1

x50,

2x5

001x

500

1x20

0,

1x30

0,

1x2,

000

Yes,

Op

t.IB

M L

AN

Ser

ver

3.0

and

ab

ove

Ne

two

rk P

rin

ter

12

4312

001

3312

468

0MB

600

35K

1x80

, 1x2

501x

80, 1

x250

, 1x5

001x

250

1x80

, 1x

250

Yes,

Op

t.N

ovel

l Net

war

e 4.

x

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or S

peed

(M

Hz)

1

Spe

ed (PPM

)

Mem

ory:

std

. (M

B)2

Mem

ory:

max

. (M

B)

Flas

h M

emor

y: s

td.

Res

olut

ion:

std

. (D

PI)3

Mon

thly

Dut

y C

ycle

(pa

ges)

Inpu

t: s

td. c

apac

ity In

put:

max

. cap

acit

y

Out

put:

std

. cap

acit

y

Out

put:

max

. cap

acit

y

Dup

lexi

ng

Net

wor

k O

pera

ting

Sys

tem

Fig

ure

3.5

.Su

mm

ary

of I

BM

Net

wor

k Pr

inte

rs.


patible with those commonly found in the PC community, many otherprinters not listed will also work with IBM personal computers.

IBM Network Printer 12

The IBM Network Printer 12 shown in Figure 3.6 is a tabletopletter-quality laser printer. A laser printer produces a whole page ofprint at a time. It prints on individual sheets of paper or cut sheets, notcontinuous forms. Laser printers use the laser/electrophotographic (EP)process to print an entire page at a time. This technique uses the laserto produce a charged image on a drum inside the printer. Ink (toner) isattracted to the charged portions of the drum and then transferred tothe paper as with a copy machine. The print cartridge containing thetoner can typically print about 20,000 pages before it needs to be re-placed. This EP printing technique makes for high-quality printing.

Figure 3.6. IBM Network Printer 12.


The IBM Network Printer 12 delivers up to 35,000 pages monthlyat speeds of up to 12 pages per minute. The 600 dpi resolution im-ages produced are enhanced by TrueRes edge-smoothing technology.A special feature called TonerMiser provides a toner-saving print modethat reduces toner consumption by up to 50% without sacrificingquality. TonerMiser is unique in that it applies a lighter density oftoner while leaving all pixels intact.

The IBM Network Printer 12 supports up to three simultaneouslyactive interfaces with data stream sensing and automatic data switch-ing among IEEE1284 parallel and RS-232/422 serial plus any one ofthe following: twinax, coax, Ethernet (10BaseT or 10Base2), ortoken-ring (4 MB or 16 MB). The Network Printer 12 supports up tothree physical interfaces with data stream sensing and emulationswitching for PCL5e and, optionally, PostScript Level 2 and IBM tra-ditional AFP/IPDS and SCS. The IBM Network Printer 12 comes stan-dard with two media input trays (expandable to three) and a maximuminput capacity of 830 sheets plus 50 envelopes.

IBM InfoPrint 21

The IBM Infoprint 21 (Figure 3.7) is a 21-page-per-minute (ppm)laser printer designed for small to medium-sized workgroups. TheInfoprint 21 uses the IBM high-performance controller with a 100MHz PowerPC 603e processor, an IBM printer co-processor and in-ternal 64-bit data bus, and a 32-bit address bus running at 66 MHz.It has a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus for a NetworkInterface Card (NIC) and a hard drive. The Infoprint 21 is intendedto replace the IBM Network Printer 17 in the IBM Workgroup Printerproduct line. Its primary use is for the distributed mission-criticalmarket, general office, and reprographics environments. Its second-ary use is for creating books and marketing and direct mail materials.

The Infoprint 21 is designed to meet the printing needs of a vari-ety of networks including Novell NetWare, IBM LAN Server, Win-dows NT, Windows 2000, and TCP/IP networks such as IBM AIX(this requires optional Token-Ring or Ethernet/Fast Ethernet networkcards). It can also be used with the AS/400 as a twinax-attached printer(requires optional twinax interface) or with mainframe systems as acoax-attached printer (requires optional coax interface).


IBM InfoPrint 40

The IBM InfoPrint 40 (Figure 3.8) is a high-speed, up to 40 pages perminute (ppm), printing solution designed for large workgroups. It isa faster version of the InfoPrint 32 with the same features. TheInfoPrint 32 will still be available, but there is no conversion kit toconvert InfoPrint 32s to InfoPrint 40s. With flexible paper-handlingcapabilities, the InfoPrint 40 can be configured as a desktopworkgroup printer or a departmental floor-standing printer with highinput and output paper capacities. This printing solution hascopier-like capability for printing multiple copies of presentations,manuals, or newsletters.

The InfoPrint 40 is a flexible and robust printing solution thatwill support most end-user host system environments: S/390s and

Figure 3.7. IBM InfoPrint 21.


AS/400s to PCs to Macintoshes. With up to three host system attach-ments, the InfoPrint 40 comes standard with HP PCL5e emulationand Adobe PostScript 3 data streams. In addition, IBM’s AFP/IPDSdata stream support is available as an option.

The InfoPrint 40 is a workgroup or departmental printer with apeak print rate of 200,000 pages per month (simplex) and a maxi-mum average monthly usage of 40,000 pages (simplex). It supportshigh-performance printing with an Intel 66 MHz RISC processor.

IBM InfoPrint Color 8 Printer

The IBM InfoPrint Color 8 Printer shown in Figure 3.9 is a full-colorprinter designed for general business, graphic arts, and quick print

Figure 3.8. IBM InfoPrint 40.


users. The Infoprint Color 8 is a fast, color presentation printer de-signed for small and medium workgroups. The InfoPrint Color 8 fea-tures 8-page-per-minute (ppm) color and monochrome printing withsingle-pass color engine design with minimum paper and mechanicalmovement.

It handles paper sizes up to 8.5 × 14 inches (216 × 356 mm) andsupports labels, transparencies, and card stock media. The InfoPrintColor 8 printer comes with 32 MB of RAM and prints a true 600 ×600 dots per inch (dpi) full-color output. It also provides PCL 5-coloremulation (PCL 5c) and Adobe PostScript 3 with a 500- sheet-capacityinput tray.

The InfoPrint Color 8 is designed for an Average Monthly PrintVolume (AMPV) of 2,750 pages with a peak printing rate of 25,000pages per month. (Although this peak rate is sustainable on ashort-term basis, IBM does not recommend printing to this maxi-mum rate on a continuous basis.)

Figure 3.9. IBM InfoPrint Color 8 Printer.


Memory Expansion Options

Nothing seems to grow faster than the computer user’s appetite formemory. Many different options allow the user to expand the memoryin IBM personal computers beyond the standard configuration. In mostcases, memory can be expanded on the system board itself up to themaximum supported by the system, allowing the expansion slots to beused for other purposes. In other cases, it is necessary to install memoryexpansion feature cards in the expansion slots to expand memory tothe limit. Keep in mind, however, that because of different memoryconfigurations and speeds, memory expansion options that work inone personal computer model may not work in another.

The “specifics” sections of Chapter 1 showed the maximumamount of memory supported by each personal computer model. Fig-ure 3.10 lists some examples of memory expansion options that canbe used with the various personal computers. Care must be taken toverify that a specific memory option works with the specific personalcomputer type and model being upgraded.

In addition to system memory, the video memory and Level 2(L2) cache memory can be upgraded on many personal computermodels. Adding more memory to the video adapter can increase bothperformance and resolution of the graphics subsystem. Increasing thesize of the second-level cache can increase overall system performanceby increasing the “hit ratio” of the cache. The more frequently themicroprocessor can find the data it needs in the high-speed cachearea, the faster it can process the information.

Fixed Disk Drives/SCSI Adapters

There are many optional fixed disk drives that can be used to expandthe fixed disk storage of IBM personal computers. As we saw in Chap-ter 1, most personal computers come standard with some fixed diskstorage used to hold programs and data in a way immediately acces-sible to the personal computer. Fixed disk storage is nonvolatile inthat it retains the stored information even when the power is turnedoff. Figure 3.11 lists fixed disk options used with personal comput-ers. There are optional fixed disk drives that attach to the EIDE (En-


hanced Integrated Drive Electronics) interface as well as to the SCSI(Small Computer System Interface) interface. IBM has refreshed itsline of EIDE Hard Disk Drive (HDD) upgrade options for IBM PCs,IntelliStation workstations, and entry-level Netfinity servers with new15 GB, 20.4 GB, and 30 GB ATA/100 HDDs.

These HDDs have Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Tech-nology (S.M.A.R.T.), which warns of predictable impending hard drivefailure. Drives predicting failure within the limited warranty periodare eligible for replacement, before failure, at IBM’s expense.S.M.A.R.T. is compatible with IBM S.M.A.R.T. Reaction software,which can perform unattended backup of customer data from thedrive before failure.

The figure also lists SCSI adapters, which provide the circuitry nec-essary to attach SCSI fixed disk drives (and other options as well) topersonal computers. For applications that require a very large amountof fixed disk storage, there are external expansion enclosures that canhold additional fixed disks and high-performance disk subsystems.

Tape Drives

The fixed disks in personal computers can contain vast amounts ofinformation. Much of this information has significant value to theuser (otherwise why keep it in the first place?). To ensure that a fixed

Figure 3.10. IBM memory expansion options. (continued on next page)

Part number

IBM PC options

Memory

SDRAM DIMMNon-parity

64MB 133MHz 33L3071 • • • • • • • • • •

128MB 133MHz 33L3073 • • • • • • • • • •

256MB 133MHz 33L3075 • • • • • • • • • •

512 MB 133MHz 33L3077

NetV

ista X40i 2179 SB

NetVista X40 6643 SB

NetVista S40p(2x2) 6

644/5/6 S/B

NetVista A40/p(2x3) 6

648/6649 S/B


578/6579 PW

NetVista A20 (4

x4) 6269 PW

NetVista A40i (4

x4) 2251 SB

NetVista A40i (6

x7) 2271 PW

NetVista A40 (4

x4) 6830/6831 SB

NetVista A40/p (6

x7)

6840/6841 PW

Not all models or products are available in all countries. Visit our Web site at ibm.com/options for the most up-to-date compatibility information.


Figure 3.10. IBM memory expansion options. (continued from previouspage)

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

� �

��

�! "" ��

! �" ��

!#"

��

��

�#� ��

� ��

��

��

��

�"� ��

�$�

��

�"$! ��

" �

�

�

�

��

�

��

�

�

�

�

��

��

��

��

��

��

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�


Figure 3.11. IBM fixed disk drive options.

%��&�&�'(�&��)'

��

��

��

��

��

��

�� !��"#"� ��

�� !��"#"� ��

��$� %��$��"��!&#%'()�*+%'�+ ��

� � � � �

� � � � �

� � � � ��

�

�

� � � � �

� � � � �

� � � � �

� � � � � � �

� � � � ��

�

��

�

��

,!� �'-�.)��) / + * ! 0 �� + �� "�

�) / + * !0 �� "�

�) / + * ! "� �� 1�2 � 3 � � � � �� "��

�) / + * ! � �� 1� 2 � 3 � � � � �� "��

�) / + * ! � � � �� 1� 2 � 3 � � � �� ,4

�) / + * !� � � 1� 2 � 3 �� ,4

�) / + * ! �� + 1� 2 � 3 �� "�

�) /+ * ! �� + 1� 2 3 �� ,4

�) / + * ! � �� 1� 2 � 3 � � �� "�

�) / + * ! � �� 1� 2 3

� � �� ,4

%��&�&�'(�&��)'

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��4+5)�� !��"#"��1 ��3 ��

��4+5)�� !��"#"��1 ��3 ��

�� !��"#"� ��

�� !��"#"� ��

��66� %��66��"��!&�#%'()�*+%'+

��

,!� '-�.)� ,# ��

7 ��

,# ��

,# ��

,# ��,� ��

,# ��,� ��

,# ��,� ��

�

� �

� �

� �

� �

� �

� �

� �

� ��

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

� ��

� ��

� ��

� ��


disk failure or human error of some kind does not cause all informa-tion to be lost, some sort of regular backup strategy is recommended.There are several tape drives for IBM personal computers that can beused for this purpose. Figure 3.12 lists some of the IBM tape drivesfor personal computers.

Optical Disk Drives

Another type of auxiliary storage used with personal computers iscalled an optical disk drive. Unlike the diskettes, fixed disks, and tapedrives that exclusively utilize magnetic technology to record infor-mation, optical disks use laser light (sometimes in combination withmagnetics) to write and read information on a reflective disk. Thereare two types of optical disk drives used with IBM personal comput-ers: compact disk read only memory (CD-ROM) drives and rewritableoptical disk drives. We have already discussed IBM’s rewritableCD-ROM in Chapter 1, so let’s take a closer look at the otherCD-ROM drives.

Figure 3.12. List of IBM tape drive options.

*��&��)'

��"��' )�'!��"#"� ��

��8��' )�'!��

� � � ��

,!� �'-�.)�

*��&��)'

��8��' )�'!��

��"��' )�'!��"#"� ��

�) / + * ! 0 �� + �� "�

�) / + * !0 �� "�

�) / + * ! "� �� 1�2 � 3 � � � � �� "��

�) / + * ! � �� 1� 2 � 3 � � � � �� "��

�) / + * ! � � � �� 1� 2 � 3 � � � �� ,4

�) / + * !� � � 1� 2 � 3 �� ,4

�) / + * ! �� + 1� 2 � 3 �� "�

�) /+ * ! �� + 1� 2 3 �� ,4

�) / + * ! � �� 1� 2 � 3 � � �� "�

�) / + * ! � �� 1� 2 3

� � �� ,4

�

� � ��

��


CD-ROM Drives

CD-ROM drives use the same technique to store information as au-dio compact disks. Rather than using magnetics, CD-ROM systemsuse optical techniques to achieve their much higher density. A singledisk used in CD-ROM drives can hold about 600 MB of informa-tion. That’s enough storage to hold over 300,000 sheets of computeroutput, or a stack over 90 feet high. CD-ROM drives are read only;that is, personal computer users can view the information but theycan’t change it. The information is prerecorded on the disk usingspecialized equipment and then distributed to personal computer us-ers for their use. The primary use of CD-ROM storage is to distributelarge amounts of information in a convenient package. Potential usesfor CD-ROM include distribution of program libraries, financial re-ports, operations manuals, phone directories, or any large (and rela-tively stable) database.

The extremely high storage capacity of CD-ROMs can be attrib-uted to the technique used to store the information. When theCD-ROM is first recorded, a laser beam is used to burn tiny patternson the reflective surface of an optical disk according to industry stan-dards. Later, by bouncing the low-power laser beam in the CD-ROMdrive off the optical disk’s surface, a series of mirrors and sensors canread back the information burned into the disk. Although this opticaltechnology lends itself quite well to the information distribution ap-plications mentioned earlier, their limited speed (as compared to fixeddisks) and inability to record information preclude using CD-ROMdisks as normal fixed disk storage.

IDE CD-ROM Drives

The internal 32×–14× IDE CD-ROM drive (Figure 3.13) is designedto be installed in the media bay of a computer system. It connectsdirectly to the internal IDE controller in the system unit. As a re-sult, no separate card is required for installation as long as suffi-cient port capacity is available. It has a maximum throughput of3,200 KB per second with a minimum of 14×. The actual playbackspeed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible. Anaudio output jack is provided on the bezel of some CD-ROM drives.If one does not exist, do not worry, an internal audio cable is mostlikely connected to an audio card providing consolidation of your


Figure 3.13. IBM Internal IDE and USB Portable CD-ROM drives.

system’s audio output as well as giving you an audio mixing capa-bility. Systems supporting the IBM 32×–14× IDE CD-ROM driveinclude the IntelliStation M Pro (6888, 6898), IntelliStation Z Pro,PC 300XL, PC 300PL, PC 300PL Pentium II models, PC 300GL,PC 300GL Celeron models, and PC 300GL Pentium II models.

Communications Options

Today’s businesses are placing an increasing emphasis on computercommunications. This section provides an overview of some commu-nications feature cards available for IBM personal computers. Chapter7 is devoted to showing how to use these communications feature cardsto allow personal computers to participate in various communicationconfigurations. If your interest is in communications environmentsrather than the feature adapters themselves, skip to Chapter 7. Thissection examines the following communications options:

• Async adapters

• Synchronous/multiprotocol adapters

• Modems

• Ethernet adapters


• Token-ring network adapters

• Emulation adapters

Async/Synchronous/Multiprotocol Adapters

As the name implies, async adapters add asynchronous communica-tion ports (also called serial ports) to personal computers. Typically,the async adapters provide ports functionally identical to the asyncports that come standard with most personal computers. The addi-tional ports allow personal computers to attach to additional exter-nal devices. Figure 3.14 lists some async options used with IBMpersonal computers.

The async port is one of the most commonly used ports. Manykinds of peripheral equipment (both IBM and non-IBM) can be at-tached to personal computers via these ports (e.g., printers, plotters,external modems, dumb terminals, another computer, etc.). The speedwith which information is sent over the async port is measured in bitsper second (bps).

The term “asynchronous” refers to the communications methodor protocol used by these ports to move information. Individual bytesof information are transmitted one bit at a time with no fixed rela-tionship between bytes. Figure 3.15 shows one way a byte might bepackaged before it is sent over the async port. The start bit tells thereceiving async port that information is coming down the line. Theuser’s data follows the start bit. The parity bit is used by the receiving

Figure 3.14. Asynchronous, synchronous, and multiprotical options.

Part number N

etVista X40i 2

179 SB



644/5/6 S/B


648/6649 S/B


578/6579 PW

NetVista A20 (4

x4) 6269 PW

NetVista A40i (4

x4) 2251 SB

NetVista A40i (6

x7) 2271 PW

NetVista A40 (4

x4) 6830/6831 SB

NetVista A40/p (6

x7)

6840/6841 PW

Adapters

PCI MultiProtocol Adapter 12J2981 • • • •

3270 Emulation PCI Adapter 05J4401 • • • •

5250 PCI Express Adapter 82H4708 • • • •

IEEE 1394 PCI Card (Low Profile Enabled)

19K5790 • • • • • • •


end to check for transmission errors in the user’s data. Finally, thestop bit signifies the end of the byte. This is just one example of howinformation might be transmitted over the async port. The user canselect other organizations such as eight user data bits and no paritybit, two stop bits, and so on. These different organizations exist pri-marily because of the many types of equipment that have used thisprotocol over the years. The specific organization one uses must beestablished at both ends of the communications link before commu-nications can begin.

Async adapters provide an interface based on the widely usedEIA RS-232C electrical standard, which defines things such as volt-age levels and signal definitions. Some adapters provide full-size maleD-shell connectors; others use smaller 9-pin connectors. Make sureyour cable matches the connector types used on the async ports onthe personal computer and the peripheral equipment.

Synchronous/Multiprotocol Adapters

As the popularity of personal computers continues to grow amongbusiness users, so does the need to transfer information between thesepersonal computers and the larger computer systems commonly foundin the business environment. These larger computers are often calledhost computers because they provide computing resources to numer-ous users. There are many different ways to communicate between apersonal computer and a host computer, as we will see in Chapter 7.The IBM ISA 19.2 SDLC/ASYNC Adapter can be used by personalcomputers to communicate with host computers using one of fourcommunications protocols: asynchronous (discussed earlier in this

Figure 3.15. Sample organization of information sent via async port.

Startbit

Paritybit

Stopbit

7 bits of user data (e.g., ASCII code)

ASYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS DATA ORGANIZATION


chapter), BSC (Binary Synchronous Communications), SDLC Syn-chronous Data Link Control), or HDLC (High-Level Data Link Con-trol). Some of the listed adapters are designed for a particular type ofcommunications protocol; others can support any of these four pro-tocols depending on their programming. When programmed for asyn-chronous communications, these adapters provide the same functionas the async ports provided on most personal computers.

As a BSC port, these multiprotocol adapters can communicate witha host via the Binary Synchronous Communications (BSC) protocol.The “synchronous” in BSC means that special characters precedingthe information synchronize the receiver with the incoming informa-tion. This synchronization allows many bytes of information to be sentas a single block—in contrast to the asynchronous protocol, in which asingle byte is sent at a time. The ability to send blocks of charactersmakes BSC more efficient than the asynchronous protocol. BSC is anolder communications protocol used by terminals and other equip-ment to exchange information with large host computers such as IBM’sSystem 360/370 mainframes. As a result of its past popularity, many oftoday’s host computer systems still use this protocol.

The last two protocols are the Synchronous Data Link Control(SDLC) and the High-Level Data Link Control (HDLC). Synchro-nous Data Link Control capability enables the adapter to connectPCs and workstations to systems such as IBM AS/400s or for use inhost/terminal emulation scenarios. These two protocols differ only inthe detailed bit patterns used to control the link. Which one you usewill depend on the particulars of your host computer system. As withBSC, SDLC and HDLC are synchronous communication protocols,as their names imply. SDLC and HDLC, however, are newer and gen-erally more flexible protocols that are used in IBM’s Systems Net-work Architecture (SNA), discussed further in Chapter 6.

Modems

Modems provide a means for personal computers to send and receiveinformation over public telephone lines and thereby communicatewith distant computers. (Chapter 7 covers certain uses for modemcommunications, including access to the many information servicesthat can provide everything from stock market quotes to electronic


mail.) Figure 3.16 lists some modems used with IBM personal com-puters.

Why do computers need a modem for this type of communica-tions? Telephone lines were originally designed to carry electroni-cally encoded voice messages from one point to another. A device(the telephone) is therefore necessary to convert the speaker’s voiceinto electronic signals suitable for phone-line transmission. Althoughthe information in a computer is already electronically encoded, it isnot in a form that can be transmitted over the phone lines. For thisreason, a device is needed to convert the electronically encoded com-puter information into electronic signals suitable for telephone-linetransmission. A modem can be thought of as a telephone for a com-puter. Just as both parties need their own telephone to hold a conver-sation, both computers must have their own modem to transferinformation over the phone lines.

Some modems allow personal computers to communicate overswitched telephone lines like those used to carry normal residentialor business telephone calls. The line is called “switched” because itcan make a connection between any two locations by dialing theproper phone number, just as when you make a normal telephonecall. Other modems allow personal computers to send and receiveinformation over leased telephone lines. With a leased line, the com-munications link is always established, so there is no need to dial atelephone number to establish a connection as there is with switchedtelephone lines. Further, the more expensive leased lines typically fa-cilitate using more efficient communications protocols at higher speedsthan with switched telephone lines. Although leased-line modems are

Figure 3.16. IBM modem options.

#%��-'+9! +%'

�%5)�*

/��,#��! !�:!2��%5)� ��

/��%;�,�%<+�)�,#��%5)� ��

,!� �'-�.)��) / + * ! 0 �� + �� "�

�) / + * !0 �� "�

�) / + * ! "� �� 1�2 � 3 � � � � �� "��

�) / + * ! � �� 1� 2 � 3 � � � � �� "��

�) / + * ! � � � �� 1� 2 � 3 � � � �� ,4

�) / + * !� � � 1� 2 � 3 �� ,4

�) / + * ! �� + 1� 2 � 3 �� "�

�) /+ * ! �� + 1� 2 3 �� ,4

) / + * ! � �� 1� 2 � 3 � � �� "�

�) / + * ! � �� 1� 2 3

� � �� ,4

� ��


designed primarily for use with leased telephone lines, a SwitchedNetwork Backup Utility (SNBU) function of the modem can auto-matically revert to using public switched telephone lines to keep com-munications going (at slower speeds) in the event of a leased-linefailure. Leased-line modems can also be used to communicate fromone computer to another (point to point) and as the controlling orsubordinate modem on a single communications line with multiplemodems attached (multipoint). This multipoint capability allowsmultiple devices to share a single communications line.

Ethernet Adapters

An Ethernet adapter allows Personal Systems to participate in anEthernet Version 2 or an IEEE 802.3 local area network. Figure 3.17lists some Ethernet adapters used with IBM personal computers. IBMis on the leading edge of Ethernet technology with its 10/100 PCIEthernet, WOL (Wake On LAN), and PC Card adapters. Whethermobile, desktop, or server connectivity is required, IBM EtherJet prod-ucts deliver superior speed, reliability, and manageability, providinghigh performance and preservation of existing networking invest-ments. Ethernet networks transfer information at a rate of over 10million bits per second (10 Mb/sec) using the CSMA/CD protocol.The newer 10/100 Ethernet adapters can transfer data at a rate up to100 million bits per second. The Wake on LAN function used onsome of IBM’s Ethernet adapters allows you to start up enabled PCson your LAN even if they have been switched off. IBM also provides32-bit busmaster Ethernet adapters designed for use inhigh-performance servers and workstations.

Three different types of cable are used in Ethernet networks: thickcable, which is 50-ohm coaxial cable (10Base-5); thin cable, which isRG-58A/U coaxial cable (10Base2); and twisted-pair cable (10BaseT).Users must provide the external transceiver appropriate for their par-ticular Ethernet cable type.

Token-Ring Network Adapters

A token-ring network is one type of Local Area Network (LAN)in which IBM personal computers can participate. LANs allow a


group of computers in close proximity to one another (e.g., in thesame building or campus) to easily share information, programs,and computer hardware. A token-ring network adapter is neces-sary to allow personal computers to participate in the token-ringnetwork; a high-function, baseband LAN. This network allowsfor the attachment of both small and large computers for the pur-pose of sharing information and equipment. Figure 3.18 lists sometoken-ring network adapters used with IBM personal computers.All adapters use an on-board microprocessor to control commu-nications activities. They attach to the token-ring network cable

Part number N

etVista X40i 2

179 SB



644/5/6 S/B


648/6649 S/B


578/6579 PW

NetVista A20 (4

x4) 6269 PW

NetVista A40i (4

x4) 2251 SB

NetVista A40i (6

x7) 2271 PW

NetVista A40 (4

x4) 6830/6831 SB

NetVista A40/p (6

x7)

6840/6841 PW

Figure 3.17. IBM Ethernet options.

�� =)�>) �,#��!'!?)�)' ��5!� )��1��)� �%'��3

��

�� =)�>) ��,#��5!� )��;+ =��)� �%'��

��

�� =)�>) �")9-�)��?� �5!� )��1��)� �%'��3

��

�� =)��+'@ �,#��!'!?)�)' �5!� )��.&��#%�

��

,!� '-�.)� ,# ��

� � � � ��

,# � � ��

,#��

,#�� ,� � ��

,#� � �,� � ��

,# �� ,� � ��

�

��

� �

� �

� � � �

��

� =)�') ��5!� )�*

�� =)�>) �,#��!'!?)�)' �5!� )��1��)� A%'A��3

��

�� =)�>) �;+ =��)� A%'A��

�� =)�>) �")9-�)�!'!?)�)' ��5!� )��1��"31��)� A%'A��3

��

�� =)��+'@�,#��!'!?)�)' ��5!� )��.&��#B�

��

�� =)�') ��5!� )�1�%;�,�%<+�)��'!.�)53

��

� � � � � � �

� � � � � � �

� � � � � � �

� � �


via a 9-pin connector. The new High-Speed 100/16/4 Token-RingPCI Management Adapter has been developed and tested to workin IBM and non-IBM desktop and server PC systems. It conformsto the PCI 2.2 bus standard, IEEE 802.5 token-ring standard, andsupports the latest versions of all major operating environments,

Figure 3.18. IBM token-ring options.

,!� '-�.)� ,#

� � ��

,#��

,#� � ��

,#�� ,� � � � �

,#�� ,� � ��

,#�� ,� � � ��

�-�.%��%@)'A8+'?��"��5!� )��

��%@)'A8+'?�,#��5!� )��

��%@)'A8+'?�,#��5!� )��;�4!@)%'��7�1��)� �%'��3

��

��%@)'A8+'?�,#��?� ��5!� )��

�+?=A"�))5��A8,#��5!� )�

��

�+?=A"�))5��%@)'A8+'?�,#��!'!?)�)' ��5!� )�

��

��%@)'A8+'?��%;�,�%<+�)�,#��!'!?)�)' ��5!� )�

� ,� ��

� � � � �

� � � � �

� � � � �

� � � � �

� � � � �

� � � � �

*�(��+��&��'

Token-Ring Adapters

16/4 Token-Ring PCI Adapter 34L0601 • • • • • • •

16/4 Token-Ring PCI Adapter with Wake-on-LAN

34L0701 • • • • • • •

16/4 Token-Ring PCI Management Adapter

34L5001 • • • • • • •

16/4 Token Ring Low Profile PCI Management Adapter

07P2701 • • •

Hi-Speed 100/16/4 Token Ring PCI Adapter (Wake-on-LAN)

34L0501 • • • • • • •

Hi-speed Token-Ring PCI Management Adapter (Wake-on-LAN)

34L5201 • • • • • • •

Eth t Ad t

Part number N

etVista X40i 2

179 SB



644/5/6 S/B


648/6649 S/B


578/6579 PW

NetVista A20 (4

x4) 6269 PW

NetVista A40i (4

x4) 2251 SB

NetVista A40i (6

x7) 2271 PW

NetVista A40 (4

x4) 6830/6831 SB

NetVista A40/p (6

x7)

6840/6841 PW


including Microsoft Windows 2000, Windows NT 4.0, Windows98/95, Novell NetWare, and OS/2. This adapter has received theMicrosoft PC99 logo, has been Novell NetWare certified and cur-rently complies with the Wired for Management 2.0 specifications.For more information on the token-ring network and the protocolit uses, see Chapter 7.

Emulation Adapters

Emulation adapters, along with the necessary software, allow IBMpersonal computers to emulate or act like the terminals and printerscommonly used to interact with host computers. When a personalcomputer emulates a host terminal or printer, the host computer andits programming can communicate with the personal computer with-out the need to modify the host computer hardware or software con-figuration. Thus, emulation adapters provide the simplest form ofinteraction between personal computers and host computers. Figure3.19 lists some emulation adapters used with IBM personal computers.

The 3270 Emulation Adapters allow personal computers to emu-late the IBM 3278/79 Display Terminal or the 3287 Printer. Thesedevices are commonly used to interact with many larger IBM com-puter systems (e.g., System/370 and ES/9000 systems). The adaptersallow the personal computer to be attached via coaxial cable to theselarger host computers. The System/3X or 5250 Emulation Adaptersallow personal computers to emulate an IBM 5250 Information Dis-play System—a family of workstations used for interaction with theAS/400, System/36, and System/38 midsize computer systems.

Multimedia Options

“Multimedia” is the term commonly applied to a computer systemthat is able to capture and manipulate text, graphics, high-qualityimages, video, and sound. The result is a powerful presentation/inter-active session that can dazzle an audience of one or many. The flex-ibility and interaction afforded by the computer system allowsmultimedia to be used for many things including education, execu-


tive presentations, point-of-sale terminals, and information kiosks.Chapter 5 discusses multimedia further. Figure 3.20 lists some multi-media options used with personal computers. Now let’s take a closerlook at some of IBM’s multimedia options.

UltraPort Camera

The IBM UltraPort Camera is a new, integrated camera designed towork with IBM’s latest ThinkPads. It can be connected via theUltraPort on select ThinkPads or via a USB port by using the pro-vided USB converter and cable. A tripod is also included to rest thecamera on your desktop. The UltraPort Camera comes with the fol-lowing software:

• Video Phone for video conferencing

• HiScale Photo for taking a still image, editing it, and manag-ing it in its album

• VideoMail for sending video e-mail

Figure 3.19. IBM emulation adapters.

��,��&��'

�� -�! +%'�,#��5!� )� ��>��

��,#��2��)**��5!� )� ��

��,#��2��)**��5!� )��!'5�#!.�)+

��

��"��2��)**��5!� )� ��

��"��2��)**��5!� )��!'5�#!.�)+ ��

��2��)**�#%'()'+)'9)�+ ��

,!� '-�.)� ,# � � �

��

,# ��

,#� � ��

,#�� ,� � � � �

,#�� ,� � ��

,# �� ,� � �

�

�

�

�

�

� � � �

��

�

�

�


Figure 3.20. IBM multimedia options.

"8��,��0��5!� )��;+ =��"!(!?)��)0 �)�) ��

�,��A��/+5)%��)9%5)��#!�5 ��

��A�+ �,#��-5+%��5!� )� ��

#%��!9 �" )�)%�"�)!@)�*�1�43 ��

�,��&��

,!� '-�.)� ,# � � �

��

,# ��

,#� � ��

,#�� ,� � � � �

,#�� ,� � ��

,# �� ,� � � ��

� � � �

� � � �

�

� � �

• VideoEdit for editing AVI files

• Watchdog for monitoring your workspace when unattended

The UltraPort Camera can capture still images up to 640 × 480resolution and full-motion video at up to 30 frames per second at320 × 240 (depending on application). The camera swivels 180 de-grees to capture video/images in front of the ThinkPad and can alsobe connected via USB cable.

IBM PCI Audio Adapter

The IBM PCI Audio Adapter enables your PC to record, compress,and play back voice, sound, and music. Features include

• Sixteen-bit stereo ADC and DAC

• Programmable independent sample rates from 6 KHz up to48 KHz for record and playback

• Full-duplex operation for simultaneous record and playback

• Two-wire hardware volume control for up, down, and mute


PCMCIA 16-Bit Audio Adapter

It is possible to add the same high-quality 16-bit audio capabilitiesthat you have on your desktop multimedia computer to your ThinkPadmobile system by adding the PCMCIA 16-bit Audio Adapter. Thiscard is a PCMCIA Type II adapter that provides 16-bit CD qualityaudio. It includes a detachable audio interface module, which has abuilt-in microphone, stereo headphone/line-out jack, and externalstereo microphone/stereo line-input jack.

Processor Upgrade Options

The microprocessor and associated circuitry in some personal com-puters is packaged such that the microprocessor and support circuitrycan be upgraded. Such systems allow the user to add performance/function to the computer system as new microprocessors are devel-oped or as the user’s performance needs grow.

ThinkPad Options

Before leaving this chapter, we will cover a few other options for IBMpersonal computers and ThinkPads.

Keyboards

In addition to the standard 104-key keyboards now offered with mostIBM personal computers, additional keyboards are available as op-tions. The Rapid Access keyboard features special buttons for yourconvenience. The buttons provide shortcuts on the keyboard to starta program, open a file, or perform a specific function. With thesekeys, you can go directly to a file, program, or Internet address bypressing a button instead of having to click an icon, search for theprogram in the Start menu, or type an Internet address in your browser.

Some of the Rapid Access buttons are preset to support impor-tant multimedia functions on your computer (mute, volume, andCD-ROM or DVD-ROM controls); these cannot be changed. There


are eight color-coded Rapid Access buttons positioned across the topof the keyboard. Some of these buttons are permanently set to startcertain programs on your computer. The preset functions are printedon the label above the buttons. Three of the buttons—EMail, AccessIBM Web, and Standby—are permanently programmed. Dependingon the preloaded operating system loaded in your computer, three ofthe remaining five buttons might be preset. You can customize theother buttons to start any program or file you want. For example, ifyou enjoy playing Solitaire, you can customize a Rapid Access buttonto open the Solitaire program.

The Enhanced Keyboard with Trackpoint II adds the Trackpointpointing device to the center of the standard 101-key keyboard. Thisprovides a pointing device like that used in ThinkPad notebook andsubnotebook computers. Finally, the standard 104-key keyboardshown in Figure 3.21 has three special keys for use with Windows95/98. Two are used to launch Windows 95 and one to start applica-tion programs within it. Both the 104-key and Trackpoint II key-boards come in a choice of either pearl white or black to match thesystem color.

Figure 3.21. IBM keyboard options. (continued on next page)

Part number N

etVista X40i 2

179 SB



644/5/6 S/B


648/6649 S/B


578/6579 PW

NetVista A20 (4

x4) 6269 PW

NetVista A40i (4

x4) 2251 SB

NetVista A40i (6

x7) 2271 PW

NetVista A40 (4

x4) 6830/6831 SB

NetVista A40/p (6

x7)

6840/6841 PW

Keyboards

Preferred Keyboard

Pearl white 28L3584 • • • •

Stealth black 28L3621 • • •

Preferred USB Keyboard with 2 Port USB Hub

Pearl white 10K3830 • • • •

Stealth black 10K3849 • • • • • •

Rapid Access II Keyboard

Pearl white 33L3154 • • • • • • •

Stealth black 33L3174 • • • • • •

Space Saver II KeyboardStealth black

28L3644 • • • • • • •

Trrack Point II Keyboard Stealth black

01K1260 • • • • • • •

USB Numeric Keypad 33L3225 • • • • • • • • • •


ScrollPoint Mouse

The New IBM ScrollPoint Mouse shown in Figure 3.22 is a full-func-tion mouse that includes a unique ScrollPoint ministick navigatorthat lets you scroll in any direction without using scroll bars. TheScrollPoint Mouse, with 360-degree fingertip scrolling, eliminates thehassles of scroll bars. You can scroll Web pages, long documents, andspreadsheets without any wasted motion. The ScrollPoint Mouseworks with a multitude of Windows 95/98 and Windows 2000 appli-cations, including Netscape, America Online, and Microsoft InternetExplorer. In applications compatible with Microsoft Office, theScrollPoint Mouse can be used to perform advanced functions suchas Zoom and AutoScroll. You can choose either pearl white or blackto match the system color. Advanced functions of the ScrollPointMouse include these:

• AutoScroll. AutoScroll allows you to scroll a document auto-matically without having to engage the ScrollPoint stick con-tinuously.

Figure 3.21. IBM keyboard options. (continued from previous page)

-��&'

"�!9)�"!()��)&.%!�5� ��

��!9@,%+' 7�)&.%!�5

" )!� =�.�!9@ ��

,�)<)��)5�)&.%!�5

,)!��;=+ ) ��

" )!� =�.�!9@ ��

8!�+5��99)**��)&.%!�5

,)!��;=+ ) ��

" )!� =�.�!9@ ��

�"��-�)�+9�)&�!5 ��

,!� '-�.)� ,# � � �

��

,# ��

,#� � ��

,#�� ,� � � � �

,#�� ,� � ��

,# �� ,� � � ��

� � � � �

� � � � � �

� � � � � �

� � � � � �

� � � � � �

� � � �

� � � �


• Zoom. Zoom either magnifies or demagnifies the view of adocument page.

• DataZoom. Use this feature to zoom in on specific data on adocument page. Data zooming lets you expand or collapseoutlines within word processing documents by using a simplekeystroke and mouse combination.

• HyperJump and CyberJump. These features enable a popuppalette of time-saving tools and shortcuts, allowing the userto navigate applications more quickly.

IBM also provides a new ThinkPad USB Mobile Mouse, which isa compact, lightweight, two-button mouse, designed for ThinkPadcustomers who prefer a traditional mouse. Its small size and cablewrap make it ideal for the mobile professional. As a USB device, themobile mouse can be connected to any enabled USB port.

Figure 3.22. IBM ScrollPoint Mouse.


IBM Portable Drive Bay 2000

The IBM Portable Drive Bay 2000 (Figure 3.23) offers excellent flex-ibility, usability, and connectivity. With convenient USB and fastPCMCIA connectivity, this drive bay can be connected to either desk-tops or laptops. It can also be connected to the IBM Multi-Port USBHub. The Portable Drive Bay 2000 has a stand for space-saving ver-tical mounting of the Ultrabay 2000 CD-ROM, DVD, CD-RW, andHDD drives. However, the SuperDisk (LS-120) Ultrabay 2000 Driveis supported inside the Portable Drive Bay 2000 only when mounted

Figure 3.23. IBM Portable Drive Bay 2000.


in the horizontal position. Using the appropriate IDE storage device,this drive bay offers portable and convenient support for

• Plug and Play and hot-swapping of Ultrabay 2000 storagedevices

• CD-ROM software installation

• Multimedia CD-ROM audio playback

• DVD movie playback and access to huge databases

• Storage and backup of large files and multimedia using HardDisk Drives (HDDs), SuperDisk (LS-120), or CD-RW

• Connection of Ultrabay 2000 IDE storage devices to othersupported laptops (such as the ultraportable ThinkPad 240)and desktops, offering investment protection and commonal-ity of storage options

• Simultaneous operation of another Ultrabay 2000 device (be-sides the one in the bay) for copying CD-ROM data ontoCD-RW or CD-R media

An optional second Hard Disk Drive (HDD) adapter for theUltrabay 2000 gives you maximum storage flexibility with yourThinkPad A Series or T Series. This adapter lets you add a secondHDD to the Ultrabay 2000 of your A Series or T Series, ThinkPadDock, or IBM Portable Drive Bay 2000. With a second HDD in yourUltrabay 2000, you have the fastest way to backup key applicationsand critical data. New hard drive upgrades are available in 6 GB, 12GB, and 18 GB capacities. These drives utilize advanced power man-agement technology.

The ThinkPad Zip 250 MB Ultrabay 2000 Drive lets you storeup to 250 MB of data on a removable 250 MB Zip data cartridge.This drive is also backward read/write compatible to the industrystandard Zip 100 MB media. You can backup, transport, consoli-date, organize, and off-load valuable data from the Internet, yournetwork, or ThinkPad hard disk drive (HDD). The ThinkPad Zip


250 MB Ultrabay 2000 Drive is supported on all models of theThinkPad A Series (2628, 2629, 2633) and T Series (2647, 2648).

Netfinity Options

Before leaving this chapter, we will cover a few additional options forIBM Netfinity Servers.

Netfinity Enterprise Rack and Expansion Cabinet

The Netfinity Enterprise Rack and Netfinity Enterprise ExpansionCabinet (Figure 3.24) are heavy-duty rack cabinets specifically de-signed for enterprise environments. They feature a stylish, temperedglass front door and raven-black cabinetry. These 42-U, 19-inch rackcabinets support Netfinity servers and componentry. Note that one Uequals 44.45 mm (1.75 inches).

The Netfinity Enterprise Rack and Netfinity Enterprise Expan-sion Cabinet are positioned as the high-end Netfinity rack cabinetofferings available for Netfinity servers, including the extended depthrequirements of the new 8-way Netfinity 8500R servers. These racksolutions provide a higher level of ruggedness in structure to supportrelocating full rack configurations within the enterprise location.

Rack cabinets are designed to contain rack models of Netfinityservers. They also support many data storage devices, tape backupunits, and communication devices associated with these servers. Mul-tiple Netfinity Enterprise Rack and Netfinity Enterprise ExpansionCabinets can be installed side by side to support your expanding busi-ness requirements. These units bolt together to form multirack suitesto efficiently handle clustering or server consolidation requirements.

IBM also provides a Netfinity Flat Panel Monitor Rack MountKit which provides an innovative solution for mounting a selectedflat panel monitor, console switch, and Space Saver Keyboard on aNetfinity Rack Keyboard Tray. These devices would typically takeup to 11 U of rack space. (Note that one U equals 44.45 mm, or 1.75in.) With the flat panel kit, these components can be combined toform a full-function, rack-mounted server console using only 3 U ofrack space.


For smaller installations the Netfinity NetBAY22 rack cabinet isthe perfect alternative for office environments where a traditional42-U rack cabinet is just too large. With its 22-U spatial dimension,you have the flexibility to configure scalable, cost-effective rack solu-tions for mainstream and high-end Netfinity servers. You have roomto add disk-storage units, communication devices, tape backup, anda UPS. In addition, multiple NetBAY22 rack cabinets can be placedside by side to handle future growth capacity.

The Netfinity Rack Extension Kit and Netfinity NetBAY22 RackExtension Kit provide new solutions where extending current NetfinityRack or Netfinity NetBAY22 cabinets is necessary to handle serversor components requiring 28-inch depths or to provide more room for

Figure 3.24. Netfinity Enterprise Expansion Cabinet.


cable management. These products add the necessary depth withoutcompromising the security or structural integrity of the base unit.

Netfinity APC Smart-UPS 5000

In the event of a power outage, the APC Smart-UPS 5000 gives youmore backup power to support enterprise-class Netfinity servers inhigh-availability and business-critical applications. This 5-U,rack-mounted, Uninterruptible Power Source (UPS) by AmericanPower Conversion (APC) is designed to handle demanding powerrequirements until normal power can be restored or to facilitate anorderly shutdown.

Sixteen 12-V, 7-AH (Amp Hour) sealed maintenance-free, leadacid batteries provide up to 5,000 volt-amps to support Netfinitysystems until power is either restored, or an orderly shutdown can beimplemented. With APC PowerChute Plus, APC PowerXtend, andNetfinity Manager, multiple server systems can be effectively man-aged. The 5,000-volt-amp and 3,750-watt load capacity provide powerto support up to 3 Netfinity 8500R servers or up to 12 Netfinity EXPStorage Expansion Units.

For smaller server installations, IBM also markets the APCSmart-UPS 1400 and 3000, providing 1,400 and 3,000 volt amps.

Using Your Personal Computer 185

185

4

Using Your Personal Computer

The previous chapters closely examined the system units and op-tional equipment used with personal computers. This chapter beginsour look at how that hardware is put to work, namely, by all theimportant software. “Software” is a general term for the many pro-grams that execute in computers. It is software that harnesses thepersonal computer’s computational power and allows you to performso many diverse and useful tasks. The chapter begins by taking youstep by step through the programs provided with personal comput-ers. This serves as a good introduction and allows you to actually usea personal computer even if you never have before.

Later in the chapter, you are introduced to the kinds of softwareemployed to perform useful work with all personal computers. Wediscuss the three general categories of software along with the job eachperforms. Finally, we discuss the subject of software compatibility.

Getting Your Feet Wet with a Personal Computer

Personal computers come with certain special-purpose programs.Some of these programs are permanently stored in the Read OnlyMemory (ROM) chips resident on the system board. Other programs


reside on the hard disk that comes preloaded with the system or aCD-ROM that is Ready To Configure (RTC). One easy way to learnmore about the programs provided is to run them. The steps thatfollow will help you learn by doing just that. If you haven’t yet un-packed and set up the hardware components of your personal com-puter, this would be a good time to do so. Follow the unpacking andinstallation instructions provided with your system. This should takeonly a few minutes. The computer elements referred to in the proce-dures that follow are labeled in Figure 4.1.

The procedures provided in this chapter are based on the behav-ior of a NetVista desktop system. Most other PC systems will alsobehave as shown in the procedures. However, due to differences inhardware and software configurations, your PC system may responddifferently from the one shown in our procedures. If you do find thatyour system diverges from the following procedures, follow the in-structions that appear on your system’s display screen and you shouldeventually find yourself back in line with our procedures. If you thinkthere is a problem with your computer system, refer to the “SolvingProblems” section of the “Using Your Personal Computer” manualfor assistance. If it’s not convenient to use a personal computer rightnow, you can simply read along, and you will get a feel for what it islike to use a PC.

Greetings from POST

The first program we explore is one that, whether you know it ornot, is automatically started every time you turn on your computer. Itis called the Power-On Self-Test (POST) program and is permanentlystored in your computer. The first thing POST does is test the healthof your computer system. It exercises the microprocessor and sup-port chips, the diskette drive, the graphics circuitry, the ports, thememory, and so on. It’s like having a resident service technician whotests your computer every day. The only indication you get of all thisactivity is during the memory test portion of POST, which takes themost time to perform. The more memory in the system, the longerthis system checkout takes, since every memory location is tested.During this test, POST keeps a count in the upper left corner of yourdisplay. To see this memory count, perform the following steps:


• Turn on the display.

• If your computer is off, turn the computer system on (theswitch is located on the front of the system unit).

ESC F1 F6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Q

..

.

➝

➝

➝ ➝

Contrast andbrightnessadjustment

Disketteactivity

light

"A"diskette

drive

"B"diskette

drive

Powerswitch

(up=on,down=off)

Displaypowerswitch(1=on,0=off)

Powerswitch

(up=on,down=off)"A"

diskettedrive

"B"diskette

drive

Diskette orientation forinsertion into diskette drive

Metalshield first

Labelside up

Diskette orientation forinsertion into diskette drive

Metalshield first

Labelside up

Disketteactivitylight

"F1"functionkey *System Reset key sequence: "Ctrl"- "Alt"-"Delete"

"Esc"key

"Q"key

"Ctrl"

"Alt" Enter ("↵") "Del"

B

Figure 4.1. Reference diagram for procedures provided in this chapter.


• If your computer is already on, exit any application programsthat are active. Then simply turn the computer off, pause fiveseconds, and turn it back on. (Caution: If your system is aserver in a local area network or being shared by other usersin a multiuser configuration, check with the system adminis-trator before turning the system off.)

Figure 4.2 shows where the memory count appears on your dis-play screen.

First, you see the IBM logo. After a short delay, the memory countmessages appear. After POST finishes checking the health of the sys-tem, it sets the system configuration of the computer based on theinformation stored in the CMOS memory. The system configurationis the basic settings and arrangement of the internal computer ele-ments. If POST successfully completes these chores, you will hear asingle beep, signaling that everything is okay and ready to go. ThenPOST will check to see if the power-on password feature is enabled.If it is, a small key-shaped image will be displayed in the upper leftcorner of the screen, as shown in Figure 4.3. This indicates that theuser-defined password must be entered before operation can con-tinue. If password security is not enabled or if the user enters thecorrect password, POST will terminate and pass control to some otherprogram. This other program can be on your fixed disk (e.g., theoperating system) or on a diskette in drive A. If you don’t have any

XXXXX KB OK

Figure 4.2. Location of memory count kept by POST during memory test.


programs on either the fixed disk or a diskette in drive A, the PCsystem will present the user with the screen shown in Figure 4.4. Thisscreen is asking you to insert a diskette into drive A and press the F1function key to resume.

What If POST Finds an Error?

The preceding scenario assumes that POST finds no problems withthe computer system, which normally will be the case. But what hap-pens if POST does find a problem? Indeed, unless someone has previ-ously set up your computer, a POST error will notify you that thesystem has not yet been configured and that the time/date has notbeen set. To see how you can handle POST errors of any kind, let’sintentionally cause a harmless problem and see how we can resolveit. The following steps simulate a stuck key on the keyboard:

• Turn the system unit’s power switch off. (Caution: If yoursystem is a server in a local area network or being shared byother users in a multiuser configuration, check with the sys-tem administrator before turning the system off.)

Figure 4.3. Password prompt. When you are presented with this key-shaped emblem, you must type in the user-defined password before theoperation can continue.


• If a diskette is inserted in a drive, remove it.

• Press and hold down the Q key on the keyboard.

• Turn on the computer (continue to hold the Q key until youhear a beep, then release the Q key).

POST again begins checking out the computer. The “memory test”portion of POST displays the memory count as before. When POSTgets around to checking out the keyboard, however, it detects thatthe Q key is stuck. The POST program responds by displaying a 301error code (Figure 4.5), sounding two beeps, and referring you to the

( )

( )

( )

F1

F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10

Figure 4.4. Screen presented when no programs are on the fixed disk andno diskette is in drive “A.” This screen is asking you to put a diskette in drive“A” and press the “F1” function key.


manuals. Two beeps indicate that POST has found a problem. If yoursystem has not yet been set up, you may also get other error codes. Tocontinue, press the F1 key to access the Configuration/Setup Utilityprogram. Perhaps you can correct the error by changing a setting inthe built-in Configuration/Setup Utility program, which is on theReference Diskette used by older PC systems for configuration andsetup. You can use the Configuration/Setup Utility program to changethe setup of your computer, regardless of which operating systemyou are using. However, the settings you select in your operating sys-tem override any similar settings in the Configuration/Setup Utilityprogram. The Configuration/Setup Utility program includes settingsfor device and I/O ports, date and time, system security, start op-

4096 KB OK000 30100

POST error coderesulting fromholding down "Q" key

IBM

Figure 4.5. Error code presented by POST when a key is stuck down.


tions, advanced setup, ISA (Industry Standard Architecture) resources,and power management.

• Press Enter (press Enter Key).

Any POST error codes are now passed to the POST Error Proces-sor program. The POST Error Processor program looks at the errorsdetected by POST and displays the appropriate error messages, eachin turn. These messages explain the nature of the problem and rec-ommend the appropriate action. Figure 4.6 shows an error messageresulting from the 301 error we caused by holding down the Q key.This message tells you that POST has detected the stuck ekey. It alsorecommends that you check for anything resting on the keyboard.Since you have already resolved the problem (you took your fingeroff the Q key), we will continue.

Be sure that nothing is resting on the keyboard and holdinga key down. If it is not plugged in, power off the computerand plug in. If you cannot continue or this error remains,have the keyboard serviced.

Enter

Keyboard Error - 00301

Figure 4.6. Error message presented by the POST Error Processor programresulting from the stuck key detected by POST.


• Press Enter (press Enter key).

If additional error codes were generated during POST, the POSTError Processor program would now display each error message inturn. If you follow the instructions that appear on your screen, youshould be able to handle any POST error that arises. After you re-solve any additional errors, you will find yourself at the Configura-tion/Setup Utility Program Main Menu shown in Figure 4.7.

IBM provides additional diagnostic programs for diagnosing soft-ware and hardware problems with the system preload. OAPlus/WINfor Windows and QAPlus/PRO for DOS are included with thepreinstalled software. OAPlus/WIN may also be run from systemswith IBM’s OS/2 operating system by opening the Easy Tools for OS/2from the OS/2 desktop. QAPlus/WIN and QAPlus/DOS diagnosticswill gather a large amount of information about your system, includ-ing device drivers, configuration information, and hardware prob-

Figure 4.7. Configuration/Setup Utility Program Main Menu on an IBMPC 300GL.

Configuration/Setup UtilitySelect Option:

* System Summary* Product Data* Devices and I/O Ports* Date and Time* System Security* Start Options* Advanced Setup* ISA Legacy Resources* Advanced Power Management

Save SettingsRestore SettingsLoad Default Settings

Exit Setup

<F1> Help <↑> <↓> Move<Esc> Exit <Enter> Select


lem isolation. Finally, if you still cannot resolve a problem, IBM pro-vides a program called CoSession with most of the desktop and Aptivasystems. CoSession is like having your own computer system experton-site. CoSession allows you to connect to the IBM HelpCenter andhave a support person use that program to diagnose your systemfrom a remote location.

Using the Configuration/Setup Utility

The Configuration/Setup Utility program is stored in the ElectricallyErasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM) of your com-puter. You can use the Configuration/Setup Utility program to viewand change the configuration settings of your computer, regardless ofwhich operating system you are using. However, the settings you se-lect in your operating system might override any similar settings inthe Configuration/Setup Utility program. The Configuration/SetupUtility provides specialized programs that can help you set up andmanage your personal pomputer. A very simple and effective way toexplore the programs provided on this utility is to run them. Thefollowing steps will help you explore the Configuration/Setup Utilityon your PC.

If you followed the POST procedure just given, the Configura-tion/Setup Utility Main Menu (shown in Figure 4.7) is currently onyour screen, and you can skip to the next section if you wish.

Starting the Configuration/Setup Utility

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on when youstart this procedure, you must shut down the operating system, turnoff the computer, wait a few seconds until all in-use lights go off, andrestart the computer. (Pressing F1 after Ctrl+Alt+Del will not acti-vate the Configuration/Setup Utility program.)

When the Configuration/Setup Utility prompt displays in thelower-left corner of the screen during startup, press F1. (This promptis displayed for only a few seconds. You must press F1 quickly.) Ifyou have not set a password, the Configuration/Setup Utility pro-gram menu is displayed. If you have set a password, the Configura-tion/Setup Utility program menu is not displayed until you type your


password at the prompt and press Enter. The Configuration/SetupUtility program might start automatically when POST detects thathardware has been removed or new hardware has been installed inyour computer.

Strolling Through the Main Menu

As shown in Figure 4.7, several choices are provided on the Configura-tion/Setup Utility Main Menu. The menu choices are selected by mov-ing the highlight bar to the selection by using the up and down arrowkeys and then pressing Enter. When a menu item is selected, either thedesired action will be performed or you will be presented with instruc-tions or a submenu that provides more detailed items from which tochoose. For simplicity, the following step-by-step procedures will askyou to select the menu item. If at any point in these procedures you getlost, repeatedly press the Esc key until you see the Main Menu in Fig-ure 4.7 and start that section of the procedure over again.

At most points during Reference Diskette interaction, you canget contextual help messages by pressing the F1 function key. Thesemessages will provide further explanation or instructions related tothe particular place you are at in the Configuration/Setup Utility. Ifno help is available at a given point in the program, pressing F1 willresult in a single beep. At any point during the following procedures,feel free to press F1 to review any help information available. Simplypress the Esc key to get rid of the help message, and you will be rightwhere you started. With the information given in these contextualhelp messages, you can take self-guided tours through any of the pro-grams in the Configuration/Setup Utility. The following sections willintroduce you to each item in the Configuration/Setup Utility MainMenu to help get you started.

Menu Option: System Summary

This menu item allows you to review the main components of yoursystem. The processor type and speed are given, along with informa-tion about the amount of installed memory, cache size, memory type,and installed disk/diskette drives. This screen is an information-onlyscreen, and no other actions are available. Pressing the Esc key willreturn you to the Main Menu.


Menu Option: Product Data

This menu item provides specific information about your PC ma-chine/type and model number, flash EEPROM revision level, systemserial number, and BIOS date. The Product Data option is also usedin a network environment with systems management products forasset control and tracking.

Menu Option: Devices and I/O Ports

This menu item allows you to update or change the IRQ level andaddress range for the serial and parallel ports. Use the up or downarrow keys to select an item on this menu. “Video Setup” may be se-lected to define and select the horizontal frequency range appropriatefor your display. You should refer to the manual that comes with yourvideo display unit for specific changes. The IDE drive setup should beused when adding additional IDE hard drives or a CD-ROM drive.

Menu Option: Date and Time

This menu item allows you set your computer’s internal clock. Youcan set the date and time in several ways. After selecting the Date andTime option from the Configuration/Setup Main Menu, just enter inthe new date and time. You may also set the date and time from youroperating system. If you are running IBM’s OS/2, go to System Setupand select “System Clock.” In Windows: First Steps or Program Man-ager, select “Set Date and Time.”

Menu Option: System Security

This menu item allows you to set your power-on password. Once apower-on password is set, you will be prompted for this passwordevery time the system is turned on before you can use it. An adminis-trator password is also provided to give system administrators accessto the Setup Utility. Once the administrator password is set, you willbe prompted for this password before you are given access to theSetup Utility. This level of protection is great for environments suchas schools, where you would want only the classroom administratorto have the ability to change system configurations. You may also


secure hard disk and diskette drives by disabling them. This featuremay be used in environments where there may be sensitive data on aserver and you would want to control the ability of a user to uploador download from diskettes. One more security feature, called POST/BIOS Update, when enabled, allows the POST/BIOS Update Utilityto be run from a remote system without requiring entry of your ad-ministrative password. This feature may only be available when youhave a network card installed in your system. What if you forgetyour power-on password? If you have forgotten your power-on pass-word, you can reset it from the system board by removing the com-puter cover, provided you have the cover lock key (on most commercialIBM PCs). Just follow the instructions in the guide to operations foryour computer.

Menu Option: Start Options

This menu option allows you to set the keyboard NumLock state andkeyboard speed. Also, you can select your startup device sequence. Inmost cases you will want to have your startup device first look for adiskette in drive A. If none is present, the system will then go to thehard disk drive. If no hard disk is present, the system will look for aCD-ROM drive. In addition to setting the device boot sequence, youmay also set the level of POST testing to be done at power-on timeand enable or disable virus detection. You will most likely want toenable virus detection. You will get a virus warning notice the firsttime you access the hard file boot sector. This is expected, so justpress the Enter key and your system will continue.

Menu Option: Power Management

Selection of this menu option brings up a submenu that allows you toconfigure power management, standby time, monitor mode, and harddisk spin down. Power management is a set of features that reducesthe power consumption by your computer. When you enable theStandby feature, it puts the display, microprocessor, and hard diskdrive into a reduced-power, or standby, state after a specified periodof inactivity. You can change the default setting minimum of 20 min-utes to up to 90 minutes in increments of 5 minutes. In Standby mode,the display is blanked and the hard disk drive spins down, entering a


reduced-power state. Any use of the keyboard or mouse will causethe computer to exit from the standby state and return to full-poweroperation.

The Scheduler feature works with your operating system, allow-ing you to wake up the computer from a standby state at a predeter-mined time to start a program or display a message. Wake Up onRing is another feature that allows you to select settings from youroperating system so that if your modem receives a call while yourcomputer is in a standby state, the computer begins to wake up onthe first ring. The Wake Up on Ring feature helps you turn your com-puter into telephone answering machine.

This concludes our tour of the Configuration/Setup Utility. Feelfree to go back and review any area of the Configuration/Setup. Usethe help messages (the F1 key) to get further information on any topic.

The Real Software—A Model

The term “software” is analogous to the term “publication.” News-papers are a category of publication. Annual reports, novels, andWho’s Who directories are some other categories of publications.These different categories fill very different needs. The same situa-tion exists with software. The different categories of software arediverse in function and purpose. We have just explored somespecial-purpose programs provided with personal computers. Theseprograms do not allow you to perform useful work, however.

The basic categories of real software used with all personal com-puters to perform useful work can be understood through the simplesoftware model shown in Figure 4.8. There are three basic categoriesor software layers commonly used with personal computers: the appli-cation program layer, the operating system layer, and the Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) layer. Although each software layer performsa completely different job, all three work closely together to performuseful work for the user. Some special-purpose programs don’t fitneatly into any of the three categories, but the majority of the soft-ware commonly used to perform business tasks does. Later chaptersfocus on the application and operating system layers. For now, let’sbriefly look at each of the three layers in our software model.


Application Programs

The top software layer in the software model is the application pro-gram layer, highlighted in Figure 4.9. The programs in this layer ap-ply personal computers to specific tasks such as word processing andcommunications. Thus, they are called application programs. Theyactually perform the task the user purchased the computer for, whilethe other two layers play important support roles.

The User’s View arrows in Figure 4.9 indicate that the user usu-ally interacts with the application program layer and less frequentlywith the operating system. By working closely with the other soft-ware layers, the application program processes the various keystrokesmade by the user and responds by displaying information on thecomputer’s display or some other output device.

As we see later in the chapter, newer personal computers can ex-ecute most of the application programs written for the original IBMPC. This allows personal computer users to capitalize on the thou-sands of application programs originally developed for IBM PCs and

Application Program

Operating System

BIOS

Hardware

User's view of Personal Computer

Memory

SystemBoard

Figure 4.8. Conceptual software model of the basic software structure ofpersonal computers. The three layers of the software model work together toperform useful work for the user.


compatibles. There is an application program that can help the userwith just about anything he or she wishes to do. Do you want a pro-gram that computes the number of eggs needed to completely fill aswimming pool? Look around. It may be hard to find, but it probablyexists. Some more common functions that application programs per-form in the business environment are accounting, financial modeling,word processing, database management, communications, and com-puter graphics. Application programs are discussed in Chapter 5.

Operating Systems

The next layer in our software model, called the operating system, ishighlighted in Figure 4.10. The operating system must manage thehardware resources of the computer system and perform tasks underthe control of application programs and keyboard/mouse/touch-screeninput from the user. The application program can rely on the operat-ing system to perform many of the detailed housekeeping tasks asso-ciated with the internal workings of the computer. Thus, the operating

Operating System

BIOS

Hardware


Memory

System Board

Application Program

Figure 4.9. The application program software layer of the software model.It is the application program that defines the particular task the computer isperforming for the user.


system is said to provide the environment in which application pro-grams execute. Operating systems also accept input directly from theuser to perform such tasks as formatting diskettes and clearing thescreen. Personal computer users have a choice of operating systems,as we will see in Chapter 6.

BIOS

The third and final layer of software in our software model is calledthe Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) layer, highlighted in Figure4.11. BIOS is a set of specialized programs that, unlike applicationprograms or operating systems, are used only by other programs.BIOS never interacts directly with the user and exists only to helpapplication programs and operating systems perform tasks. In fact,the user never even knows it’s there. BIOS assists the operating sys-tem and application programs in performing tasks directly involvingdetails of the computer hardware. BIOS also shields a computer pro-gram from the hardware specifics of computers, allowing these spe-

BIOS

Hardware


Memory

SystemBoard

Application Program

Operating System

Figure 4.10. The operating system software layer of the software model.The operating system provides the environment in which the applicationprogram(s) run.


cifics to evolve as new computers are designed without causing soft-ware compatibility problems. We further discuss the role of BIOSlater in the chapter.

Unlike operating systems or application programs that must beloaded into memory from disk, BIOS is permanently stored in theRead Only Memory (ROM) chips within the personal computer alongwith the POST program discussed earlier in the chapter. Many of thenewer personal computer models store a large portion of the BIOS inflash memory, which can be easily updated using special informationprovided on the reference diskette.

Most personal computers have both a compatibility BIOS and anadvanced BIOS. The compatibility BIOS is provided to preserve soft-ware compatibility with PCs. This same type of BIOS was suppliedwith all earlier PC computers. The advanced BIOS is a completelyindependent set of programs, also stored in the personal computer’sROM (or flash memory). Advanced BIOS provides a more advancedset of programming tools used by operating system programmers andprovides specific support for the multiapplication environment dis-cussed in Chapter 5.

Figure 4.11. The BIOS software layer of the software model. BIOS directlycontrols the hardware elements of personal computers and shields applicationprograms and operating systems from the hardware details.

Hardware


Memory

SystemBoard

Application Program

Operating System

BIOS


How the Layers Work Together

To get a feel for how these three software layers work together toperform tasks for the user, let’s quickly trace a typical series of eventsthat might occur when you strike a key during a computer session.

In our example depicted in Figure 4.12, a salesperson is using aword processing program to type a memo to a prospective customer.Here is what the various software layers are doing: The word process-ing application program has just finished processing the latest lettertyped, an “a” in our example, and has instructed the operating system

Figure 4.12. Salesperson typing a letter using a word processing applica-tion program. The salesperson is about to strike the “n” key on the keyboard,which is the next letter in “assistance.”

��

��

��

��

��!��"

��# ��$��%��&%��!��' ��

(�� #�# �$ ��#��)��$�#��$��'��# �$ �!

��*��'� #�+��)��#�#%��$�� ,

��#��$��-

.��/��

0�*�� $ ��

�� *)��

0��'��1

�$��%��$��2%��*-��- ��$��3�!3


to provide the next keystroke when it is available and also to send thekeystroke to the display. In compliance with the request, the operatingsystem asks BIOS to provide the next keystroke when available.

Now that the stage is set, let’s see what happens when the sales-person types the next letter, “n,” in the word “assistance.” The seriesof events is depicted in Figure 4.13. Depressing the N key causes thekeyboard to send a scan code, corresponding to the depressed key,over the keyboard cable to the keyboard port on the system boardwithin the personal computer. The keyboard port signals BIOS that ascan code has been received. The keyboard BIOS routine accepts thescan code, sends an acknowledgment back to the keyboard, and trans-

Application Program accepts keystroke and instructs the Operating System to look for the next keystroke

Operating System passes keystroke to Application Program and sends the ''n'' to the video BIOS

➀

➃

➄

➂

➅

➁

➆

Keyboard BIOS routine accepts code, translates into ''n'' and passes it to the Operating System

Code corresponding to depressed key sent over cable to keyboard port on the System Board

User strikes ''n'' on keyboard

''n'' appears on the display

Video circuitry

Keyboard port hardware

BIOS

OPERATING SYSTEM

APPLICATION PROGRAM

Video BIOS sends ''n'' to graphics circuitry

HARDWAREKeyboard cable

Figure 4.13. Flow of a typical keystroke through the software layers in oursoftware model.


lates the scan code into the intended meaning. Since BIOS can tellthat the shift key is not depressed, the scan code is interpreted as thelowercase “n” and is sent to the operating system. The operatingsystem accepts the translated keystroke from BIOS, passes the char-acter to the word processing program, and then sends the characterto the user’s display (Figure 4.14). The word processing program thentells the operating system to monitor for the next keystroke, and theprocess starts all over again.

For simplicity, we have glossed over many of the detailed stepsthat the computer must perform simply to interpret and display asingle keystroke. As complicated as this process may be, computers

Pat Morgan

Way Side Tackle Box

1234 Kelli Road

Pensacola, FL 33432

Dear Ms. Morgan:

Please find enclosed the catalog you requested. We carry a wide

variety of fishing tackle for both fresh and saltwater fishing.

Please let me know if I can be of further assistan_

Press F1 for help

Nancy Hoskins

Acme Fishing Tackle

1232 Kimberli Road

Anytown, FL 33445

"n" appears on the user's screen

Figure 4.14. Salesperson’s computer screen after typing the “n.”


easily perform these steps in small fractions of a second. You canbegin to get a feel for the speed at which computers operate.

Similar but more complicated cooperation among the three soft-ware layers occurs for most functions performed by the computer,such as reading or writing a file on a disk, communicating over theserial port, and so forth.

Setting Up Your Workspace

To get the most from your computer, arrange both the equipmentyou use and your work area to suit your needs and the kind of workyou do. Your comfort is of foremost importance, but light sources,air circulation, and the location of electrical outlets can also affectthe way you arrange your workspace.

Getting Comfortable

Choose a good chair to reduce the frequency of fatigue from sittingin the same position for a long time. The backrest and seat shouldadjust independently and provide good support. The seat should havea curved front to relieve pressure on the thighs. Adjust the seat sothat your thighs are parallel to the floor and your feet are either flaton the floor or on a footrest. When using the keyboard, keep yourforearms parallel to the floor and your wrists in a neutral, comfort-able position.

Lighting

Position the monitor and adjust the tilt to minimize glare and reflec-tions from overhead lights, windows, and other light sources. Place itat right angles to windows and other light sources whenever pos-sible. Reduce overhead lighting, if necessary, by turning off lights orusing lower-wattage bulbs. If you install the monitor near a window,use curtains or blinds to block the sunlight. You might have to adjustthe Brightness and Contrast controls on the monitor as the roomlighting changes throughout the day.


Where it is impossible to avoid reflections or to adjust the light-ing, place an antiglare filter over the screen. However, these filtersmight affect the clarity of the image on the screen; try them only afteryou have exhausted other methods of reducing glare.

Software Compatibility—Will PC Programs Work?

The popularity enjoyed by PCs is largely a result of the wide varietyof programs that have been developed for these computers. The flex-ibility afforded by virtue of this large and diverse software base al-lows PCs to fill many different needs. Of course, the sea of PC softwaredid not exist when the original IBM PC was first announced. It tookthe independent efforts of a great many people over several years’time to develop the large software base that exists today for PCs. Tocapitalize on that software base, compatibility was a primary objec-tive in the design of all personal computers. That is, most programswritten for the original IBM PC will run on all personal computers.Although many things are changed in them as improvements in tech-nology and design are made, personal computers still possess a highdegree of software compatibility with the original IBM PCs.

What Is Meant by “PC Compatibility”?

Computers that can execute most programs originally written forPCs are said to be PC compatible. Notice, the definition says mostprograms. The changes in hardware components, speed, or architec-tures necessary to evolve computers to new levels of performancemay introduce some level of incompatibility.

It is important to understand that of the three software layers inour software model, compatibility with programs in the applicationprograms layer is the most important. Why? First of all, applicationprograms typically represent the lion’s share of a user’s software in-vestment. Further, being forced to abandon an application programdue to incompatibilities may make the user throw away whateverdata and training or experience has accumulated with the applica-tion program—both of which can be substantial. Some users havedeveloped custom application programs at considerable cost in de-


velopment time and money. Incompatibility at the application pro-gram level would render these programs useless. Last, and perhapsmost important, application-layer compatibility allows personal com-puter users to select from the thousands of application programs thathave appeared for PCs.

What about the operating system and BIOS layers? Maintainingcompatibility with earlier versions of operating system software isnot as important for several reasons. Operating systems typically rep-resent only a small fraction of the user’s software investment. Fur-ther, it is usually necessary to purchase a new version of a givenoperating system when migrating to a new computer in order to fullyenjoy the new hardware features. For example, Windows 2000 is anew version of the Microsoft Windows operating system—enhancedto provide more function and support the growing number of de-vices, among other things. Of course, the user is automatically sup-plied with a new BIOS layer in the personal computer’s ROM thatfully supports the new hardware while maintaining the importantsoftware compatibility layer.

What Affects “Compatibility”?

Given the importance of PC compatibility at the application programlevel, what was required to maintain this compatibility in personalcomputers? Basically, the application must be presented with the sameview of the computer system as in earlier PCs. That is, the Applica-tion Program Interface (API) presented by personal computers mustbe the same as that of the earlier PCs. This API consists of multiplecomponents, as shown in Figure 4.15. It consists of all elements thatinteract with the application program. From the figure, we can seethat the application program interacts with both the operating sys-tem and the BIOS layers. These comprise the major parts of the APIthat must be preserved to maintain software compatibility with ap-plication programs. Operating systems used with personal comput-ers maintain a high degree of compatibility with earlier DOS releases.We examine compatibility issues of the operating systems more closelyin Chapter 6. The personal computer’s BIOS also maintains compat-ibility with earlier versions of BIOS.

Through examining our software model, it seems that maintain-ing the operating system and BIOS compatibility is all that is neces-


sary to maintain compatibility at the application program level. Inreality, however, application programs don’t always follow the con-ventional interaction illustrated in our software model. Instead, theseapplication programs bypass the other software layers and interactdirectly with the hardware elements of the computer. This interac-tion is depicted in Figure 4.16. When an application program inter-acts directly with the hardware, the hardware becomes part of the

Operating System

BIOS

Hardware

Memory

Application Program

System Board

Application Program

Application Program

Application Program

Application Program

Application Program

Application ProgramApplication Program

Application Program Interface

=

Figure 4.15. The operating system and BIOS are the major elements of theApplication Program Interface.


API and therefore must be precisely preserved to maintain compat-ibility with that application program. Why do application program-mers choose to manipulate the hardware elements directly? Often,direct interaction with hardware elements can enhance speed or helpimplement copy protection. To maintain compatibility with applica-tion programs that directly manipulate the hardware, personal com-puters have preserved critical hardware interfaces as they existed in

Figure 4.16. When an application program interacts directly with thehardware elements, the hardware also becomes part of the API.

4-�� *

�+4�

/��'��

��*��

0--� �� *

��*��

0--� �� *

0--� �� *

0--� �� *

0--� �� *

0--� �� *

0--� �� *+��#��

5

0--� �� *

0--� �� *

/��'��)��*��-��#��$��0�+


PCs. These include graphics circuitry registers, serial port registers,and many other hardware details.

Which Programs Are or Are Not Compatible?

A general discussion of compatibility is good for understanding theissues, but business users want to know exactly which programs areor are not compatible with their personal computer. The best way todetermine your personal computer’s compatibility with a given appli-cation program is through exhaustively executing the program undera variety of conditions. This is exactly what the software publishersdo to test their software on various computer systems. Contact thesoftware publisher of the application of interest and ask. You canalso choose to simply run the program and see what happens. Be-ware, however: Subtle incompatibilities may cause problems notreadily observable by the user in a casual check.


212

5

Application Programs

In Chapter 4 we saw that there are three basic software layers inpersonal computers that cooperate to perform useful work for theuser. This chapter concentrates on the top layer of the model—theapplication programs. Application programs actually apply the per-sonal computer’s computational power to a particular business task.This chapter discusses the difference between prewritten and customapplication programs. It then covers the five major functions pro-vided by business application programs. Finally, the all-importantrelationship between the application program and the operating sys-tem is discussed.

This chapter is by no means a consumers’ guide to applicationprograms. Comprehensive coverage of the thousands of business ap-plication program products available today would fill many booksand would quickly become obsolete. Instead, this chapter provides ageneral discussion of topics to consider when planning your applica-tion program strategy.

Application Program Alternatives

There are two basic alternatives when acquiring application programsto fill your business needs:

Application Programs 213

• Prewritten application programs

• Custom application programs

Prewritten application programs are offered as complete off-the-shelf products by various software publishers. Custom applica-tion programs are not off-the-shelf products; rather, they are speciallydeveloped to the exact specifications defined by a particular customer.Let’s examine each of these alternatives more closely.

Prewritten Application Programs

Today’s prewritten application programs range from simple programs thatconcentrate on a very specific task to powerful and very complex groupsof programs designed to work together. They perform a myriad of func-tions as diverse as the environments in which you find computers today.

Despite this diversity, most of the application programs commonlyfound in business are an implementation or combination of five basicfunctions, which we call the Big Five:

1. Word processing

2. Spreadsheets

3. Database management

4. Business graphics/multimedia

5. Communications

Many prewritten application programs are direct and general imple-mentations of these Big Five functions, resulting in tools that are moreflexible than a pencil and paper. Other prewritten applications combinespecialized implementations of the Big Five functions, which results inprograms more tailored to the specific needs of a business or industrysuch as accounting (database), project scheduling (database and graph-ics), and so forth.

Two early problems users had with the Big Five were with incon-sistences in the user interfaces between programs and lack of ability


to easily move data between them (e.g., moving spreadsheet informa-tion or graphics into a word processing document). This problemwas solved with the advent of integrated suites using a common in-terface that can easily work with each application program. IBM nowincludes Lotus SmartSuite with every Aptiva and PC desktop. Wewill examine integrated applications more later, but first let’s exam-ine the basic functions of the Big Five.

Word Processing

Word processing application programs allow personal computers togenerate virtually any kind of document. The user types in docu-ments on the keyboard in much the same way as with a typewriter.Since the document is temporarily stored in memory, it can easily bemodified.

Basic capabilities found in even the simplest word processing pro-gram include changing, inserting, moving, and deleting text. Today’sword processing programs offer other important features such as spellchecking, grammar checking, and automatic generation of tables ofcontents, page numbers, and indexes. Still more advanced word pro-cessing programs provide for desktop publishing, which allows youto combine text and graphics in documents and print “camera ready”results on a high-quality printer. The advantages of word processingover manual methods combined with the common need to createdocuments, have made word processing one of the most popular ap-plications in the business environment.

A personal computer along with a good word processing applica-tion program will quickly spoil anyone used to a typewriter and willrival the conventional word processing systems. First of all, the graph-ics circuitry provided with every personal computer generates supe-rior alphanumeric characters that are easier to read than those ofearlier PCs. The graphics circuitry and popular software also allowfor custom type styles or custom character sets, providing more flex-ibility. The antiglare screen on personal computer displays is alsoeasier on the eyes during the long hours often associated with wordprocessing. The Enhanced Keyboard is designed for maximum typ-ing ease and efficiency.

After you finish with a document, you can store it on the stan-dard fixed disk or on a diskette. For example, the 2.88 MB diskettesused by several personal computers can hold over 1,500 double-spaced


pages of text and fit in your shirt pocket or purse, providing for easytransport of long documents. The various letter-quality printers sup-ported by personal computers generate clear, crisp documents.

Spreadsheets

Computers were originally developed to do numerical calculations.An extremely popular way of working with numbers on personalcomputers is through spreadsheet application programs. These areprograms that allow you to enter numbers and equations in a free-formmanner. Virtually any calculations you can do on a sheet of paper canbe done automatically through the use of a spreadsheet program.Common applications of spreadsheet models include financial analy-sis, sales monitoring, and forecasting. Through these mathematicalmodels, “what if” questions are quickly answered by changing theparameters (cells) in the model and watching the effects of the changeripple through the entire spreadsheet. Spreadsheets were quick to catchon in the PC marketplace because the blackboard format employedby these programs is very familiar and immediately useful to evennovice users.

The large memory capabilities available on personal computersand their operating systems allow for the construction of extremelycomplex and powerful spreadsheet models. The performance rangeavailable in the IBM personal computer line allows users to selectcomputing power appropriate for their particular task. Most spread-sheet application programs can take advantage of the personalcomputer’s graphics capability to generate high-quality graphs.

Database Management

To deal with large amounts of information efficiently, it is necessaryto organize the information in a uniform manner. For example, theinformation in a telephone book is organized into an alphabetical listof names, addresses, and telephone numbers. If you have ever lifted aManhattan telephone book, you know that phone books can containa fair amount of information.

Computers also require information to be organized in some fash-ion. Database management application programs are the major toolfor organizing large amounts of information through computers.Database managers typically organize information into files, records,


and fields. Don’t be intimidated by the words. This is exactly how theinformation in a phone book is structured. Figure 5.1 shows a sampletelephone book listing and the corresponding computer database struc-ture. The phone book itself is analogous to a file or set of informa-tion, also called a database. The information about one person in thephone book is analogous to a record. The records contain the infor-mation for a given entry, and each record contains the same type ofinformation about its respective entry. In this case, a record wouldcontain the name, address, and phone number of a person. Each ofthese three items would be analogous to a field within a record. Forexample, the address part of a phone book entry would be called the“address field.”

Manually looking up information in a phone book quickly be-comes fatiguing. The same is true for manually manipulating anylarge body of information. Once the information is entered into adatabase application program, however, it can be retrieved quicklyand easily. Databases can contain information about a store’s inven-tory, a library’s books, personnel records, medical records, or virtu-ally any other collection of data. Organizations such as banks, airlines,and insurance companies commonly use extremely large databasesshared by many users. Office workers and executives may use data-base application programs to maintain personal telephone books andappointment calendars. Many database application programs alsoprovide a complete programming language that allows users to cus-tomize their database environments.

Figure 5.1. (a) The information structure used in a telephone book. (b) Thesame information organized into a data structure. In order to manipulatelarge amounts of information efficiently, it is necessary first to organize theinformation into a consistent format. The organization used by databaseapplication programs is not unlike that used in a telephone book.

�� !��"� ��

#!�$�%��#&""��''%��#��(%

��"�(��"�(��"�(�

�� !��"�

��

)!�$�*+,�-"

)&""��''*+,�-"

)��!�*+,�-"

.�-�/��0�� $/1��)"��0�'�*�+,-�

#0%�2�+��$��,��,3�"�04��"��0�'��//-,��,��/��$

#�%�2�+��$��,��,3�"�,��-�/��0��

��


The fixed disks used with personal computers provide enoughstorage for the construction of large databases. For comparison, a360 MB microdrive can hold a name/address database of about 4million names and a 1 GB MB fixed disk can hold over 14 millionnames and addresses. With 4 GB of fixed storage, you can store over60 million names and addresses. Again, the range of performanceavailable in today’s IBM personal computer line allows users to selectthe level of performance necessary.

Business Graphics and Multimedia

Since Neanderthal times, people have drawn images to present andinterpret information. Images are native to humans and thus are en-joyable and powerful communication devices. The greater the amountof information to be conveyed, the greater the need for graphic repre-sentations. It is no surprise, then, that business relies heavily on im-ages to convey information to customers, employees, management,and so on. With the increased use of computers, it is also no surprisethat computer-generated images, or computer graphics, are commonin today’s business environment.

Business graphics application programs provide the user with atool to construct a computer image. These programs vary widely inprice and function. Some products accept numerical information fromthe user and create representative line graphs, bar charts, and piecharts. Others provide the user with a free-form drawing tool, lim-ited only by the user’s imagination. Some programs have predefinedlibraries of images such as animals, airplanes, ships, symbols, andstate and country outlines. Once an image is defined, it can be savedon disk, printed, or photographed to make full-color slide presenta-tions. Some programs can sequence through a series of images andprovide automated presentations right on the computer screen.

In Chapter 3, we covered some optional adapters that allow per-sonal computers to capture, edit, and replay video and audio fromstandard video and audio input devices. This rapidly growing area iscalled multimedia. With multimedia-capable personal computer con-figurations, single images or full-motion video sequences from stan-dard video cameras, television broadcasts, cable TV, or videodiskplayers can be displayed on a standard personal computer display orcaptured and stored in digital form on a personal computer fixeddisk. Similarly, audio signals such as music or sound effects can be


played back or captured and stored in fixed disk storage on a per-sonal computer. The multimedia application software then allows youto edit the images, video, and audio as necessary, and to create strik-ing presentations played back over the personal computer and asso-ciated hardware.

These presentations can be automatically sequenced, or they canbe made interactive so that users can tailor the course of the presen-tation to suit their particular needs (by interacting with a keyboard,mouse, or touch screen, for example). In the retail industry, a multi-media program can be used to present customers with a computer-based clothing catalog, which allows the customer to select an itemand then shows full-motion video of models wearing the clothing. Inanother retail application, a record store could allow customers toselect from a list of record albums. When the customer makes a selec-tion, the multimedia personal computer could play segments of thesongs on the album and show the album jacket. In education envi-ronments, students could learn about hurricanes by reading text andwatching full-motion video of a hurricane’s destructive force.

The applications of multimedia are limited only by the imagina-tion. As multimedia technology continues to drop in cost and im-prove in sophistication, multimedia capabilities promise to becomeas commonplace as graphical user interfaces are today. Multimedia isa growing application area that promises to change the face of per-sonal computing as we know it today. IBM personal computers canbe configured for use in high-quality graphics or multimedia applica-tions. Several desktop models are specially designed for multimediaapplications.

Communications

Simply stated, it is the job of the communications application pro-gram to move information from one computer to another. You canthink of communications as the element that ties the other four of theBig Five together. For example, communications allows documentsgenerated by word processing application programs or images cre-ated by graphics application programs to be electronically sent any-where in the world in just minutes. Since communications applicationprograms often work so closely with the other types of applicationprograms, they are often combined with the others into a single prod-uct. For example, a spreadsheet or database application program may


be capable of communicating directly with a larger host computer inorder to access the large computer’s database. In this case, the userneed not be bothered with the details of communication and may noteven know it is occurring.

IBM personal computers have a family of communications fea-ture cards and application programs that provide the performanceand function required to perform almost any communication task.Chapter 7 is devoted to discussing the communication configurationsthat allow personal computers to participate in many communica-tions environments.

Variations on the Big Five

Many general-purpose application programs have been developed byemploying combinations and variations of the Big Five functions toperform various tasks. The first and simplest variation of the Big Fiveapplication programs is combining several of the Big Five functionsinto a single all-in-one application program product. Just like all-in-onefood processors and all-in-one pocket knives, all-in-one applicationprograms, also called integrated application programs, enjoy wide-spread popularity and can be very useful in almost any business envi-ronment. There are application programs that combine, for example,the spreadsheet, database, and graphics programs into a single prod-uct. Another approach is to provide a series of programs designed towork together. The series approach maintains many of the advan-tages of integrated programs while allowing users to purchase onlythe functions they need.

Series and integrated application programs have some advantagesover an equivalent collection of independent application programs.First of all, because all the functions are designed by the same person,users see a consistent user interface across the different functions.The user doesn’t have to remember the different conventions pre-sented by two independent application programs. Another advan-tage of series and integrated application programs is that they allowusers to easily move information between the different functions withinthe package. For example, data generated by the spreadsheet part ofthe integrated program can be transferred to the graphics part toproduce graphs of the information. The data transfer between inde-pendent application programs may not be so simple. A disadvantageof integrated applications, however, is that you don’t select the indi-


vidual applications, they are chosen for you by the developer of theintegrated application program. For example, if you don’t like theword processing part of the integrated package, you can’t replace it.

With Lotus SmartSuite (included with many of IBM’s Aptivas anddesktops), you get five applications that are designed to work to-gether. For spreadsheet operations there is Lotus 1-2-3, which alsointegrates charting and business graphics. Lotus Approach is ahigh-powered database that integrates reporting, forms, mailings, andanalyses. Lotus Word Pro is a word processor for creating documents.Lotus Freelance Graphics provides the ability to create presentationsfrom customizable SmartMasters or templates. You also get LotusOrganizer, which provides a calendar, “to do” list, planner, addressbook, call manager, and notepad.

Aside from integrated application programs that are direct com-binations of the Big Five, programmers have developed other types ofapplication programs by combining more specialized versions of theBig Five. These combinations of the Big Five applications are designedto perform more specific tasks such as appointment calendaring (da-tabase and graphics) and telephone management (database and com-munications).

A common requirement in today’s environment is the need toshare and work on information by people across a group. This hasled to a new combination of the Big Five called groupware. Groupware(such as Lotus Notes) helps groups of people work together moreeffectively by sharing documents, data, and messages across a net-work. Lotus Notes provides a new way for teams to collaborate andcoordinate strategic business processes. The simplest implementationof Lotus Notes would be at a departmental level sharing a LotusNotes database on a LAN (Local Area Network). Extending beyonddepartmental and organizational barriers across the World Wide Web,the newest version of Lotus Notes, called Lotus Domino, combinesmessaging, groupware, and the Internet to provide a collaborativecomputing environment.

The prewritten application programs discussed up to this pointare of a highly general nature and are able to fill the needs of diversebusiness environments. They were designed to be as general as pos-sible to cover the largest market possible—an “all things to all people”approach. For example, the same database application program mightbe used to fill the needs of a tackle shop and a restaurant. Sometimesthese general-purpose programs cannot meet the needs of a specific


business or professional environment. In such cases, another type ofprewritten application program, called a vertical market applicationprogram, may be more desirable. “Vertical market” refers to a subsetof computer users with common and very specific application pro-gram needs. For example, a real estate office has different applica-tion program needs than a dental practice does. Each would benefitby an appropriate prewritten, yet highly specialized, vertical marketapplication program.

Many software publishers have put a great deal of effort intodeveloping vertical market programs for PCs. As a result, many highlyspecific business and professional environments are addressed by ver-tical market application programs. There are vertical market appli-cations designed for insurance companies, law practices, churches,auto leasing companies, manufacturing companies, and more. Thevertical market program approach may initially be more expensivethan the general application program approach, but if the formerresults in more efficient operation of your business, it will save moneyin the long run.

Custom Application Programs

Prewritten application programs fit many needs the way a mitten fitsa hand. They are relatively inexpensive, flexible, and convenient tools.In some cases, however, the user may find that the fit of the applica-tion program must be that of a tight glove. This is especially true inenvironments where a personal computer is needed to perform un-usual and specific tasks or where there is a need to conform to exist-ing company procedures. In these cases, it is often better to developcustom application programs written to your exact specifications.Custom applications also consist of the Big Five functions describedearlier, especially the database, graphics, and communications func-tions, but are tailored to your particular hardware and software en-vironment and conform to your existing company policies andprocedures.

Custom application programs usually are written either by a pro-grammer within the company or by an outside consulting firm. Ineither case, the basic development steps are first to define a softwarespecification that describes what the program will do and then towrite a preliminary version of the program, demonstrating the func-


tion that eventually will be in the final program. This preliminaryversion is evaluated by the user and the specification altered to reflectany needed changes. Finally, the actual program is written and theninstalled at the user’s location. Typically, training will be provided bythe developer and any problems ironed out. Once the user acceptsthe program, additional support is usually on a fee basis.

Custom application program development is initially more ex-pensive and time-consuming than the prewritten application programapproach. In many environments, however, this additional expenseand time can be recovered by the increased productivity that can re-sult from custom applications that precisely fit the needs of the envi-ronment. An additional benefit of custom application programs istheir ability to change as your company changes. Getting modifica-tions to prewritten application programs may be more difficult orimpossible in some cases.

Operating System Dependencies

As you may remember from Chapter 4, there is a great deal of inter-action between the application program and the operating systemlayer. This interaction occurs through the Application Program Inter-face (API), or boundary between the application program and oper-ating system layers, as shown in Figure 5.2. Due to this interaction,application programs depend on the API provided by a particularoperating system and cannot be executed under a dissimilar operat-ing system without change.

In terms of operating system dependency, four types of applica-tion programs are of primary interest: DOS application programs,Windows application programs, Operating System/2 native applica-tion programs, and AIX application programs.

DOS application programs are those designed to run under thepopular Disk Operating System (DOS) environment supported sincethe original IBM PC. Historically, the API provided by DOS has de-fined the standard for PC compatibility, and the majority of today’s PCapplication programs depend on the classic DOS interface. The DOSAPI has consistently been maintained as new releases of DOS wereintroduced so that existing DOS applications will run. Today, DOS isstill a popular operating system for personal computers. The main limi-


tation of DOS application programs is that they must usually run in amaximum memory size of 640 KB. This memory limit is inherent inthe design of the original PC and still exists in older PCs running aDOS environment. Further, DOS applications are primarily designedto allow the user to run only one application program at a time. Al-though there are ways both to break the 640 KB memory limit and torun multiple programs in the DOS world, as we will see in the nextchapter, they are not general solutions to these limitations.

Windows application programs are those specially designed towork in the popular Windows products (Windows, Windows 95/98,Windows 2000, and Windows NT) developed by Microsoft. Win-dows provides an environment that overcomes the 640 KB limita-tion, which is a carryover from the architecture of the original IBMPC. Windows also allows the user to subdivide the display into sev-eral smaller areas and work with multiple DOS or Windows applica-tion programs at the same time. This ability is called multi-applicationand fits quite naturally into the business environment, as we will seein Chapter 6. The graphical user interface provided by Windows andWindows application programs typically makes the personal com-puter easier to use.

Operating System

BIOS

Hardware

User's view of IBM Personal Computer

MemoryApplication Program

System Board

Portion of Application Program Interface presented by operating system

Figure 5.2. The Application Program Interface (API). Application pro-grams typically depend on the specific API presented by an operating system.


OS/2 native application programs are specifically written to rununder Operating System/2 (OS/2) and cannot be run under DOS orDOS/Windows. OS/2, originally introduced with the PS/2 family, wasredesigned from the ground up to provide a graphical user interfaceand a sophisticated multi-application environment in which the usercan run DOS, Windows, and OS/2 native application programs si-multaneously.

AIX application programs are those specifically designed to work withthe Advanced Interactive Executive (AIX) Operating system. This is amulti-application, multiuser operating system for personal computers.

The next chapter looks more closely at today’s operating systems.


225

6

Operating Systems

Few topics in the personal computer area create more confusion andapprehension than the operating system. Never before has the userhad more operating system alternatives. This chapter is designed tohelp remove some of the mystery associated with operating systemsused on IBM personal computers. It is designed to familiarize youwith operating system topics, such as multi-application and ExtendedMemory, and how these concepts apply to the business environment.It also discusses specific operating system products for IBM personalcomputers.

Introduction to Operating System Concepts

The operating system provides the interface that allows the user andapplication programs to interact with the personal computer. Amongother things, the user can interact directly with the operating system’suser interface to manage files on a disk, prepare a new diskette foruse, and initiate application programs. The operating system alsoperforms tasks directly under the control of the application programwithout any user assistance. The application program initiates tasks


by interacting directly with the operating system through the operat-ing system’s Application Program Interface (API). The API simplifiesthe job of the application programmer because he or she need not getinvolved with the details of hardware interaction. Further, when anapplication uses the API, it is shielded from changes in the computerhardware as new computers are developed. That is, the operatingsystem can be changed to support new computer hardware while pre-serving the API, allowing application programs to run on the newcomputer.

To understand the differences among the various operating sys-tems used with IBM personal computers, it is necessary to under-stand a few basic concepts:

• Multi-application

• Multiuser

• Real mode

• Protected mode

• Virtual 8086 mode

What Is Multi-Application?

Multi-application, also called multitasking, is the ability of some op-erating systems to simultaneously run two or more independent ap-plication programs. The opposite of multi-application is singleapplication, which means that the computer user must finish usingone program before another can be started. Although this is howmost early PCs were used, the development of multi-application op-erating systems is opening new possibilities. We will examine severaloperating systems for personal computers that allow various degreesof multi-application.

Many people confuse multi-application with the term “multiuser,”which refers to the ability to share a single computer system betweentwo or more users simultaneously. Although a multiuser capabilityusually implies a multi-application capability, the converse is not true.


How Is Multi-Application Useful?

A multi-application environment offers the user two distinct advan-tages over a single-application environment:

• Program switching

• Background processing

Program switching allows the user to load and start several appli-cation programs and instantly move from one to the other with a fewkeystrokes. The user can also return to the original application pro-gram exactly where he or she left off. To change applications in asingle-application environment, the user must save all work, termi-nate the current application program, load and start the new applica-tion program, and call up the desired file.

Background processing allows the user to initiate a program (e.g.,file transfer over a communications link, printing a document, etc.)and then switch to another program and start other work while theoriginal program is still performing its tasks unattended. The origi-nal program is said to be in the background. It will continue to workas long as no user input is required.

Let’s look at a typical business environment example to illustratehow multi-application naturally fits in. Meet our typical business-man, Gerald. Gerald is a salesperson for a hardware distributor. Hehas a PC, which he uses for word processing, spreadsheets, databasemanagement, and electronic mail. Gerald’s operating system supportsmulti-application of these four programs.

Gerald comes into work and turns on his PC. The system haspreviously been configured to automatically load and start all fourapplication programs. A menu appears on the screen listing the fourapplication programs that have been started, as shown in Figure 6.1.With today’s graphical user interfaces, small graphical images (i.e.,icons) would be used to represent each of the four application pro-grams, but for our purposes, we will keep it simple.

Let’s say Gerald decides to compile last month’s sales figures us-ing his spreadsheet program. He would select the “Spreadsheet” menuoption, immediately bringing the spreadsheet program from the back-ground to the foreground.


When a program is moved into the foreground, the user can in-teract with it through the keyboard or mouse and display in the nor-mal fashion. All of the other application programs are in thebackground, and the user cannot interact with them. Gerald thenloads his sales report file and begins compiling this month’s figures.A few minutes later, his boss comes in and asks for a preliminarycopy of the new sales campaign Gerald had mentioned earlier. Geraldhits a key that places the spreadsheet program into the backgroundand recalls the Application menu. Gerald then selects “Word Pro-cessing,” bringing his word processing program into the foreground.He prints a copy of the sales campaign report for the boss, and aftersome discussion the boss leaves, just as the phone begins to ring.

PROGRAM SELECTOR

word processing

spreadsheet

communications

data base

Figure 6.1. Sample Program Selector used to start, stop, and switchbetween application programs.


It is the purchasing department, and they want to verify the partnumber for some bolts Gerald had ordered earlier. Gerald again hitsa key, placing the word processing program in the background andrecalling the Application menu. This time Gerald selects “Database,”which calls his database manager program to the foreground. Hethen queries his database for information on the particular kind ofbolt he ordered. After all questions have been answered, Gerald hangsup and hits a key that places the database program in the backgroundand calls up the Application menu. He selects “Spreadsheet” and isimmediately returned to his sales spreadsheet, right where he left off.

The point of this example is to illustrate that the office environ-ment is one in which workers are often interrupted in the middle ofone task to perform another. The program-swapping capability ofmulti-application fits naturally into this interruption-driven environ-ment by allowing the user to easily switch back and forth betweenmany application programs as the interruptions occur.

Let’s extend the example a little further to examine how the back-ground processing ability of multi-application can be useful. AfterGerald is done with the sales figures, he creates some graphical charts,then saves the spreadsheet file. Gerald must now send the updatedspreadsheet file over a modem link to the district office. Gerald hits akey calling up the Application menu. This time, he selects “Commu-nications,” calling his communications program into the foreground.He then establishes the communications link and initiates the trans-mission of the sales figures to the home office. Because the spread-sheet containing the figures with graphical charts is quite large (4MB), the transmission will take over 30 minutes at 14 Kbps.

If Gerald didn’t have multi-application capability, his computerwould now be tied up for the duration of this transmission, prevent-ing him from using it for other tasks. However, because Gerald doeshave multi-application capability, he can place the communicationsprogram into the background by hitting a key. The communicationsprogram will continue unattended until the transmission is complete.While this communications program is still running in the background,Gerald selects “Word Processing” and continues to work on his pro-posed sales campaign. This simple example could be expanded tohaving additional programs running in the background doing thingssuch as recalculating a large spreadsheet, printing a document, anddownloading a file from a host computer. The program swapping


and background processing capabilities available in a multi-applicationenvironment fit quite naturally in the business workplace.

Note that because your computer system is running multiple ap-plication programs at once, the performance of each individual pro-gram will be reduced as compared to a single-application environment.However, program switching and background processing will workto improve the overall productivity of the user.

What Is Multiuser?

A system is said to be a multiuser system when a single system unit isrunning the programs of two or more independent users. With amultiuser system, users have their own displays and keyboards, andfeel as if they are the only users of the computer. The multiuser com-puter system, unknown to the users, acts as moderator and ensuresthat each user gets a fair share of work done. It does this by keepingeach user’s work separate and by quickly switching back and forthbetween users, performing increments of work for each. The result ofthis time slicing is that all the users’ programs seem to be runningsimultaneously.

How Is Multiuser Useful?

The multiuser computing environment is nothing new to businessusers of computers. Most of today’s businesses own or have access toa multiuser computer system of some type. The most obvious advan-tage of a multiuser computer system is that one computer can besimultaneously shared by more than one person. This eliminates theline that tends to form in businesses that have only a single-user com-puter. Typically, however, it takes a more powerful (and thus moreexpensive) computer system to handle multiple users than it would tohandle just one—so why not just buy multiple single-user comput-ers? In some cases this decision will make sense.

The trouble comes when the users, as is inevitable, discover aneed to share equipment and, more important, information. Withvarious independent computers, it is difficult for users to share com-puter programs and data. Let’s consider a simple example to illus-trate this point. Say a group of clerks are responsible for doing a


monthly analysis of accounts receivable (A/R) for a hospital. Theyperform an aged A/R analysis, generate a report, and save their analysisfor consolidation into an annual A/R report at the end of the year. Inan environment in which everyone is using his or her own single-usercomputer system, the clerks would go to the accountant (using his orher independent computer) and get a set of diskettes with the currentmonth’s A/R information, bring these back to their stations, and copythe A/R information to their fixed disks. Although procedures are inplace to ensure that each clerk gets the diskettes containing the cor-rect and most up-to-date A/R information, some clerks may unknow-ingly wind up with wrong or outdated information for their analysis.After the clerks complete their analyses, they print their reports ontheir private printers and keep a copy of their analyses on their indi-vidual fixed disks. At the end of the year, each clerk gets a diskette,copies the analysis information for the year from his or her fixed diskto the diskette, and delivers the diskettes to the accountant for year-endconsolidation.

There are a hundred ways to manage this kind of diskette-basedinformation sharing in a single-user computer environment manu-ally, but the point is that the information sharing is inefficient. It is anafterthought that must be managed. As more tasks and more usersrequire information sharing, diskettes begin to look like Frisbees, fly-ing all over the office. This situation can lead to inefficient and oftenunreliable results.

With one multiuser computer system rather than a slew ofsingle-user computer systems, things would be different at the hospi-tal. First of all, one copy of all accounting information would residein a centralized database. Because all people access the same singlecopy of the information, there is no need to scurry around the officetrying to find the latest version of the information. Without leavingtheir seats, all the workers can access the same up-to-the-minute data.In the same way, users can share a single multiuser version of theprograms used to do the analysis. This eliminates the need to pur-chase, track, and maintain multiple copies of the necessary operatingsystems and application programs. Furthermore, there would nolonger be a reason to buy each user a printer. A single printer at-tached to the multiuser computer would be equally available to allusers, thus greatly reducing the company’s equipment costs. Finally,from a security and system management standpoint, using central-ized information and programs makes it easier to back up the system.


Gone is the need to back up the data on the fixed disks in each sepa-rate computer (not to mention the diskettes floating around). Nowonly the fixed disk in the multiuser system needs to be backed up toensure that no information is lost in the event of a user error or sys-tem failure, and because there is one point of control for all informa-tion, the centralized approach also improves security.

At this point we should point out that businesses can gain similarbenefits by using a Local Area Network (LAN) to attach groups ofsingle-user systems. In this way, they can share programs, data, andequipment, as we will see in Chapter 7. Whether it’s better to opt fora multiuser computer or for a LAN approach is still very much apoint of contention; you will find advocates on each side. Dependingon the number of users, either approach may turn out to be less ex-pensive. Although traditional multiuser computer systems have a largerbase of proven multiuser application programs, there are advantagesto having the local intelligence associated with a LAN. There is noright answer to this question for all situations—each must be decidedindividually—but for most businesses, the most important issue toconsider is the application program. It usually makes sense to firstpick a proven, well-fitting application program and then buy the com-puter system(s) on which it runs.

IBM personal computers are primarily designed for single usersor as LAN Clients or Servers. IBM’s midsized RISC System/6000 andAS/400 computer families are examples of systems designed formultiuser environments. However, with the use of the AIX or otherindustry-standard UNIX operating systems, personal computers canperform as full-fledged, multiuser/multi-application computer systems.We examine IBM personal computer’s multiuser computer capabili-ties later in this chapter.

What Is Real Mode?

Real mode refers to the environment provided by the 8088 micropro-cessor used in the original PC. It is called Real mode because of thecharacteristics of the 8088 architecture such as straightforward ad-dressing and no interprocess protection. Real mode is the definitiveIBM PC-compatible environment preserved by every PC since theoriginal, including the current personal computer lineup. All DOSapplication programs operate in the Real mode environment. The


main limitations of Real mode are a maximum memory size of 1 MB(640 KB in the original personal computer implementation) and asingle-application environment emphasis. This means the user typi-cally operates only one application program at a time.

What Is Protected Mode?

Protected mode refers to the extended architecture environment pro-vided by the 80286 and higher microprocessors used in current per-sonal computers. It is called Protected mode because of its ability toprevent one program from interfering with another when more thanone program is running simultaneously. Protected mode also allowsa computer to support a very large memory (e.g., up to 4 GB for the486). Some operating systems used with personal computers takeadvantage of the protection mechanism and large memory supportoffered by Protected mode to provide a powerful multi-applicationenvironment. Multi-application provides the capability to executemore than one application program at a time. DOS application pro-grams originally written for the PC will not run directly in Protectedmode. However, some operating systems used with personal comput-ers switch back and forth between Real mode and Protected mode toaccommodate DOS application programs in a multi-application en-v i ronment .

What Is Virtual 8086 Mode?

Virtual 8086 mode is a third operating mode offered by the 80386SX and higher microprocessors. To understand this advanced modeof operation, we must look back at a little history. The 8086 is anolder Intel microprocessor that is a close and compatible cousin tothe 8088 microprocessor used in the original IBM PC family. It wasthe 808X family of microprocessors (along with BIOS and the DOSoperating system) that defined what “IBM PC compatible” meanstoday. All microprocessors that evolved from the 8086, including the386 SX and above, maintain that “PC compatibility” by providingeither Real mode or this Virtual 8086 mode.

When a microprocessor is switched (by an advanced operatingsystem) into Virtual 8086 mode, that single microprocessor behaves


as if it were many individual 8086 microprocessors—each operatingindependently. For example, a single 486 in a personal computer canact as if it were actually five 8086 microprocessors, each with up to640 KB of memory. Because 8086 microprocessors are IBM PC com-patible, each of those five virtual 8086 microprocessors can run anIBM PC-compatible application program—hence a multi-applicationenvironment. As in Protected mode, each of the application programsrunning in a virtual 8086 microprocessor has a level of protectionfrom the others and the 640 KB total memory barrier is alleviated.However, unlike Protected mode, Virtual 8086 Mode maintains com-patibility with application programs written for the original IBM PC.With a basic understanding of these concepts, let’s now look at thespecific operating systems.

The Disk Operating System (DOS)

The PC Disk Operating System, commonly called DOS, was the op-erating system originally offered for the IBM personal computer. Itwas primarily designed to provide a single-application, single-userenvironment—though today’s extensions to DOS (such as Windows,which is covered later in the chapter) can make it a multi-applicationenvironment.

Since its introduction in 1981, DOS has become widely accepted.As PCs evolved, DOS was revised to support the enhancements in thecomputer hardware. Although each new version of DOS providedadditional functions, compatibility with earlier application programswas maintained. Each version of DOS was numbered to distinguishthe different levels. The original DOS was called DOS 1.0. The mostrecent version of DOS is DOS 7.0, which is currently the entry-leveloperating system for IBM personal computers.

DOS provides an IBM PC-compatible, single-application envi-ronment. It consists of a set of programs designed to perform manydiverse hardware housekeeping tasks under the control of either theuser or an application program. As the name DOS implies, many ofthese housekeeping tasks deal with the fixed disks in personal com-puters. Other tasks performed by DOS include starting applicationprograms, setting the computer’s date and time, sending informationto a printer, and managing files.


DOS operates personal computers primarily in Real mode. In thismode, the microprocessor appears to have the same basic architec-tural structure as that of the 8088 microprocessor used in the origi-nal IBM PC. The architectural similarities afforded by Real modeallow current IBM personal computers to execute software writtenfor the original IBM PC.

There are several ways to initiate DOS tasks. First, the user cansimply type in commands at the DOS command prompt (shown inFigure 6.2). The C> indicates that DOS is ready to accept a commandfrom the user. For example, typing DIR and pressing Enter will causea list of the files contained on the default drive to be displayed on thecomputer screen, as shown in Figure 6.3. This is called the directoryof the disk. After all files have been displayed, DOS again presentsthe C> command prompt, signifying its readiness to accept the nextcommand. The DOS manual provides comprehensive coverage of allDOS commands available to the user.

Another way to interact with DOS 7.0 is through the DOS Shell,which provides an interface that is easier to use than the DOS commandprompt interface. The DOS Shell conforms to IBM’s Systems Applica-tion Architecture (SAA), providing an interaction style consistent withthe SAA-compliant environments of other IBM computer families (e.g.,AS/400 and ES/9000). The default screen you see when the DOS Shell isstarted is shown in Figure 6.4. Menu items can be selected using thekeyboard or a mouse. The menu bar across the top of the DOS Shell

C>

Figure 6.2. The user can enter operating system commands at the DOS“command prompt.”


(showing File Options View Tree Help) guides the user through variousDOS tasks. The Directory Tree section of the screen shows the organiza-tion of the files on the fixed disk drive (or diskettes). The bottom third ofthe screen is the Program-List Area and allows the user to start variousprograms by selecting from a list. An optional feature of the DOS Shellallows a user to start more than one application program (using diskswapping to defeat the 640 KB barrier) and switch between them. Byselecting “Command prompt” or by holding the Shift key and pressing

Figure 6.3. The DIR Command. The Directory (DIR) Command is used toexamine the contents of a fixed disk or diskette. The names, sizes, and datesof all files contained on the disk are displayed on the screen.

C>DIR

PKEGMAST INTRO RENECHAR RENEOPTN SWOVE APPLICAT OSYSTEMS COMM PLANNING APPENDIX

C>

4_0 4_0 4_0 4_0 4_0 4_0 4_0 4_0 4_0 4_0

10 File(s)

1389 9566

95943 104543 145856

31965 66909 63705 74213

122232

3-14-87 3-14-87 3-14-87 3-14-87 3-14-87 3-14-87 3-14-87 3-12-87 3-12-87 3-14-87 937984

12:47a 1:02a 1:56a 3:21a 3:44a 4:05a 4:22a 5:44a 5:55a 2:38a

bytes free

File name

File size

Date and Time file was created or last modified


the F9 key, the user can get back to the traditional C> DOS commandline shown in Figure 6.2 if need be.

In addition to performing tasks under the direct control of theuser, DOS can perform tasks under the direct control of an applica-tion program. Just as a user issues DOS commands through keyboardentries or mouse input, application programs issue DOS commandsthrough the DOS Application Program Interface (API). This is a de-fined protocol for passing information directly between the applica-tion program and DOS with no user interaction. Often, DOS willsubsequently call on the routines of BIOS to affect the desired action.(We discussed this interaction between the different software layersin Chapter 3.)

The approach to memory management is a large part of the dif-ferences between the operating systems that we discuss. Figure 6.5shows how DOS 7.0 manages the memory in personal computers.

Figure 6.4. The DOS shell presented by PC DOS 7.0.


Memoryused onlyfor XMSapplicationsand EMSpaging

1.375 MB

1.06 MB

1.0 MB

640 KB

*16 to 58 KB

64 KB

0 KB

ReservedArea

Data space

Application

program(s)

Memory

Address

Memory beyond

the first 1 MB

High Memory

Area (HMA)

360 KB block of Extended Memory

360 KB + 640 KB = 1st MB of

system memory

640 KB block of Conventional Memory

Upper Memory

Blocks

= Memory consumed by DOS itself

*Amount of memory below 640 KB used by DOS 6.3 depends on the microprocessor being

used and the DOS configuration chosen by the user.

Figure 6.5. The organization of the memory in personal computers andhow it is managed by DOS.


Each byte of memory in a personal computer resides at a uniquememory address that distinguishes that byte from all others. The ap-proximate memory address is shown on the scale to the left of thefigure. As you can see in the figure, the first 1 MB of memory pro-vided on IBM personal computers is divided into two memory re-gions. The first region of memory resides in the 0 to 640 KB addressrange and is called Conventional Memory. The address range from640 KB to 1 MB is called the Reserved Area and is not directly usablefor memory (thus application programs), so the remaining 360 KB ofmemory starts at the 1 MB address called Extended Memory. To-gether, these two regions of memory (with the Reserved Area sittingbetween them) comprise the first 1 MB of memory provided withIBM personal computers (640 KB + 360 KB = 1 MB).

DOS itself initially gets loaded into Conventional Memory (0 to640 KB). After DOS is loaded, an application program can be started,which causes at least part of that application to be loaded into someavailable Conventional Memory. The amount of memory consumedby the application program varies widely. The remaining memoryabove the application program and below the 640 KB memory ad-dress is available for the data to be used by the application program.For example, a memo being generated by a word processing programor a spreadsheet file being manipulated by a spreadsheet programwould reside in this area, labeled Data Space. Any additional appli-cations that are started must also be at least partially loaded into anyremaining memory along with their data.

Because all application programs and their associated data mustreside in Conventional Memory, the less DOS takes up the better.One of the features of DOS 7.0 is the ability to have most of DOSitself loaded outside the crowded Conventional Memory region. Byexploiting the Protected mode capabilities of IBM personal comput-ers based on the 286 microprocessor or higher, DOS can load itselfinto the 64 KB block of Extended Memory (called the High MemoryArea) located just above the 1.0 MB address. This capability, whenenabled, provides more space for application programs and data inthe Conventional Memory area from 0 to 640 KB. In personal com-puters based on the 386 SX microprocessor or higher, DOS will loadstill other things (e.g., device drivers and TSR (Terminate and StayResident) programs that normally consume valuable Conventional


Memory space) into address ranges in the Reserved Area—makingstill more room for application programs and data.

Other schemes are implemented in DOS 7.0 and in DOS memorymanagers developed by various companies that allow some applica-tion programs and their data to reside above the 640 KB barrier whilethe microprocessor executes primarily in Real mode. In fact, DOSitself uses one of these schemes (called the eXtended Memory Speci-fication or XMS) to load part of itself above the 1 MB address.

Another such technique supported in DOS is called the ExpandedMemory Specification (EMS). EMS is a memory management tech-nique that provides another way to overcome the 640 KB maximummemory size inherent in all DOS versions. It allows for the general-purpose use of 16 KB blocks of memory in the Upper Memory Area(640 KB to 1 MB), called Upper Memory Blocks, that are usuallyunavailable—effectively extending the 640 KB maximum. EMS alsoallows specially written application programs to dynamically swapblocks of information in and out of these 16 KB Upper MemoryBlocks, allowing dormant portions of programs and data to resideabove the active 1 MB memory area. This allows an application pro-gram to control memory above the 640 KB limit.

However, application programs not specially written to the XMSor EMS standards cannot make use of these schemes. The RAMDriveprogram provided with DOS is written to the XMS standard and canthus use memory above 1 MB. RAMDrive allows you to use thatmemory as if it were a fixed disk or a RAM drive. A RAM drive is asection of memory that can temporarily store information as if itwere a fixed disk. The advantage of a RAM drive over a real fixeddisk is that information can be moved between the RAM drive andmemory much faster than it can be moved between a real fixed diskand memory. The disadvantage is that you must be sure to save allinformation onto a real disk before you turn off the computer, or allinformation on the RAM drive will be lost.

DOS 7.0 is functionally compatible with earlier DOS versions.Other enhancements in DOS 7.0 include a set of new utilities, sup-port for additional hardware devices, and improved performance.The new utilities include RAMBoost, enhanced disk compression,updated antivirus protection, a full-screen backup utility, a full-fea-tured editor, and a program scheduler. RAMBoost is a utility thathelps users configure their systems utilizing memory management


programs to give the best system performance to run your DOS pro-grams. The disk compression utility allows you to nearly double thecapacity of your fixed disk by storing information in a compressedformat. DOS 7.0 uses an enhanced compression utility called StackerCompression that also automatically decompresses the informationwhen you load it into memory. The antivirus utility can scan fixeddisks for viruses, remove them if found, and give warnings if an in-fected program is being run. The program scheduler enables you toschedule any DOS program—such as backup or antivirus scan—toexecute at a specified date and time. The new devices now supportedby DOS 7.0 include Docking Stations used in notebook computers.Docking is the process of connecting a mobile computer to a dockingstation and subsequently accessing docking station resources such asCD-ROM or hard disk drives.

Advanced Operating Systems

The full capabilities of IBM personal computers are not unleashedunless the operating system more fully exploits the advanced featuresoffered by the advanced microprocessors (386 and above). The Pro-tected mode of the advanced microprocessors provides an effectiveand fully architected path to overcoming the 640 KB memory limita-tion of the original PC design.

In addition, there are other advantages offered by advanced oper-ating systems. For example, the Virtual 8086 mode of the 386/486family of microprocessors allows personal computers to behave as ifseveral independent computers were cooperating to perform workfor one user.

There are several different operating system environments thatmore fully exploit the advanced capabilities of the microprocessorsused in IBM personal computers. First, DOS extended with the Win-dows program developed by the Microsoft Corporation unleashedmany advanced capabilities for DOS users. DOS extended with Win-dows became a very popular operating system environment, whichled to Windows 95 and Windows NT versions.

Another environment that offers advanced capabilities is theOperating System/2 (OS/2) environment developed by IBM. The cur-


rent version of OS/2 is called OS/2 Warp, Version 4. It exploits boththe Protected and Virtual 8086 modes of the advanced microproces-sors and offers advanced function and compatibility with DOS andWindows application programs. OS/2 Warp 4 combined with OS/2Warp Server provides a full range of functions for the enterprise, smalland medium businesses, and connected users. OS/2 Warp Server pro-vides an application server foundation with integrated file and printersharing, backup and recovery, connections, and systems management,advanced printing, and Internet access. OS/2 has also integrated oneof the best TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Proto-col) stacks available.

The function of OS/2 Warp, Version 4 can be extended by install-ing various optional add-on products. Two such products are Data-base 2 OS/2 and LAN Server. Database 2 OS/2 adds databasemanagement capabilities to OS/2 Warp, and the LAN Server pro-gram adds the capability to offer its resources to other personal com-puters over a local area network. The latest versions of OS/2 for theserver environment are called IBM OS/2 Warp Server, Version 4 andIBM OS/2 Warp Server Advanced, Version 4 (which includes SMPenhancements). OS/2 is the only operating system for personal com-puters that participates in IBM’s Systems Application Architecture(discussed in Chapter 3). The Systems Application Architecture is anoverall strategy that defines standards in the areas of user interfaces,application program interfaces, and communications methods. It isintended to provide consistency and compatibility across IBM’s ma-jor product families: System/390, AS/400, and personal computers.OS/2 provides a platform for a new generation of application pro-grams consistent with the Systems Application Architecture that ex-ploits large memory and full multi-application.

A third environment that offers advanced capabilities is the Win-dows NT environment developed by the Microsoft Corporation.Windows NT is a complete operating system like OS/2, not an ex-tension to DOS like the standard Windows program. Windows NTincorporates several of the significant features of OS/2 while main-taining the traditional Windows interface. Like OS/2, the functionof Windows NT can be extended for use in a networked environ-ment by adding software or selecting LAN Server versions of thesoftware. Now let’s take a closer look at the advanced operatingsystem alternatives.


DOS Extended with Windows

The Windows program, developed by Microsoft, can be used to ex-tend the basic DOS functions in the area of multi-application andmaximum memory size. Windows Version 3.0 introduced some ma-jor enhancements to the Windows product. The 3.11 version of Win-dows includes additional enhancements in the areas of performance,file management, font capability, reliability, and network integration.

Because Windows is built on the DOS base, you cannot run OS/2application programs under Windows. For DOS or Windows appli-cation programs, Windows helps overcome the 640 KB memory limi-tation of the original IBM PC, which is still with us in today’s DOSenvironment for the sake of compatibility. It is important to some-how overcome this 640 KB limit, because as you begin to load mul-tiple application programs into memory, you quickly run out of spacein the 640 KB area. Depending on the mode in which you operateWindows, the 640 KB limitation is overcome in different ways (moreon that shortly).

In the area of multi-application, Windows allows the user to startup and run more than one application program at a time (i.e.,multi-application support). To manage these applications, Windowssubdivides the display screen into multiple rectangular areas calledwindows. Each application program then resides in its own windowto facilitate quick and convenient switching from one application toanother (i.e., program switching). A mouse is used to interact withWindows for things like selecting which window is-the active win-dow, starting programs, resizing windows, moving windows aroundon the screen, and so on. Small images called icons are drawn on thedisplay to indicate that application programs are loaded but not cur-rently shown in a window. This type of user interface based on icons,windows, and so on, is called a Graphic User Interface (GUI). Someapplication programs can remain active (in the background) whileyou are interacting with another (in the foreground). However, be-cause Windows works in conjunction with DOS (anon-multi-application operating system), there are limitations to themulti-application environment provided by the DOS/Windows envi-ronment. These limitations depend on the Windows mode being used.

With Windows, there are three different modes of operation: Realmode, Standard mode, and Enhanced mode. (Note: Version 3.11


dropped Real mode.) Chances are, you would run Windows in Realmode only if you had to. You would have to if you use Windows in acomputer based on the 8088 or 8086 microprocessors (e.g., a veryold system by today’s standards). In Real mode, Windows gets aroundthe 640 KB memory limit through the Expanded Memory Specifica-tion (EMS) for applications written for Windows (Windows applica-tions) and for regular DOS applications (non-Windows applications)if the application program supports this standard. EMS (originallydeveloped by Lotus, Intel, and Microsoft) is a bank-switching tech-nique that tricks the application program into thinking there is morememory than 640 KB. Like PC DOS 7.0, Windows in Real mode canuse another trick to make the memory seem larger than 640 KB fornon-Windows applications that do not support EMS—namely, swap-ping DOS applications to the fixed disk and recalling them whenneeded. The application program(s) need not be specially written tosupport this swapping. However, the extra work of swapping frommemory to fixed disk and back to memory can make the computersystem respond sluggishly.

If you have a more current personal computer based on one ofthe more advanced microprocessors (286 or greater), you can useWindows in its Standard mode. In Standard mode, Windows getsaround the 640 KB memory limitation by exploiting the Protectedmode functions designed into these more advanced microprocessors.A special part of Windows called a DOS extender switches back andforth between the microprocessor’s Real mode (where the 640 KBlimit is in force) and Protected mode (where the limit is 16 MB). Thisallows multiple Windows application programs to reside in a memoryspace larger than 640 KB and facilitates program switching. How-ever, all non-Windows application programs must still coexist withinthe 640 KB limit, along with DOS and a portion of the Windowsprogram. For this reason, Standard mode users of non-Windows ap-plications will often find that the system reverts back to the diskswapping discussed in “What Is Real Mode?” earlier in this chapter.Further, non-Windows application programs will usually not remainactive when in the background.

For personal computers based on the 386 SX microprocessor orhigher, the full power of Windows Enhanced mode is available. InEnhanced mode, Windows utilizes the Virtual 8086 mode of thesemore advanced microprocessors to overcome the 640 KB limit andprovide for program switching and multitasking of non-Windows


application programs. The Virtual 8086 mode of these more advancedmicroprocessors allows a personal computer to behave as if it hadmultiple 8086 microprocessors, with one 8086 dedicated to each non-Windows application program. The performance of 486 and Pentiummicroprocessors also makes for a more productive computing envi-ronment than that provided by older 8088-, 8086-, or 286-based com-puter systems.

Windows 95

The Windows 95 version of Microsoft’s Windows program is a 32-bit operating system that can also run 16-bit Windows 3.1 programs.The graphical user interface has a different look and feel from Win-dows 3.1. Navigating the system is now easier with this new inter-face. First, Windows 95 features a new Start button and taskbar atthe bottom of the screen as shown in Figure 6.6. The Start button islocated at the far left with a Windows logo as part of the button. You

Figure 6.6. Windowing environment presented by Microsoft Windows 95.


can click your mouse on the Start button to open programs, finddocuments, and use system tools. Another way to open the Start menuis by using a Windows 95 keyboard. A Windows 95 keyboard has anadditional Windows 95 key that you can press to open the Start menuwithout using a mouse.

The Windows 95 taskbar, at the bottom of the screen, makes iteasy to switch between programs. Every time you start a program oropen a window, a button appears in this area representing that win-dow. To switch between windows, all you need to do is click thebutton for the window you want. To the right side of the taskbar is aNotification Area that can be used by programs as an indicator ofprogram activity such as printing. The system clock is displayed onthe far right side of the taskbar. To change the clock settings, all youneed to do is double-click your mouse on the clock.

Second, Windows 95 now supports longer filenames (up to 250characters). The use of longer filenames can make it easier to orga-nize and locate programs and documents on your computer. For ex-ample, you can now have a spreadsheet file called Bobjohnsons_1997income_tax rather than BJOHN97. Files are stored in folders inWindows 95. A folder is like a directory in Windows 3.1 and mayalso contain other folders. Windows 95 uses a folder icon to repre-sent directories.

Another significant advancement is with DOS compatibility.Windows 95 does not require DOS to run but includes an MS-DOSkernel for compatibility as part of the Windows 95 operating sys-tem. MS-DOS can be started from the Applications menu in Win-dows 95.

Windows 95 lets you use many programs at once through 32-bitpreemptive multitasking. However, multitasking and performanceimprovements require applications to be written for 32-bit opera-tions. (This means you will need to update your applications to a32-bit Windows 95 version to get the most improvement.)

Windows 95 has a large number of accessories including a built-inInternet browser, system backup, hard disk scanning, and data com-pression. Windows 95 also includes an icon for signup and access tothe Microsoft Network, an online service that allows you gain accessto the Internet. The Microsoft Network is a growing Internet serviceprovider and provides its own set of information, news groups, bul-letin boards, electronic mail, and download software.


Also, there are interactive online help guides called wizards thatwalk you through many of the tasks in Windows 95. One last keyfeature, called Plug and Play, makes installing new hardware optionseasier by automatically detecting the new option. You should be awarethat new hardware options must be Plug and Play compatible to takeadvantage of this feature.

Windows 98

Microsoft’s Windows 98 operating system was the successor to theWindows 95 operating system. Through the integration of Microsoft’skey Internet Explorer technologies to unify and simplify the desktop,Windows 98 makes it easier for users to find and navigate to infor-mation. Help features have been simplified with the addition of 15new troubleshooting wizards and Web-based help features. Windows98 provides support for new hardware devices including native sup-port for Universal Serial Bus (USB), DVD, and television broadcastcapabilities, as well as support for the latest graphics, sound, andmultimedia technologies. Windows 98 also features an improved ver-sion of the File Allocation Table (FAT) file system called FAT32. FAT32helps give you more hard drive space by more efficiently using spaceon large disks. A graphical conversion utility lets you quickly andsafely convert a hard drive to FAT32.

Windows 98 also shuts down and launches applications fasterthan Windows 95. If you have a system with the new AdvancedConfiguration and Power Interface (ACPI) fast-boot BIOS support,Windows 98 will enable you to boot your system faster. A new Sys-tem File Checker is provided to help you keep track of critical filesthat make your computer run. If these files are moved or changed,the System File Checker provides an easy way to restore these files.Once file changes are detected, it offers you several courses of action.Windows 98 adds support for up to 9 multiple monitors and/or mul-tiple graphics adapters on a single PC. Multiple displays can let youspread out and interact more easily between documents and applica-tions. Finally, we should mention that Microsoft Windows 98 in-cludes a suite of tools for Internet Communication, which includeOutlook Express, an e-mail and news reading client; MicrosoftNetMeeting, for Internet conferencing; Personal Web Server (for pub-


lishing Web pages); Microsoft FrontPad HTML editor; and MicrosoftNetShow multimedia services.

Windows 2000

The Microsoft Windows 2000 operating system which became avail-able early in 2000 is the successor to the Windows 98 and WindowsNT operating systems. The Windows 2000 family is a complete prod-uct line of operating systems, spanning a full range of computingneeds, from the desktop to high-end clustered servers. For the desk-top and mobile computer user Windows 2000 Professional replacesWindows 98, and for the server environment Windows 2000 Serveroperating systems replace Windows NT 4.0 Server.

Windows 2000 Professional for the client provides improved sup-port for the next generation of hardware and streamlines the familiarWindows 98 interface by reducing desktop clutter and simplifyingthe Start menu. In addition to removing unnecessary desktop items,Windows 2000 Professional introduces personalized menus, with anew “smart” feature that adapts the Start menu to the way you workby showing you the applications you typically use most often. Win-dows 2000 Professional also builds on the reliability strengths ofWindows NT. For example, the operating system detects, identifies,and prevents memory leaks that can develop over time and can causeyour system to be unstable.

The Windows 2000 Server operating systems are the next gen-eration of the Windows NT Server series of operating systems. Win-dows 2000 Server series provide for a comprehensive Internet anduser applications platform that builds on the strengths of the Win-dows NT Server 4.0 by providing increased reliability, availability,and scalability with enhanced end-to-end management features. Atthe core of Windows 2000 Server is a complete set of infrastructureservices based on the Active Directory, Microsoft’s directory service.The Active Directory simplifies management and provides a central-ized way to manage users, groups, security services, and networkresources. In addition, the Active Directory has a number of stan-dard interfaces, making it easy to operate with a variety of applica-tions and devices.

The Windows 2000 Server family consists of three editions: Stan-dard, Advanced, and Datacenter. The Standard edition, with a com-


prehensive set of Web and Internet services that allow organizationsto take advantage of the latest Web technologies, is expected to bethe most popular version for small to medium-sized businesses. Win-dows 2000 Server Standard edition also supports uniprocessor sys-tems and 4-way Symmetric MultiProcessing (SMP) systems with upto 4 gigabytes (GB) of physical memory. The Advanced and Datacentereditions are designed to meet the needs of more advanced missioncritical deployments in medium, large, and Internet Service Provider(ISP) organizations. For example, the Windows 2000 DatacenterServer is a specialized high-end version of Windows 2000 Server thatsupports up to 32-way SMP and up to 64 GB of physical memory.Like Windows 2000 Advanced Server, it provides support for bothclustering of multiple SMP servers and load balancing services as stan-dard features.

OS/2 Warp Operating Systems

The IBM OS/2 Warp operating system allows a personal computer tooffer its resources (fixed disk storage, printers, etc.) to other personalcomputers in a LAN. It provides an application server foundationwith integrated file and print sharing, backup and recovery, systemsmanagement, advanced printing, and Internet access. When a per-sonal computer offers resources to others in a network, that com-puter is called a server. The computer system accessing those resourcesis called a requester or a client. The server would have OS/2 and theOS/2 Warp Server installed. The client can have DOS, Windows, orOS/2 Warp Client installed.

OS/2 Warp 4 is designed to be the universal client. It sets thestage for network computing enhancements with two firsts for PCoperating system solutions: (1) OS/2 Warp 4 offers integrated runtimesupport for Java applications. This means these applications will runon your desktop without a Web browser. (2) OS/2 Warp 4 includesintegrated IBM VoiceType technology, which takes the user interfaceto the next level and makes it easier to surf the Web through the useof voice commands.

OS/2 Warp Server allows you to implement networked applica-tions such as e-mail, Lotus Notes, and relational database systems.Or you can start with traditional file and print services and add morefunction when you need it. As well as providing TCP/IP function,


Warp Server can also be used as a Web server. The IBM Warp Serverfor e-business supports large, multiserver network environments withhundreds of users and small installations with only a few users. Pro-viding enhanced reliability, performance, capacity, and functionality,it supports many mission-critical applications simultaneously run-ning on one server. While OS/2 Warp Server SMP has been optimizedfor four-CPU systems, it has support for up to 64-CPU systems(64-way SMP.) Also, OS/2 Warp Server SMP includes improved highmemory support that allows it to use larger amounts of virtual RAM.If you have an existing NetWare LAN, you can run OS/2 Warp Serverconcurrently and add such essential capabilities as Internet access,application services, and remote access.

Windows NT Workstation

Windows NT (NT stands for New Technology) is Microsoft’s flag-ship operating system for high-end personal computers and high-per-formance workstations. With the introduction of operating systemslike Windows NT (and OS/2, which is covered next), performanceand capabilities that a few years ago were only available on muchlarger, more expensive workstation and mainframe computers arenow available on relatively inexpensive personal computers. Theseoperating systems are designed to provide the robust software plat-form required to exploit the price and performance advantages ofpersonal computing and apply them to enterprise-wide mission-criticalapplications.

Windows NT 3.5 offers a user interface that is nearly identical tothat of Windows 3.11, and the Windows NT 4.0 user interface is likeWindows 95. Due to the widespread use of Windows and the com-prehensive availability of personal productivity applications for theWindows environment, Windows users should be able to easily up-grade to Windows NT with a minimum of training. Although theOS/2 Warp Workplace Shell is more object oriented and has severaladditional advanced features, it may take more time and effort for aWindows user to adapt to the OS/2 environment and take advantageof its functions. Even though the user interface of NT looks like Win-dows 3.11, it is much more like OS/2 from an internal design stand-point and in terms of the functions that it offers. Early in thedevelopment of Windows NT, while Microsoft and IBM were jointly


developing earlier versions of OS/2, Windows NT was named OS/23.0. Although starting from the same base, Microsoft’s and IBM’soperating system strategies have diverged considerably. The result istwo very powerful 32-bit, multitasking operating systems alterna-tives focused on solving the same fundamental problems and limita-tions of DOS, but executed and optimized in slightly different ways.

Windows NT overcomes the limits of DOS by implementing hugememory addressing for each application. It has an architectural limitof 4 GB of memory addressability, like OS/2. NT reserves 2 GB for itsown use and allows up to 2 GB for applications. In practice, how-ever, the amount of memory that NT can actually supply to applica-tions is typically limited by the sum of the amount of physical memoryand the amount of free fixed disk space. As with OS/2, the use offixed disk space as virtual memory can make each application believeit has more memory than it really does. This can be a problem if youare running applications that need a great deal of memory. Do notunderestimate the performance improvements possible by installingonly a couple of extra megabytes of memory if you find that theoperating system is extensively swapping data and programs to andfrom the fixed disk.

Like OS/2, Windows NT is capable of running applications de-veloped for several other operating environments. An NT system cansimultaneously run most DOS and Windows 3.11 applications, aswell as many character-based (nongraphical) OS/2-and POSIX-com-pliant applications. NT is not compatible with every application, andits performance may suffer in comparison to computers running onlyDOS-based Windows, OS/2, or UNIX. Windows NT, however, of-fers a good blend of compatibility and performance formultiple-operating-system networks and applications.

Windows NT runs DOS programs within a Virtual DOS Machine(VDM). One VDM process is created for each DOS program runningunder NT. The VDM supports well-behaved DOS applications—thatis, DOS applications that use system calls for all I/O. Applications thatattempt to bypass DOS to directly access fixed disks or other massstorage devices typically do not run. Standard DOS I/O requests areintercepted by the VDM and executed by either the Windows API orthe NT executive. Therefore, DOS I/O does not violate NT’s systemintegrity features and multiple DOS processes can share devices.

You can run 16-bit Windows applications under Windows NT.Launching the first 16-bit Windows program starts a new VDM. The


VDM, in turn, loads an environment called Windows On Win32(WOW). The WOW VDM is based on the DOS VDM. It includes a“simulated” version of Windows 3.11, with multitasking removed,in addition to the 16-bit Windows application and DOS. The result isthat some existing 16-bit Windows programs that bypass the APIand go directly into the Windows window manager for better graph-ics display performance will not run under WOW.

Windows NT offers compatibility with some OS/2 applications.Because OS/2 applications are designed to run in a multitasking, 32-bitenvironment, there is no need to have a virtual machine environmentto safeguard Windows NT’s system integrity. Instead, OS/2 applica-tions are clients to the OS/2 API-protected environment. This APIsupports only character-mode applications, so Presentation Manager–based OS/2 applications are not compatible with NT.

Windows NT also offers limited compatibility with POSIX-com-pliant applications. POSIX is a standardized UNIX variant designedto ensure software source code portability and facilitate programmaintenance. Instead of having a unique program for every UNIXvariant, only one version of the program’s source code is required forany POSIX system. Like the OS/2 API, the POSIX API in WindowsNT supports only character-mode applications.

OS/2 Warp either incorporates or adds to Windows 3.11 code toprovide application compatibility. In many cases, even somewhatill-behaved applications will run in the OS/2 Warp environment, of-fering even more complete DOS application compatibility than Win-dows NT. OS/2 Warp obviously provides increased compatibility forOS/2 applications, both character based and Presentation Managerbased. OS/2 does not currently offer any support for POSIX-compli-ant applications.

Like OS/2, Windows NT implements a Protected mode environ-ment for all running applications. If one DOS application does some-thing it should not, Windows NT detects the error and prevents thefault from causing any side effects on the operating system or on anyother application that may be executing at the same time. On Intelprocessors, Windows NT uses the hardware protection features builtinto the processors to provide this function. On non-Intel processors,these features are provided by software emulation via the Virtual DOSMachine (VDM).

Because Windows NT offers many of the same features as OS/2Warp, either operating system is able to form the software base of a


robust client/server environment. OS/2 offers the advantages of theobject-oriented Workplace Shell, slightly better connectivity support,and the reliability inherent in being at its fifth major release level.What advantages does Windows NT have in its current release thatdifferentiate it from OS/2 Warp? A few important areas in which NTcurrently differs from OS/2 are portability, extensibility, and the NTfile system. IBM has already announced plans to add most of thesefeatures to OS/2 or to its future line of operating system productscalled Workplace OS.

Being able to move an operating system from one style of com-puter to another is a feature called portability. For an operating systemto be moved, this feature must be built in. Portability for operatingsystems is of great interest to system software developers because itenables them to move their products at a reasonable cost into multiplemarketplaces on multiple hardware platforms. Windows NT has aHardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) that isolates function calls to hard-ware. To port Windows NT to other systems, all that is needed is anew HAL for that computer. Microsoft has already committed to sup-port Windows NT on both the DEC Alpha and Silicon Graphics MIPS(Millions of Instructions Per Second) processors. The advantage thatportability offers to users is the ability to select from a broader base ofhardware while maintaining a common software base. Also, the widerbase of available hardware encourages increased software developmentfor the Windows NT platform, providing more options for the userand access to applications that might not be available otherwise.

Extensibility, like portability, is a way for end users and applica-tion developers to protect their current investments in software. Thearchitecture of Windows NT allows new subsystems to be added toNT to support other types of applications, such as OS/2 PresentationManager applications. With an extensible operating system such asWindows NT, end users will have the opportunity to adopt popularapplications from a variety of current and future operating systemswithout abandoning NT as a whole.

Both Windows NT and OS/2 support File Allocation Table (FAT)and High Performance File System (HPFS) file systems. The FAT filesystem was originally introduced with DOS and is required to main-tain compatibility with DOS file names and DOS applications. TheHPFS file system offers higher performance when accessing data onvery large fixed disks as well as adding other features such as supportfor long file names and extended attributes. In addition to these file


systems, Windows NT offers a third option called the NT File System(NTFS). The NT File System includes all of the features of the HPFSand adds greater security, greater data reliability and recoverability,and support for fault-tolerant features. It also supports larger filevolumes and even longer file names.

Windows NT Server

Whereas Windows NT Workstation incorporates peer-to-peer net-working as an integral part of the operating system, Windows NTServer, a separate product, offers significantly enhanced functions toimplement advanced domain-administered networks. The capabili-ties of NT Server can be grouped into four basic categories: networkmanagement and administration, security and log-on control, reli-ability, and client support. NT Server adds the concept of domains tothe Windows environment. A domain is essentially a group of serversthat can be managed as a group from a single system. This centraliza-tion allows user profiles and information to be stored in a single loca-tion, simplifying the management of large networks. Windows NTServer 4.0 is the latest version of NT Server and includes SMP sup-port for multiprocessing and expanded Internet, intranet, and com-munications services.

NT Server also incorporates support for RAID (Redundant Arrayof Inexpensive Disks), which increases performance and reliability byspreading data across any array of disks and protects that data with aparity check. In addition, NT Server makes it easier to configure cli-ents via directory replication. This feature lets a server automaticallyload files from a particular server directory into designated clients.Remote users are also supported through Remote Access Services (RAS).

JavaOS for Business

The JavaOS for Business operating system is a new operating systemdeveloped jointly by Sun Microsystems and IBM. It was designedfrom the ground up to run Java applications in a centrally managednetwork computing environment. With JavaOS for Business, serverscan be connected to network computers and other thin clients such


as kiosks, ticket machines, and remote terminals. The JavaOS forBusiness operating system was specifically designed to help simplifythe management and remote administration of servers that host Javatechnology–based business applications for remote users, such as banktellers, insurance claim processors, and travel agents.

Networks running JavaOS for Business software can provide vari-ous tools and applications for end users performing specialized tasks.Bank tellers, for example, need only a few applications to performtheir jobs. JavaOS for Business software efficiently delivers these ap-plications from the server to network computers, which often don’trequire devices such as hard disks or CD-ROMs. By providing onlythe operating system facilities necessary to support the Java platform,this new operating system eliminates the overhead required by otheroperating systems that support a variety of applications, hardwaredevices, and environments. In addition, the software also uses a lay-ered architecture, which provides flexibility and ease of use becauseeach layer can be updated independently.

JavaOS for Business software is designed to give companies greaterflexibility in implementing server-managed solutions because it is anopen system based on industry standards. As a result, businesses cangreatly reduce system administration costs while implementing theadvantages of low-cost network computer systems.

Linux

The Linux Operating System is a UNIX-like operating system that isan outgrowth of the Open Source community. Linux is fast becomingthe operating system of choice for many new Net companies andWeb sites because it is essentially free and works dependably. The bigdifference between Linux and a proprietary network operating sys-tems is that Linux is open-source, so it can be seen, used, modified,or augmented by anyone. You can download the code in pieces freefrom the Internet or buy a package of the operating system, tools,shells, and utilities such as the Java 1.1.8 IBM Developer Kit for Linux.The IBM Developer Kit for Linux, Java Technology Edition, Version1.1.8 is a development environment for companies who want to buildand deploy robust, high-performance, Web-based, server applicationson Intel architecture that conform to the Java 1.1 Core API. The


Developer Kit for Linux contains IBM’s Just-In-Time (JIT) compilingtechnology ported to the Linux environment and is compliant withSun’s Version 1.1.8 Java compatibility test.

Linux is an operating system well suited for a thin-client architec-ture running Java applications. While this UNIX spin-off is emergingas a viable operating system at the server level, its suitability for busi-ness desktops is still a matter of debate. IBM recently became the firstvendor to offer Red Hat’s Linux operating system as a certified oper-ating system for a notebook computer, offering it on its ThinkPad.

Which Operating System Is for You?

Never before has the user had so many operating systems from whichto choose. Determining which one is right for your environment isnot always easy, and there is no “right answer” for all situations.However, the driving force behind any operating system choice (andthe computer system choice for that matter) should be the applica-tion program. In other words, find the application program that bestfits your needs and then buy the operating system needed to run it.

Beyond that, here are some things to consider. The Windows 98and 2000 operating systems will give you maximum reach into theexisting base of PC application programs, which is still a large baseof personal computer application programs. OS/2 Warp, Version 4provides compatibility with older versions of DOS, Windows, andOS/2 application programs. AIX and Linux also provide some com-patibility with DOS application programs, but because Linux is re-ally headed off in a non-DOS direction, it will not support many ofthe older DOS applications.

Windows NT Workstation 4.0 offers an additional option forthose of you who require multi-application and multithreading capa-bilities. It too was built from the ground up to offer these functionswhile maintaining the same user interface as Windows 95. WindowsNT Workstation 4.0 and Windows 95/98 share a common user inter-face and programming interface, which makes managing a mixedenvironment easier for customers. Windows NT Workstation 4.0 dif-fers from Windows 95/98, providing multithreading capabilities andgreater security and portability than Windows 95. Optimized for the32-bit environment, Windows NT Workstation may not be as com-


patible with as many legacy applications and device drivers as Win-dows 95. Windows 95/98 is more compatible with the great majorityof MS-DOS-and Windows 3.1–based applications, as well as the bulkof hardware devices.

Finally, the AIX and Linux operating systems will allow you toenter the highly standardized open systems arena and use many ap-plications originally developed for the ever-popular UNIX operatingsystem. This, along with the fact that AIX provides a multiuser envi-ronment, gives it distinct advantages. However, because AIX is itsown family and will grow along with many industry standards, AIXwill have its own coherent and orderly growth path.


258

7

Personal ComputerCommunications and Networks

The standard features of personal computers, together with the manycommunications options and supporting software, provide users withflexibility when configuring their personal computers for various com-munications environments. However, this flexibility can also causeconfusion when trying to determine which options and programs areneeded for a particular environment. This chapter helps guide youthrough the different types of business communications availablethrough personal computers. It examines the most popular types ofcommunications environments and provides a sample configurationfor each.

Computer Communicationsin Business—An Introduction

Just as a woodworker cherishes a solid block of mahogany, businesspeople cherish accurate, timely, and manageable information. If thereis one activity that is crucial to any size business, it is the act of com-municating information to the proper decision maker. Based on the

Personal Computer Communications and Networks 259

information available to the decision maker, important choices aremade that can have far-reaching effects on the success of the busi-ness. Improve communications in a business and you are likely toimprove productivity and profitability. Ironically, as a business grows,it becomes more important and more difficult to maintain efficientand accurate communications—the very thing that facilitates busi-ness growth in the first place. Communications difficulties grow geo-metrically with the size of the business.

Today’s businesses are quickly finding in computers a communi-cations tool unequaled in significance since Bell invented the tele-phone. Computers are already commonplace in the businessenvironment, and now there is an increasing emphasis on computercommunications. This communication can occur exclusively betweentwo computers or among a group of computers in a communicationsnetwork.

In addition to the direct benefit of improved business informa-tion flow, the growth in computer communications has been fueledfurther by the equipment-sharing possibilities provided through com-puter communications. For example, a high-speed printer can easilybe shared among several computer users joined in a communicationsnetwork. This sharing provides for more efficient usage of the printerand reduces the required investment in printer hardware.

Personal computers represent a powerful communications tool.They support a large family of high-performance communicationsadapters and communications software. Understanding how to ap-ply these adapters and their software in useful communications con-figurations can be confusing. This chapter provides sampleconfigurations of these adapters and supporting software that allowpersonal computers to participate in terminal emulation and variouslocal area networks.

The communications options used in these sample configurationswere covered in Chapter 3. You are encouraged to refer to that chap-ter for further information on the adapters as necessary.

Terminal Emulation

Mainframe and minicomputers can offer substantial computing re-sources above and beyond those of personal computers in terms of


processing speed, storage capacity, communications networks, andperipherals. personal computers, on the other hand, are less expen-sive, are easier to use, and sometimes provide for higher productivitythan larger computer systems do. Clearly, both personal computersand larger computers have their place in the business environment.Further, many businesses have found that they can best enjoy theconvenience and economy of personal computers along with the re-sources of larger computers by linking the two together. One of themethods used to effect this communication link is to have the per-sonal computer “act like” or emulate the classical terminals com-monly used to interact with the larger computers. This allows thepersonal computer to exchange information with the host computer.The personal computer is said to be performing terminal emulation.Because a personal computer has more capabilities than a terminal, itis often called an intelligent workstation.

The reasons behind the advent of terminal emulation are easy totrace. Before PCs, terminals existed for the sole purpose of interact-ing with mainframe and minicomputers, called conducting a hostcomputer session. Then PCs penetrated the business environment andgrew to be important tools in their own right. Thus, many computerusers needed both a terminal attached to a host and a standalone PCto do their job. The computing capability of a PC made it possible todevelop hardware adapters and software to allow a PC to emulateand thus replace the classic terminals. Although other ways of link-ing larger computers and PCs exist, terminal emulation is common-place in the business environment.

When your personal computer becomes your terminal, three thingshappen. First, you no longer need a dedicated terminal to interactwith the larger computers. The personal computer can now fill thisrole in addition to performing its normal personal computer func-tions. Second, the host computer and its peripheral equipment be-come an extension of your personal computer. For example, the fixeddisk space provided by the host can be used as an extension of yourpersonal computer’s local disk storage. You can also print personalcomputer documents on the host’s printers. The third thing that hap-pens is that your personal computer becomes an extension of thehost computer. This means you (or your application programs) cantransfer information from the host computer to your personal com-puter, capture the information on a local disk, and then modify, print,or otherwise manipulate that information with personal computer


application programs unassisted by the host. Manipulatinghost-resident information on your personal computer allows you touse your favorite personal computer application program and enjoythe instant response time associated with a single-user computer sys-tem. Once the data has been manipulated locally, it can be sent backto the host for storage or other processing.

There are many different types of host computers, each with differ-ent types of terminals. Adapter cards and software available for per-sonal computers support the emulation of many different terminals.Configuring a personal computer for terminal emulation for a givenhost computer environment requires detailed knowledge of the hostcomputer’s configuration. The specific device that must be emulateddepends on the host computer type, available host interface equipment,host software, and wiring installed in the building. These factors, alongwith performance and cost requirements, typically go into selecting theparticular terminal to be emulated. We cover three commonly usedhost terminals that personal computers can emulate:

• Asynchronous terminals are widely used to interact with com-puters of all sizes

• IBM 5250 workstations are used for IBM AS/400, System/36,and System/38 interaction

• IBM 3270 workstations are used with the larger IBM System/390and System/370 computers

Asynchronous Terminal Emulation

Asynchronous terminals are relatively simple, low-cost devices con-sisting of a display and a keyboard. They are used to interact with awide variety of computers in use today and are called “asynchro-nous” after the asynchronous communications method they use toexchange information with the host computer. When a key on theterminal is depressed, an ASCII (American Standard Code for Infor-mation Interchange) code representing the key pressed is sent to thehost computer. Each ASCII code, which is one byte in length, is sentacross the communications link individually and asynchronously, orwith no fixed time relationship between successive codes. This


one-at-a-time communication method is one of the reasons that asyn-chronous terminals often transfer information at a rate that is sloweroverall than the other terminals we cover.

Two personal computer configurations for asynchronous termi-nal emulation are shown in Figure 7.1. In Figure 7.1(a), the personal

Application(s)

OS/2

BIOS

Modem Adapter

SOFTWARE

HARDWARE

Personal System

PROCOMM

DOS

BIOS

SOFTWARE

HARDWARE

Personal System

M O D E M

M O D E M

M O D E M

Async Cable

Telephone lines

Protocol converter

Protocol converter

Serial port

Remote host computer

Remote host computer

(a) Internal Modem Configuration with OS/2

(b) External Modem Configuration with DOS and PROCOMM

Telephone lines

Figure 7.1. Asynchronous terminal emulation configurations. (a) Configu-ration with 2400 baud internal modem. (b) Configuration requires no featurecards and an external modem. These configurations are useful for interactingwith many different types of computer systems, including other personalcomputers.


computer has been equipped with an internal modem. This modem isattached directly to the telephone-line jack and converts the informa-tion inside the personal computer into a form suitable fortelephone-line transmission. The computer at the other end of theline must have a compatible modem that will convert the transmittedinformation into its original form. Often, the host will also need aprotocol converter to change the information from the asynchronousformat used by the personal computer to its “native tongue.”

Another alternative is shown in Figure 7.1(b). In this implemen-tation, the personal computer requires no adapter card options butdoes require an external modem. The standard serial port providedon all IBM personal computers is cabled to an external modem via anexternal cable. If the standard serial port is used for, say, a printer, anasync adapter or the multiprotocol adapter could be used for thiscommunications link.

OS/2 Warp, provides the programming necessary to make a per-sonal computer appear to be an asynchronous terminal. For DOSusers, a popular DOS communications program such as PROCOMMcan provide this function. In either case, one of several different typesof asynchronous terminals may be emulated. The various asynchro-nous terminals differ primarily in how they respond to different “com-mands” sent from the host computer. For example, a host computercan send a special command to an IBM 3101 Asynchronous Termi-nal that will cause the terminal to display information in reverse video.When OS/2 or PROCOMM is emulating the 3101, it must respondsimilarly to the same command when received from the host.

Although our sample configurations show a personal computercommunicating with a larger host computer, personal computers canalso communicate with other small computers (including other IBMpersonal computers) through asynchronous terminal emulation. Small-computer-to-small-computer configurations can be used as a small-scale document delivery system for transferring computer files betweendistant personal computers. Files can contain, for example, a memo,the daily cash register receipts of a retail store, or the orders taken byoutbound salespeople.

The PCs emulating asynchronous terminals are also widely sup-ported by many service companies that offer access to their host com-puters for the purpose of information retrieval and electronic mail.

Information retrieval services offer access to an overwhelming amountof information. These services provide general information such as UPI


news stories and stock market quotes as well as highly specialized infor-mation. For example, if you are a lawyer, there are services available thatallow you to look up information quickly on any and every legal deci-sion in recent times faster than you can say “habeas corpus.” Further,you can do patent and trademark searches in a fraction of the normaltime. For doctors, there are services that provide information on virtu-ally every subject of biomedicine from over 3000 international journalsand publications. Virtually any topic you wish to research is coveredextensively by one service company or another.

Electronic mail services are also available to personal computersemulating asynchronous terminals. These services allow you to sendcomputer-generated documents electronically, resulting in very fastdelivery. Here is basically how they work: Your personal computerdials the host computer belonging to the service company over themodem link to establish the communications link. You are thenprompted by the host to enter your ID and password. Once you havecomplied with these requests, you can send electronic mail to anyother subscriber of the service. Later, when the addressee dials up thecompany’s computer, he or she will be informed that there is mail inthe electronic mailbox. What if you wish to send mail to someonewho doesn’t own a computer or doesn’t subscribe to that particularservice? In that case, you would still send your letter via your modemto the service company’s host. The host would then send your letterto one of the branch offices located near the addressee, print the let-ter, and hand deliver it.

Personal computers can also access the Internet via an asynchro-nous port. The Internet is a vast, worldwide network of computersand communications links that allows you to access a nearly limitlessand ever-changing set of information. As with many other importantinnovations, the Internet was originally developed in the academicenvironment. Universities wanted to be able to easily and quicklyshare information. What has developed over the past decades is anextensive electronic network of computers and millions of users thathave access to the Internet. Now, much of the mail and informationtransferred between businesses is done electronically, over the Internet.Access to the Internet allows you to search for specific informationwherever it may exist or simply browse through the contents of aremote library to see what you might find interesting. Online infor-mation services are beginning to provide access to some of the Internet


functions for simpler tasks such as electronic mail and some informa-tion services. However, to get the full power of the Internet, you needto be connected directly into the World Wide Web of computers.

5250 Workstation Emulation

The IBM AS/400 and System/3X are families of midrange computerscommonly used as primary processors in small businesses or as depart-mental processors in larger companies. The 5250 workstations (termi-nals and printers) are used to interact with AS/400 and System/3Xcomputers. The personal computer depicted in Figure 7.2 is equippedto act as an intelligent workstation for an AS/400 host computer. The5250 emulation makes the physical connection to the twinax cableused with AS/400 computers. The AS/400 PC Support program prod-uct includes programming for both the AS/400 and the personal com-puter (using DOS). It allows the personal computer to act like either aterminal or a printer.

As a terminal, AS/400 PC Support gives the user access to theapplication programs on the AS/400 system as if he or she were at a

Application (optional)

AS/400 PC Support

DOS

BIOS

5250 Emulation Adapter

SOFTWARE

HARDWARE

Personal System

AS/400 host computer

Twinax cable

Figure 7.2. Configuration used for 5250 terminal/printer emulation. Thisset of hardware and software allows personal computers to communicatewith an AS/400 computer.


standard terminal. It also provides access to any personal computerapplication programs and allows for the exchange of informationbetween AS/400 and personal computer application programs. As aprinter, the program allows the user to print the output of AS/400application programs on a printer attached to the personal computer.Further, a single personal computer can appear to be up to five differ-ent devices (or sessions) to the AS/400. For example, the personalcomputer user could define the personal computer as an AS/400 ter-minal (session 1) and the personal computer printer as an AS/400printer (session 2), and still have three sessions left over. Some ofthese other sessions might be used to sign on to another AS/400 sys-tem as a separate terminal or define a second personal computer printerto be an AS/400 printer.

Another function of PC Support allows the user to assign some ofthe AS/400’s disk space to be used as if it were personal computerdisk space. In essence, AS/400 PC Support makes the AS/400 systembecome an extension of the personal computer and vice versa. Figure7.2 shows a locally attached personal computer. The same link couldalso be established over a great distance through the 5394 RemoteControl Unit.

For the DOS user wishing to communicate with the earlier Sys-tem/36 or System/38 computer systems, the IBM Workstation Emu-lation program fits the bill. The Emulation program allows thepersonal computer to emulate either a 5250 Workstation Display (e.g.,5292 Model 2) or a 5250 Printer (e.g., 5219). As a workstation dis-play, the Workstation Emulation program gives the user access to theapplication programs on the AS/400 or System/3X as if he or shewere at a 5250 Workstation. As a printer, the program allows theuser to print the output of AS/400 or System/3X application pro-grams on a printer attached to the personal computer.

The Workstation Emulation program’s multi-application capa-bilities allow the personal computer to interact with the AS/400 orSystem/3X as if it were four separate terminals or printers. That is,the user can easily switch between up to four different sessions aswell as one DOS program.

For the OS/2 user, OS/2 Communications Manager/2 has the pro-gramming necessary to allow personal computers to interact with AS/400or System/3X computers. Support for up to five sessions is provided.


3270 Emulation

At the high end of IBM’s product line lie the IBM mainframe comput-ers. This size computer system can be the single main processor for alarge business or part of a large computer network that may span theworld. The 3270 family of products is a set of display terminals, print-ers, and control units specifically designed to work with mainframecomputers. Display terminals consist of a display and a keyboard, andallow the user to interact with an host computer. The printers are usedto produce paper copies of the information stored in the mainframe.Control units provide the essential communications links between themainframe computer and these other devices. Through the proper com-bination of these devices, many useful configurations are possible.

Personal computers, equipped with the proper hardware and fea-tures, can emulate 3270 display terminals, control units, and printersdesigned for interaction with mainframe computers. This allows theuser to combine the flexibility of personal computers with the powerof mainframe computers. The workstation emulation programs avail-able for personal computers allow the user to choose among severallevels of capability based on his or her particular needs.

Local Area Networks and IBM Personal Computers

Just as there is a need for office personnel at any one location to talkfrequently with each other, there is value to allowing the computers ata given location to communicate with each other efficiently and easily.We’ve seen some hardware and software configurations that allowvarious computers to communicate through terminal emulation. LocalArea Networks (LANs) are another way of attaching computer sys-tems together for the purposes of communication. LANs allow theuser to electrically attach a group of local computers that might befound in a department, building, or campus. Each computer attachedto the LAN is called a network node and can share information, pro-grams, and computer equipment with other nodes in the network.

We will look at four example LANs in which personal computerscan participate:


• Ethernet LAN

• Token-ring network

• FDDI network

• ATM network

The OS/2 LAN Server family of products provides the programmingnecessary for OS/2-based personal computers to participate in any ofthese LANs. For DOS users, the Novell NetWare family of productsprovides the programming necessary to participate in local area net-works. Before we get into how these networks differ, let’s examinethe basic functions provided by LANs.

Basic LAN Functions

A personal computer can be configured to participate in a LAN aseither a server or a client (also called a requester). A server can offerits resources, such as fixed disk space or a printer, for use by the othercomputers in the network. Depending on the LAN program beingused and its configuration, the server may or may not be usable as anormal standalone personal computer.

The basic functions which LAN programs offered today can bebroken down into four areas:

• Data sharing

• Program sharing

• Equipment sharing

• Electronic messaging

Data Sharing

Data sharing is often a good reason to connect personal computers toa LAN. Often, multiple office workers need access to the same bodyof information (e.g., accounts payable information, a telephone di-


rectory, inventory information, etc.). With a LAN and the properprograms, multiple users can simultaneously access a single body ofinformation. This data sharing can easily be illustrated through anexample using the LAN, as shown in Figure 7.3.

Let’s say you are the user of node 1 (PC 1) and you wish to shareyour data with node 3 (PC 2). Let’s further say that you are currentlyconfigured as a server node. (Remember, to provide anything to othernodes, you must be configured as a server.) To allow other nodes toaccess your data, you would first step through some menus in whichyou will be requested to give a name to the shared section of yourfixed disk. This is the name that the other nodes will use to accessyour data. You can also define a password to prevent unauthorizedaccess and put restrictions such as read only to prevent others fromaltering your data. Now you can save this network setup, and the filewill be shared automatically every time you power up. Any data youplace in the shared section of the fixed disk can be accessed by anyother node or server on the network, provided you give him or herthe password.

If the user of node 3 wants to use the data on your fixed disk, shesteps through some menus on her computer and accesses the shareddisk on your node by the name and password you just defined. Sheassigns your shared directory an unused drive letter such as E or F.She now saves this configuration so that she won’t have to step throughthose menus the next time she wants to use node 1’s fixed disk. From

��

��

��

��

��

��

Figure 7.3. Example of a small local area network.


this point on, the shared section of your fixed disk is just as availableto node 3 as it is to you. Anything the user can do on her local drives,she can do on your shared drive, unless you as the server (node 1)choose to impose limitations such as read only. Because this sharingoccurs in the background, you can use your PC undisturbed whilethe other nodes access your information.

More sophisticated data sharing can be implemented by applica-tion programs that are specially written to take advantage of a LAN’scapabilities. For example, an accounting department may use per-sonal computers to do financial analysis of its company’s sales. Be-cause sales are occurring every day (at least one would hope so), thisinformation is constantly changing. The entire accounting depart-ment may need access to this information—perhaps for many differ-ent reasons. All accounting data can be stored on one of the servernodes on the network. With an accounting application program writ-ten to take advantage of a LAN’s functions, the accounting data filescan be simultaneously available to all network users without interfer-ing with or even being aware of the other users.

Program Sharing

In the previous example, we said that any data on the shared fixeddisk of node 1 is as available to node 3 as it is to node 1. Can node 3also execute a program on the disk of node 1? The answer is techni-cally yes and legally maybe. Since programs are stored in files justlike data, programs stored on node 1’s shared fixed disk can be ex-ecuted by node 3 as if they were installed on node 3. The legal ques-tion centers on the terms of the licensing agreement provided by thesoftware publisher. The licensing agreement is a legal contract be-tween the purchaser and the seller of the software. Typically, theseagreements state that you are not allowed to copy the software forthe purpose of running the software on multiple computers. This isexactly what you are doing if you allow other nodes on the LAN toexecute a program on your shared fixed disk. Until the advent ofLANs, the terms of these licensing agreements were not a problembecause PCs were used as “islands,” not components in a sharingenvironment. The growing popularity of LAN environments is caus-ing software vendors to offer other terms such as site licensing andvolume purchase contracts for their program products. These typesof agreements allow the program to reside on a single network server


and to be shared by all on the network. This is becoming more andmore common, especially with versions of software specifically writ-ten for data sharing in LAN environments.

Equipment Sharing

We have just seen how part of a fixed disk can be shared amongseveral users. LANs also allow network nodes to share hardware suchas printers. This can make for more efficient use of printing equip-ment, which is especially nice with the more expensive letter-qualityor high-speed printers. Returning to our sample network in Figure7.3, let’s say that each of the users in this network occasionally has aneed to produce letter-quality documents. Because this need arisesonly occasionally for each node, it would be a wasteful investment toequip each individual node with its own letter-quality printer.

LANs provide an alternate approach to filling the needs of theseusers by allowing all nodes to share one letter-quality printer attachedto node 4. Each node can print letters just as if each had its owndedicated printer. The printer can be shared in the same way as afixed disk can be shared. To allow the other nodes to access the printer,node 4’s user would step through some menus in which she would berequested to give a name to her printer. This is the name that theother nodes will use to access the printer. Here again, a password canbe defined to prevent unauthorized access. Once the printer is shared,any other node can send files to the printer. The files to be printed aretemporarily stored on node 4’s disk and automatically printed whenthe printer is available. Because the printing activity occurs in thebackground, all this occurs without interfering with the activitiesperformed by the user of node 4.

Besides fixed disks and printers, other computer hardware can beshared, as you will see later in the chapter.

Electronic Messaging

Another function provided by LANs is electronic messaging. Thiscapability allows the user of an application program to send textmessages to any other network nodes. The addressee of the messagewill be notified that someone has sent him or her a message—even ifhe or she is in the middle of some application program not associatedwith the network. The messages can be meeting notices, requests for


appointments, or anything you might normally leave as a note onsomeone’s desk. The electronic messaging feature can be a conve-nient time-saver.

Ethernet LAN

The Ethernet LAN provides a means of attaching personal comput-ers together for the purpose of communications. It allows the variouscomputers to share information, programs, and computer equipmentwith the other nodes in the LAN. The Ethernet LAN is widely sup-ported by many different computer manufacturers, which is why it iswidespread. In fact, Ethernet LANs often consist of a mixture of dif-ferent types and brands of computers.

Figure 7.4 shows the basic architecture of an Ethernet LAN and apersonal computer configured to participate. Each computer is at-tached as a tap off a common cable or information bus. For thisreason, Ethernet is called a bus-wired network. Information is trans-ferred over the Ethernet at a rate of 10 million bits/second (10 Mb/sec). Although only one network node at a time may transmit a mes-sage over the network, the same coaxial cable commonly used withEthernet LANs can be used simultaneously for other communica-tions besides computer information (e.g., cable television, voice, etc.)without interfering with the network’s operation.

An Ethernet LAN is basically a party line on which all nodes cantransmit a message for all nodes to hear. Every node has equal accessto the cable and can send a message at any time without warning.When one node transmits a message, it is received by all nodes. Eachnode then examines the address contained in the message to see if themessage is intended for that node. If not, the message is discarded.

To ensure that only one network node transmits at a time, eachnode follows a protocol, unknown to the user, when transmittingmessages. This protocol is called Carrier Sense Multiple Access/Col-lision Detect (CSMA/CD). It’s a mouthful but is really quite simple.In fact, we follow this protocol in our everyday telephone conversa-tions. Here, too, only one person can speak at a time or neither isclearly understood. One party waits for the other to finish before heor she begins speaking. Thus the phone line carries only one party’svoice at a time, and the message is clear. This is the CSMA part of


CSMA/CD. The CD part of the protocol handles the times when twonodes start transmissions simultaneously.

To understand this part of the protocol, think of what you do dur-ing a telephone conversation when you begin talking at the same timeas the other party. Typically, you both stop talking and begin again afew moments later, hoping that this time one of you begins sooner than

�� !��

��"��#�

$%�

&'%�

(�)��

��*��!��

��"��+�,��

-�'.�"��/*��

��

-�'.�!��!��

��

Figure 7.4. Personal computer configured to participate as a server in anEthernet LAN.


the other. This is exactly analogous to the situation with CSMA/CD. Iftwo or more nodes begin transmitting at the same time, the messages“collide” on the network. The nodes monitor for such a collision, andwhen one is detected, all nodes stop transmitting and begin again aftera pause of random length. Usually, one node will begin retransmissionbefore the other, thus gaining control of the network.

Token-Ring Networks

The token-ring network is a baseband local area network in whichpersonal computers can participate. This network is designed to sup-port larger computer systems as normal network nodes in addition topersonal computers. This feature allows the information-andequipment-sharing environment offered by LANs to include largercomputers as well.

An example of a small token-ring network is shown in Figure7.5. The nodes of the network are arranged in a ring pattern, thusgiving the network its name. As you can see, the network can consistof a mixture of different types of computers, both small and large.Figure 7.6 shows a configuration that allows personal computers tobecome servers in a token-ring network. The personal computer isequipped with the Token-Ring Network Adapter 16/4. This adapterperforms the detailed electrical communications tasks necessary tosend information to other nodes in the network. The adapter is at-tached to the required Controller Access Unit (CAU) via the networkcable. One 8230 CAU, for example, supports the attachment of up to80 network nodes. A modular jack is used to attach each networknode to the CAU, which lets nodes be quickly added to or removedfrom the network. The CAU can automatically bypass any failingnodes by detecting their inactivity. With the proper cable components,a single token-ring network can contain up to 260 nodes over severalkilometers. Information is transmitted at either 4 or 16 MB per sec-ond, depending on how the network is configured, which helps theoverall performance of the network. Multiple token-ring networkscan be linked together by a bridge.

The protocol used by the token-ring network is the token-ringprotocol. Basically, packets of information are passed around the ringfrom node to node in a continuous circle. These packets are called


message frames. A unique frame called a token frame controls accessto the ring. A node receiving a frame checks to see if it is a message ora token frame. If it is a message frame, the node examines the desti-nation address (see Figure 7.7) to see if the message is intended forthat node. If the message is not intended for that node, the messageframe is passed on unchanged to the next node in the ring. If theframe received by a node is a token frame, the node knows that thenetwork is idle and that it may send a message frame if it has infor-

��*�!0�1�

��2��2

��3��-�� "��

��

��

��

4�/��5�� "��/

��

��0��

Figure 7.5. Example of a small token-ring network. This network canaccommodate personal computers as well as larger computers.


mation to transfer. After it sends a message frame, the node thensends a token frame to indicate that the ring is again inactive andready to carry information.

The token-passing protocol for ring access control is based on apredefined 24-bit pattern, called a token, which continuously circu-lates around the ring. When a station has data to transmit, it waitsuntil its station adapter receives a free token (token bit = 0). Uponcapturing the free token, the station creates a frame by setting thetoken bit to 1. It then inserts source and destination addresses, cer-tain control information, and the data to be sent to the destinationstation, and starts frame transmission

During the time the frame is being transmitted, no token is avail-able on the ring and no other station can initiate a transmission. Thus,collisions on the ring are avoided. The frame is passed (received, re-generated, and retransmitted) from one station to another on the ringuntil it is received by a station with a matching destination address.

��**�-��

#��6��*�� !��

%�0�� (��

%�0��7��

&'%�

4�/��5�� "��/��80�

�%#47�5(

9�5$7�5(

��*��!��

�4�0�

��

��

��

4��)��*

Figure 7.6. Configuration allowing a personal computer to be a node in atoken-ring network as a server.


The destination station copies the data to its internal buffers, setscontrol bits to indicate that it recognized the address and successfullycopied the data, and retransmits the frame.

When the frame returns to the source station following successfultransmission and receipt, it is removed from the ring. The source

:**� ;��!

��;�

$*��**

��** :(��( 4��

*�!<��;�

4��*�!<��

4�/��#��!

Figure 7.7. The token-ring network uses a special token message to controlaccess to the network.


station creates a new free token and transmits it on the ring, therebyallowing other stations access. Until the source station releases a freetoken, the rest of the stations are unable to transmit.

To reduce the amount of time a station has to wait for a freetoken, a function known as Early Token Release is available. WithEarly Token Release, a sending station releases a free token followingframe transmission without waiting for the transmitted frame to re-turn. This enhances the utilization of the ring by allowing one tokenand one or more frames to circulate on the network at the same time.

The token-ring method has certain important architectural con-siderations. Token-ring frames may contain as many as 17,800 bytesof information, which is significantly more than the 1,500 bytes ofuser data in an Ethernet frame. A negotiation process is required bytoken-ring stations to determine the maximum frame size they canuse, but most implementations end up using larger frames thanEthernet implementations, which is more efficient when transferringlarge volumes of data. A single token ring may have up to 260 de-vices connected to it. Timing considerations affect the maximum framesize (only 4472 bytes for a 4 Mbps ring) and the cable lengths com-prising a single ring.

Most bridged token ring networks implement source-route bridg-ing. Stations that want to communicate with each other across abridged network first send discovery frames through the network todiscover the best route. The stations then save this routing informa-tion and include it in every frame they subsequently send. The tokenring frame itself contains an indicator bit to denote that thissource-routing information is present in the frame. Source-route bridg-ing is especially useful in SNA networks, because it allows multiplepaths between two points across the network and also allows con-figuration of duplicate MAC addresses, both of which increase reli-ability and availability of the network.

Token-Ring vs. Ethernet Networks

There is no simple and objective answer as to which technology is“better;” any comparisons between token ring and Ethernet end upbeing subjective. However two points need to be made here: First,shared-media token ring copes much better under heavy loads thanshared-media Ethernet. As traffic increases, Ethernet performance de-


grades significantly whereas 16 Mbps token ring has been shown to becapable of delivering an aggregate data throughput of 15.9 Mbps. Thevast majority of end users, however, do not themselves require morethan 10 Mbps of network bandwidth, and a switched Ethernet infra-structure delivering switched 10 Mbps dedicated bandwidth to eachuser can meet their needs. What this means, though, is that existing 16Mbps shared-token-ring users may well be able to continue using theirexisting networks when 10 Mbps shared-Ethernet users are requiredto upgrade to switched Ethernet or 100 Mbps Ethernet.

Second, many existing token-ring users, most especially those withS/390 mainframes, will want to remain with token ring because of itsability to support duplicate identical MAC addresses. Duplicate ad-dresses are used on mainframe token-ring gateways to provide a mea-sure of automatic load balancing and switchover in the case of failure,which requires the implementation of a source-route bridging network,which is not normally possible to implement with Ethernet LANs.

IBM continues to chair the IEEE 802.5 committee in the develop-ment and ratification of token ring standards. In particular, the com-mittee developed the 802.5t standard for 100 Mbps token ring, whichis now an approved IEEE standard. The 802.5v standard for gigabittoken ring was approved as a standard in July 2000. The purpose ofthese standards is to ensure interoperability between different ven-dors’ high-speed token-ring implementations. IBM supports 100 Mbpstoken ring on its 100/16/4 PCI adapter.

FDDI Networks

Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) networks are the fastest typeof LAN covered in this book. They can move information from onecomputer in the network to another at over 100 million bits per sec-ond (100 Mb/sec). Figure 7.8 shows a typical structure for one seg-ment of a FDDI network. Our example network consists of 5 FDDIconcentrators and 10 computers. Concentrators are physical devicesthat provide one means to attach computers to the FDDI network.Although computers with FDDI adapters can be directly connectedto the FDDI cable, using concentrators minimizes disruption to thenetwork as computers are added, removed, powered off, and so on.

The concentrators are connected together by two cables that pro-vide two independently operating paths over which information can


flow between the concentrators. The innermost path in our diagramis the main path, and the outermost path is the backup path. As thenames imply, the main path is used to carry all network traffic undernormal circumstances. The information is flowing normally in ourFDDI network, as is indicated by the arrows showing the informa-tion flow around the main path. The backup path sits idle and is onlyused in the event of a network failure, as we will see in a minute. Thecables used in FDDI networks can be either shielded twisted-pair orfiber-optic cable—both are supported in FDDI network standardsand personal computer FDDI adapters.

Token

Main path

Backup path

Concentrator #4

Concentrator #5

Concentrator #3

Concentrator #1

Concentrator #2

Dual-homing station

Figure 7.8. Basic structure of an FDDI network.


The computers in our example, except the computer labeled“dual-homing station,” are all attached to the concentrator using asingle-ring FDDI adapter. The single-ring attachment allows eachcomputer to be attached to one concentrator. The computer attachedas a dual-homing station is cabled to two different concentrators.

Now that the stage is set, let’s see what happens to the network ifa concentrator fails. Figure 7.9 shows how our FDDI network auto-matically reacts when concentrator 2 fails. Concentrators 1 and 3sense the failure and automatically wrap the information receivedover the main path to their backup path connections. As you can seeby the arrows, information now flows on a new path consisting of

Token

Main path

Backup path

Concentrator #4

Concentrator #5

Concentrator #3

Concentrator #1

Concentrator #2

Dual-homing station

Failed

Figure 7.9. When concentrator #2 fails, the FDDI network automaticallyreroutes traffic.


both the main path and the backup path. All of the computers on thenetwork continue normal operation uninterrupted except those at-tached only to concentrator 2. Any computer attached only to con-centrator 2 (there are two of them in our network) loses the ability tocommunicate with the others over the FDDI network until concen-trator 2 is repaired and placed back on the network. What about thecomputer attached as a dual-homing station? Since that computer isattached to both concentrator 2 (now not working) and concentrator1 (still working), it continues operation uninterrupted and retains theability to communicate with the others in the FDDI network. So,attaching a workstation as a dual-homing station improves the net-work availability as seen by that computer system/user at the cost ofthe extra connection hardware. The speed (100 Mb/sec) and avail-ability features (backup path and dual-homing configurations) of theFDDI network are among its most compelling strengths.

Figure 7.10 shows how a personal computer might be configuredto participate in an FDDI network. This FDDI network includes twopersonal computers (one personal computer running the DOS oper-ating system and the other running OS/2), one RS/6000 system, onenon-IBM computer running UNIX, and one larger IBM computer,which could be either an AS/400 or an S/390. The FDDI BaseAdapter—Copper allows the personal computer to physically con-nect to the shielded twisted-pair cable leading to a concentrator suchas the 8240 FDDI Concentrator.

One FDDI segment can attach up to 500 computers together.Multiple FDDI segments can be attached together to allow thousandsof computers to communicate.

Gateways

We’ve seen one way that personal computers can be directly attachedto a host computer. We’ve also seen how a personal computer partici-pating in a LAN can share its resources with other personal comput-ers in the LAN. These two concepts can be combined to form anetwork gateway. A network gateway is a network node that has acommunications link with some other computer (typically a main-frame computer) not participating in the LAN and is able to sharethis communications link to other LAN nodes. That is, a single ter-


minal emulation link to a host computer can be shared by other userson the LAN. Let’s examine a sample gateway configuration.

A single personal computer linked to a System/390 host throughcontrol unit emulation and sharing this link with the nodes of a LANis called a 3270 gateway. Figure 7.11 shows a personal computer(node 3) configured to be a 3270 gateway for the Ethernet Network.The Ethernet LAN Adapter and associated LAN Support Program(device drivers for the adapter) are used to attach the personal com-puter to the LAN. The Multi-Protocol Communications Adapter isused to communicate with the off-network S/390 computer systemthrough a Communications Controller. OS/2 and the Communica-tion Manager/2 provide the necessary programming to allow this

Figure 7.10. Personal computer configured to participate in an FDDInetwork.

Application(s)

OS/2 Lan Server

Device Drivers

FDDI Base Adapter

Personal Computer

To another concentrator

8240 FDDI Concentrator

UNIX-based computer

PC 300 GL

IBM AS/400 or IBM S/390 computer

From another concentrator

OS/2 Warp

RS/6000 (AIX)


personal computer to share its communications link with other prop-erly configured (i.e., able to perform 3270 emulation) client nodes inthe network. If the personal computer and the System/390 were closeto each other, the modem link between them could be replaced with adirect attachment to the host via the 3270 Connection Adapter or viaa token-ring network segment.

This personal computer allows up to 64 other network nodes tosimultaneously communicate with the System/390 host computer as

Figure 7.11. A personal computer configuration that provides an Ethernetgateway to a System/390 computer.

��*

��!!��:�� 0�

�� =��

%�0�7�� 4�0�

&'%�

(�)��

:��

�%#47�5(

9�5$7�5(

��*��!��

:%$(:

:%$(:

��

��

��

��

��

�)��

�$��

�...��

�0�1�9�*�


if they each had their own direct terminal emulation link with thehost. These 64 nodes can perform the function described in the “3270Emulation” section of this chapter. The personal computer can alsobe configured as other types of gateways, such as a 3270 gateway fora token-ring network. Further, by adding the OS/2 LAN Server pro-gram, the gateway personal computer can also act as a server sharinga fixed disk and printers with other client nodes. However, in busynetworks with many users, it is often better to divide the gatewayand server functions among more than one personal computer.

Switched Ethernet and Token Ring

In recent years, new offerings based on frame switching for Ethernetand token-ring networks have been offered by several vendors. Theseswitches employ extensions of the multiport bridging concept andare implemented using standard protocols such as spanning tree orsource routing. Figure 7.12 shows a typical switched Ethernet andtoken-ring environment.

Initially, these LAN switches were very expensive and were usedprimarily to meet the bandwidth needs of only the most highly pow-ered workstations and demanding graphics applications. More re-cently, however, they have become an affordable alternative methodof relieving bandwidth congestion in large workgroup networks run-ning legacy applications. They are simple to install in that they do

Figure 7.12. Example of a switched Ethernet and token-ring network.


not require new adapters or protocol stacks, and they employ exist-ing building wiring for connection to the switches. They can alsoreduce network complexity by reducing the number of bridges androuter connections in the network so that there are fewer entities toconfigure, monitor, and manage.

An attractive aspect of these two similar technologies is that theyprovide solutions for congestion problems on existing LANs. Forexample, a shared-media LAN of 60 users that is suffering from cli-ent/server traffic problems can be divided into 10 six-stationshared-media LANs that are attached to a port on a LAN switch.The servers are isolated on ports of their own, and their adapters arereconfigured to operate in full-duplex mode. This configuration re-duces congestion significantly while preserving the investment inadapters, hubs, and building cabling. As the traffic continues to in-crease, each workstation can be attached to its own portion of theswitch to maximize the bandwidth capability of each device. Finally,high-use resources such as servers attached to their own ports can beoperated in full-duplex mode, effectively doubling the bandwidth atthat port. Such a change improves server throughput and limits thenumber of changes needed in the network to bring performance backto an acceptable level.

Moving to a microsegmented, switched LAN is a better and lessexpensive workgroup solution than simply dividing segments andadding more bridges and servers in an attempt to accommodate thetraffic. Microsegmentation using LAN switches leaves you with asimpler, more manageable network. Sometimes, due to scaling limi-tations, this is not the best solution for all cases.

Because switched Ethernet and token-ring networks do not pro-vide scalable bandwidth and the underlying protocols areconnectionless, these solutions are often not effective in the back-bone. When a backbone of LAN switches is used, the links betweenthe switches are shared, as are the links to single-attached servers.Both are potential new bottlenecks. Time-sensitive applications donot move smoothly across the network because there is no conges-tion control before establishing the end-to-end connection, anddata might be lost. Finally, whether in the backbone or desktopLAN environment, these frame-based technologies do not havethe isochronous capabilities required by the emerging multimediaapplications.


The ATM Solution

Although ATM can be seen as an extension to LAN switching, itdiffers from LAN switching in a number of ways that give ATM net-works more capabilities. Traditional shared-media LANs use aconnectionless protocol that has proven adequate for mostdata-oriented applications. Even though switched Ethernet andtoken-ring networks are dedicated media, switched solutions, theyare still fundamentally connectionless in their operation because theyare based upon the original, shared-media protocols. Currently onlyATM provides the connection-oriented environment required for theemerging multimedia applications. In addition, the ATM environ-ment offers considerable benefits for running legacy applications thatare connectionless.

A network is a traffic-control system that manages the delivery ofgoods to and from devices attached to the network. Like thetraffic-control system of a city, which defines the rules for delivery ofgoods across its infrastructure of streets and highways, each networkprotocol has its own set of rules.

In a connection-oriented environment, data is kept in the end-station storage media until the connection to the receiving station ismade. In this manner, the network is not burdened with the manage-ment of data that is en route, which allows for efficient operationthat is simpler and has predictable destination arrival times. This iswhy ATM has caused so much excitement in the industry. In ATM,the data is split into fixed-length cells of 53 bytes each, in which aheader of 5 bytes contains the routing information. The characteris-tics of the connection are negotiated ahead of time, and if the net-work can guarantee the quality of service, the call is accepted and thepath is established. Then the cells are transmitted at hardware speedwithout the need to reexamine the contents of the cell or performintermediate store and forward actions between the source and thedestination. In ATM, because elements of information are split into53-byte cells, cells from different sources can be interspersed andqueued according to their individual priority. This way, fixed delayscan be respected and quality of service can be set according to theapplication’s requirements rather than those of the adapter.

By its architecture, ATM is a full-duplex, switched solution. Al-though some Ethernet and token-ring switches and adapters do have


full-duplex capability, the LAN switch must accommodate diverseattachment port characteristics and will act as a store and forwardgateway between ports. This reduces the real capacity and bandwidthof a network. Figure 7.13 shows an ATM environment.

In ATM, bandwidth is a parameter in the definition of a switchedvirtual circuit and is independent of the physical attachment: There isno need for intermediate buffering. If a physical link reaches capacity,additional connections can be added to expand the bandwidth andsupport additional traffic. Because this capability is one of the funda-mental building blocks for high-quality video conferencing, ATM net-works not only provide better throughput for legacy applications, theyalso provide the infrastructure for emerging applications.

Because ATM is a connection-oriented protocol, bottlenecks be-tween the workgroup switches and the backbone are easily removedby installing additional uplinks between the workgroup switches andthe higher-speed backbone. ATM switches are able to set virtual cir-cuits over diverse routes according to the current network capacityusage or according to the availability of a specific path. This not onlyincreases the possible link bandwidth but also offers the possibilityof bypassing a failing element. As the number of users per floor in-creases in an end-to-end ATM network, the bandwidth per user neednot be affected because of any limitation on uplink bandwidth. Fur-ther, installing additional uplinks is simple and should cause little orno disruption in the network. The ability to provide multiple linksguarantees uninterrupted service to end users.

ATM is designed to support traffic with various bandwidth, jit-ter, and delay requirements. This design feature allows ATM networksto support voice, video, and data multiplexed on the same links.Quality of service is established at the time of the connection. Imple-menting quality of service depends upon ATM being aconnection-oriented protocol. The ATM Forum has defined four qual-ity of service types that are designed to handle the different types oftraffic. CBR (Constant Bit Rate) and VBR (Variable Bit Rate) arereserved bandwidth services particularly well suited for supportingapplications with stringent requirements for quality of service suchas multimedia transmission or high-quality videoconferencing. UBR(Unspecified Bit Rate) is a nonreserved bandwidth service. The cellloss ratio is unspecified and can seriously impact the overall perfor-mance. ABR (Available Bit Rate) service can be seen as a mix of re-served and nonreserved bandwidth service. Periodically a connection


Fig

ure

7.1

3.

Exa

mpl

e of

an

AT

M n

etw

ork.


polls the network and, based on the feedback it receives, adjusts itstransmission rate. This feedback is called flow control and is used tohelp optimize the bandwidth.

Multicasting capability and LAN Emulation are foundations ofboth video distribution and videoconferencing and are exclusive fea-tures of the ATM architecture. Unlike the recipients of a broadcastmessage on a shared-media LAN, only those who want the messagewill receive it. Because traffic is connection oriented, no network re-sources are wasted and there is no danger of a broadcast storm. InVLAN implementations over ATM, multicasting and LAN Emula-tion define precisely which stations should receive the broadcast data.In addition, the broadcast manager of LAN Emulation can be aug-mented by filtering capabilities to reduce the amount of overheaddata generated by chatty LAN protocols such as AppleTalk.

The emerging bandwidth-intensive, isochronous applications canwork only in an environment where the latency of any one switch ispredictable, constant, and extremely low as opposed to variable andunpredictable. In environments where variable-length data and perframe filtering are employed, latency is adversely affected. In ATMnetworks the transit time between any two points on the networkwill always be the same, so the response time in even a large networkwill be predictable and constant.

It is generally estimated that up to 70% of the cost of networkownership is the cost of operating the network. It stands to reasonthat the simpler a network is, the less costly it will be to operate. In atypical shared-media LAN environment today, the LANs are oftenjoined to backbones running a different LAN protocol by bridges orrouters. Connection to the WAN (Wide Area Network) is generallythrough routers as well. Bridges and routers are high-maintenanceitems, especially in networks with many moves, adds, and changes,Configurations have to be updated, and the network has to be tunedfor best performance.

ATM’s quality of service and scalable bandwidth virtually elimi-nate the need for network tuning. Bridges and routers are replaced bysimple connections between switches. The resultant network is morereliable and ready for multimedia applications in addition to operat-ing at a lower cost.

ATM can be used as a high-speed backbone connection betweentoken-ring switches, typically using a 155 Mbps up-link from theswitch and defining an emulated token-ring LAN across the ATM


network. IBM’s Multiprotocol Switched Services (MSS) Server canbe used to define the emulated LAN, and Multiprotocol Over ATM(MPOA) provides one way of defining and using short-cut direct con-nections across complex ATM networks.

Before we conclude this chapter, let’s take a look at another im-portant and evolving part of computer networks called Storage AreaNetworks.

Storage Area Networks

In February 1999 IBM announced details of its Storage Area Net-work (SAN) initiative and introduced a series of high-end SAN-re-lated products. This initiative is designed to help customers manage,track, and more easily share the ever-increasing volume of data beingcreated by e-business applications. SAN technology can lead to lowertotal cost of ownership by allowing storage resources to be consoli-dated and shared by several servers.

The ability to manage resources and share information has be-come crucial to many businesses today. Among the reasons are thegrowth of data-intensive applications such as data warehousing, datamining, and enterprise resource planning. Add to this the increasingpresence of the Internet in commerce and the need for companies tobe open for business 24 hours a day, 7 days a week in multiple timezones, and nearly around-the-clock access to business data is obvi-ous. In this environment, data storage is rapidly becoming a centralcomponent of corporate technology strategies in the network.

SANs offer an open architecture that allows customers freedomof choice in deploying data access and data sharing capabilities acrossthe enterprise, consolidation of servers and storage, increased dataavailability, centralized storage management, the ability to back upand migrate data without affecting enterprise network performance,the increased reliability offered by clustering technology, and the se-curity and protection of data in the event of disaster or intrusions.

In 1998 IBM introduced Netfinity Fibre Channel technology, thusproviding basic SANs in the Intel processor–based market. Fibre Chan-nel combines the standard SCSI command set and protocol used bystorage devices with the flexibility and connectivity of networks. Itsability to attach large numbers of devices using physically longer and


smaller cables than traditional SCSI, combined with its ability to trans-mit data at up to 100 MBps, makes it an attractive alternative to SCSIin many cases. Its architectural flexibility enables it to handle differentprotocols simultaneously. This allows a Fibre Channel network to serveas a high-speed LAN supporting network protocols such as TCP/IPand to support attachment of storage devices simultaneously. Compo-nents of the IBM Netfinity Fibre Channel technology include

• The Fibre Channel Switch. The switch, available as an 8-or16-port model, enables the interconnection of various stor-age servers and devices. It optimizes the advantages of FibreChannel technology for distance, performance, and heteroge-neous connectivity. It uses the latest technology with an ad-vanced, nonblocking switch architecture and delivers multiple,concurrent 100 MBps connections for large-block transfers,with reliability and data integrity. It provides scalability fromsmall-to very-large-size SAN environments, with virtually lim-itless bandwidth. It also has an embedded Web server for easybrowser-based setup, configuration, and ongoing management.Last, it offers the option of a second power supply that sup-ports dual-power-source installations to minimize outages, andnondisruptive maintenance if one power supply fails.

• The Fibre Channel SAN Data Gateway Router. The routerprovides a simple, entry-level connection between Fibre Chan-nel–enabled hosts and new or existing SCSI tape libraries(thereby offering investment protection for existing SCSI li-braries) to support sharing of tape devices by several serversand/or remote location of tape backups for disaster protec-tion. Two models are available to support two Ultra SCSIsingle-ended or differential bus connections routed to a singleFibre Channel connection. Additional SAN Data Gatewaymodels are available to support higher numbers of SCSI and/or Fibre Channel connections.

• The Fibre Channel Hub. The hub has seven ports for short-orlong-wave optical connections provided by optional hot-pluggable short-and long-wave gigabit interface converters(GBICs). The hub supports N-way clustering, and fourshort-wave GBICs are included as standard.


• The Fibre Channel PCI Adapter. With 100 MBps speed andFibre Channel direct-drive short-wave optical cable to 500 m(1,640 ft) rather than the 25-m (82-ft) limitation imposed bycopper cable, the adapter eliminates electrical interference andground shift problems caused by copper cable, which is stillused by some other vendors; the optional long-wave opticalcable reaches 10 km (6 mi), and a 64-bit PCI bus master trans-fers data at up to 264 MBps. The adapter is also compatiblewith 32-bit PCI.

• The Fibre Channel RAID Controller. The fail-safe RAID Con-troller Unit is a single hot-pluggable controller (standard), witha dual, active redundant controller as an option, thus elimi-nating the problems caused by a single point of failure thatcan exist in other companies’ products. The controller sup-ports RAID levels 0, 1, 3 and 5, and 128 MB of RAID cacheper controller (scalable to 256 MB with 128 MB mirrored),plus a battery-backed write cache. It has 6 Ultra2 SCSI (alsoknown as Low Voltage Differential SCSI, or LVDS) drive chan-nels supporting up to 60 HDDs (as opposed to the limit of 8–12 in other solutions) and redundant, hot-pluggable powersupplies and fans.

In conclusion, The SAN is the next generation in the evolution ofenterprise storage solutions. Its development has become necessaryas a result of worldwide customer requirements for data storage andprocessing around the clock in multiple time zones— storage andprocessing that are reliable, powerful, secure, and separate from theenterprise LAN.

IBM’s Netfinity SAN components and solutions are among theleading products in the industry. IBM brings decades of experienceand expertise in mainframe technology to the Intel processor–basedenvironment with their Netfinity family of servers and our Optionsby IBM’s broad portfolio of storage products. Both Netfinity serversand Options by IBM installed on them are covered by IBM’s limited,three-year on-site warranty, which provides hardware problem de-termination on-site, as well as remotely, with IBM’s latest technologyand tools.

IBM also provides the software management tools that help youfully exploit the value of a SAN in your business and make your


business intelligence work for you. And the IBM ServerProven Pro-gram on Netfinity gives businesses the confidence to implement ro-bust SAN solutions tested and optimized for Netfinity systems inindustry-standard, heterogeneous environments.

Glossary 295

Appendix A:

Glossary

10BaseT This type of Ethernet uses a bus topology with unshieldedtwisted pair cable. 10BaseT is used for single, point-to-point con-nections between a computer and hub or repeater.

10Base2 This type of Ethernet uses a bus topology with thin coaxialcable. It is generally used for small networks, for departmentalnetworks, or for wiring a number of nodes together in the sameroom.

10Base5 This type of Ethernet uses a bus topology with thick co-axial cable.

100BaseTX This type of Ethernet network transmits at 100 Mbpsover 2-pair or category 5 UTP cable.

100BaseT4 This type of Ethernet network transmits at 100 Mbpsover 4-pair or category 3 UTP cable.

100Base-VG A joint Hewlett-Packard–AT&T proposal forFast-Ethernet running at 100 million bits per second. It woulduse all four pairs using Category 5 cabling in the 10BaseTtwisted-pair wiring scheme to transmit or receive, rather thantoday’s present system of using one pair to transmit and one pairto receive.

3270 emulation The use of software that enables a client to emulatean IBM 3270 display station, printer, or control unit and to use

295


the functions of an IBM host system. The tn3270 protocol is usedin 3270 emulation over a TCP/IP network.

5250 emulation The use of software that enables a client to emulatean IBM 5250 display station or printer and to use the functionsof an IBM AS/400 system. The tn5250 protocol is used in 5250emulation over a TCP/IP network.

ABIOS Advanced Basic Input/Output system.A/B roll Video that is compiled from two sources. In video-editing

software, a scene editor or video construction window often pro-vides two tracks, sometimes labeled track A and track B, for onevideo. Additional special effects (F/X) and superimposition tracksallow you to combine, overlap, and move between video clipswith sophisticated transitions.

AC (ac) Alternating Current.ac power Power that is supplied to the computer through an electri-

cal outlet.access point A network component that provides connectivity be-

tween a wireless LAN and a wired LAN.access time The time interval between the instant at which a call for

data is initiated and the instant at which the delivery of data iscompleted. This term is often used when discussing disk driveperformance.

adapter A part that electrically or physically connects a device to acomputer or to another device.

adaptive buffering Allows a disk to adjust the number and size ofthe buffer segments when disk logic determines that the buffer hitrate can be increased.

address (1) A value that identifies a register or a particular part ofstorage. The value is represented by one or more characters. (2)The location in the storage of a computer where data is stored.(3) To refer to a specific storage location by specifying the valuethat identifies the location.

address bus The path used for the transmission of address informa-tion in a computer.

Advanced Power Management (APM) A facility consisting of oneor more layers of software that support power management incomputers with power manageable hardware. The APM softwareinterface allows applications, operating systems, device drivers,and the APM BIOS to work together to reduce power consump-tion, without reducing system performance.

Glossary 297

AIMS Auto Indexing Mass Storage.alphanumeric (A/N) Pertaining to a character set that contains let-

ters, digits, and usually other characters, such as punctuation marks.ALU See Arithmetic and Logic Unit.ANSI American National Standards Institute. An organization con-

sisting of producers, consumers, and general-interest groups thatestablishes the procedures by which accredited organizations cre-ate and maintain voluntary industry standards in the United States.

analog (1) Pertaining to data consisting of continuously variablephysical quantities. (2) Contrast with “digital.”

analog data Data in the form of a physical quantity that is consid-ered to be continuously variable and whose magnitude is madedirectly proportional to the data or to a suitable function of thedata.

Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) (1) A functional unit that con-verts data from an analog representation to a digital representa-tion. (2) A device that senses an analog signal and converts it to aproportional representation in digital form.

APA All Points Addressable.API Application Program Interface.ATA See AT Attachment.application program A program that performs specific tasks on your

computer, such as word processing or creating spreadsheets.application server A network node that provides application pro-

gram services to other nodes on the network. In client/server com-puting, applications are divided between the application serverand one or more client machines. Typically the computer-, disk-,and memory-intensive portions of the application run on theserver, and the user interface and other local processing portionsrun on the user personal computers.

asynchronous (ASYNC) (1) Pertaining to two or more processesthat do not depend upon the occurrence of specific events such ascommon timing signals. (2) Without regular time relationship;unexpected or unpredictable with respect to the execution of pro-gram instructions.

asynchronous communication A method of communication supportedby the operating system that allows an exhange of data with aremote device, using either a start-stop line or an X.25 line. Asyn-chronous communication includes the file transfer support andthe interactive terminal facility support.


asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) A transfer mode in which theinformation is organized into cells; it is asynchronous in the sensethat the recurrence of cells containing information from an indi-vidual user is not necessarily periodic. ATM is specified in inter-national standards such as ATM Forum UNI 3.1

AUTOEXEC.BAT file In the DOS operating system, a batch file thatresides in the root directory of the boot drive and contains com-mands that DOS executes whenever a DOS window is created.

AutoSync In modems compatible with the Hayes AutoSync modem, acommunication mode in which the modem provides synchronouscommunication with the remote data terminal equipment (DTE)while it is connected to an asynchronous port of the local DTE.

Archie A software tool for finding files stored on anonymous FTP serv-ers. FTP sites are regularly indexed by title and keyword, and Archiesearches these indexes for files based on your search criteria.

ARDIS A nationwide packet-radio network providing two-way datacommunications. It provides host connectivity, connectivity tothird-party information services, and e-mail and messaging services.

Arithmetic and Logic Unit (ALU) A part of a computer that per-forms arithmetic, logic, and related operations.

arbitration A method by which multiple devices attached to a singlebus can bid to get control of that bus.

architecture (1) The logical structure and functional characteristicsof a computer, including the interrelationships among its hard-ware and software components. (2) The organizational structureof a computer system, including hardware and software.

ASCII American National Standard Code for Information Inter-change. The standard code, using a coded character set consist-ing of 7-bit coded characters (8-bit including parity check), usedfor information interchange among data processing systems, datacommunication systems, and associated equipment. The ASCIIset consists of control characters and graphic characters. IBMhas defined an extension to ASCII code (characters 128–255).

asynchronous A mode of data transfer across the SCSI bus in whicheach byte of data transferred must be acknowledged as receivedby the target before the next byte can be sent.

ATA PC Card A storage device PC Card that has AT bus interface,such as hard disks and flash memories.

AT Attachment ATA defines a compatible register set and a 40-pinconnector and its associated signals.

Glossary 299

ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode. A fast, cell-switched technol-ogy based on a fixed-length 53-byte cell. All broadband transmis-sions are divided into a series of cells and routed across an ATMnetwork consisting of links connected by ATM switches. EachATM link comprises a constant stream of ATM cell slots intowhich transmissions are placed or left idle, if unused.

audio adapter An audio board that receives input from a micro-phone or input line, digitizes the signal, and stores it in the com-puter. The adapter can play back the digitized signal to an externalspeaker, headphone, or line output.

automatic defect reallocation Identifies and remaps defective sec-tors in real time.

AutoSpeed The adapter automatically determines and sets the cor-rect token-ring speed.

auxiliary storage Addressable storage, other than memory, that canbe accessed by means of an input/output channel—for example,direct access storage devices or magnetic tape.

AVI Audio/Video Interlaced A video format that interleaves alternat-ing video and audio data. The format is easily compressed anddecompressed.

backbone network A central network to which smaller networks,normally of lower speed, connect. The backbone network usuallyhas a much higher capacity than the networks it helps intercon-nect or is a wide-area network (WAN) such as a public packet-switched datagram network.

bandwidth (1) The difference, expressed in hertz, between the high-est and the lowest frequencies of a range of frequencies.(2) Inasynchronous transfer mode (ATM), the capacity of a virtual chan-nel, expressed in terms of peak cell rate (PCR), sustainable cellrate (SCR), and maximum burst size (MBS). (3) A measure of thecapacity of a communication transport medium (such as a TVcable) to convey data.

base station The controller for a wireless cell, often serving as anaccess point to a fixed (wired) network and relaying traffic amongthe members of the cell.

Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) Code that controls basic hard-ware operations, such as interactions with diskette drives, harddisk drives, and the keyboard.

batch (1) An accumulation of data to be processed. (2) A group ofrecords or data processing jobs brought together for processing


or transmission. (3) Pertaining to activity involving little or nouser action. Contrast with interactive.

baud rate A number representing the speed at which informationtravels over a communication line. The higher the number, thefaster communication occurs.

bay An area within a personal computer that provides space andphysical support for storage devices.

bay number A number assigned to a server device bay when install-ing a fixed disk drive or other peripheral in the bay. You use baynumbers to help keep track of drives when multiple drives arepresent and you need to add, replace, remove, or move a drive.

bps bits per second In serial transmission, the instantaneous bit speedwith which a device or channel transmits a character.

binary Pertaining to a system of numbers to the base 2; binary digitsare 0 and 1.

binary synchronous communication (BSC) (1) A form of telecom-munication line control that uses a standard set of transmissioncontrol characters and control character sequences, for binarysynchronous transmission of binary-coded data between stations.(2) Contrast with Synchronous Data Link Control.

BIOS Basic Input/Output System. In all IBM personal computers,code that controls basic hardware operations such as interactionswith diskette drives, fixed disk drives, and the keyboard.

bit Either of the digits 0 or 1 when used in the binary numeration system.bitmap A rectangular array of data that describes an image on a

screen. Each array location carries information on screen at-tributes, for example color, intensity, pixel location, etc. Manybitmaps carry more information than is actually displayed.

block A string of data elements recorded or transmitted in a unit.The elements may be characters, words, or physical records.

Boolean (1) Pertaining to the processes used in the algebra formu-lated by George Boole. (2) A value of 0 or 1 represented inter-nally in binary notation.

boot To prepare a computer system for operation by loading anoperating system.

bottleneck A hardware or software component that can limit theperformance of a device, a subsystem (such as an adapter), or anetwork. For example, if an adapter has hardware that can for-ward 14 000 packets per second, and software that can process

Glossary 301

4000 packets per second, the packet throughput is limited to 4000packets per second; and the software is the bottleneck.

branch prediction Pipelined machines must fetch the next instruc-tion before they have completely executed the previous instruc-tion. If the previous instruction was a branch, then thenext-instruction fetch could have been from the wrong place.Branch prediction is a technique that attempts to infer the propernext instruction address, knowing only the current one, typicallyusing an associative memory called a BTB.

branch recovery When a branch is mispredicted, the speculative stateof the machine must be flushed and fetching restarted from thecorrect target address.

BRI The Basic Rate Interface in ISDN. A single ISDN circuit dividedinto two 64 Kbps digital channels for voice or data and one 16Kbps channel for low-speed data (up to 9,600 baud) and signaling.

bridge (1) A functional unit that interconnects two local area net-works that use the same logical link control protocol but may usedifferent medium access control protocols. (2) A functional unitthat interconnects multiple LANs (locally or remotely) that usethe same logical link control protocol but that can use differentmedium access control protocols. A bridge forwards a frame toanother bridge based on the medium access control (MAC) ad-dress. (3) In the connection of local loops, channels, or rings, theequipment and techniques used to match circuits and to facilitateaccurate data transmission. (4) Contrast with gateway and router.

browser A program that interprets and displays HTML documents.BTB Branch Target Buffer A small (typically 128–512-entry) asso-

ciative memory that watches the ICache index and tries to pre-dict which ICache index should be accessed next, based on branchhistory. Optimizing the actual algorithm used in retaining the his-tory of each entry is an area of ongoing research. The PentiumPro uses a variant of Yeh’s algorithm (IEEE Micro-24 conferenceproceedings, 1991.)

buffer (1) A routine or storage used to compensate for differences inrates of data flow or time of occurrence of events when transfer-ring data from one device to another. (2) A portion of storageused to hold input or output data temporarily.

bus (1) In a processor, a physical facility on which data is transferredto all destinations but from which only addressed destinations may


read in accordance with appropriate conventions. (2) One or moresignal conductors used for transmitting signals or power.

bus master An intelligent device that, when attached to a PCI, Mi-cro Channel, or EISA bus can bid for and gain control of the busto perform its specific task.

bus mastering The ability of a device to take control of a computerbus while transferring information to another device on the samebus. Bus mastering eliminates the need for a third element in thesystem (such as a processor module) to perform the data transfer.

byte A string that consists of a particular number of bits, usually 8,that is treated as a unit, and that represents a character.

cable The physical medium for transmitting signals; it includes cop-per conductors and optical fibers.

cache A high-speed storage buffer that contains frequently accessedinstructions and data; it is used to reduce access time.

cache memory A special memory, smaller and faster than mainmemory, that is used to hold a copy of instructions and data inmain memory that are likely to be needed next by the processorand that have been obtained automatically from main memory.

CADAM Computer-Aided Design and Manufacturing. The use ofcomputers in the design and manufacture of products such ascars, airplanes, ships, and computers.

CAMC Common Access Method Committee.Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) A vacuum tube in which a beam of elec-

trons can be moved to draw lines, characters, or symbols on itsluminescent screen.

CCS The SCSI Common Command Set. A set of SCSI commandsspecified in the ANSI standard that all SCSI devices must be ableto use in order to be fully compatible with the ANSI standard.

CD Compact Disk.CD-I Compact Disk–Interactive.CDPD Cellular Digital Packet Data. An overlay network providing

packet data transmission over and analog cellular (AMPS) infra-structure. Data is transmitted between conversations or throughunused voice channels.

CD-ROM Compact Disk–Read Only Memory is a laser disk thatyou can only read data from. Data cannot be written to aCD-ROM.

CD-ROM XA Compact Disk–Read Only Memory extended ar-chitecture.

Glossary 303

CE Customer Engineer.cell The geographic unit forming the basis of a cellular system. Cells

vary greatly in size, from a few meters for some wireless LANs tohundreds of kilometers for some satellite systems. Use of smallercells can increase system capacity roughly proportionately to thesquare of the cell routes.

Central Processing Unit (CPU) (1) The section of the microproces-sor where arithmetic and logical operations are performed andinstructions are decoded and executed. (2) The functional unitthat controls the operation of the computer.

chip set An integrated circuit or a set of integrated circuits that pro-vide hardware support for a related set of functions, such as thegeneration of video.

chrominance The color dimension of a video signal.CID Configuration, Installation, and Distribution products deal with

IBM’s software distribution strategy as it relates to LANs.circuit (1) A logic device. (2) One or more conductors through which

an electric current can flow.click To press and release the click button once on the TrackPoint III

or mouse without moving the pointer off the choice.client The personal computer associated with an individual user. In

client/server computing, the client performs user-interface and lo-cal processing application tasks in conjunction with one or moreservers, which perform the computation-, memory-, disk-, andI/O-intensive portions of applications.

client/server computing A computing model that divides applica-tions between clients and servers. Clients are personal computerswhose role is to run the user interface and perform some localprocessing; servers are used to run the computation-, memory-,disk-, and I/O-intensive portions of the application. Servers alsoallow centralized data management and administration.

clock A device that generates periodic, accurately spaced signals usedfor purposes such as timing, regulation of the operations of aprocessor, or generation of interrupts.

clock cycle For a microprocessor, the amount of time that the mi-croprocessor takes to perform at a given clock speed. Clock cyclesare measured in nanoseconds (ns).

clock speed For a microprocessor, the operating speed of the mi-croprocessor. Clock speed is typically measured in megahertz(MHz).


cluster (1) A station that consists of a control unit (a cluster control-ler) and the terminals attached to it. (2) A group of APPN nodesthat have the same network ID and the same topology database.A cluster is a subset of a NETID subnetwork. (3) In high-avail-ability cluster multiprocessing (HACMP), a set of independentsystems (called nodes) that are organized into a network for thepurpose of sharing resources and communicating with each other.

CMOS A nonvolatile, battery-backed area of system memory thatholds a description of the current system configuration. Each pro-cessor module contains a CMOS chip.

code A collection of instructions that are in a form that can be readand processed by a computer.

code page An assignment of graphic characters and control func-tion meanings to all code points; for example, assignment of char-acters and meanings to 256 code points for an 8-bit code,assignment of characters and meanings to 128 code points for a7-bit code.

color map (1) A lookup table in which each index is associated with ared, green, and blue value. (2) A set of color cells. A pixel valueindexes the color map to produce RGB-intensities. A color mapconsists of a set of entries defining color values that, when associ-ated with a window, is used to display the contents of the window.(3) A lookup table that translates color indexes into RGB triplets.

combination key Keys that have specific functions when you holdthem down at the same time.

Communication Control Program (CCP) A portion of the networkcontrol program communication interrupt control program (CICP)that initiates and ends I/O line operations, handles first-level lineerror recovery and recording, and administers commands issuesby background programs.

Compact Disc (CD) (1) A disc, usually 4.75 inches in diameter, fromwhich data is read optically by means of a laser. (2) A disc withinformation stored in the form of pits along a spiral track. Theinformation is decoded by a compact-disc player and interpretedas digital audio data, which most computers can process.

compatibility The capability of a hardware or software componentto conform to the interface requirements of a given computerwithout adversely affecting its functions.

composite video A video format in which chrominance and lumi-nance are mixed together into one signal. See S-Video.

Glossary 305

compositing A process in which a video is superimposed over an-other video and compiled into a single video file. Also called “su-perimposition” or “overlay.”

computer architecture (1) The logical structure and functional char-acteristics of a computer, including the interrelationships amongits hardware and software components. (2) The organizationalstructure of a computer system, including hardware and software.

computer security (1) Concepts, techniques, technical measures, andadministrative measures used to protect the hardware, software,and data of an information processing system from deliberate orinadvertent unauthorized acquisition, damage, destruction, dis-closure, manipulation, modification, use, or loss. (2) Protectionresulting from the application of computer security.

Config.sys A file that contains a group of commands to loadinstallable device drivers and reserve space in system memory forinformation processing. This file is referred to by DOS duringsystem startup.

configuration (1) The manner in which the hardware and softwareof an information processing system are organized and intercon-nected. (2) The physical and logical arrangement of devices andprograms that make up a data processing system. (3) The devicesand programs that make up a system, subsystem, or network.

configure To set up a computer for operation by describing to the systemthe devices, optional features, and programs installed in the computer.

connector An electrical part used to join two or more other electri-cal parts.

console (system) The system console consists of keyboard, monitor,and mouse. The console is optional for daily operation, but isrequired for system installation and reconfiguration, and for op-eration with the server recovery level set at “Stop on all errors.”

control The determination of the time and order in which the partsof a computer and the devices that contain those parts performthe input, processing, storage, and output functions.

controller A device that coordinates and controls the operation ofone or more input/output devices, such as workstations, and syn-chronizes the operation of such devices with the operation of thesystem as a whole.

coprocessor A microprocessor on an expansion board that extendsthe address range of the main processor or adds specialized in-structions to handle a particular category of operations.


CPU Central processor unit.CRC See Cyclic Redundancy Check.CRT Cathode Ray Tube display.CSD Corrective Service Diskette. A diskette provided by IBM to

registered service coordinators for resolving user-identified prob-lems. This diskette includes program updates designed to resolveproblems.

CSMA/CA Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Avoidance.A network protocol in which the transmitting workstations resendthe data if the receiving workstations does not confirm receipt ofthe data within a given period of time.

CSMA/CD Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection.A network protocol in which the transmitting workstation de-tects data collision and waits a random length of time before re-trying the transmission.

CUA Common User Access, guidelines for the dialogue between ahuman and a workstation or terminal.

cycle (1) An interval of space or time in which one set of events orphenomena is completed. (2) A complete vibration, electric oscil-lation, or alternation of current.

Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) A numeric value derived from thebits in a message that is used to check for any bit errors in trans-mission.

cylinder (1) The fixed disk or diskette tracks that can be read orwritten without moving the disk or diskette drive read and writemechanism. (2) The number of tracks for space allocation.

DAS Dual-Attaching Station. FDDI configuration. Dual-attachingstations can attach to both the primary and secondary rings ofFDDI.

DASD Direct Access Storage Device.daisy chain A method of device interconnection for determining in-

terrupt priority by connecting the interrupt sources serially.data (1) A reinterpretable representation of information in a for-

malized manner suitable for communication, interpretation, orprocessing. (2) Any representations such as characters or analogquantities to which meaning is or might be assigned.

data bus A bus used to communicate data internally and externallyto and from a processing unit, storage, and a peripheral devices.

DC Direct Current.decibel (dB) A unit that expresses the intensity of a sound.

Glossary 307

default Pertaining to an attribute, condition, value, or option that isassumed when none is explicitly specified.

defunct Nonrecoverable; failed. This term is primarily used in asso-ciation with the functional status of disk drives.

device An input/output (I/O) unit such as a terminal, display, orprinter.

device driver A file that contains the code needed to attach and usea device.

device label copying When two devices attached to the SCSI busperform data transfers between each other across the SCSI buswithout using the attachment feature.

diagnostic Pertaining to the detection and isolation of errors in pro-grams and faults in equipment.

diagnostic program A computer program that is designed to detect,locate, and describe faults in equipment or errors in computerprograms.

digital (1) Pertaining to data in the form of digits. (2) Contrast with“analog.”

digital data Data represented by digits, perhaps with special charac-ters and the space character.

DIMM Dual In-line Memory Module. A small circuit board withmemory-integrated circuits containing signal and power pins onboth sides of the board.

DIP switch A two-position switch on a circuit board that is presentto control certain functions; the user can change the position of aDIP switch to satisfy special requirements.

Direct Memory Access (DMA) A method used to transfer data di-rectly from a device to system memory without using the mainsystem processor.

directory A list of files that are stored on a disk or diskette. A direc-tory also contains information about the files, such as size anddate of last change.

disconnect When a device has received a command and disconnectsfrom a SCSI bus, it enables another device to use the SCSI buswhile it processes its command.

disk array (1) A grouping of hard disks that can be logically consid-ered one drive. (2) A grouping of hard disks over which the datafile is spread.

disk duplexing See duplexing.disk mirroring See mirroring.


disk swapping A form of memory management whereby if additionalmemory is needed for the active programs, the operating systemtransfers the least used information from memory to the hard diskto make more memory available. When the transferred informa-tion is needed, it is exchanged with other information in memory.

diskette A thin, flexible magnetic disk and a semirigid protectivejacket, in which the disk is permanently enclosed.

diskette drive The mechanism used to seek, read, and write data ondiskettes.

Display Data Channel (DDC) An industry standard for passing moni-tor configuration information between a monitor and the attachedpersonal computer. Plug and Play technology is used to provideautomatic performance optimization for the monitor. ADDC-enabled computer can interpret configuration informationfrom a DDC-enabled monitor and then set the display mode thatbest uses the capabilities of the monitor.

Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS) A monitor featurethat makes it possible for the attached personal computer to safelylower and manage the power consumption level of the monitor,based on defined modes of inactivity of the keyboard and mouse.The power level can be progressively lowered each time the moni-tor is placed into the next mode—from On, to Standby, to Sus-pend, to Off. To take advantage of this feature, the monitor mustbe used with a computer and operating system that are hardwareand software enabled for DPMS. If the monitor is attached to avideo adapter, the adapter must also be DPMS enabled.

DMA See Direct Memory Access.DMA slave A device on an I/O bus that uses the system-provided

direct memory access (DMA) facilities instead of having a built-incontroller. See also bus master.

DNS Domain Name System. A scheme for translating numeric In-ternet addresses into strings of word segments denoting user namesand locations, such as [email protected]

DOS Disk Operating System. A program that controls the opera-tion of an IBM personal computer and the execution of applica-tion programs.

double-click To rapidly press and release the click button twice onthe TrackPoint III, on a mouse, or in a graphical window menu.

drag To point at an object, press and hold the appropriate mouse orthe TrackPoint III click button, and then move the mouse or the

Glossary 309

pointing stick of the TrackPoint III to relocate the object.DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory.DSP Digital Signal Processor.dual processing A process in which a personal computer uses the

resources of two microprocessors, instead of one, to share theprocessing tasks. This architecture provides the capability of fasterprocessing speed and faster throughput to input/output devices.Most operating systems that support dual processing use sym-metric multiprocessing.

duplexing The use of a duplicate drive on a separate controller to in-crease reliability. All information is written to both drives, so that ifeither driver fails, the information is still available on the other.

EC (1) Engineering Change. (2) European Community.ECC (Error Checking and Correction) A memory subsystem design

that automatically corrects single-bit memory errors and detectsmultiple-bit memory errors, providing greater system reliability.

Edit Decision List (edl) A list of video-editing instructions, some-times generated by video-editing software. It includes time-codestamps, duration, trim marks, sequencing, and transition-effectsinformation, and it can be read by high-end, analog-basedvideo-editing equipment.

EIA Electronic Industries Association.EIA-232D An EIA interface standard that defines the physical, elec-

tronic, and functional characteristics of an interface line that con-nects a communication device and associated workstation. It usesa 25-pin connector and an unbalanced line voltage.

EISA Extended Industry Standard Architecture. Extends the ISA to32 bits and provides busmastering.

Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM)EPROM that can be reprogrammed while it is in the computer.

EMS Expanded Memory Specification.EOI End of Interrupt.EPROM Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory. Program-

mable read only memory that is read only in normal use but canbe erased by a special technique and then reprogrammed.

ESD ElectroStatic Discharge.ESDI Enhanced Small Device Interface.Ethernet A 10- or 100-megabit baseband local area network that

allows multiple stations to access the transmission medium at willwithout prior coordination, avoids contention by using carrier


sense and deference, and resolves contention by using collisiondetection and transmission. Ethernet uses carrier sense multipleaccess with collision detection (CSMA/CD).

EU European Union.expansion bus An I/O bus, such as PCI, Micro Channel, EISA, or

ISA, that has connectors for attaching adapters to the bus.expansion slot In personal computer systems, one of several recep-

tacles in the rear panel of the system unit into which a user caninstall an adapter.

Fast Ethernet Emerging standards for Ethernet at 100 Mbps.fault tolerance A term used to describe computer systems that have no

single points of failure and that can therefore survive any single fail-ure without an interruption of operations. Also see high availability.

FDD Floppy Disk Drive.Federal Communications Commission (FCC) A board of com-

missioners appointed by the President under the Communica-tions Act of 1934, having the power to regulate all interstateand foreign communications by wire and radio originating inthe United States.

file A named set of records stored or processed as a unit.file server A network node that provides file services to other nodes

on the network. In response to a request from another node, a fileserver transfers to that node the complete contents of a file.

Firewall A security barrier, consisting of one or more routers ca-pable of accepting, rejecting, or editing transmitted information,placed between an organization’s internal network and a connec-tion to the Internet.

First In/First Out (FIFO) A queuing technique in which the nextitem to be retrieved is the item that has been in the queue thelongest time.

fixed disk A flat, circular, nonremoveable plate with a surface layeron which data can be stored by magnetic recording.

flash memory A rewriteable storage that is used to contain BIOSinstructions and POST routines.

floppy disk Synonym for “diskette.”folder A file used to store and organize documents.format To prepare a hard disk or diskette to hold information.flush The process of sending through the networks all remaining

buffered data generated by a transaction program.FMT Format.

Glossary 311

frame (1) A data structure that consists of fields, predetermined by aprotocol, for the transmission of user data and control data. Thecomposition of a frame, especially the number and types of fields,may vary according to the type of protocol. (2) In multimediaapplications, a complete television picture that is composed oftwo scanned fields, one of the even lines and one of the odd lines.In the NTSC system, a frame has 525 lines and is scanned every1/30 frame.

frames The series of pictures that form moving images on film orvideo.

frequency The rate of signal oscillation, expressed in Hertz (cycleper second).

FRU Field Replaceable Unit.FTP File Transfer Protocol. The protocol that defines the transfer of

files between a host and a remote station on an internet protocol(IP)-based network.

fuel gauge An indicator on the screen that constantly shows the cur-rent power status of battery pack.

Full Duplex Full-duplex-enabled adapters allow stations to trans-mit and receive at the same time, doubling their bandwidth po-tential.

gateway A functional unit that interconnects two computer networkarchitectures. A gateway connects networks or systems of differ-ent architectures. A bridge interconnects networks or systems withthe same or similar architectures.

GB Gigabyte. One billion bytes.Gopher A simple TCP/IP tool that allows you to organize and dis-

play information within a hierarchical menu system.granularity The extent to which a larger entity is subdivided.GUI Graphical User Interface.hard disk (1) A rigid magnetic disk such as the internal disks used in

the system unit of personal computers and in external hard diskdrives. Synonymous with “fixed disk” and “nonremoveable disk.”(2) A rigid disk used in a hard disk drive.

hardware (1) All or part of the physical components of an informa-tion processing system, such as computers or peripheral devices.(2) The equipment, as opposed to the programming, of a com-puter. (3) Contrast with “software.”

HDP Hard Disk Password.hertz (Hz) A unit of frequency equal to one cycle per second.


hexadecimal Pertaining to a system of numbers to the base 16; hexa-decimal digits range from 0 through 9 and A through F, where Arepresents 10 and F represents 15.

HHR Half-Horizontal Resolution (used with MPEG).hibernation One of the power-saving methods that stores data and

applications running in computer’s memory on the hard disk, thenautomatically turns the computer off to save power. When poweris turned on, the computer immediately restores the data and ap-plications in use when hibernation started without restarting theoperating system.

high availability Computer-systems design philosophy that focuseson maximizing system up-time at a reasonable cost.

High-Performance File System (HPFS) An installable file system thatuses high-speed buffer storage, known as a cache, to provide fastaccess to large disk volumes. The file system also supports the co-existence of multiple, active file systems on a single personal com-puter, with a capability of multiple and different storage devices.File names used with HPFS can have as many as 254 characters.

high-resolution mode Video resolutions that are greater than 640by 480 pels.

home page Like http://www.ibm.cpm, this is the default documentWorld Wide Web users see when connecting to a Web server forthe first time.

Hot-Spare Drive (HSP) A hard disk drive that is installed in a computerand configured by the system for use in the event of a drive failure.

H-Sync Horizontal Synchronization.HSP Hot-Spare Drive.HTML (HyperText Markup Language) A coding language used to

create hypertext documents for use on the World Wide Web.HTTP HyperText Transport Protocol. A protocol for moving hyper-

text files across the Internet. Requires an HTTP client program onone end and an HTTP server program on the other. HTTP is themost important protocol used by the World Wide Web.

hub A physical-layer device for the concentration of wiring mediafor either homogeneous or heterogeneous LAN types.

hypertext Any document that contains links to other documents;selecting a link automatically displays the second document.

IC DRAM card An Integrated Circuit (IC) Dynamic Random Ac-cess Memory (DRAM) card, designed for small computers suchas notebook computers.

Glossary 313

icon A graphic symbol, displayed on a screen, that a user can pointto with a device such as a mouse to select a particular function orsoftware application.

IDE Integrated Disk Electronics.IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.infrared Thermal radiation with wavelengths longer than that of

visible light. It can be modulated to transmit data. It is used aseither a point-to-point beam or as a diffused beam.

infrared port On personal computers, a port used for wireless com-munication with other infrared-capable devices. Data is trans-mitted through invisible rays.

initialize (1) To set counters, switches, addresses, or contents to zeroor other starting values at the beginning of, or at prescribed pointsin, the operating of a computer routine. (2) To prepare for use;for example, to initialize a hard disk or diskette.

Initial Machine Load (IML) For PS/2 computers, the action of loadingPOST and BIOS code from a hard disk or network server into memory.

Initial Program Load (IPL) (1) The initialization procedure that causesan operating system to commence operation. (2) The process bywhich a configuration image is loaded into storage at the begin-ning of a work day or after a system malfunction.

initiator A device attached to the SCSI bus that sends a command toanother device on the SCSI bus. The device that receives that com-mand is a target.

input/output Pertaining to a device, process, or channel involved indata input, data output, or both.

input/output device A device in a data processing system by meansof which data can be entered into the system, received from thesystem, or both.

instruction A statement that specifies an operation to be performedby a system and that identifies data involved in the operation.

instruction set The set of instructions of a computer, of a program-ming language, or of the programming languages in a program-ming system.

interface A shared boundary between two or more entities. An in-terface may be a hardware component to link two devices or aportion of storage or registers accessed by two or more computerprograms.

interleave To arrange parts of one sequence of things or events sothat they alternate with parts of one or more other sequences of


the same nature and so that each sequence retains its identity.interleave depth The granularity at which data from one file is stored

on one drive of the array before it is stored on the next drive inthe array.

interleaving The simultaneous accessing of two or more bytes orstreams of data from distinct storage units.

International Standards Organization (ISO) An organization of na-tional standards bodies from various countries established to pro-mote the development of standards to facilitate internationalexchange of goods and services, and develop cooperation in in-tellectual, scientific, technological, and economic activity.

Internet server A computer that offers applications and informationto Internet users. Examples are FTP, Gopher, News, and Webservers.

interrupt An instruction that directs the microprocessor to sus-pend whatever it is doing and run a specified routine. Whenthe routine is complete, the microprocessor resumes its origi-nal work.

IRQ interrupt request.in/out markers Notations that are placed on digital video and audio

files to denote where they begin and end.I/O Input/Output.IP Internet Protocol; the portion of the TCP/IP standard that routes

messages from one Internet node to anotherIP/IPX Internet Gateway A software or hardware package that trans-

lates IP packets into IPX packets and vice versa. It allows aNetWare LAN to access the Internet.

IPX Internet Packet eXchange. The communications protocol forNetWare that routes messages form one node to another.

IR Infrared.ISA Industry-Standard Architecture.ISA bus A 16-bit data bus over which data can be transferred at a

rate of up to 8.33 MB per second.ISDN Integrated Systems Digital Network. International telecom-

munications standard for transmitting voice, video, and data overa single digital line. It uses 64 Kbps circuit-switched B (Bearer)channels to carry voice and data and uses a separate D (Data)channel to carry control signals via a packet-switched network.

ISO International Organization for Standardization.ITSO International Technical Support Organization.

Glossary 315

jack A connecting device to which a wire or wires of a circuit can beattached and that is arranged for insertion of a plug.

JEDEC Joint Electronic Device Engineering Council.JEIDA Japan Electronic Industry Development Association.jumper A connector between two pins on a circuit board that en-

ables or disables an option, feature, or parameter.key A process whereby portions of a video are made transparent in

order for an underlying video to show through.kilobit (Kb) One thousand binary digits.kilobyte (KB) 1,024 bytes for processor and data storage (memory)

size; otherwise, 1,000 bytes.kHz kilohertz.L2 cache Caches exist in a “memory hierarchy.” There is a small but

very fast L1 cache; if that misses, then the access is passed on tothe bigger but slower L2 cache, and if that misses, the access goesto main memory (or L3 cache if the system has one).

LAN Local Area Network. (1) A computer network located on auser’s premises within a limited geographical area. Communica-tion within a local area network is not subject to external regula-tions; however, communication across the LAN boundary maybe subject to some form of regulation. (2) A network in which aset of devices are connected to one another for communicationand that can be connected to a larger network.

LAN Server HPFS High-Performance File System. The 32-bithigh-speed file system provided with IBM LAN Server Version2.0 and above.

LAPS LAN Adapter and Protocol Support.laser Light amplification by simulated emission of radiation. The

CD-ROM drive contains a low-power laser for reading informa-tion stored on a compact disk.

latency The time the disk waits for correct sector to spin under thedisk head.

leased line A telephone line rented for dedicated access to the Internet.LCD Liquid Crystal Display.LED Light Emitting Diode.legacy device A device that is not Plug and Play (automatic configur-

ing) compatible. A legacy device must be manually configured bysetting its switches or jumpers, and then manually assigned com-puter resources using the computer configuration/ setup utilityprogram. Contrast with “Plug and Play device.”


link In hypertext documents, the connection from one document toanother.

load To bring all or part of a computer program into memory fromauxiliary storage so that the computer can run the program.

logical (1) Pertaining to content or meaning as opposed to locationor actual implementation. (2) Pertaining to a view or description ofdata that does not depend on the characteristics of the computersystem or the physical storage. (3) Contrast with “physical.”

logical block address This term defines the addressing mode of thedrive as being by the linear mapping of sectors from 2 to n.

logical unit A device attached to a SCSI device. An LU is not directlyattached to the SCSI bus.

Logical Unit Number (LUN) A number given to a device that isattached to a SCSI bus. The device is known as a logical unit.

look-ahead buffer A buffer that reads additional data ahead of thedata currently requested and stores that data in fast buffer memory.

low-level format A type of disk formatting that erases all readableinformation from a hard disk by writing zeros on all data sec-tions of the disk to ensure that no readable information is left onthe disk. Low-level formatting requires a low-level format pro-gram, which is available from a number of manufacturers.

LSP LAN Support Program.LU Logical Unit.luminance The brightness of a video sign.magneto-resistive Describing heads that allow greater area density

and contain a chip that is sensitive to magnetic fluctuations, whichgives more precision in writing and reading data without makingthe head fly closer to the platter.

math coprocessor In personal computer systems, a microprocessorthat supplements the operation of the system microprocessor, en-abling the computer to perform complex mathematical opera-tions in parallel with other operations.

MCI Media Control Interface.megabit 1,048,576 bits (1 million bits).megabyte (MB) 1,048,576 bytes (1 million bytes).megahertz (MHz) A unit of measure of frequency equal to 1 million

cycles per second.memory Addressable storage space in the computer that is used for

temporary storage of instructions and data while a program isrunning or for permanent storage of microcode. Memory is often

Glossary 317

referred to as Random Access Memory (RAM), measured in ki-lobytes (KB) or megabytes (MB) of information.

menu A list of choices that gives users access to actions that can beapplied to an object.

Micro Channel Architecture A 32-bit I/O system introduced by IBMfor use in its PS/2 family of personal computers. Micro Channelincorporates better performance and reliability than the AT busstandard.

microchip A small piece of semiconductive material, usually silicon,that contains miniaturized electronic circuits.

microcode One or more microinstructions used in a product as analternative to hard-wired circuity to implement functions of a pro-cessor or other system component.

microcomputer (1) A digital computer whose processing unit consistsof one or more microprocessors and includes storage and input/outputfacilities. (2) A small computer that includes one or more input/outputunits and sufficient memory to execute instructions—for example, apersonal computer. The essential components of a microcomputerare often contained within a large enclosure.

microprocessor A microchip containing integrated circuits that ex-ecutes instructions.

MIDI Musical Instrument Digital Interface.millimeter (mm) One thousandth of a meter.millisecond (ms) One thousandth of a second.MIPS Millions of Instructions Per Second. Unit of measure of pro-

cessing performance equal to 1 million instructions per second.mirroring The use of a duplicate drive connected to the same con-

troller to increase reliability. All information is written to bothdrives so that if either disk fails, the information is still availableon the other.

modem A device that connects your computer to a telephone line,allowing it to communicate with another computer at anotherlocation.

mosaic A graphical browser for the World Wide Web that supportsmultimedia. Mosaic is often used, incorrectly, as a synonym forthe World Wide Web.

mouse A device that a user moves on a flat surface to position apointer on the screen. It allows a user to select a choice or func-tion to be performed, or to perform operations on the screen,such as dragging or drawing lines from one position to another.


MPC Multimedia personal computer.MPEG Motion Picture Experts Group. A high-quality video com-

pression scheme that allows for full-screen, full-motion video cap-ture and playback. It currently requires both hardware encodingand decoding.

MTBF Mean Time Between Failures.multimedia Material presented in a combination of text, graphics,

video, animation, and sound.multiplexing In data transmission, a function that permits two or

more data sources to share a common transmission medium sothat each data source has its own channel.

multitasking A mode of operation that provides for concurrent per-formance, or interleaved execution of two or more tasks.

nanosecond (ns) One thousandth of one millionth (10-9) of a second.NCSC National Computer Security Center.NDIS Network Driver Interface Specification. Microsoft specifica-

tion for hardware-independent drivers at the data link (media ac-cess control) layer. When transport protocols are written to NDIS,network adapters with NDIS compliant MAC drivers can be freelyinterchanged.

NetBIOS Commonly used network protocol for PC local area net-works, introduced with IBM’s PC Network and implemented inMicrosoft’s LAN Manager. Application programs access NetBIOSto transfer files and provide client/server interaction.

network (1) An arrangement of nodes and connecting branches. (2)A configuration of data processing devices and software connectedfor information interchange.

network adapter An expansion adapter that connects the server to anetwork.

network administrator The person responsible for the installation,management, and control of a network. The network administra-tor gives authorization to users for accessing shared resources anddetermines the type of access those users can have.

NiCad Nickel-cadmium.NiMH Nickel metal hydride.NMI NonMaskable Interrupt.nonvolatile (1) Pertaining to a storage device whose contents are not

lost when power is cut off. (2) Contrast with “volatile.”

Glossary 319

NonVolatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM) Random accessmemory that retains its contents after electrical power is shut offvia a battery.

NOS Network Operating System.ns nanosecond.NTSC National Television Standards Committee and its signal speci-

fication, which is the transmission standard for North America.NTSC format The specifications for color television as defined by

the NTSC, which include (a) 525 scan lines, (b) broadcast band-width of 4 MHz, (c) line frequency of 15.75 KHz, (d) frame fre-quency of 30 frames per second, and (e) color subcarrier frequencyof 3.58 MHz.

ODI Open Data-Link Interface. Common interface for network driv-ers developed by Novell. It allows multiple transport protocols torun on one network adapter.

OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer.OFL Off-line.ONL On-line.Operating System (OS) Software that controls the execution of pro-

grams and that may provide services such as resource allocation,scheduling, input/output control, and data management.

overlap To perform an operation at the same time as another opera-tion is being performed; for example, to perform input/outputoperations while instructions are being executed by the process-ing unit.

PA Problem Analysis.Packet Radio The application of packet technology to radio links.

This allows sharing channels between multiple users, which ismore cost-effective for many data applications.

PAL Phase Alternation Line.PAL format Phase Alternation Line format. The standard for color

television in European countries except France and Russia. SeeNTSC format.

parallel Pertaining to a process in which all events occur within thesame interval of time, each handled by a separate but similar func-tional unit.

Parallel Disk Array (PDA) A collection of fixed disk drives treatedby the operating system as a single drive.


parallel port A port used to attach such devices as dot-matrix print-ers and input/output units; it transmits data 1 byte at a time.

parity The state of being odd or even. Used as the basis of a methodof detecting errors in binary-coded data.

parity bit A binary digit appended to a group of binary digits tomake the sum of all the digits, including the appended binarydigit, either odd or even as previously established.

parity check A redundancy check by which a recalculated parity bitis compared with the pregiven parity bit.

Partial Suspend mode A kind of suspend mode in which only a partof the system components uses power.

partition One of possible storage areas of variable size; one may beaccessed by DOS, and each of the others may be assigned to an-other operation system.

password A series of letters or numbers that you designate to re-strict access to your computer.

PC Personal computer.PC Card Credit-card-size PCMCIA cards that support PCMCIA stan-

dard.PCIC PC Card Interface Controller.PCMCIA Personal computer Memory Card International Association.PDA See Parallel Disk Array.PD/CD-ROM drive A dual-function mechanism used to read and

write information on PD cartridges and read information onCD-ROMs. A PD/CD-ROM drive can be installed internally orexternally.

PD cartridge A rewritable, high-capacity optical disk enclosed in aprotective case. A PD cartridge is suitable for storingspace-consuming files, such as graphics, multimedia, or backupsystem files. It is used with the PD/CD-ROM drive of a personalcomputer.

pel Picture element for a monitor.Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) The local bus developed

by Intel as a high-end alternative to VL bus.peripheral device Any device that can communicate with a particular

computer; for example, input/output units or auxiliary storage.physical (1) Pertaining to actual implementation or location as opposed

to conceptual content or meaning. (2) Contrast with “logical.”Physical Unit Number (PUN) A term used to describe a device attached

directly to the SCSI bus. Also known as a SCSI device or SCSI ID.

Glossary 321

picture element In computer graphics, the smallest element of a displaysurface that can be independently assigned color and intensity.

pin One of the conducting contacts of an electrical connector.PING Packet InterNet Gopher; a tool that sends packets of infor-

mation to a computer on a network. It can determine whether agiven Internet address is on-line.

PIO See Programmed Input/Output.pipelining A microarchitecture design technique that divides the ex-

ecution of an instruction into sequential steps, using differentmicroarchitectural resources at each step. Pipelined machines havemultiple integer ALU instructions executing at the same time, butat different stages in the machine.

pit In optical recording, a microscopic hole in the information layerof a videodisk surface made by the recording laser beam. Re-corded information is contained in the pits.

pixel Picture element for a monitor.planar Also known as motherboard. The largest electronic board in

a computer, which connects the various subsystems together.plotter An output unit that directly produces a hardcopy record of

data on a removable medium in the form of a two-dimensionalgraphic representation.

Plug and Play Hardware and software that dynamically configureresources and eliminate user intervention during the installationprocess.

pointing device An instrument, such as a mouse, TrackPoint III, orjoystick, that is used to move a pointer on the screen.

popup menu On the display screen, a menu that emerges in an up-ward direction from a particular point or line on a display screen.

port An access point for data entry or exit.POS Programmable Option Select.POST See Power-On Self-Test.Power-On Self-Test (POST) (1) A series of diagnostic tests that are

run automatically each time the computer’s power is turned on.(2) A series of diagnostic tests that the server runs at startup,testing all subsystems in turn.

Predictive Failure Analysis (PFA) Monitors key device parametersto determine if specifications are exceeded or changed excessively.Helps in early warning of imminent failure so that reliable per-formance is obtained. Utilized by hard disks while diagnostics isrunning the data diagnostics check.


Presentation Manager The graphical user interface contained in theIBM OS/2 operating system.

PRI Primary Rate Interface in ISDN. In North America, it includes23 B channels and one 64 Kbps D channel (23B+D), equivalentto T1. In Europe, it includes 30 B channels and one 64 Kbps Dchannel (30B+D), equivalent to European E1 service.

priority (1) A rank assigned to a task that determines its precedencein receiving system resources. (2) The significance of one job rela-tive to other jobs in competing for allocation of resources.

processing The performance of logical operations and calculationson data, including temporary retention of data in microprocessorstorage while the data is being handled.

processor In a computer, a functional unit that interprets and ex-ecutes instructions.

program (1) A sequence of instructions that a computer can inter-pret and execute. (2) To design, write, modify, and test computerprograms.

Programmed Input/Output (PIO) A means of data transfer that re-quires the use of the host processor.

PROM Programmable Read Only Memory, which can have the datacontent of each storage cell altered only once.

prompt A visual or audible message sent by a program to requestthe user’s response.

PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit. A virtual circuit that provides theequivalent of a dedicated private-line service over a packet-switching network between two DTEs.

pull-down menu On the display screen, a menu that emerges in adownward direction from a point or line at or near the top of thescreen.

RAID Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks or Redundant Arrayof Independent Disks.

Random Access Memory (RAM) A computer’s or adapter’s volatilestorage memory area, into which data may be entered or retrievedfrom in a nonsequential manner.

RAM Mobile Data Natural two-way packet-radio network usingthe Mobitex architecture. RAM Mobile Data provides host con-nectivity, connectivity to third-party information services, andbroad e-mail connectivity.

RAS Reliability, Availability, and Serviceability.RCA Radio Corporation of America.

Glossary 323

read To acquire or interpret data from a storage device, from a datamedium, or from another source.

read only A type of access to data that allows it to be read but notcopied, printed, or modified.

Read Only Memory (ROM) A computer’s or adapter’s storage areawhose contents cannot be modified by the user except under spe-cial circumstances.

reboot To restart all operations of the computer as if the powerwere just turned on.

RDY Ready.reconnect When a device has finished processing a command, it ar-

bitrates for the SCSI bus in order to reconnect to it and performits data transfer.

record (1) A set of data treated as a unit. (2) A set of one or morerelated data items grouped for processing.

Reduced Instruction Set Computer (RISC) A computer that uses asmall, simplified set of frequently used instructions for rapid ex-ecution.

redundancy In a functional unit, the existence of more than onemeans for performing a required function.

Reference Diskette A bootable DOS diskette shipped with the serverbase system. The diskette reconfigures system CMOS memoryafter any device additions, changes, or removals that affect theserver.

refresh (1) To recharge a memory location in volatile memory withan electrical current so that it retains a state or binary value. (2)In computer graphics, the process of repeatedly producing a moni-tor image on a monitor surface so that the image remains visible.

register (1) An integrated circuit that contains 8, 16, or 32 storagelocations, each of which can store 1 bit of binary data. See alsobinary. (2) An area that stores data while it is being processed bythe computer.

resolution In computer graphics, a measure of the sharpness of animage, expressed as the number of lines and columns on the moni-tor screen or the number of pels per unit of area.

resource Any of the computer-system elements needed to performrequired operations, including storage, input/output devices, pro-cessors, data, and programs.

resume To begin computer operations again from suspend mode.RGB Red Green Blue.


RIPL Remote Initial Program Load.riser card A circuit card that connects to the system board and pro-

vides expansion slots for adding adapters.RISC Reduced Instruction Set Computing.router A hardware/software solution that directs messages between

local area networks.routine A program, or part of a program, that may have some gen-

eral or frequent use.RPL Remote Program Load.RT/CMOS Real-Time/Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor.S-HTTP (Secure HyperText Transport Protocol) A transaction pro-

tocol for the Internet that creates secure channels at the applica-tion layer.

S-Video A video format that separates the chrominance and lumi-nance values of video into two separate signals.

SCB System Control BlockSCSI (Small Computer Systems Interface) A general-purpose

peripheral-interface specification, commonly used to connect disks,tapes, and optical media to computer systems.

SCSI-2 An enhanced version of the original SCSI specification pro-viding enhanced performance through a wider data path and fasterdata checking.

SCSI Attachment Feature The feature that attaches to the main sys-tem unit and the SCSI bus. It is the controlling feature of the SCSIsubsystem.

SCSI device An intelligent device that is directly attached to the SCSIbus. It conforms to the ANSI Standard X3.131-1986 for attachedSCSI devices.

SCSI ID The identification number that you assign to a fixed disk bysetting jumpers on the disk or on the drive backplane of ArrayServers and the 3516.

sector A predetermined angular part of a track or band on a mag-netic disk that can be addressed.

seek time The time required for the access arm of a direct accessstorage device to be positioned on the appropriate track.

segmented look-ahead buffer Divides the total amount of buffermemory into smaller buffers so that data from more than oneread can be stored at one time.

Glossary 325

sequential access The capability to enter data into a storage deviceor data medium in the same sequence as the data is ordered, or toobtain data in the same order as it has been entered.

serial Pertaining to the sequential or consecutive occurrence of twoor more related activities in a single device or channel.

serial port A port used to attach devices such as display devices,letter-quality printers, modems, plotters, and such pointing de-vices as light pens and mice; it transmits data 1 bit at a time.

server A generic term for a network node that performs some set oftasks or functions for other nodes on the network. See also fileserver and application server.

servo See servomechanism.servomechanism (1) An automatic device that uses feedback to govern

the physical position of an element. (2) A feedback system in whichat least one of the system signals represents mechanical motion.

SIMM Single In-line Memory Module.slave A device or subsystem that is involved in a data transfer as either

the source or destination but does not control the transfer.SLIP/PPP Serial Line Internet Protocol/Point-to-Point Protocol. A

pair of protocols, each of which allows a machine to connect tothe Internet via a standard phone line and a high-speed modem.Most Internet packages support both, but PPP is the more ad-vanced standard.

slot (1) A position in a device used for removable storage media. (2)One of several receptacles in the rear panel of the system unitinto which a user can install an adapter.

SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol. The protocol gov-erning network management and monitoring of network devicesand their functions. SNMP came out of the TCP/IP environment.

software (1) All or part of the programs, procedures, rules, and as-sociated documentation of a computer. Software is an intellectualcreation that is independent of the medium on which it is re-corded. (2) Contrast with “hardware.”

speculative execution A generalized mechanism that permits instruc-tions to be started “early,” i.e., ahead of their normal executionsequence. Results of this speculation are stored temporarily (inthe ROB) because they may be discarded due to a change in pro-gram flow.


spread spectrum frequency hopping A technique for signalingwhereby the available spectrum is divided into a large number ofbands and users, or groups of users, “hop” from band to band inrapid sequence. This synchronized hopping crates logical com-munications channels. Interference between groups is minimizedthrough the use of orthogonal codes, which are hopping patternsthat minimize the number of times two groups will be in the sameband at the same time.

SPX Sequential Packet eXchange. A communications protocol that oper-ates on top of IPX and ensures that an entire message arrives intact.

SQL Structured Query Language An industry-standard language forrequesting information from a relational database and interpret-ing the results. SQL is often pronounced like “sequel.”

SRAM Static Random Access Memory.startup sequence In personal computer systems, the order that the

computer uses to search the direct access storage devices for anoperating system.

STI Set Interrupt Enable.STN Super Twisted Neumatic.storage A functional unit into which data can be placed, in which it

can be retained, and from which it can be retrieved.STP Shielded Twisted-Pair. Telephone wire wrapped in a metal sheath

to eliminate external interference.stripe The collection of sectors, in logical order from the first to the

last drive of the disk array, over which data is stored.striping The process of storing data across all the drives grouped in

an array.subsystem A secondary or subordinate system, or programming sup-

port, usually capable of operating independently or asynchro-nously with a controlling system.

superscalar The ability to process more than one instruction perclock. The Pentium processor has two execution pipes (U and V),so it is superscalar level 2. The Pentium Pro can dispatch andretire 3 instructions per clock, so it is superscalar level 3.

suspend To stop all operations of the computer to reduce powerdrain and restrict access to the files.

SVC Switched Virtual Circuit. A connection across a network. It isestablished on an as-needed basis and can provide connection toany other user in the network.

Glossary 327

SVGA Super Video Graphics Adapter, a video mode that producesup to 1024 × 768 (or more) resolution.

Symmetric MultiProcessing (SMP) In personal computers, a multi-processing design that enables two or more microprocessors torun concurrently and work independently, with each micropro-cessor capable of performing any task.

synchronize (1) To make occur with a regular or predictable timerelationship. (2) In a disk array, to compute and store the parityof all the data in the array.

synchronous A mode of data transfer across the SCSI bus in whicheach byte of data transferred does not have to be acknowledgedas received by the target device before the next byte can be sent.

system board In a system unit, the main circuit board that supportsa variety of basic systems devices, such as a keyboard or a mouse,and provides other basic system functions.

System Management Mode (SMM) A state controlled by the micro-processor that reduces the power consumed by components ofthe computer.

system partition In some personal computer systems, a 3 MB sec-tion of the hard disk that contains the POST and BIOS code andthe system programs.

system programs In personal computer systems, startup routines,such as POST and BIOS code, and the utility programs that areused to configure, test, and update the computer.

system unit In personal computer systems, the part of the computerthat contains the processor circuitry, Read Only Memory (ROM),Random Access Memory (RAM), and the I/O channel.

TA Trouble Analysis.Tagged Command Queuing (TCQ) Allows multiple commands to

be sent to a SCSI-2 device concurrently (as opposed to having tocomplete the first command before receiving the next command).

tape drive A device for moving magnetic tape and controlling itsmovement. Synonymous with “tape transport.”

target A device attached to the SCSI bus that receives and processescommands sent from another device on the SCSI bus. The devicethat sends the command is known as the initiator.

TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol. A collec-tion of communication protocols that allow dissimilar PCs to speakto one another over a common network (the Internet).


TDMA Time Division Multiple Access. An access architecture inwhich a channel is subdivided into multiple time slots. Pure TDMAsystems create multiple logical channels by assigning the logicalchannels to regularly occurring time slots. TDMA is one of thetechnologies being used by second-generation, digital cellular tele-phone services in the United States.

telnet A terminal emulation protocol that allows an Internet user tolog in to other stations remotely; also, a program based on thisprotocol.

terminator A piece of hardware that must be attached to both endsof the 50-conductor SCSI attachment cable (commonly known asthe SCSI bus).

TFT Thin Film Transistor.throughput A measure of the amount of work performed by a com-

puter system over a period of time; for example, number of jobsper day.

time codes Time stamps that appear like page numbers on frames ofa video clip. Each frame is stamped with a time code, which fa-cilitates locating frames and measuring the duration of a clip.The professional-level video time code used by the Society ofMotion Picture and Television Engineers is referred to as “SMPTEtime code.”

token In a local access network, the symbol of authority passed suc-cessively from one data station to another to indicate the stationtemporarily in control of the transmission medium. Each datastation has an opportunity to acquire and use the token to con-trol the medium. A token is a particular message or bit patternthat signifies permission to transmit.

token-ring Describes a network with a ring topology that passestokens from one attaching device to another; for example, theIBM Token-Ring Network.

TSR Terminate and Stay Resident. Memory-resident programs thatare loaded into memory and stay there so you can convenientlyaccess them whenever you need.

UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter. An electricalcircuit that converts analog data to digital data and digital datato analog data; it is used in communications devices.

Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) A fault-tolerant facility thatconsists of software and hardware. A UPS prevents sudden powersurges or power outage from stopping or damaging the server.

Glossary 329

All IBM servers and most network operating systems support UPSfacilities.

Universal Serial Bus (USB) A serial interface standard for telephonyand multimedia connections to personal computers.

universal serial bus port On personal computers, a port that uses asingle connector for devices that previously used serial, parallel,keyboard, mouse, and game ports. The USB port connector usesPlug and Play technology to determine what device is connectedto the port. A hub device can be used to convert a single USBconnector into multiple attachment points. Data is transmitted inasynchronous or isochronous mode.

UPS See Uninterruptible Power Supply.URL Uniform Resource Locator. A uniform method of specifying

where different documents, network resources, and media resideon the Internet.

utility program (1) A computer program in general support of com-puter processes; for example, a diagnostic program, a trace pro-gram, or a sort program. (2) A program designed to perform aneveryday task such as copying data from one storage device toanother.

UTP Unshielded Twisted-Pair. A cable medium with one or morepairs of twisted insulated copper conductors bound in a singleplastic sheath.

V-SYNC Vertical synchronization.vertical expansion A video display technique in Character Display

mode to fit video images on the whole LCD screen by adjustingthe number of character dots vertically.

Very Large-Scale Integration (VLSI) The process of integrating verylarge numbers of circuits on a single chip of semiconductor mate-rial.

VESA Video Electronics Standard Association.VESA Local Bus (VL-Bus) The Video Electronics Standards Asso-

ciation Local Bus. A standard for defining a high-speed video busfor personal computers.

VGA Video Graphics Array. A video mode that produces up to 640× 480 resolution.

virtual Pertaining to a functional unit that appears to be real, butwhose functions are accomplished by other means.

volatile Pertaining to a storage device whose contents are lost whenpower is cut off. Contrast with “nonvolatile.”


VPD Vital Product Data.VRAM Video Random Access Memory.WAIS Wide Area Information Service. A document-database server

that allows the indexing of huge quantities of information andthen making those indexed searchable across networks such asthe Internet.

wait state A period during which a microprocessor suspends pro-cessing while waiting for a response to a request for an unavail-able source.

WAN Wide Area Network. A network that provides communica-tion services to a geographic area larger than that served by alocal area network or a metropolitan area network, and that mayuse or provide public communication facilities.

.WAV (waveform file) The standard audio file format for PCs.winsock Windows Sockets; an API that serves as a common inter-

face between a Windows client application an the TCP/IP proto-col.

workstation (1) functional unit at which a user works. A worksta-tion often has some processing capability. (2) A terminal or mi-crocomputer, usually one that is connected to a mainframe.

World Wide Web (WWW) A segment of the Internet, developed byCERN, that lets users access multimedia documents connectedvia hypertext links. All documents are authored using HTML.

write To make a permanent or transient recording of data in a stor-age device or on a data medium.

Write Back (WB) To use a disk buffer for writes (as well as reads) toincrease throughput. The disk signals completion of the write whenit is received in buffer and before it is written to the disk. Thesystem then does other work while the disk writes the data. Com-pare with “write through.”

write policy The mode set by the system controller that determineswhen the completion status is sent to the system; it can be eitherwhen the data is written to the hard disk (write through mode) orwhen the data is entered into memory (write back mode).

Write Through (WT) The write policy mode that sends a comple-tion status to the system when the data is written to the device.Compare with “write back.”

write caching See Write Back.XMS eXtended Memory Specification.


331

Appendix B:

IBM PC Family

PC

30

0 (

wit

h C

ele

ron

pro

ce

sso

rs)

6344

-20U

Cel

eron

/53

312

8/12

832

/256

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

5GB

, 54

00, 9

.5In

tel 8

10e

4/4

--A

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DEC

Eth

erne

t3,

23,

1W

98N

$597

6344

-2EU

Cel

eron

/53

312

8/12

864

/256

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

10G

B, -

-, -

-In

tel 8

10e

8/8

--A

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DEC

Eth

erne

t3,

23,

1W

98N

$696

6344

-4EU

Cel

eron

/60

012

8/12

864

/256

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

10G

B, -

-, -

-In

tel 8

10e

8/8

40X

max

-17

Xm

inA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DEC

Eth

erne

t3,

23,

1W

98N

$791

6344

-22U

Cel

eron

/53

312

8/12

864

/256

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

10G

B, -

-, -

-In

tel 8

10e

8/8

40X

max

-17

Xm

inA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DEC

Eth

erne

t3,

23,

0W

98N

$710

6344

-31U

Cel

eron

/56

612

8/12

864

/512

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. II

10G

B, -

-, -

-In

tel 8

10e

Dyn

amic

/D

ynam

icO

ptio

nal

AD

I 188

1C

AC

97E

ther

net

Op

t.3,

23,

1W

98N

$674

6344

-52U

Cel

eron

/63

312

8/12

864

/512

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. II

10G

B, -

-, -

-In

tel 8

10e

Dyn

amic

/D

ynam

ic40

Xm

ax-

17X

min

AD

I 188

1C

AC

97E

ther

net

Op

t.3,

23,

0W

98N

$775

PC

30

0 (

wit

h P

en

tiu

m I

II p

roc

ess

ors

)63

44-7

0UPe

ntiu

m II

I/66

725

6/25

664

/256

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

10G

B, -

-, -

-In

tel 8

10e

8/8

40X

max

-17

Xm

inA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DEC

Eth

erne

t3,

23,

1W

98N

$789

6344

-7E

UPe

ntiu

m II

I/66

725

6/25

612

8/25

6S

DR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II15

GB

, --,

--

Inte

l 810

e16

/16

40X

max

-17

Xm

inA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DEC

Eth

erne

t3,

23,

1W

98N

$960

6344

-33U

Cel

eron

/56

612

8/12

864

/512

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. II

10G

B, -

-, -

-In

tel 8

10e

Dyn

amic

/D

ynam

icO

ptio

nal

AD

I 188

1C

AC

97E

ther

net

Op

t.3,

23,

1W

NT4

.0N

$750

6344

-81U

Pent

ium

III/

733

256/

256

64/5

12S

DR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

I10

GB

, --,

--

Inte

l 810

eD

ynam

ic/

Dyn

amic

40X

max

-17

Xm

inA

DI 1

881C

A

C97

Eth

erne

tO

pt.

3, 2

3, 0

W98

N$8

79

6344

-82U

Pent

ium

III/

733

256/

256

64/5

12S

DR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

I10

GB

, --,

--

Inte

l 810

eD

ynam

ic/

Dyn

amic

40X

max

-17

Xm

inA

DI 1

881C

A

C97

Eth

erne

tO

pt.

3, 2

3, 0

WN

T4.0

N$9

55

Part

Num

ber P

roce

ssor

Typ

e/Spe

ed (M

Hz)1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2 Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM, A

vg.

See

k Ti

me

(ms) G

raph

ics

Chi

p Ty

pe

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

CD

-RO

M (v

aria

ble

read

rat

e)4

Aud

ioN

etw

ork

Inte

rfac

e

Mod

emSlo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al/a

vail.

Ope

rating

Sys

tem

5

Wor

khor

se M

odel

6

List

Pri

ce†

Key

to F

ootn

ote

s1

MH

z/G

Hz

only

mea

sure

s m

icro

pro

cess

or in

tern

al c

lock

sp

eed

; man

y fa

ctor

s af

fect

ap

plic

atio

n p

erfo

rman

ce2

S.M

.A.R

.T =

Sel

f-M

onito

ring,

Ana

lysi

s an

d R

epor

ting

Tec

hnol

ogy.

3W

hen

refe

rrin

g to

har

d d

isk

driv

e ca

pac

ity, G

B m

eans

one

billi

on b

ytes

. Tot

al u

ser

acce

ssib

le c

apac

ity m

ay v

ary

dep

endi

ng o

n op

erat

ing

env

ironm

ents

.4

Varia

ble

read

rate

. Act

ual p

layb

ack

spee

d w

ill v

ary

and

is o

ften

less

than

the

max

imum

pos

sib

le.

5 W

98 =

Win

dow

s 98

, WN

T =

Win

dow

s N

T W

orks

tatio

n, W

2000

= W

ind

ows

2000

6A

wor

khor

se m

odel

des

igna

tes

a p

latfo

rm th

at re

mai

ns c

onsi

sten

t ove

r tim

e to

ena

ble

ext

end

e d d

eplo

ymen

ts. P

rod

ucts

offe

red

und

er th

e W

orkh

orse

pro

gra

m w

ill b

eav

aila

ble

on

a w

orld

wid

e b

a sis

for

a m

inim

um o

f nin

e m

onth

s af

ter

anno

unce

. The

se m

odel

s w

ill n

ot h

ave

any

hard

war

e ch

ang

es th

at w

ill a

ffect

the

IBM

sof

twar

e p

relo

ad im

ages

.†

IBM

L iP

iR

lli


��

��

��

PC

30

0G

L (

wit

h C

ele

ron p

rocess

ors

)62

88-4

8UC

eler

on/

466

128/

128

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

10.1

GB,

54

00, 9

.5In

tel 8

104/

4--

Sou

ndM

AX

Op

tiona

lO

pt.

4, 4

4, 2

W98

N$6

9911

0

6288

-51U

Cel

eron

/46

612

8/12

864

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II10

.1G

B,

5400

, 9.5

Inte

l 810

4/4

40X

max

-17

Xm

inS

ound

MA

XO

ptio

nal

Op

t.4,

44,

1W

98N

$749

110

6288

-53U

Cel

eron

/46

612

8/12

864

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

I10

.1G

B,

5400

, 9.5

Inte

l 810

4/4

40X

max

-17

Xm

inS

ound

MA

XO

ptio

nal

Op

t.4,

44,

1W

NT4

.0N

$829

110

6288

-49U

Cel

eron

/50

012

8/12

864

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II10

.1G

B,

5400

, 9.5

Inte

l 810

4/4

--S

ound

MA

XO

ptio

nal

Op

t.4,

44,

2W

98N

$702

110

6288

-46U

Cel

eron

/50

012

8/12

864

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II13

.5G

B,

7200

, 9In

tel 8

104/

440

Xm

ax-

17X

min

Sou

ndM

AX

Op

tiona

lO

pt.

4, 4

4, 1

W98

N$7

8611

0

6288

-47U

Cel

eron

/50

012

8/12

864

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II13

.5G

B,

7200

, 9In

tel 8

104/

440

Xm

ax-

17X

min

Sou

ndM

AX

Op

tiona

lO

pt.

4, 4

4, 1

WN

TN

$862

110

6288

-71U

Cel

eron

/53

312

8/12

864

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II10

GB,

54

00, -

-In

tel 8

104/

4--

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1 C

OD

EC

Op

t.4,

44,

2W

98N

$729

110

6288

-73U

Cel

eron

/53

312

8/12

864

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II15

GB,

54

00, 1

1In

tel 8

104/

440

Xm

ax-

17X

min

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1 C

OD

EC

Op

t.4,

44,

1W

98N

$813

110

6288

-74U

Cel

eron

/53

312

8/12

864

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II15

GB,

54

00, 1

1In

tel 8

104/

440

Xm

ax-

17X

min

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1 C

OD

EC

Op

t.4,

44,

1W

NT4

.0N

$889

110

6288

-70U

Cel

eron

/53

312

8/12

864

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II15

GB,

54

00, 1

1In

tel 8

104/

440

Xm

ax-

17X

min

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1 C

OD

EC

Op

t.4,

44,

1W

NT4

.0N

$939

110

6338

-73U

Cel

eron

/53

312

8/12

864

/128

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II15

GB,

72

00, 9

Inte

l 810

4/4

40X

max

-17

Xm

inS

ound

MA

XO

ptio

nal

Op

t.4,

44,

1W

98N

$100

911

0

6338

-74U

Cel

eron

/53

312

8/12

864

/128

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II15

GB,

72

00, 9

Inte

l 810

4/4

40X

max

-17

Xm

inS

ound

MA

XO

ptio

nal

Op

t.4,

44,

1W

98N

$107

911

0

6268

-70U

Cel

eron

/53

312

8/12

864

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II15

GB,

54

00, 1

1In

tel 8

104/

4--

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1 C

OD

EC

Op

t.4,

44,

2W

98N

$761

110

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2 Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

See

k Tim

e (m

s) Gra

phic

s C

hip

Type

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Aud

ioN

etw

ork

Inte

rfac

e

Mod

emSlo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al/a

vail.

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m5

Wor

khor

se M

odel

6

List

Pri

ce†

Esse

nt

Appendix C: IBM PC 300 GL Series ��

PC

30

0G

L (

wit

h P

enti

um

III

pro

cess

ors

)65

63-9

5UPe

ntiu

m II

I/66

725

6/25

664

/102

4SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

10.1

GB,

54

00, 9

.5S3

Dia

-m

ond

8/8

--ES

S P

CI

Op

tiona

lO

pt.

4, 3

4, 2

W98

N$9

6411

2

6563

-96U

Pent

ium

III/

667

256/

256

64/1

024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II10

.1G

B,

5400

, 9.5

S3 D

ia-

mon

d8/

8--

ESS

PC

IO

ptio

nal

Op

t.4,

34,

2M

icro

soft

Win

dow

s 20

00 P

ro-

fess

iona

l.

Als

o in

clud

ed is

a

Rec

over

y C

D fo

r Win

-do

ws

NT

4.0

N$1

040

112

6563

-9G

UPe

ntiu

m II

I/66

725

6/25

664

/102

4SD

RA

M10

.1G

B,

7200

, --

--8/

848

Xm

ax-

20Xm

inES

SEt

hern

et4,

34,

1W

98N

$106

611

2

6563

-94U

Pent

ium

III/

667

256/

256

128/

1024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II13

.5G

B,

7200

, 9SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Sav

age4

Xt

rem

e

16/1

648

Xm

ax-

20Xm

inES

S P

CI

Op

tiona

lO

pt.

4, 3

4, 1

W98

N$1

199

112

6563

-93U

Pent

ium

III/

667

256/

256

128/

1024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II13

.5G

B,

7200

, 9SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Sav

age4

Xt

rem

e

16/1

648

Xm

ax-

20Xm

inES

S PC

IO

ptio

nal

Opt

.4,

34,

1M

icro

soft

Win

dow

s 20

00 P

ro-

fess

iona

l.

Als

o in

clud

ed is

a

Rec

over

y C

D fo

r Win

-do

ws

NT

4.0

N$1

275

112

6563

-9C

UPe

ntiu

m II

I/66

725

6/25

612

8/10

24SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

15G

B, -

-, --

S3

Dia

-m

ond

8/8

--ES

S P

CI

Op

tiona

lO

pt.

4, 3

4, 2

W20

00N

$117

311

2

6563

-9D

UPe

ntiu

m II

I/66

725

6/25

612

8/10

24SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

15G

B, -

-, --

nVid

ia32

/32

48X

max

-20

Xmin

ESS

PC

IO

ptio

nal

Op

t.4,

34,

1W

98N

$123

011

2

6563

-9EU

Pent

ium

III/

667

256/

256

128/

1024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II15

GB,

--,

--nV

idia

32/3

248

Xm

ax-

20Xm

inES

S PC

IO

ptio

nal

Opt

.4,

34,

1M

icro

soft

Win

dow

s 20

00 P

ro-

fess

iona

l.

Als

o in

clud

ed is

a

Rec

over

y C

D fo

r Win

-do

ws

NT

4.0

N$1

307

112

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2 Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

See

k Tim

e (m

s) Gra

phic

s C

hip

Type

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Aud

ioN

etw

ork

Inte

rfac

e

Mod

emSlo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al/a

vail.

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m5

Wor

khor

se M

odel

6

List

Pri

ce†

Esse

nti


6563

-A

5UPe

ntiu

m II

I/73

325

6/25

664

/102

4SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

15G

B, -

-, --

nVid

ia32

/32

48X

max

-20

Xmin

ESS

PC

IO

ptio

nal

Op

t.4,

34,

1W

98N

$121

011

2

6563

-A

6UPe

ntiu

m II

I/73

325

6/25

664

/102

4SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

15G

B, -

-, --

nVid

ia32

/32

48X

max

-20

Xmin

ESS

PC

IO

ptio

nal

Op

t.4,

34,

1M

icro

soft

Win

dow

s 20

00 P

ro-

fess

iona

l.

Als

o in

clud

ed is

a

Rec

over

y C

D fo

r W

in-

dow

s N

T 4.

0

N$1

286

112

6563

-A

1UPe

ntiu

m II

I/73

325

6/25

612

8/10

24SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

20.4

GB,

72

00, 9

SR9

AG

P 4x

Ada

pte

r w

ith S

3 S

avag

e4

Xtre

me

16/1

648

Xm

ax-

20Xm

inES

S P

CI

Op

tiona

lO

pt.

4, 3

4, 1

W98

N$1

336

112

6563

-A

2UPe

ntiu

m II

I/73

325

6/25

612

8/10

24SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

20.4

GB,

72

00, 9

SR9

AG

P 4x

Ada

pte

r w

ith S

3 S

avag

e4

Xtre

me

16/1

648

Xm

ax-

20Xm

inES

S P

CI

Op

tiona

lO

pt.

4, 3

4, 1

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

Pro

-fe

ssio

nal.

A

lso

incl

uded

is

a R

ecov

ery

CD

for

Win

-do

ws

NT

4.0

N$1

412

112

6563

-B

1UPe

ntiu

m II

I/80

025

6/25

612

8/10

24SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

20.4

GB,

72

00, 9

nVid

ia32

/32

48X

max

-20

Xmin

ESS

PC

IO

ptio

nal

Op

t.4,

34,

1W

98N

$152

611

2

6563

-B

2UPe

ntiu

m II

I/80

025

6/25

612

8/10

24SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

20.4

GB,

--,

9nV

idia

32/3

248

Xm

ax-

20Xm

inES

S P

CI

Op

tiona

lO

pt.

4, 3

4, 1

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

Pro

-fe

ssio

nal.

A

lso

incl

uded

is

a R

ecov

ery

CD

for

Win

-do

ws

NT

4.0

N$1

602

112

6563

-C

1UPe

ntiu

m II

I/86

625

6/25

612

8/10

24SD

RA

M20

.4G

B,

7200

, --

nVid

ia32

/32

48X

max

-20

Xmin

ESS

Opt

iona

l4,

34,

1W

98N

$173

011

2

6563

-C

2UPe

ntiu

m II

I/86

625

6/25

612

8/10

24SD

RA

M20

.4G

B,

7200

, --

nVid

ia32

/32

48X

max

-20

Xmin

ESS

Opt

iona

l4,

34,

1W

2000

N$1

807

112

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2 Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

See

k Tim

e (m

s) Gra

phic

s C

hip

Type

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Aud

ioN

etw

ork

Inte

rfac

e

Mod

emSlo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al/a

vail.

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m5

Wor

khor

se M

odel

6

List

Pri

ce†

Esse

nti


6574

-92U

Pent

ium

III/

667

256/

256

128/

1024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II13

.5G

B,

7200

, 9SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Sav

age4

Xt

rem

e

16/1

648

Xm

ax-

20Xm

inES

S PC

IO

ptio

nal

Opt

.4,

34,

1W

98N

$119

911

2

6574

-91U

Pent

ium

III/

667

256/

256

128/

1024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II13

.5G

B,

7200

, 9SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Sav

age4

Xt

rem

e

16/1

648

Xm

ax-

20Xm

inES

S P

CI

Op

tiona

lO

pt.

4, 3

4, 1

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

2000

Pro

-fe

ssio

nal.

A

lso

incl

uded

is

a R

ecov

ery

CD

for W

in-

dow

s N

T 4.

0

N$1

275

112

6574

-A1U

Pent

ium

III/

733

256/

256

128/

1024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II20

.4G

B,

7200

, 9SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Sav

age4

Xt

rem

e

16/1

648

Xm

ax-

20Xm

inES

S PC

IO

ptio

nal

Opt

.4,

34,

1W

98N

$133

611

2

6574

-A3U

Pent

ium

III/

733

256/

256

128/

1024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II20

.4G

B,

7200

, 9nV

idia

32/3

248

Xm

ax-

20Xm

inES

S PC

IO

ptio

nal

Opt

.4,

34,

1W

98N

$137

311

2

6574

-A2U

Pent

ium

III/

733

256/

256

128/

1024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II20

.4G

B,

7200

, 9SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Sav

age4

Xt

rem

e

16/1

648

Xm

ax-

20Xm

inES

S P

CI

Op

tiona

lO

pt.

4, 3

4, 1

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

2000

Pro

-fe

ssio

nal.

A

lso

incl

uded

is

a R

ecov

ery

CD

for W

in-

dow

s N

T 4.

0

N$1

412

112

6574

-A4U

Pent

ium

III/

733

256/

256

128/

1024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II20

.4G

B,

7200

, 9nV

idia

32/3

248

Xm

ax-

20Xm

inES

S P

CI

Op

tiona

lO

pt.

4, 3

4, 1

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

2000

Pro

-fe

ssio

nal.

A

lso

incl

uded

is

a R

ecov

ery

CD

for W

in-

dow

s N

T 4.

0

N$1

449

112

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2 Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

See

k Tim

e (m

s) Gra

phic

s C

hip

Type

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Aud

ioN

etw

ork

Inte

rfac

e

Mod

emSlo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al/a

vail.

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m5

Wor

khor

se M

odel

6

List

Pri

ce†

Esse

nt


PC

300G

L S

mall B

usi

ness

Seri

es

6278

-SA

UC

eler

on/

466

128/

128

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

10.1

GB,

54

00, 9

.5In

tel 8

104/

440

Xmax

-17

Xm

inS

ound

MA

X--

IBM

56K

P

CI v

.90

4, 3

4, 1

W98

N$9

3911

6

6278

-SB

UC

eler

on/

500

128/

128

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II10

.1G

B,

5400

, 9.5

Inte

l 810

4/4

40Xm

ax-

17X

min

Sou

ndM

AX

Ethe

rnet

Op

t.4,

34,

1W

NT

N$9

0311

6

6278

-S3U

Cel

eron

/50

012

8/12

864

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II13

.5G

B,

7200

, 9.5

Inte

l 810

4/4

40Xm

ax-

17X

min

Sou

ndM

AX

--IB

M 5

6K

PC

I v.9

04,

34,

1W

98N

$852

116

6278

-S4U

Cel

eron

/50

012

8/12

864

/512

Non

-pa

rity

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T15

GB,

54

00, 1

1In

tel 8

104/

440

Xmax

-17

Xm

inA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DEC

--C

onex

ant

PC

I 56K

m

odem

4, 3

4, 1

W98

N$8

5211

6

6278

-S6U

Cel

eron

/50

012

8/12

812

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

13.5

GB,

72

00, 9

.5In

tel 8

104/

440

Xmax

-17

Xm

inS

ound

MA

XEt

hern

etO

pt.

4, 3

4, 1

WN

TN

$103

311

6

6278

-SD

UC

eler

on/

533

128/

128

64/5

12N

on-

parit

yU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

15G

B,

5400

, 11

Inte

l 810

4/4

40Xm

ax-

17X

min

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1 C

OD

EC

--C

onex

ant

PC

I 56K

m

odem

4, 3

4, 1

W98

N$8

8011

6

6278

-SEU

Cel

eron

/53

312

8/12

812

8/51

2N

on-

parit

yU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

15G

B,

5400

, 11

Inte

l 810

4/4

40Xm

ax-

17X

min

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1 C

OD

EC

Ethe

rnet

Op

t.4,

34,

1W

NT4

.0N

$106

111

6

6564

-R

3UPe

ntiu

m II

I/66

725

6/25

612

8/10

24SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

20.4

GB,

72

00, -

-S3

Dia

-m

ond

8/8

48Xm

ax-

20X

min

ESS

PCI

--IB

M P

C

Car

d4,

24,

1W

98N

$122

811

6

6564

-R

2UPe

ntiu

m II

I/66

725

6/25

612

8/10

24SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

20.4

GB,

72

00, -

-S3

Dia

-m

ond

8/8

48Xm

ax-

20X

min

ESS

PC

IEt

hern

etO

pt.

4, 2

4, 1

WN

T4.0

N$1

346

116

6564

-SY

UPe

ntiu

m II

I/66

725

6/25

612

8/10

24SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

20.4

GB,

72

00, -

-nV

idia

32/3

248

Xmax

-20

Xm

inES

S PC

I--

IBM

PC

C

ard

4, 2

4, 1

W20

00N

$138

211

6

6564

-SLU

Pent

ium

III/

667

256/

256

128/

1024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II27

.2G

B,

7200

, 9SR

9 A

GP

4x

Ada

pte

r w

ith S

3 S

avag

e4

Xtre

me

16/1

62X

/4X

/24X

-10

X R

ewrit

-ab

le

ESS

PC

IEt

hern

etO

pt.

4, 2

4, 1

W98

N$1

368

116

6564

-SN

UPe

ntiu

m II

I/66

725

6/25

612

8/10

24SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

27.2

GB,

72

00, 9

SR9

AG

P

4x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Sav

age4

Xt

rem

e

16/1

62X

/4X

/24X

-10

X R

ewrit

-ab

le

ESS

PCI

--IB

M P

C

Car

d4,

24,

1W

NT4

.0N

$146

011

6

6564

-SM

UPe

ntiu

m II

I/66

725

6/25

612

8/10

24SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

27.2

GB,

72

00, 9

SR9

AG

P

4x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Sav

age4

Xt

rem

e

16/1

62X

/4X

/24X

-10

X R

ewrit

-ab

le

ESS

PC

IEt

hern

etO

pt.

4, 2

4, 1

WN

T4.0

N$1

473

116

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2 Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

See

k Ti

me

(ms) G

raph

ics

Chi

p Ty

pe

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Aud

ioN

etw

ork

Inte

rfac

e

Mod

emSlo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Bay

s: t

otal

/ava

il.

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m5

Wor

khor

se M

odel

6

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

enti


6564

-STU

Pent

ium

III/

667

256/

256

128/

1024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II30

GB,

72

00, -

-nV

idia

32/3

22X

/4X

/24X

-10

X R

ewrit

-ab

le

ESS

PC

IEt

hern

etO

pt.

4, 2

4, 1

WN

T4.0

N$1

514

116

6564

-P2U

Pent

ium

III/

733

256/

256

128/

1024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II30

GB,

72

00, -

-nV

idia

32/3

22X

/4X

/24X

-10

X R

ewrit

-ab

le

ESS

PC

IEt

hern

etO

pt.

4, 2

4, 1

WN

T4.0

N$1

532

116

6564

-P1U

Pent

ium

III/

733

256/

256

128/

1024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II30

GB,

72

00, -

-nV

idia

32/3

24X

/4X

/32X

ESS

PCI

Ethe

rnet

Opt

.4,

24,

1W

ind

ows9

8N

$155

811

6

6564

-P3U

Pent

ium

III/

733

256/

256

128/

1024

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. I

II30

GB,

72

00, -

-nV

idia

32/3

22X

/4X

/24X

-10

X R

ewrit

-ab

le

ESS

PCI

--A

sym

met

-ric

dig

ital

sub

-sc

riber

lin

e (A

DSL

)

4, 2

4, 1

WN

T4.0

N$1

592

116

6564

-SX

UPe

ntiu

m II

I/80

025

6/25

612

8/10

24SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.T

. III

30G

B,

7200

, --

nVid

ia32

/32

2X/4

X/2

4X-

10X

Rew

rit-

able

ESS

PCI

--A

sym

met

-ric

dig

ital

sub

-sc

riber

lin

e (A

DSL

)

4, 2

4, 1

WN

T4.0

N$1

676

116

PC

300P

L(

ith

Pti

III

)

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2 Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

See

k Ti

me

(ms) G

raph

ics

Chi

p Ty

pe

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Aud

ioN

etw

ork

Inte

rfac

e

Mod

emSlo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Bay

s: t

otal

/ava

il.

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m5

Wor

khor

se M

odel

6

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

e

Key t

o F

oo

tno

tes

1M

Hz/

GH

z on

ly m

easu

res

mic

rop

roce

ssor

inte

rnal

clo

ck s

pee

d; m

any

fact

ors

affe

ct a

pp

licat

ion

per

form

ance

2S.

M.A

.R.T

= S

elf-

Mon

itorin

g, A

naly

sis

and

Rep

ortin

g T

echn

olog

y.3

Whe

n re

ferr

ing

to h

ard

dis

k d

rive

cap

acity

, GB

mea

ns o

ne b

illion

byt

es. T

otal

use

r ac

cess

i ble

cap

acity

may

var

y d

epen

din

g o

n op

erat

ing

env

ironm

ents

.4

Varia

ble

read

rate

. Act

ual p

layb

ack

spee

d w

ill v

ary

and

is o

ften

less

than

the

max

imum

pos

sib

le.

5 W

98 =

Win

dow

s 98

, WN

T =

Win

dow

s N

T W

orks

tatio

n, W

2000

= W

ind

ows

2000

6A

wor

khor

se m

odel

des

igna

tes

a p

latfo

rm th

at re

mai

ns c

onsi

sten

t ove

r tim

e to

ena

ble

ext

end

ed d

eplo

ymen

ts. P

rod

ucts

offe

red

und

e r th

e W

orkh

orse

pro

gra

m w

ill b

eav

aila

ble

on

a w

orld

wid

e b

asis

for

a m

inim

um o

f nin

e m

onth

s af

ter

anno

unce

. The

se m

odel

s w

ill n

ot h

ave

any

hard

war

e ch

ang

es th

a t w

ill a

ffect

the

IBM

sof

twar

e p

relo

ad im

ages

.


��

��

��

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2 Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

See

k Ti

me

(ms) G

raph

ics

Chi

p Ty

pe

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Aud

ioN

etw

ork

Inte

rfac

e

Mod

emSlo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Bay

s: t

otal

/ava

il.

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m5

Wor

khor

se M

odel

6

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

ent

PC

300P

L (

wit

h P

enti

um

III

pro

cess

ors

)6

56

5-92

UP

en

tiu

m III

/

667

256

/

256

64/1

024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. II

I

10G

B,

72

00, 9

SR

9 A

GP

2x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Sa

va

ge

4

8/8

Op

tio

nal

ES

S P

CI

Eth

ern

et

Op

t.4,

24, 2

W9

8N

656

5-9

4U

Pentium

III

/

667

256

/

256

64/1

024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. II

I

10G

B,

72

00, 9

SR

9 A

GP

2x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Sa

va

ge

4

8/8

48

Xm

ax-

20X

min

ES

S P

CI

Eth

ern

et

Op

t.4,

24,

1W

98

N

656

5-93

UP

entium

III

/

667

256

/

256

64/1

024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. II

I

10G

B,

72

00, 9

SR

9 A

GP

2x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Sa

va

ge

4

8/8

Op

tio

nal

ES

S P

CI

Eth

ern

et

Op

t.4,

24,

2M

icro

soft

Win

dow

s

20

00 P

ro-

fessio

nal.

Als

o

inclu

ded

is

a R

ecovery

CD

for W

in-

dow

s N

T 4

.0

N

Appendix D: IBM PC 300 PL Series ��

65

65-9

5U

Pen

tium

III/

667

25

6/

25

6

64

/1024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

10

GB

,

7200,

9

SR

9 A

GP

2x A

da

pte

r

with

S3

Sa

vag

e4

8/8

48X

max-

20X

min

ES

S P

CI

Eth

ernet

Op

t.4,

24,

1M

icro

soft

Win

dow

s

2000

Pro

-

fessio

na

l.

Als

o

inc

lud

ed

is

a R

ecovery

CD

fo

r W

in-

dow

s N

T 4

.0

N$12

90

118

65

65-

W5

U

Pen

tium

III/

667

25

6/

25

6

64

/1024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

10.1

GB

,

54

00,

9.5

S3

Dia

-

mond

8/8

--

ES

SE

thernet

4, 3

4, 2

W98

N$1151

118

65

65-

W6

U

Pen

tium

III/

667

25

6/

25

6

64

/1024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

10.1

GB

,

54

00,

9.5

S3

Dia

-

mond

8/8

--

ES

SE

thernet

4, 3

4, 2

WN

TN

$12

27

118

65

65-

9D

U

Pen

tium

III/

667

25

6/

25

6

12

8/

1024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

15

GB

,

7200,

9

SR

9 A

GP

2x A

da

pte

r

with

S3

Sa

vag

e4

8/8

--

ES

S P

CI

Eth

ernet

Op

t.4, 2

4, 2

W200

0N

$1371

118

65

65-9

6U

Pen

tium

III/

667

25

6/

25

6

12

8/

1024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

20.4

GB

,

7200,

9

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

da

pte

r

with

S3

Sa

vag

e4

Xtr

em

e

16/1

64

8X

max-

20X

min

ES

S P

CI

Eth

ernet

Op

t.4,

24, 1

W98

N$14

48

118

65

65-97U

Pen

tium

III/

667

25

6/

25

6

12

8/

1024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

20.4

GB

,

7200,

9

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

da

pte

r

with

S3

Sa

vag

e4

Xtr

em

e

16/1

64

8X

max-

20X

min

ES

S P

CI

Eth

ernet

Op

t.4,

24,

1M

icro

soft

Win

dow

s

2000

Pro

-

fessio

na

l.

Als

o

inc

lud

ed

is

a R

ecovery

CD

fo

r W

in-

dow

s N

T 4

.0

N$1524

118

65

65-E

5U

Pen

tium

III/

73

3

25

6/

25

6

64

/1024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

15

GB

,

7200,

9

SR

9 A

GP

2x A

da

pte

r

with

S3

Sa

vag

e4

8/8

48X

max-

20X

min

ES

S P

CI

Eth

ernet

Op

t.4,

24, 1

W98

N$1321

118

Part

Num

ber Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2 Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

See

k Tim

e (m

s) Gra

phic

s C

hip

Type

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Aud

ioN

etw

ork

Inte

rfac

e

Mod

emSlo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Bay

s: t

otal

/ava

il.

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m5

Wor

khor

se M

odel

6

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

ent


65

65-F2

UP

en

tium

III

/

80

0

256

/

256

12

8/

1024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

30

GB

,

72

00, 9

SR

9 A

GP

2x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Sa

va

ge

4

16

/16

48

Xm

ax-

20X

min

ES

S P

CI

Eth

ernet

Op

t.4, 2

4, 1

Mic

rosoft

Win

dow

s

2000

Pro

-

fessio

na

l.

Als

o

inclu

ded

is

a R

ecovery

CD

fo

r W

in-

dow

s N

T 4

.0

N$1397

118

65

65-E

1U

Pen

tium

III

/

73

3

256

/

256

12

8/

1024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. II

I

20.4

GB

,

72

00, 9

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Savag

e4

Xtr

em

e

16

/16

48

Xm

ax-

20X

min

ES

S P

CI

Eth

ernet

Op

t.4, 2

4, 2

W98

N$152

3118

65

65-E

2U

Pen

tium

III

/

73

3

256

/

256

12

8/

1024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

20.4

GB

,

72

00, 9

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Savag

e4

Xtr

em

e

16

/16

48

Xm

ax-

20X

min

ES

S P

CI

Eth

ernet

Op

t.4, 2

4, 1

Mic

rosoft

Win

dow

s

2000

Pro

-

fessio

na

l.

Als

o

inclu

ded

is

a R

ec

ove

ry

CD

fo

r W

in-

dow

s N

T 4

.0

N$1599

118

65

65-F1

UP

en

tium

III

/

80

0

256

/

256

12

8/

1024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. II

I

30

GB

,

72

00,

--

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Savag

e4

Xtr

em

e

16

/16

48

Xm

ax-

20X

min

ES

S P

CI

Eth

ernet

Op

t.4, 2

4, 1

W98

N$1758

118

65

65-F2

UP

en

tium

III

/

80

0

256

/

256

12

8/

1024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

30

GB

,

72

00,

--

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with

S3

Savag

e4

Xtr

em

e

16

/16

48

Xm

ax-

20X

min

ES

S P

CI

Eth

ernet

Op

t.4, 2

4, 1

Mic

rosoft

Win

dow

s

2000

Pro

-

fessio

na

l.

Als

o

inclu

ded

is

a R

ecovery

CD

fo

r W

in-

dow

s N

T 4

.0

N$18

34

118

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2 Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

See

k Ti

me

(ms) G

raph

ics

Chi

p Ty

pe

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Aud

ioN

etw

ork

Inte

rfac

e

Mod

emSlo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Bay

s: t

otal

/ava

il.

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m5

Wor

khor

se M

odel

6

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

ent

Appendix D: IBM PC 300 PL Series ��

656

5-

G1

U

Pe

ntiu

m I

II/

866

256/

256

128/

1024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

II

30G

B,

720

0, --

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with S

3

Sava

ge4

Xtr

em

e

16/1

64

8X

max-

20

Xm

in

ES

SE

the

rne

t4, 3

4,

1W

98

N$19

62

118

656

5-

G2

U

Pe

ntiu

m I

II/

866

256/

256

128/

1024

SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

II

30G

B,

720

0, --

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with S

3

Sava

ge4

Xtr

em

e

16/1

64

8X

max-

20

Xm

in

ES

SE

the

rne

t4, 3

4,

1W

20

00

N$

203

8118

658

4-9

8U

Pe

ntiu

m I

II/

667

256/

256

12

8/5

12

PC

700

NP

RD

RA

M

Ultra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

10.1

GB

,

720

0, 9

SR

9 A

GP

2x A

dap

ter

with S

3

Sa

va

ge

4

8/8

--

AC

97

w/

AD

1881

CO

DE

C

Eth

ern

et

Op

t.5, 3

4,

2W

98

N$1326

118

658

4-9

9U

Pe

ntiu

m I

II/

667

256/

256

12

8/5

12

PC

700

NP

RD

RA

M

Ultra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

10.1

GB

,

720

0, 9

SR

9 A

GP

2x A

dap

ter

with S

3

Sa

va

ge

4

8/8

--

AC

97

w/

AD

1881

CO

DE

C

Eth

erne

tO

pt.

5, 3

4,

2W

NT4.0

N$14

02

118

658

4-9

4U

Pe

ntiu

m I

II/

667

256/

256

12

8/5

12

PC

700

NP

RD

RA

M

Ultra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

20.4

GB

,

720

0, 9

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with S

3

Sava

ge4

Xtr

em

e

16/1

64

8X

max-

20

Xm

in

AC

97

w/

AD

1881

CO

DE

C

Eth

ern

et

Op

t.5, 3

4,

1W

98

Y$1500

118

658

4-9

5U

Pe

ntiu

m I

II/

667

256/

256

12

8/5

12

PC

700

NP

RD

RA

M

Ultra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

20.4

GB

,

720

0, 9

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with S

3

Sava

ge4

Xtr

em

e

16/1

64

8X

max-

20

Xm

in

AC

97

w/A

D 1

881

CO

DE

C

Eth

erne

tO

pt.

5, 3

4,

1W

NT4.0

Y$1576

118

658

4-

A1U

Pe

ntiu

m I

II/

73

3

256/

256

12

8/5

12

PC

700

NP

RD

RA

M

Ultra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

20.4

GB

,

720

0, 9

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with S

3

Sava

ge4

Xtr

em

e

16/1

64

8X

max-

20

Xm

in

AC

97

w/

AD

1881

CO

DE

C

Eth

ern

et

Op

t.5, 3

4,

1W

98

Y$1500

118

658

4-

A2U

Pe

ntiu

m I

II/

73

3

256/

256

12

8/5

12

PC

700

NP

RD

RA

M

Ultra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

20.4

GB

,

720

0, 9

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

dap

ter

with S

3

Sava

ge4

Xtr

em

e

16/1

64

8X

max-

20

Xm

in

AC

97

w/

AD

1881

CO

DE

C

Eth

erne

tO

pt.

5, 3

4,

1W

NT4.0

Y$1576

118

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2 Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

See

k Tim

e (m

s) Gra

phic

s C

hip

Type

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Aud

ioN

etw

ork

Inte

rfac

e

Mod

emSlo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al/a

vail.

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m5

Wor

khor

se M

odel

6

List

Pri

ce†

Esse

nti


Key t

o F

oo

tno

tes

1M

Hz/G

Hz o

nly

m

ea

sure

s m

icro

pro

ce

sso

r in

tern

al c

loc

k s

pe

ed

; m

an

y fa

ct o

rs a

ffec

t ap

plic

atio

n p

erfo

rm

anc

e

2S

.M

.A

.R.T

= S

elf-M

on

ito

rin

g,

An

aly

sis

an

d R

ep

ortin

g T

ec

hn

olo

gy.

3W

hen

re

ferrin

g to

ha

rd d

isk d

riv

e c

ap

acity, G

B m

ean

s on

e b

illio

n b

yte

s.

Tota

l u

se

r a

cc

essib

le c

ap

acity m

ay va

ry d

ep

en

din

g o

n o

pera

tin

g en

viro

nm

en

ts.

4Varia

ble

re

ad

rate

. A

ctu

al p

layb

ac

k s

pe

ed

will vary a

nd

is o

fte

n le

ss t

han

the

m

axim

um

po

ssib

le.

5 W

98 =

Win

dow

s 9

8,

WN

T =

Win

dow

s N

T W

orksta

tio

n, W

20

00

= W

ind

ow

s 2

000

6A

wo

rkh

orse

m

od

el d

esig

na

tes a

p

latfo

rm

th

at re

ma

ins c

on

sis

ten

t ove

r tim

e to

en

ab

le e

xte

nd

ed

dep

loym

en

ts. P

ro

du

cts

offe

red

und

er th

e W

orkh

orse

prog

ra

m w

ill b

e

availa

ble

on

a w

orld

wid

e b

asis

fo

r a

mi n

imu

m o

f n

ine

mo

nth

s afte

r an

no

un

ce. T

hese

mo

de

ls w

ill n

ot

ha

ve

an

y h

ard

wa

re

ch

an

ges th

at

will a

ffe

ct the

IB

M s

oftw

are

pre

load

im

ag

es.

65

84-

A4U

Pen

tium

III

/

80

0

256

/

256

12

8/5

12

PC

700

NP

RD

RA

M

Ultra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. II

I

20.4

GB

,

7200, 9

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

da

pte

r

with S

3

Sa

vag

e4

Xtr

em

e

16/1

64

8X

ma

x-

20X

min

AC

97

w/

AD

18

81

CO

DE

C

Eth

ernet

Op

t.5,

34, 1

W98

Y$1601

118

65

84-

A5U

Pen

tium

III

/

80

0

256

/

256

12

8/5

12

PC

700

NP

RD

RA

M

Ultra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. II

I

20.4

GB

,

7200, 9

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

da

pte

r

with S

3

Sa

vag

e4

Xtr

em

e

16/1

64

8X

ma

x-

20X

min

AC

97

w/

AD

18

81

CO

DE

C

Eth

ernet

Op

t.5,

34, 1

W200

0Y

$1677

118

65

84-

A3U

Pen

tium

III

/

80

0

256

/

256

12

8/5

12

PC

700

NP

RD

RA

M

Ultra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. II

I

20.4

GB

,

7200, 9

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

da

pte

r

with S

3

Sa

vag

e4

Xtr

em

e

16/1

64

8X

ma

x-

20X

min

AC

97

w/

AD

18

81

CO

DE

C

Eth

ernet

Op

t.5,

34, 1

WN

T4.0

Y$1893

118

659

4-92

UP

en

tium

III

/

667

256

/

256

12

8/5

12

PC

700

NP

RD

RA

M

Ultra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. II

I

20.4

GB

,

7200, 9

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

da

pte

r

with S

3

Sa

vag

e4

Xtr

em

e

16/1

64

8X

ma

x-

20X

min

AC

97

w/

AD

18

81

CO

DE

C

Eth

ernet

Op

t.7, 5

6,

3W

NT

4.0

N$159

8118

659

4-

B1U

Pen

tium

III

/

73

3

256

/

256

12

8/5

12

PC

700

NP

RD

RA

M

Ultra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. II

I

20.4

GB

,

7200, 9

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

da

pte

r

with S

3

Sa

vag

e4

Xtr

em

e

16/1

64

8X

ma

x-

20X

min

AC

97

w/

AD

18

81

CO

DE

C

Eth

ernet

Op

t.7, 5

6,

3W

NT

4.0

N$159

8118

659

4-

A3U

Pen

tium

III

/

80

0

256

/

256

12

8/5

12

PC

700

NP

RD

RA

M

Ultra

ATA

/66 w

ith

S.M

.A.R

.T. II

I

20.4

GB

,

7200, 9

SR

9 A

GP

4x A

da

pte

r

with S

3

Sa

vag

e4

Xtr

em

e

16/1

64

8X

ma

x-

20X

min

AC

97

w/

AD

18

81

CO

DE

C

Eth

ernet

Op

t.7, 5

6,

3W

NT

4.0

N$16

99

118

Part

Num

ber Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2 Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

See

k Tim

e (m

s) Gra

phic

s C

hip

Type

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Aud

ioN

etw

ork

Inte

rfac

e

Mod

emSlo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Bay

s: t

otal

/ava

il.

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m5

Wor

khor

se M

odel

6

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

ent

Appendix E: IBM NetVista Family 343

343

Appendix E

IBM NetVista Family

��

��

��

�� !��"#�� "�� $��"��

%&$ �� "��$��' �� #��

(�� )��)�� ) ��'�� "�� "� '��

��

*+��) ��

��)�� ,��'�� $�� $ ��-��

��) �

.&/0� �&

��,��/0#�&

1�� &

��,��1��&��#�&

�222� �&

��,��222

��

0%3%!45�

1��

� ��

�67+!�%%

8�9��%%

2:(�2:(

%��00

�;��

!!!!#�!!#�!!

*�*

�2��22

4�$ � �

�$�

<� �

!!<�*�%.

!!

��

0%3%!�5�

1��

� ��

�67+!�%%

8�9��%%

2:(�2:(

%��00

�;��

!!!!#�!!#�!!

*�*

�3�� !

��"

�$�

<� �

!!<�*�%.

!!

�� !"#

0%3%!&

5�

1��

� ��

�67+!�%%

8�9��%%

2:(�2:(

%��00

�;��

!!!!#�!!#�!!

!!%�%

�2��22

4�$ � �

2#�2

2#�2

�$�

<� �

!!1��

7�*.*3

�</=

<>;4<

!!!!

��=/!=22

< ��

.%%

��0:

(�

��0:

(3*�.��

�;��

5��

��33

�2��(#�!!#

!!?� !

"��

+��

0�0

�*6��

-! �26��

�2��22

4�$ � �!

?� !

"��

�#��

%#�2

�!�!

�

8�-%9

?� !

"��

�<�/=

<��

<��*�//

&/0

?� !

"��

+��

��$�

�

0%3*!<5�

@ ��

��6��33

.��:

(�.��:(

%��.3

�;��

!!#�!!#�!!

!!*�*

�2��22

4�$ � �

�$�

<� �

!!!!

��$��

0%3*!45�

@ ��

��6��33

.��:

(�.��:(

3*��.3

�;��

!!!!#�!!#�!!

�%��%;

*�*

�2��22

4�$ � �

�#��

2#�2

�$�

<� �

!!<�*�%.

!!�%��%;

��$��

0%3*!�5�

@ ��

��6��33

.��:

(�.��:(

3*��.3

�;��

!!!!#�!!#�!!

�%��%;

*�*

�3�� !

��"

�#��

2#�2

�$�

<� �

!!<�*�%.

!!�%��%;

�� %&��

0%3%!<5�

!!��%%

�%��00

�;��

!!#�!!#�!!

!!*�*

�2��22

4�$ � �

�$�

<� �

!!!!

!!

'��(�

��

'��)��*&�+ &��

,�-./!

0��)��1��"+�

�%",2�/

��

��*1��"+��%",��/

��

��*

-��3��4�

�*&�

-��3��4�

�.�56�'�674�"

��

��

�7��"+��%"

�3��8�,4��

��/9

��

��1��6�4��"

��*�1��6�4��"

:��

:�)��

3��+:�%��

7(��

8&��

*��#

;��&��)��& ��


NetV

ista

A2

062

69-7

0UPe

ntiu

m

III/6

5025

6KB

/25

6KB

0/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

--, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

A

GP

8/8

Op

tiona

lO

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

Op

tiona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

Dire

ct A

GP

$752

78

6269

-K1U

Pent

ium

III

/650

256K

B/

256K

B64

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

GB,

--,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct

AG

P

8/8

Op

tiona

l10

/ 10

0 O

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E D

irect

AG

P

$878

78

6269

K2U

Pent

ium

III

/650

256K

B/

256K

B64

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

GB,

--,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct

AG

P

8/8

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-17

Xmin

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

3, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E D

irect

AG

P

$980

78

6269

-50U

Pent

ium

III

/667

256K

B/

256K

B0/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6--

, --,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct

AG

P

8/8

Op

tiona

lO

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

Op

tiona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

Dire

ct A

GP

$752

78

6269

-M1U

Pent

ium

III

/667

256K

B/

256K

B64

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

GB,

--,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct

AG

P

8/8

Op

tiona

l10

/ 10

0 O

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E D

irect

AG

P

$878

78

6269

-M2U

Pent

ium

III

/667

256K

B/

256K

B64

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

GB,

--,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct

AG

P

8/8

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-17

Xmin

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

3, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E D

irect

AG

P

$980

78

Part

Num

ber P

roce

ssor

Typ

e/Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: t

otal

, ava

il.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

e


6269

-80U

Pent

ium

III

/700

256K

B/

256K

B0/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6--

, --,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct

AG

P

8/8

Op

tiona

lO

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

Op

tiona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

Dire

ct A

GP

$760

7

6269

-L1U

Pent

ium

III

/700

256K

B/

256K

B64

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

GB,

--,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct

AG

P

8/8

Op

tiona

l10

/ 10

0 O

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E D

irect

AG

P

$878

7

6269

-L2U

Pent

ium

III

/700

256K

B/

256K

B64

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

GB,

--,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct

AG

P

8/8

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-17

Xmin

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

3, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E D

irect

AG

P

$980

7

6269

-60U

Pent

ium

III

/733

256K

B/

256K

B0/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6--

, --,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct

AG

P

8/8

Op

tiona

lO

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

Op

tiona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

Dire

ct A

GP

$760

7

6269

-N1U

Pent

ium

III

/733

256K

B/

256K

B64

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

GB,

--,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct

AG

P

8/8

Op

tiona

l10

/ 10

0 O

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E D

irect

AG

P

$878

7

6270

-M2U

Pent

ium

III

/733

256K

B/

256K

B64

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

GB,

--,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Op

tiona

l10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et3,

24,

2M

icro

-to

wer

Inte

l int

e-gr

ated

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P V

ideo

$911

7

6269

-N2U

Pent

ium

III

/733

256K

B/

256K

B64

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

GB,

--,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct

AG

P

8/8

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-17

Xmin

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

3, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E D

irect

AG

P

$980

7

Part

Num

ber P

roce

ssor

Typ

e/Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: t

otal

, ava

il.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

c E


6270

-M4U

Pent

ium

III

/733

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

A

GP

Up

to

10/U

p to

10

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et3,

24,

2M

icro

-to

wer

Inte

l int

e-gr

ated

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

indo

ws

NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E D

irect

AG

P

$110

578

6269

-N4U

Pent

ium

III

/733

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

A

GP

8/8

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et3,

24,

2D

eskt

opA

DI

1881

C

AC

97

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

indo

ws

NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E D

irect

AG

P

$110

578

6270

-T3U

Pent

ium

III

/733

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p to

10

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xm

in

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

3, 2

4, 1

Mic

ro-

tow

erIn

tel i

nte-

grat

edW

2000

/NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P V

ideo

$129

278

6270

-TD

UPe

ntiu

m

III/7

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p to

10

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xm

in

Op

tiona

l3,

24,

1M

icro

-to

wer

Inte

-gr

ated

Inte

l int

e-gr

ated

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

Mille

nniu

m

Editi

on

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P V

ideo

$126

478

6270

-T2U

Pent

ium

III

/733

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

20G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p to

10

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xm

in

Op

tiona

l3,

24,

1M

icro

-to

wer

Inte

-gr

ated

Inte

l int

e-gr

ated

W20

00/N

TIn

tegr

ated

In

tel D

irect

A

GP

Vid

eo

$136

878

6270

-N2U

Pent

ium

III

/800

256K

B/

256K

B64

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

GB,

--,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p to

10

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et3,

24,

2M

icro

-to

wer

Inte

l int

e-gr

ated

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P V

ideo

$101

278

Part

Num

ber P

roce

ssor

Typ

e/Spe

ed (M

Hz)1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al, a

vail.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

c E


6270

-N3U

Pent

ium

III

/800

256K

B/

256K

B64

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l D

irect

A

GP

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xmin

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

3, 2

4, 1

Mic

ro-

tow

erIn

tel i

nte-

grat

edW

98In

tegr

ated

In

tel D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

$108

278

6270

-N4U

Pent

ium

III

/800

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et3,

24,

2M

icro

-to

wer

Inte

l int

e-gr

ated

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

$120

778

6269

-P4U

Pent

ium

III

/800

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

A

GP

8/8

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et3,

24,

2D

eskt

opA

DI

1881

C

AC

97

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct A

GP

$120

778

6270

-T5U

Pent

ium

III

/800

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xmin

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

3, 2

4, 1

Mic

ro-

tow

erIn

tel i

nte-

grat

edW

2000

/NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

$137

478

6270

-TEU

Pent

ium

III

/800

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

20G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xmin

Opt

iona

l3,

24,

1M

icro

-to

wer

Inte

-gr

ated

Inte

l int

e-gr

ated

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

Mille

nniu

m

Editi

on

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

$134

678

6270

-T4U

Pent

ium

III

/800

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

20G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xmin

Opt

iona

l3,

24,

1M

icro

-to

wer

Inte

-gr

ated

Inte

l int

e-gr

ated

W20

00/N

TIn

tegr

ated

In

tel D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

$145

078

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al, a

vail.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

ce†

Ess


6269

-20U

Cel

eron

/53

312

8KB

/12

8KB

0/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

--, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

A

GP

8/8

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

Opt

iona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

AG

P

$568

7

6269

-C1U

Cel

eron

/53

312

8KB

/12

8KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

A

GP

8/8

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct A

GP

$711

7

6269

-C2U

Cel

eron

/53

312

8KB

/12

8KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

A

GP

8/8

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-17

Xm

in

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

3, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct A

GP

$813

7

6269

-30U

Cel

eron

/56

612

8KB

/12

8KB

0/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

--, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

A

GP

8/8

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

Opt

iona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

AG

P

$549

7

6269

-D1U

Cel

eron

/56

612

8KB

/12

8KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

A

GP

8/8

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 O

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct A

GP

$667

7

6270

-D2U

Cel

eron

/56

612

8KB

/12

8KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Mic

ro-

tow

erIn

tel i

nte-

grat

edW

98In

tegr

ated

In

tel D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

$667

7

6269

-D2U

Cel

eron

/56

612

8KB

/12

8KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

A

GP

8/8

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-17

Xm

in

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

3, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct A

GP

$770

7

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al, a

vail.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

c


6270

-SD

UC

eler

on/

566

128K

B/

128K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

20G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Op

tiona

lO

ptio

nal

3, 2

4, 2

Mic

ro-

tow

erIn

te-

grat

edIn

tel i

nte-

grat

edM

icro

soft

Win

dow

s M

illen

nium

Ed

ition

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P V

ideo

$104

07

6270

-S2U

Cel

eron

/56

612

8KB

/12

8KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xm

in

Op

tiona

l3,

24,

1M

icro

-to

wer

Inte

-gr

ated

Inte

l int

e-gr

ated

W20

00/N

TIn

tegr

ated

In

tel D

irect

A

GP

Vid

eo

$114

57

6269

-40U

Cel

eron

/60

012

8KB

/12

8KB

0/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

--, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

A

GP

8/8

Op

tiona

lO

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

Op

tiona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

Dire

ct A

GP

$598

7

6269

-E1U

Cel

eron

/60

012

8KB

/12

8KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

A

GP

8/8

Op

tiona

l10

/ 10

0 O

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E D

irect

AG

P

$716

7

6269

-E2U

Cel

eron

/60

012

8KB

/12

8KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

A

GP

8/8

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-17

Xmin

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

3, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E D

irect

AG

P

$818

7

6270

-E2U

Cel

eron

/63

312

8KB

/12

8KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Op

tiona

lO

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Mic

ro-

tow

erIn

tel i

nte-

grat

edW

98In

tegr

ated

In

tel D

irect

A

GP

Vid

eo

$760

7

6269

-F1U

Cel

eron

/63

312

8KB

/12

8KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

10E

D

irect

A

GP

8/8

Op

tiona

lO

ptio

nal

3, 3

4, 2

Des

ktop

AD

I 18

81C

A

C97

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E D

irect

AG

P

$760

7

Part

Num

ber P

roce

ssor

Typ

e/Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: t

otal

, ava

il.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

c E


.

6270

-E3U

Cel

eron

/63

312

8KB

/12

8KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xmin

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

3, 2

4, 1

Mic

ro-

tow

erIn

tel i

nte-

grat

edW

98In

tegr

ated

In

tel D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

$862

78

.

6270

-E4U

Cel

eron

/63

312

8KB

/12

8KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l D

irect

A

GP

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et3,

24,

2M

icro

-to

wer

Inte

l int

e-gr

ated

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

(may

co

nver

t to

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

NT

4.0)

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

$987

78

.

6269

-F3U

Cel

eron

/63

312

8KB

/12

8KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct

AG

P

8/8

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et3,

24,

2D

eskt

opA

DI

1881

C

AC

97

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 810

E

Dire

ct A

GP

$987

78

.

6270

-SEU

Cel

eron

/63

312

8KB

/12

8KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l D

irect

A

GP

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xmin

Opt

iona

l3,

24,

1M

icro

-to

wer

Inte

-gr

ated

Inte

l int

e-gr

ated

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

Mille

nniu

m

Editi

on

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

$107

278

.

6270

-S4U

Cel

eron

/63

312

8KB

/12

8KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l D

irect

A

GP

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xmin

Opt

iona

l3,

24,

1M

icro

-to

wer

Inte

-gr

ated

Inte

l int

e-gr

ated

W20

00/N

TIn

tegr

ated

In

tel D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

$117

678

NetV

ista

A2

0p

.

6579

-R1U

Pent

ium

III

/933

256K

B/

256K

B0/

512

SDR

AM

Op

en

bay

--, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

15e

Dire

ct

AG

P

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 3

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Opt

iona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel 8

15e

Dire

ct A

GP

$148

678

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al, a

vail.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

c E


.

6579

-RA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/9

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

630

GB,

--, -

-nV

idia

4X

32/3

2C

D-

RO

M:4

8Xm

ax-

20Xm

in

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

4, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

Mille

nniu

m

Editi

on

nVid

ia 4

X$2

079

78

.

6579

-RB

UPe

ntiu

m

III/9

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

630

GB,

--, -

-nV

idia

4X

32/3

2C

D-

RO

M:4

8Xm

ax-

20Xm

in

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

4, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

nVid

ia 4

X$2

155

78

NetV

ista

A40

6578

-L1U

Pent

ium

III

/733

256K

B/

256K

B0/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6--

, --,

--In

tel 8

15e

Inte

-gr

ated

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 3

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Opt

iona

lIn

tel 8

15e

Inte

grat

ed

Vide

o

$924

80

6578

-LC

UPe

ntiu

m

III/7

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

l 815

e In

te-

grat

ed

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 O

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 2

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

W98

Inte

l 815

e In

tegr

ated

Vi

deo

$987

80

6648

-LA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/7

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

15e

Dire

ct

AG

P

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 In

tel 1

0/10

0 Et

hern

et

2, 2

3, 1

Smal

l Fo

rm F

ac-

tor (

2x3)

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

AG

P

$103

780

6578

-LD

UPe

ntiu

m

III/7

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

l 815

e In

te-

grat

ed

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 O

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 2

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

Inte

l 815

e In

tegr

ated

Vi

deo

$106

380

6648

-LB

UPe

ntiu

m

III/7

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

15e

Dire

ct

AG

P

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 In

tel 1

0/10

0 Et

hern

et

2, 2

3, 1

Smal

l Fo

rm F

ac-

tor (

2x3)

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

AG

P

$111

380

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al, a

vail.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

ce E


6578

-LA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/7

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

tel 8

15e

Inte

-gr

ated

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:40X

max

-17

Xm

in

10 /

100

Inte

l 10/

100

Ethe

rnet

4, 3

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

W98

Inte

l 815

e In

tegr

ated

Vi

deo

$126

28

6578

-LB

UPe

ntiu

m

III/7

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

tel 8

15e

Inte

-gr

ated

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:40X

max

-17

Xm

in

10 /

100

Inte

l 10/

100

Ethe

rnet

4, 3

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

Inte

l 815

e In

tegr

ated

Vi

deo

$133

88

.

6840

-C1U

Pent

ium

III

/800

256K

B/

256K

B0/

512

SDR

AM

Op

en

bay

--, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

6, 6

7, 6

Min

i-tow

er--

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Opt

iona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

$970

8

.

6830

-CA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

0025

6KB

/25

6KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra-

ATA

/100

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 2

Mic

ro-

tow

er--

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

Mille

nniu

m

Editi

on

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

$108

88

.

6648

-NA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

0025

6KB

/25

6KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

15e

Dire

ct

AG

P

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

24X

max

-10

Xm

in10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et-

Inte

-gr

ated

2, 1

3, 0

Smal

l Fo

rm F

ac-

tor (

2x3)

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

Mille

nniu

m

Editi

on

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

AG

P

$113

88

.

6648

-N

BU

Pent

ium

III

/800

256K

B/

256K

B64

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

A

GP

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

24X

max

-10

Xm

in10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et-

Inte

-gr

ated

2, 1

3, 0

Smal

l Fo

rm F

ac-

tor (

2x3)

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

AG

P

$121

48

6578

-NA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

0025

6KB

/25

6KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

20G

B, --

, --

Inte

l 815

e In

te-

grat

ed

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 O

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 2

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

W98

Inte

l 815

e In

tegr

ated

Vi

deo

$116

08

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al, a

vail.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

c


6578

-NB

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

0025

6KB

/25

6KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

20G

B, --

, --

Inte

l 815

e In

te-

grat

ed

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 O

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 2

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

Inte

l 815

e In

tegr

ated

Vi

deo

$123

68

.

6830

-C

BU

Pent

ium

III

/800

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra-

ATA

/100

20G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 2

Mic

ro-

tow

er--

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

$133

78

6578

-NC

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

0025

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

tel 8

15e

Inte

-gr

ated

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:40X

max

-17

Xm

in

10 /

100

Inte

l 10/

100

Ethe

rnet

4, 3

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

W98

Inte

l 815

e In

tegr

ated

Vi

deo

$136

38

.

6840

-CA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

0025

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a-AT

A/1

0020

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l D

irect

A

GP

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

48X

max

-20

Xmin

Opt

iona

l6,

67,

4M

ini-t

ower

--A

nalo

g

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

$138

98

6578

-ND

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

0025

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

tel 8

15e

Inte

-gr

ated

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:40X

max

-17

Xm

in

10 /

100

Inte

l 10/

100

Ethe

rnet

4, 3

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

Inte

l 815

e In

tegr

ated

Vi

deo

$143

98

.

6840

-E1U

Pent

ium

III

/866

256K

B/

256K

B0/

512

SDR

AM

Op

en

bay

--, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

6, 6

7, 6

Min

i-tow

er--

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Opt

iona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

$117

38

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al, a

vail.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

c


w.

6578

-PC

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

6625

6KB

/25

6KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

20G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Op

tiona

lO

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 2

Des

ktop

Ana

log

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

Mille

nniu

m

Editi

on

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P V

ideo

$136

380

w.

6578

-PD

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

6625

6KB

/25

6KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

20G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Op

tiona

lO

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 2

Des

ktop

Ana

log

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

indo

ws

NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P V

ideo

$143

980

w.

6830

-EA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

6625

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a-AT

A/1

0020

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Op

tiona

lO

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 2

Mic

ro-

tow

er--

Ana

log

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

Mille

nniu

m

Editi

on

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P V

ideo

$146

480

w.

6648

-PA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

6625

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

A

GP

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Op

tiona

l10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et-

Inte

-gr

ated

2, 1

3, 1

Smal

l Fo

rm F

ac-

tor

(2x3

)

Ana

log

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

Mille

nniu

m

Editi

on

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

AG

P

$151

480

6578

-PA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

6625

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

tel 8

15e

Inte

-gr

ated

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:40X

max

-17

Xmin

10 /

100

Inte

l 10/

100

Ethe

rnet

4, 3

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

W98

Inte

l 815

e In

tegr

ated

Vi

deo

$156

680

w.

6831

-EA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

6625

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/1

0020

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

8XO

ptio

nal

4, 3

4, 1

Mic

ro-

tow

erIB

M

56K

PC

I v.9

0

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

Mille

nniu

m

Editi

on

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P V

ideo

$157

680

w.

6648

-PB

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

6625

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

A

GP

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Op

tiona

l10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et-

Inte

-gr

ated

2, 1

3, 1

Smal

l Fo

rm F

ac-

tor

(2x3

)

Ana

log

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

indo

ws

NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

AG

P

$159

080

Part

Num

ber P

roce

ssor

Typ

e/Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: t

otal

, ava

il.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

ce E


6578

-PB

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

6625

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

tel 8

15e

Inte

-gr

ated

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:40X

max

-17

Xm

in

10 /

100

Inte

l 10/

100

Ethe

rnet

4, 3

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

Inte

l 815

e In

tegr

ated

Vi

deo

$164

280

.

6840

-EA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

6625

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a-AT

A/1

0020

GB,

--, -

-nV

idia

M

6416

/16

48X

max

-20

Xmin

Opt

iona

l6,

57,

4M

ini-t

ower

--A

nalo

g

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

nVid

ia M

64$1

693

80

.

6830

-EB

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

6625

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a-AT

A/1

0020

GB,

--, -

-nV

idia

M

6416

/16

48X

max

-20

Xmin

Opt

iona

l4,

34,

1M

icro

-to

wer

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

nVid

ia M

64$1

693

80

.

6840

-G1U

Pent

ium

III

/933

256K

B/

256K

B0/

512

SDR

AM

Op

en

bay

--, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

6, 6

7, 6

Min

i-tow

er--

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Opt

iona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

$142

780

.

6578

-R1U

Pent

ium

III

/933

256K

B/

256K

B0/

512

SDR

AM

Op

en

bay

--, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 3

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Opt

iona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

$142

780

.

6578

-RC

UPe

ntiu

m

III/9

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l D

irect

A

GP

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 2

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

Mille

nniu

m

Editi

on

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P Vi

deo

$171

880

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al, a

vail.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

c E


w.

6578

-RD

UPe

ntiu

m

III/9

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Op

tiona

lO

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 2

Des

ktop

Ana

log

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d R

ecov

er

Win

dow

s N

T

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l Dire

ct

AG

P V

ideo

$179

580

6578

-RA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/9

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

tel 8

15e

Inte

-gr

ated

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

40X

max

-17

Xmin

10 /

100

Inte

l 10/

100

Ethe

rnet

4, 3

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

W98

Inte

l 815

e In

tegr

ated

Vi

deo

$182

180

w.

6648

-RA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/9

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

A

GP

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

24X

max

-10

Xmin

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

-In

te-

grat

ed

2, 1

3, 0

Smal

l Fo

rm F

ac-

tor (

2x3)

Ana

log

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

Mille

nniu

m

Editi

on

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

AG

P

$182

180

6578

-RB

UPe

ntiu

m

III/9

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

tel 8

15e

Inte

-gr

ated

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:40X

max

-17

Xmin

10 /

100

Inte

l 10/

100

Ethe

rnet

4, 3

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d R

ecov

er

Win

dow

s N

T

Inte

l 815

e In

tegr

ated

Vi

deo

$189

780

w.

6648

-RB

UPe

ntiu

m

III/9

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

A

GP

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

24X

max

-10

Xmin

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

-In

te-

grat

ed

2, 1

3, 0

Smal

l Fo

rm F

ac-

tor (

2x3)

Ana

log

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

W20

00/N

TIn

tegr

ated

In

tel 8

15e

Dire

ct A

GP

$189

780

w.

6578

-REU

Pent

ium

III

/933

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

20G

B, --

, --

nVid

ia 4

X32

/32

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xm

in

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

-In

te-

grat

ed

4, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

Mille

nniu

m

Editi

on

nVid

ia 4

X$1

959

80

w.

6830

-G

BU

Pent

ium

III

/933

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra-

ATA

/100

20G

B, --

, --

nVid

ia

M64

16/1

648

Xm

ax-

20X

min

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

-In

te-

grat

ed

4, 2

4, 1

Mic

ro-

tow

erA

nalo

g D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

indo

ws

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d R

ecov

er

Win

dow

s N

T

nVid

ia M

64$1

998

80

Part

Num

ber P

roce

ssor

Typ

e/Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: t

otal

, ava

il.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

ce E


w.

6578

-RFU

Pent

ium

III

/933

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

20G

B, --

, --

nVid

ia 4

X32

/32

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xmin

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

-In

te-

grat

ed

4, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

nVid

ia 4

X$2

035

8

w.

6831

-GA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/9

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/1

0030

GB,

72

00R

PM,

--

nVid

ia 4

X16

/16

8X10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et4,

24,

1M

icro

-to

wer

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

Mille

nniu

m

Editi

on

nVid

ia 4

X$1

832

8

w.

6831

-GB

UPe

ntiu

m

III/9

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/1

0030

GB,

72

00R

PM,

--

nVid

ia 4

X16

/16

8X10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et4,

24,

1M

icro

-to

wer

W20

00nV

idia

4X

$193

68

w.

6840

-G

AU

Pent

ium

III

/933

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra-

ATA

/100

30G

B,

7200

RPM

, --

nVid

ia

M64

32/3

248

Xm

ax-

20Xm

in10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et-

Inte

-gr

ated

6, 5

7, 4

Min

i-tow

erA

nalo

g

Dev

ices

18

85

Aud

io

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

nVid

ia M

64$2

097

8

NetV

ista

A40p

6579

-LA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/7

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

15e

Dire

ct

AG

P

--/--

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 In

tel 1

0/10

0 Et

hern

et

4, 4

4, 2

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

AG

P

$109

68

6579

-LB

UPe

ntiu

m

III/7

3325

6KB

/25

6KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

15e

Dire

ct

AG

P

--/--

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 In

tel 1

0/10

0 Et

hern

et

4, 4

4, 2

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

AG

P

$117

28

6579

-NC

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

0025

6KB

/25

6KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

20G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

15e

Dire

ct

AG

P

--/--

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 In

tel 1

0/10

0 Et

hern

et

4, 4

4, 2

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

AG

P

$126

88

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al, a

vail.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

c


6579

-ND

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

0025

6KB

/25

6KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

20G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel 8

15e

Dire

ct

AG

P

--/--

Opt

iona

l10

/ 10

0 In

tel 1

0/10

0 Et

hern

et

4, 4

4, 2

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

AG

P

$134

580

6649

-NA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

0025

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

A

GP

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:24X

max

-10

Xm

in

10 /

100

Inte

l 10/

100

Ethe

rnet

2, 2

3, 0

Smal

l Fo

rm F

ac-

tor (

2x3)

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

AG

P

$142

280

6649

-NB

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

0025

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

--, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

A

GP

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

CD

-R

OM

:24X

max

-10

Xm

in

10 /

100

Inte

l 10/

100

Ethe

rnet

2, 2

3, 0

Smal

l Fo

rm F

ac-

tor (

2x3)

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

W20

00/N

TIn

tegr

ated

In

tel 8

15e

Dire

ct A

GP

$149

880

6579

-NA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

0025

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

630

GB,

--, -

-nV

idia

16/1

6C

D-

RO

M:4

8Xm

ax-

20Xm

in

10 /

100

Inte

l 10/

100

Ethe

rnet

4, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

W98

nVid

ia$1

585

80

6579

-NB

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

0025

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

630

GB,

--, -

-nV

idia

16/1

6C

D-

RO

M:4

8Xm

ax-

20Xm

in

10 /

100

Inte

l 10/

100

Ethe

rnet

4, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d

Rec

over

W

ind

ows

NT

nVid

ia$1

661

80

6579

-P1U

Pent

ium

III

/866

256K

B/

256K

B0/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6--

, --,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l 815

e D

irect

A

GP

--/--

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

4, 4

4, 3

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Opt

iona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel 8

15e

Dire

ct A

GP

$123

280

w.

6841

-E1U

Pent

ium

III

/866

256K

B/

256K

B0/

512

SDR

AM

Op

en

bay

--, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

In

tel

Dire

ct

AG

P

Vide

o

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Opt

iona

lO

ptio

nal

6, 6

7, 6

Min

i-tow

er--

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Opt

iona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel D

irect

A

GP

Vide

o

$123

280

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: tot

al, a

vail.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

c E


6841

-EA

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

6625

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a-AT

A/1

0020

GB,

--, -

-nV

idia

M

6416

/16

48X

max

-20

Xmin

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

-In

te-

grat

ed

6, 4

7, 4

Min

i-tow

er--

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d R

ecov

er

Win

dow

s N

T

nVid

ia M

64$1

802

80

6579

-PC

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

6625

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

630

GB,

--, -

-nV

idia

16/1

6C

D-

RO

M:4

8Xm

ax-

20Xm

in

10 /

100

Inte

l 10/

100

Ethe

rnet

4, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

W98

nVid

ia$1

788

80

6579

-PD

UPe

ntiu

m

III/8

6625

6KB

/25

6KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

630

GB,

--, -

-nV

idia

16/1

6C

D-

RO

M:4

8Xm

ax-

20Xm

in

10 /

100

Inte

l 10/

100

Ethe

rnet

4, 2

4, 1

Des

ktop

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

2000

with

C

hoos

e an

d R

ecov

er

Win

dow

s N

T

nVid

ia$1

864

80

6841

-G1U

Pent

ium

III

/933

256K

B/

256K

B0/

512

SDR

AM

Op

en

bay

--, -

-, -

-In

te-

grat

ed

Inte

l D

irect

A

GP

Vi

deo

Up

to

10/U

p

to 1

0

Op

tiona

lO

ptio

nal

6, 6

7, 6

Min

i-tow

er--

Ana

log

D

evic

es

1885

A

udio

Op

tiona

lIn

tegr

ated

In

tel D

irect

A

GP

Vid

eo

$148

680

6646

-Q1U

Pent

ium

III

/866

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.

T. II

I

20G

B, --

, --

Inte

l 810

e11

/11

40X

max

-17

Xm

in10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et2,

12,

0D

eskt

op

(2x2

)O

pt.

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

2000

Inte

l 810

e$1

695

80

NetV

ista

S40 leg

acy-

free

6645

-N3U

Pent

ium

III

/667

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.

T. II

I

10G

B, --

, --

Inte

l 810

e11

/11

40X

max

-17

Xm

in10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et2,

12,

0D

eskt

op

(2x2

)O

pt.

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

2000

Inte

l 810

e$1

099

86

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoVid

eo R

AM

std

./max

.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: t

otal

, ava

il.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

en


6645

-P1U

Pent

ium

III

/733

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.

T. II

I

20G

B, --

, --

Inte

l 810

e11

/11

40X

max

-17

Xmin

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

-In

te-

grat

ed

2, 1

2, 0

Des

ktop

(2

x2)

Op

t.A

C-9

7 A

udio

W20

00In

tel 8

10e

$122

586

NetV

ista

S40p leg

acy-

free

6646

-Q1U

Pent

ium

III

/866

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.

M.A

.R.

T. II

I

20G

B, --

, --

Inte

l 810

e11

/11

40X

max

-17

Xmin

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

2, 1

2, 0

Des

ktop

(2

x2)

Op

t.A

C-9

7 A

udio

W20

00In

tel 8

10e

$169

588

NetV

ista

X40 a

ll-in-o

ne

6643

-13U

Pent

ium

III

/667

256K

B/

256K

B64

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

.4G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

Vi

deo

Gra

phic

s

8/8

24X

max

-10

Xm

in10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et-

Inte

-gr

ated

2, 1

3, 0

All-

in-o

ne

(2x3

)O

pt.

AC

97

Cry

stal

C

S 4

299

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Vide

o G

rap

hics

$233

090

6643

-14U

Pent

ium

III

/667

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

20.4

GB,

--,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Vide

o G

raph

ics

16/1

624

Xm

ax-

10X

min

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

-In

te-

grat

ed

2, 1

3, 0

All-

in-o

ne

(2x3

)O

pt.

AC

97

Cry

stal

C

S 4

299

W20

00In

tegr

ated

Vi

deo

Gra

phi

cs

$249

990

6643

-21U

Pent

ium

III

/800

256K

B/

256K

B64

/512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

620

GB,

54

00R

PM

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

Vi

deo

Gra

phic

s

8/8

24X

max

-10

Xm

in10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et-

Inte

-gr

ated

2, 2

3, 0

All-

in-o

ne

(2x3

)O

pt.

AC

-97

Aud

ioM

icro

soft

Win

dow

s M

illen

nium

Ed

ition

Inte

grat

ed

Vide

o G

rap

hics

‡90

6643

-11U

Cel

eron

/56

612

8KB

/12

8KB

64/5

12SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

10.1

GB,

--,

--In

te-

grat

ed

Vide

o G

raph

ics

8/8

24X

max

-10

Xm

in10

/ 10

0 Et

hern

et-

Inte

-gr

ated

2, 1

3, 0

All-

in-o

ne

(2x3

)O

pt.

AC

97

Cry

stal

C

S 4

299

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Vide

o G

rap

hics

$209

990

6643

-12U

Cel

eron

/56

612

8KB

/12

8KB

128/

512

SDR

AM

Ultr

a AT

A/6

610

.1G

B, -

-, --

Inte

-gr

ated

Vi

deo

Gra

phic

s

16/1

624

Xm

ax-

10X

min

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

-In

te-

grat

ed

2, 1

3, 0

All-

in-o

ne

(2x3

)O

pt.

AC

97

Cry

stal

C

S 4

299

W20

00In

tegr

ated

Vi

deo

Gra

phi

cs

$226

590

NetV

ista

X40i

2179

-750

Pent

ium

III

/600

256K

B/

256K

B12

8/51

2SD

RA

MU

ltra

ATA

/66

15G

B, --

, --

Inte

-gr

ated

Vi

deo

16/1

6D

VD:6

Xm

ax-

3.5X

min

10 /

100

Ethe

rnet

-In

te-

grat

ed

2, 1

3, 0

All-

in-o

ne

(2x3

)In

te-

grat

edA

C 9

7 C

ryst

al

CS

429

9

W98

Inte

grat

ed

Vide

o$2

099

92

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype/

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Sta

ndar

d M

emor

y

Har

d D

rive

Typ

e2

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e3, R

PM

, Avg

.

Vid

eoV

ideo

RA

M s

td./m

ax.

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)4

Eth

erne

t

Slo

ts: t

otal

, ava

il.

Bay

s: t

otal

, ava

il.

Form

Fac

tor Dat

a/Fa

x M

odem

Aud

ioO

pera

ting

Sys

tem

5 Gra

phic

Chi

p Set

List

Pri

c E


��

��

��

�� !��"#�� "�� $��"��

%&$ �� "��$��' ��#��

(�� )��)�� ) ��'�� "�� "� '��

��

*+��) ��

��)�� ,��'�� $��$ ��-��

��) �

.&/0� �&

��,��/0#�&

1�� &

��,��1��&��#�&

�222� �&

��,��222

�

��=/!=�5

< ��

3%%

��0:

(�

��0:

(3*�.��

�;��

5��

��33

�2�(#�!!#�!!?� "��

+��

0�0

�*6��-!

�26��

�2��22

4�$ � �!

?� !

"��

�#��

%#�2

�!�!�

8�-%9

?� !

"��

�<!/=

��

��

&��,�

��

4��

?� "��

+��

��

��

��

��

�� !��"��

�#"��$�

��

��!��"��#"��$�

��

��

��%�&'�

��

��%�&'�

�&��()*

�)+',"

-&��

-&��

*+��"��#"

�%.*/��'��&��0��

��1

2� ��

�0��!��0)�'�&0"

$��!��0)�'�&0"

��

�� %��#��

+��&�

/��&�,

��3 4�� &�� &��


��

��

��

24

026

09-4

1UM

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/40

012

8/12

864

/19

21

/1

DIM

M12

GB

, 12

800x

600

2/2

TFT

10.4

''Li

-Ion

1.8,

3.5

----

SB

com

pat

1.05

x10.

2x8

2.98

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$1

899

14

2609

-51U

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

450

128/

128

64/

192

1 /1

D

IMM

6GB

, 14

800x

600

2/2

TFT

10.4

''Li

-Ion

2.1,

3.5

--S

B c

omp

at1.

05x1

0.2x

83.

28W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$199

914

2609

-52U

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

450

128/

128

64/

192

1 /1

D

IMM

6GB

, 14

800x

600

2/2

TFT

10.4

''Li

-Ion

2.1,

3.5

--S

B c

omp

at1.

05x1

0.2x

83.

28W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

099

14

2609

-61U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/5

0025

6/25

664

/19

21

/1

DIM

M12

GB

,80

0x60

02/

2TF

T10

.4''

Li-Io

n4.

2, 3

.5--

SB

com

pat

1.05

x10.

2x8

3.28

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 2

29 9

1 4

2609

-62U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/5

0025

6/25

664

/19

21

/1

DIM

M12

GB

,80

0x60

02/

2TF

T10

.4''

Li-Io

n4.

2, 3

.5--

SB

com

pat

1.05

x10.

2x8

3.28

W20

00U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$ 23 9

91 4

i S

eri

es

12

00

w.

1161

-210

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

32/

160

1 /1

D

IMM

6GB

, 12

800x

600

2/2

HPA

12.1

''N

iMH

2.8,

524

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

SB

com

pat

1.44

x12.

3x9.

96

W98

--N

$114

918

1161

-230

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

192

1 /1

D

IMM

6GB

, 12

800x

600

4/4

HPA

13''

NiM

H2.

8, 5

24X

max

-10X

min

--S

B c

omp

at1.

44x1

2.3x

9.9

6W

98--

N$1

349

18

1161

-250

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

192

1 /1

D

IMM

6GB

, 12

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''N

iMH

2.6,

524

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

SB

com

pat

1.44

x12.

3x9.

96

W98

--N

$149

918

w.

1161

-11U

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

550

128/

128

32/

160

1 /1

D

IMM

5GB

, 12

800x

600

2/2

HPA

12.1

''N

iMH

2.8,

524

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

AC

-97

Aud

io1.

44x1

2.3x

9.9

6.2

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

Mill

en-

nium

Ed

i-tio

n

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 1

1 49

1 8

w.

1161

-41U

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

550

128/

128

64/

192

1 /1

D

IMM

5GB

, 12

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''N

iMH

2.8,

524

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

AC

-97

Aud

io1.

44x1

2.3x

9.9

6.2

Mic

roso

ft W

ind

ows

Mill

en-

nium

Ed

i-tio

n

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 1

4 49

1 8

1161

-260

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

550

128/

128

64/

192

1 /1

D

IMM

6GB

, 12

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

13.3

''N

iMH

2.6,

524

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

SB

com

pat

1.44

x12.

3x9.

96

W98

--N

$164

918

Part

Num

ber Pro

cess

or T

ype

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Mem

ory

Slo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e, S

peed

(m

s)2

Max

. Res

olut

ion

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

Dis

play

Tec

hnol

ogy3

Vie

wab

le Im

age

Siz

e

Bat

tery

Typ

e

Bat

tery

Life

(ho

urs)

,

Cha

rge

Tim

e (p

ower

on)

4

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)5

DV

D D

rive

Aud

ioD

imen

sion

s (in.

) Wei

ght

(lbs

.)6

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m7

Infr

ared

Por

t Spe

ed

Wor

khor

se M

odel

8

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

ent

Appendix F: IBM ThinkPad Family ��

.

1161

-51U

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

600

128/

128

64/

192

1 /1

D

IMM

10G

B,

1280

0x60

04/

4TF

T12

.1''

NiM

H2.

8, 5

DV

D:

8Xm

ax-

2Xm

in

--A

C-9

7 A

udio

1.44

x12.

3x9.

96.

2M

icro

soft

Win

dow

s M

illen

-ni

um E

di-

tion

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$1

699

18

.

1161

-71U

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

600

128/

128

64/

192

1 /1

D

IMM

10G

B,

1210

24x7

684/

4TF

T13

.3''

NiM

H2.

8, 5

DV

D:

8Xm

ax-

2Xm

in

--A

C-9

7 A

udio

1.44

x12.

3x9.

96.

2M

icro

soft

Win

dow

s M

illen

-ni

um E

di-

tion

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$1

799

18

i S

eri

es

13

00

1171

-320

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

192

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

6GB

, 12

800x

600

2/2

HPA

12.1

''N

iMH

2.8,

2.5

24X

max

-10X

min

--1.

44x1

2.3x

9.9

6W

98N

$154

918

1171

-370

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

192

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

6GB

, 12

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''N

iMH

2.6,

524

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

SB

P 1

6 co

m-

pat

1.44

x12.

3x9.

99

6W

2000

--N

$179

918

.

1171

-21U

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

550

128/

128

64/

192

1 /1

D

IMM

5GB

, 12

800x

600

4/4

HPA

12.1

''N

iMH

2.6,

524

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

AC

-97

Aud

io1.

44x1

2.3x

9.9

6M

icro

soft

Win

dow

s M

illen

-ni

um E

di-

tion

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 1

3 99

1 8

.

1171

-71U

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

550

128/

128

64/

192

1 /1

D

IMM

5GB

, 12

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

13.3

''N

iMH

2.6,

524

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

AC

-97

Aud

io1.

39x1

2.3x

9.9

6M

icro

soft

Win

dow

s M

illen

-ni

um E

di-

tion

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$1

699

18

.

1171

-2A

UM

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/55

012

8/12

864

/19

21

/1

DIM

M5G

B,

1280

0x60

04/

4H

PA12

.1''

NiM

H2.

8, 2

.524

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

AC

-97

Aud

io1.

44x1

2.3x

9.9

6M

icro

soft

Win

dow

s M

illen

-ni

um E

di-

tion

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$1

699

18

.

1171

-61U

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

600

128/

128

64/

192

1 /1

D

IMM

10G

B,

1280

0x60

04/

4TF

T12

.1''

NiM

H2.

3, 5

24X

max

-10X

min

--A

C-9

7 A

udio

13.9

x12.

3x9.

96

W20

00U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$189

918

.

1171

-91U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/6

5025

6/25

664

/19

21

/1

DIM

M20

GB

, 12

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

13.3

''N

iMH

2.9,

524

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

AC

-97

Aud

io1.

39x1

2.3x

9.9

6W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 2

2 49

1 8

i S

eri

es

131

011

71-3

10M

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/50

012

8/12

864

/19

21

/1

DIM

M6G

B,

1280

0x60

02/

2H

PA12

.1''

NiM

H2.

8, 5

24X

max

-10X

min

----

1.44

x12.

3x9.

96

W98

--N

$124

918

i S

eri

es

13

40

1171

-340

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

192

1 /1

D

IMM

6GB

, 12

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''N

iMH

2.6,

524

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

--1.

44x1

2.3x

9.9

6W

98--

N$1

599

18

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Mem

ory

Slo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e, S

peed

(m

s)2

Max

. Res

olut

ion

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

Dis

play

Tec

hnol

ogy3

Vie

wab

le Im

age

Siz

e

Bat

tery

Typ

e

Bat

tery

Life

(hou

rs),

Cha

rge

Tim

e (p

ower

on)

4

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)5

DV

D D

rive

Aud

ioD

imen

sion

s (in.

) Wei

ght

(lbs

.)6

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m7

Infr

ared

Por

t Spe

ed

Wor

khor

se M

odel

8

List

Pri

ce†

Esse

n


i S

eri

es

14

00

2621

-422

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

32/

256

2 /1

D

IMM

6GB

, 12

800x

600

4/4

HPA

13''

NiM

H2.

0/3.

0,

2.5

24X

max

-10X

min

--ES

1946

Sol

o-1E

1.69

x12.

9x10

.6

7.8W

98--

N$1

299

20

2621

-442

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

256

2 /1

D

IMM

6GB

, 12

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''N

iMH

2.0/

3.0,

2.

5D

VD

:6X

max

-1X

min

Std

.ES

1946

Sol

o-1E

1.69

x12.

9x10

.6

7.8W

98--

N$1

799

20

2621

-483

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/5

0025

6/25

664

/25

62

/1

DIM

M12

GB

, 12

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

14.1

''Li

-Ion

2.0/

3.0,

4

24X

max

-10X

min

--ES

1946

Sol

o-1E

1.69

x12.

9x10

.6

7.8W

98--

N$2

099

20

2621

-482

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

256

2 /1

D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

684/

4TF

T14

.1''

NiM

H2.

0/3.

0,

2.5

DV

D:6

Xm

ax-

1Xm

in

Std

.ES

1946

Sol

o-1E

1.69

x12.

9x10

.6

7.8W

98--

N$2

199

20

2621

-492

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/5

0025

6/25

664

/25

62

/1

DIM

M12

GB

, 12

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

15''

Li-Io

n2.

0/3.

0,

4D

VD

:6X

max

-1X

min

Std

.ES

1946

Sol

o-1E

1.69

x12.

9x10

.6

7.8W

98--

N$2

499

20

i S

eri

es

15

00

2621

-560

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

466

128/

128

64/

256

2 /1

D

IMM

6.4G

B,

1210

24x7

684/

4TF

T14

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

0, 5

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

S42

361.

69x1

2.9x

10.

67.5

W98

--N

$199

922

2651

-542

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

256

2 /1

D

IMM

12G

B,

1280

0x60

04/

4TF

T12

.1''

NiM

H2.

0/3.

0,

2.5

24X

max

-10X

min

--ES

1946

Sol

o-1E

1.59

x12.

9x10

.6

7.9W

2000

--N

$199

922

2651

-562

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/5

0025

6/25

664

/25

62

/1

DIM

M12

GB

, 12

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

14.1

''Li

-Ion

2.0/

3.0,

4

24X

max

-10X

min

--ES

1946

Sol

o-1E

1.59

x12.

9x10

.6

7.9W

2000

--N

$239

922

2651

-592

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/5

0025

6/25

664

/25

62

/1

DIM

M12

GB

, 12

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

15''

Li-Io

n2.

0/3.

0,

424

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

ES19

46 S

olo-

1E1.

59x1

2.9x

10.

67.9

W20

00--

N$2

499

22

39

0X

2626

-L0U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/4

5025

6/25

664

/51

22

/1

DIM

M12

GB

, 12

1024

x768

2.5/

2.5

TFT

14.1

''Li

-Ion

3.7,

624

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

ESS

1946

S1.

8x12

.4x1

0.2

7.7W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sY

$ 22 4

92 4

2626

-L2U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/4

5025

6/25

664

/51

22

/1

DIM

M12

GB

, 12

1024

x768

2.5/

2.5

TFT

14.1

''Li

-Ion

3.7,

624

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

ESS

1946

S1.

8x12

.4x1

0.2

7.7W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

349

24

2626

-LN

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I/450

256/

256

64/

512

2 /1

D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

682.

5/2.

5TF

T14

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

7, 6

24X

max

-10X

min

--ES

S19

46S

1.8x

12.4

x10.

27.7

WN

T4.0

Up

to

4Mb

ps

Y$2

349

24

2626

-M0U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/5

0025

6/25

664

/51

22

/1

DIM

M12

GB

, 12

1024

x768

2.5/

2.5

TFT

15''

Li-Io

n3.

3, 6

24X

max

-10X

min

--ES

S19

46S

1.8x

12.9

x10.

67.9

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

399

24

2626

-M

NU

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/5

0025

6/25

664

/51

22

/1

DIM

M12

GB

, 12

1024

x768

2.5/

2.5

TFT

15''

Li-Io

n3.

3, 6

24X

max

-10X

min

--ES

S19

46S

1.8x

12.9

x10.

67.9

WN

T4.0

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 2

4 99

2 4

60

0E

2645

-4B

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

/400

256/

256

64/

288

2 /1

D

IMM

10G

B,

1210

24x7

682.

5/2.

5TF

T13

.3''

Li-Io

n3.

0 hr

s,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

CS

4239

1.4x

11.8

x9.4

5.6

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

999

28

2645

-8B

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

/400

256/

256

64/

288

2 /1

D

IMM

10G

B,

1210

24x7

682.

5/2.

5TF

T13

.3''

Li-Io

n3.

0 hr

s,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

CS

4239

1.4x

11.8

x9.4

5.6

WN

T4.0

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$3

099

28

2645

-5B

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

/400

256/

256

64/

288

2 /1

D

IMM

10G

B,

1210

24x7

682.

5/2.

5TF

T13

.3''

Li-Io

n3.

0 hr

s,

3D

VD

:2X

max

Std

.C

S42

391.

4x11

.8x9

.45.

7W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$319

928

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Mem

ory

Slo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e, S

peed

(m

s)2

Max

. Res

olut

ion

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

Dis

play

Tec

hnol

ogy3

Vie

wab

le Im

age

Siz

e

Bat

tery

Typ

e

Bat

tery

Life

(hou

rs),

Cha

rge

Tim

e (p

ower

on)

4

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)5

DVD

Dri

ve

Aud

ioD

imen

sion

s (in.

) Wei

ght

(lbs

.)6

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m7

Infr

ared

Por

t Spe

ed

Wor

khor

se M

odel

8

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

ent


60

0X

2645

-3E

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I/450

256/

256

64/

576

2 /2

D

IMM

6GB

, 12

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

13.3

''Li

-Ion

3.0

hrs,

3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

S42

391.

4x11

.8x9

.44.

99W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$259

928

2645

-7E

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I/450

256/

256

64/

576

2 /2

D

IMM

6GB

, 12

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

13.3

''Li

-Ion

3.0

hrs,

3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

S42

391.

4x11

.8x9

.44.

99W

NT4

.0U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$269

928

2645

-8P

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I/500

256/

256

64/

576

2 /2

D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

684/

4TF

T13

.3''

Li-Io

n3.

0hrs

, 3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

S42

391.

4x11

.8x9

.44.

99W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

599

28

2645

-4E

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I/500

256/

256

64/

576

2 /2

D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

684/

4TF

T13

.3''

Li-Io

n3.

0 hr

s,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

CS

4239

1.4x

11.8

x9.4

4.99

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

699

28

2645

-5E

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I/500

256/

256

64/

576

2 /2

D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

684/

4TF

T13

.3''

Li-Io

n3.

0 hr

s,

3D

VD

:6X

max

-2.

3Xm

in

Std

.C

S42

391.

4x11

.8x9

.44.

99W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$299

928

2645

-9E

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I/500

256/

256

64/

576

2 /2

D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

684/

4TF

T13

.3''

Li-Io

n3.

0 hr

s,

3--

Std

.C

S42

391.

4x11

.8x9

.44.

99W

NT4

.0U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$309

928

2646

-4EU

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/5

0025

6/25

664

/57

62

/2

DIM

M12

GB

, 12

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

13.3

''Li

-Ion

3.0

hrs,

3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

S42

39-1

x-1x

-1-1

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$3

757

28

2645

-9FU

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

650

256/

256

64/

576

2 /2

D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

684/

4TF

T13

.3''

Li-Io

n3.

0hrs

, 3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

S42

391.

4x11

.8x9

.44.

99W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$3

099

28

2645

-5FU

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

650

256/

256

64/

576

2 /2

D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

684/

4TF

T13

.3''

Li-Io

n3.

0hrs

, 3

--S

td.

CS

4239

1.4x

11.8

x9.4

4.99

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$3

199

28

A2

0m

2628

-11U

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

6GB

, 14

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.73

x12.

7x10

.7

6.4

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$1

699

30

2628

-21U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/5

0025

6/25

664

/51

21

So-

/1

So-

DIM

M

6GB

, 14

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

CS

4239

C

S46

101.

73x1

2.7x

10.

76.

4W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$ 17 4

93 0

.

2628

-1X

UM

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/50

012

8/12

864

/51

21

So-

/1

So-

DIM

M

6GB

, 14

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.73

x12.

7x10

.7

6.4

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 1

7 99

3 0

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype

Spe

ed (M

Hz)1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Mem

ory

Slo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e, S

peed

(m

s)2

Max

. Res

olut

ion

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

Dis

play

Tec

hnol

ogy3

Vie

wab

le Im

age

Siz

e

Bat

tery

Typ

e

Bat

tery

Life

(hou

rs),

Cha

rge

Tim

e (p

ower

on)

4

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)5

DVD

Dri

ve

Aud

ioD

imen

sion

s (in.

) Wei

ght

(lbs

.)6

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m7

Infr

ared

Por

t Spe

ed

Wor

khor

se M

odel

8

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

en


2628

-14U

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

6GB

, 14

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.73

x12.

7x10

.7

6.4

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$1

799

30

2628

-12U

Cel

eron

/500

128/

128

64/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

6GB

, 14

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.73

x12.

7x10

.7

6.4

W20

00U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$179

930

2628

-22U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/5

0025

6/25

664

/51

21

So-

/1

So-

DIM

M

6GB

, 14

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

CS

4239

C

S46

101.

73x1

2.3x

10.

76.

4W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 1

8 49

3 0

2628

-24U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/5

0025

6/25

664

/51

21

So-

/1

So-

DIM

M

6GB

, 14

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

CS

4239

C

S46

101.

73x1

2.7x

10.

76.

4W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$ 18 4

93 0

2628

-2X

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I/500

256/

256

64/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

6GB

, 14

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

CS

4239

C

S46

101.

73x1

2.7x

10.

76.

4W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$ 18 4

93 0

2628

-1TU

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

6GB

, 14

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.73

x12.

3x10

.7

6.4

W20

00U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$189

930

2628

-2TU

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/5

0025

6/25

664

/51

21

So-

/1

So-

DIM

M

6GB

, 14

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.73

x12.

3x10

.7

6.4

W20

00U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$ 19 4

93 0

2628

-31U

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

688/

8TF

T15

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.73

x12.

7x10

.7

6.4

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

199

30

2628

-3X

UM

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/50

012

8/12

864

/51

21

So-

/1

So-

DIM

M

12G

B,

1210

24x7

688/

8TF

T15

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.73

x12.

7x10

.7

6.4

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

299

30

2628

-32U

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

688/

8TF

T15

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

CS

4239

C

S46

101.

73x1

2.3x

10.

76.

4W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

299

30

2628

-3S

UM

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/50

012

8/12

864

/51

21

So-

/1

So-

DIM

M

12G

B,

1210

24x7

688/

8TF

T15

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

CS

4239

C

S46

101.

73x1

2.3x

10.

76.

4W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$229

930

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Mem

ory

Slo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e, S

peed

(m

s)2

Max

. Res

olut

ion

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

Dis

play

Tec

hnol

ogy3

Vie

wab

le Im

age

Siz

e

Bat

tery

Typ

e

Bat

tery

Life

(hou

rs),

Cha

rge

Tim

e (p

ower

on)

4

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)5

DV

D D

rive

Aud

ioD

imen

sion

s (in.

) Wei

ght

(lbs

.)6

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m7

Infr

ared

Por

t Spe

ed

Wor

khor

se M

odel

8

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

en


2628

-3TU

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

688/

8TF

T15

''Li

-Ion

3.5,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.73

x12.

3x10

.7

6.4

W20

00U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$239

930

2628

-1A

UM

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/55

012

8/12

864

/51

22

/1

DIM

M6G

B,

1480

0x60

04/

4TF

T12

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

5, 3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.47

x12.

7x10

.7

6.1W

98--

N$1

799

30

2628

-1U

UM

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/55

012

8/12

864

/51

22

/1

DIM

M6G

B,

1480

0x60

04/

4TF

T12

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

5, 3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.47

x12.

7x10

.7

6.1W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$189

930

2628

-1C

UM

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/55

012

8/12

864

/51

22

/1

DIM

M6G

B,

1480

0x60

04/

4TF

T12

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

5, 3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.47

x12.

7x10

.7

6.1W

2000

--N

$189

930

2628

-1V

UM

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/55

012

8/12

864

/51

22

/1

DIM

M6G

B,

1480

0x60

04/

4TF

T12

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

5, 3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.47

x12.

7x10

.7

6.1W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$1

999

30

2628

-3A

UM

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/55

012

8/12

864

/51

22

/1

DIM

M12

GB

, 14

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

15''

Li-Io

n3.

5, 3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.47

x12.

7x10

.7

6.1W

98--

N$2

299

30

2628

-3U

UM

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/55

012

8/12

864

/51

22

/1

DIM

M12

GB

, 14

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

15''

Li-Io

n3.

5, 3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.47

x12.

7x10

.7

2.75

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 2

3 99

3 0

2628

-3C

UM

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/55

012

8/12

864

/51

22

/1

DIM

M12

GB

, 14

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

15''

Li-Io

n3.

5, 3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.47

x12.

7x10

.7

6.1W

2000

--N

$239

930

2628

-3V

UM

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/55

012

8/12

864

/51

22

/1

DIM

M12

GB

, 14

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

15''

Li-Io

n3.

5, 3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.47

x12.

7x10

.7

6.1W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

499

30

2628

-4A

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I with

S

pee

dS

tep

Te

chno

log

y/60

0

256/

256

64/

512

2 /1

D

IMM

12G

B,

1410

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

7, 3

DV

D:6

Xm

ax-

2Xm

in

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.47

x12.

7x10

.7

6.1W

98--

N$2

399

30

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Mem

ory

Slo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e, S

peed

(m

s)2

Max

. Res

olut

ion

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

Dis

play

Tec

hnol

ogy3

Vie

wab

le Im

age

Siz

e

Bat

tery

Typ

e

Bat

tery

Life

(ho

urs)

,

Cha

rge

Tim

e (p

ower

on)

4

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)5

DV

D D

rive

Aud

ioD

imen

sion

s (in.

) Wei

ght

(lbs

.)6

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m7

Infr

ared

Por

t Spe

ed

Wor

khor

se M

odel

8

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

ent


2628

-4U

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I with

S

pee

dS

tep

Te

chno

log

y/60

0

256/

256

64/

512

2 /1

D

IMM

12G

B,

1410

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

7, 3

DV

D:6

Xm

ax-

2Xm

in

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.47

x12.

7x10

.7

6.1W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$249

930

2628

-4C

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I with

S

pee

dS

tep

Te

chno

log

y/60

0

256/

256

64/

512

2 /1

D

IMM

12G

B,

1410

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

7, 3

DV

D:6

Xm

ax-

2Xm

in

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.47

x12.

7x10

.7

6.1W

2000

--N

$249

930

2628

-4V

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I with

S

pee

dS

tep

Te

chno

log

y/60

0

256/

256

64/

512

2 /1

D

IMM

12G

B,

1410

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

7, 3

DV

D:6

Xm

ax-

2Xm

in

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.47

x12.

7x10

.7

6.1W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

599

30

2628

-41U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

700

256/

256

64/

512

2 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

7, 3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.73

x12.

7x10

.7

6.4

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 2

4 49

3 0

2628

-4X

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I with

S

pee

dS

tep

Te

chno

log

y/70

0

256/

256

64/

512

2 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

7, 3

CD

-R

OM

:24

Xm

ax-

10X

min

--C

S42

39

CS

4610

1.73

x12.

7x10

.7

6.1W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$ 25 4

93 0

2628

-42U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

700

256/

256

64/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-Io

n4.

0, 3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.73

x12.

3x10

.7

6.4

W20

00U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$ 25 4

93 0

2628

-4S

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I with

S

pee

dS

tep

Te

chno

log

y/70

0

256/

256

64/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

7, 3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

S42

39

CS

4610

1.73

x12.

3x10

.7

6.4

W98

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 2

5 49

3 0

2628

-4W

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I with

S

pee

dS

tep

Te

chno

log

y/70

0

256/

256

64/

512

2 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

7, 3

CD

-R

OM

:24

Xm

ax-

10X

min

--C

S42

39

CS

4610

1.73

x12.

7x10

.7

6.1W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 2

6 49

3 0

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Mem

ory

Slo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e, S

peed

(m

s)2

Max

. Res

olut

ion

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

Dis

play

Tec

hnol

ogy3

Vie

wab

le Im

age

Siz

e

Bat

tery

Typ

e

Bat

tery

Life

(hou

rs),

Cha

rge

Tim

e (p

ower

on)

4

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)5

DV

D D

rive

Aud

ioD

imen

sion

s (in.

) Wei

ght

(lbs

.)6

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m7

Infr

ared

Por

t Spe

ed

Wor

khor

se M

odel

8

List

Pri

ce†

Esse

nt


2628

-4TU

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

700

256/

256

64/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

12G

B,

1210

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-Io

n3.

7, 3

24X

max

-10X

min

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.73

x12.

3x10

.7

6.4

W20

00U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$264

930

2628

-4LU

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

700

256/

256

128/

512

2 S

0-/1

S

o-D

IMM

12G

B,

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

14.1

''Li

-Ion

3.7,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.73

x12.

7x10

.7

6.1

Cal

der

a O

pen

-Li

nux

eDes

k-to

p 2

.4

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 2

7 49

3 0

A2

0p

2629

-61U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

700

256/

256

128/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

18G

B,

1400

x105

016

/16

TFT

15''

Li-Io

n4.

0, 3

DV

D:6

Xm

ax-

2Xm

in

Std

.C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.79

x13.

2x10

.7

7.6W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$344

930

2629

-6S

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I with

S

pee

dS

tep

Te

chno

log

y/70

0

256/

256

128/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

18G

B,

1400

x105

016

/16

TFT

15''

Li-Io

n4.

0, 3

DV

D:6

Xm

ax-

2Xm

in

Std

.C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.79

x13.

2x10

.7

7.6W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$354

930

2629

-62U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

700

256/

256

128/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

18G

B,

1400

x105

016

/16

TFT

15''

Li-Io

n4.

0, 3

DV

D:6

Xm

ax-

2Xm

in

Std

.C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.79

x13.

2x10

.7

7.6W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$3

549

30

2629

-6TU

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

700

256/

256

128/

512

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

18G

B,

1400

x105

016

/16

TFT

15''

Li-Io

n4.

0, 3

DV

D:6

Xm

ax-

2Xm

in

Std

.C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.79

x13.

2x10

.7

7.6W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 3

6 49

3 0

2629

-6A

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I with

S

pee

dS

tep

Te

chno

log

y/75

0

256/

256

128/

512

2 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

20G

B,

1400

x105

016

/16

TFT

15''

Li-Io

n5,

36X

-2X

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.79

x13.

2x10

.7

7.6W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$359

930

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype

Spe

ed (M

Hz)1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Mem

ory

Slo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e, S

peed

(m

s)2

Max

. Res

olut

ion

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

Dis

play

Tec

hnol

ogy3

Vie

wab

le Im

age

Siz

e

Bat

tery

Typ

e

Bat

tery

Life

(hou

rs),

Cha

rge

Tim

e (p

ower

on)

4

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)5

DVD

Dri

ve

Aud

ioD

imen

sion

s (in.

) Wei

ght

(lbs

.)6

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m7

Infr

ared

Por

t Spe

ed

Wor

khor

se M

odel

8

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

en


262

9-6U

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I with

S

pee

dS

tep

Te

chno

log

y/75

0

256/

256

128/

512

2 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

20G

B,

1400

x105

016

/16

TFT

15''

Li-I

on5,

36X

-2X

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.79

x13.

2x10

.7

7.6W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$369

930

262

9-6C

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I with

S

pee

dS

tep

Te

chno

log

y/75

0

256/

256

128/

512

2 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

20G

B,

1400

x105

016

/16

TFT

15''

Li-I

on5,

36X

-2X

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.79

x13.

2x10

.7

7.6W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$3

699

30

262

9-6V

UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I with

S

pee

dS

tep

Te

chno

log

y/75

0

256/

256

128/

512

2 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

20G

B,

1400

x105

016

/16

TFT

15''

Li-I

on5,

36X

-2X

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.79

x13.

2x10

.7

7.6W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$3

799

30

T S

eri

es

2647

-21U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

650

256/

256

128/

512

2 /1

D

IMM

6GB

, 14

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

13.3

''Li

-Ion

4.0,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.3x

12x9

.84.

6W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$264

934

2647

-24U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

650

256/

256

128/

512

2 /1

D

IMM

6GB

, 14

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

13.3

''Li

-Ion

4.0,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.3x

12x9

.84.

6W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$274

934

2647

-61U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

650

256/

256

128/

512

2 /1

D

IMM

6GB

, 14

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

13.3

''Li

-Ion

4.0,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.3x

12x9

.84.

6W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

749

34

2647

-64U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

650

256/

256

128/

512

2 /1

D

IMM

6GB

, 14

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

13.3

''Li

-Ion

4.0,

324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.3x

12x9

.84.

6W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

849

34

2647

-41U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

700

256/

256

128/

512

2 /1

D

IMM

12G

B,

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

14.1

''Li

-Ion

4.0,

3D

VD

:6X

max

-2X

min

Std

.C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.3x

12x9

.85.

2W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sY

$ 33 4

93 4

Part

Num

ber Pro

cess

or T

ype

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Mem

ory

Slo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e, S

peed

(m

s)2

Max

. Res

olut

ion

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

Dis

play

Tec

hnol

ogy3

Vie

wab

le Im

age

Siz

e

Bat

tery

Typ

e

Bat

tery

Life

(ho

urs)

,

Cha

rge

Tim

e (p

ower

on)

4

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)5

DV

D D

rive

Aud

ioD

imen

sion

s (in.

) Wei

ght

(lbs

.)6

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m7

Infr

ared

Por

t Spe

ed

Wor

khor

se M

odel

8

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

ent


2647

-46U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

700

256/

256

128/

512

2 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

12G

B,10

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-I

on4.

0, 3

DVD

:6X

max

-2X

min

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.3x

12x9

.85.

2W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sY

$344

934

2647

-81U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

700

256/

256

128/

512

2 /1

D

IMM

12G

B,10

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-I

on4.

0, 3

DVD

:6X

max

-2.

3Xm

in

Std

.C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.3x

12x9

.85.

2W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

Y$3

449

34

2647

-44U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

700

256/

256

128/

512

2 /1

D

IMM

12G

B,10

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-I

on4.

0, 3

DVD

:6X

max

-2X

min

Std

.C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.3x

12x9

.85.

2W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sY

$344

934

2647

-86U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

700

256/

256

128/

512

2 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

12G

B,10

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-Io

n4.

0, 3

6X-2

.3X

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.3x

12x9

.85.

2W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

Y$3

549

34

2647

-84U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

700

256/

256

128/

512

2 /1

D

IMM

12G

B,10

24x7

688/

8TF

T14

.1''

Li-I

on4.

0, 3

DVD

:6X

max

-2.

3Xm

in

Std

.C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.3x

12x9

.85.

2W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$3

549

34

2647

-52U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

750

256/

256

128/

512

2 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

20G

B,

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

14.1

''Li

-Ion

3.75

, 3D

VD:6

Xm

ax-

2Xm

in

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.3x

12x9

.85.

2W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$369

934

2647

-55U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

750

256/

256

128/

512

2 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

20G

B,

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

14.1

''Li

-Ion

3.75

, 3D

VD:6

Xm

ax-

2Xm

in

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.3x

12x9

.85.

2W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$ 37 9

93 4

2647

-52U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

750

256/

256

128/

512

2 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

20G

B,

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

14.1

''Li

-Ion

3.75

, 3D

VD:6

Xm

ax-

2Xm

in

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.3x

12x9

.85.

2W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 3

7 99

3 4

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Mem

ory

Slo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e, S

peed

(m

s)2

Max

. Res

olut

ion

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

Dis

play

Tec

hnol

ogy3

Vie

wab

le Im

age

Siz

e

Bat

tery

Typ

e

Bat

tery

Life

(hou

rs),

Cha

rge

Tim

e (p

ower

on)

4

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)5

DV

D D

rive

Aud

ioD

imen

sion

s (in.

) Wei

ght

(lbs

.)6

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m7

Infr

ared

Por

t Spe

ed

Wor

khor

se M

odel

8

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

en


2647

-95U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III w

ith

Sp

eed

Ste

p

Tech

nolo

gy/

750

256/

256

128/

512

2 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

20G

B,

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

14.1

''Li

-Ion

3.75

, 3D

VD:6

Xm

ax-

2Xm

in

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S46

24/

CS

4297

a

1.3x

12x9

.85.

2W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$3

899

34

T2

026

47-L

1UM

obile

Pen

-tiu

m II

I with

S

pee

dS

tep

Te

chno

log

y/75

0

256/

256

128/

512

2 /1

D

IMM

20G

B,

1024

x768

8/8

TFT

14.1

''Li

-Ion

4.75

, 324

Xm

ax-1

0Xm

in--

Cry

stal

Sem

i-co

nduc

tor

CS

4624

/C

S42

97a

1.3x

12x9

.85.

2C

ald

era

Op

en-

Linu

x eD

esk-

top

2.4

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$3

599

34

X2

026

62-11

UM

obile

Cel

e-ro

n/50

012

8/12

864

/32

01

So-

/1

So-

DIM

M

10G

B,

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

2.1,

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S42

81/

CS

4297

A

1.2x

11x8

.93.

52W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$219

938

2662

-12U

Mob

ile C

ele-

ron/

500

128/

128

64/

320

1 S

o-/1

S

o-D

IMM

10G

B,

800x

600

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

2.1,

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S42

81/

CS

4297

A

1.2x

11x8

.93.

52W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

299

38

2662

-31U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/6

0025

6/25

612

8/32

01

So-

/0

So-

DIM

M

20G

B,

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.8,

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S42

81/

CS

4297

A

1.2x

11x8

.93.

52W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$289

938

2662

-36U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/6

0025

6/25

612

8/32

01

So-

/0

So-

DIM

M

20G

B,

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.8,

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S42

81/

CS

4297

A

1.2x

11x8

.93.

52W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$299

938

2662

-32U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/6

0025

6/25

612

8/32

01

So-

/0

So-

DIM

M

20G

B,

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.8,

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S42

81/

CS

4297

A

1.2x

11x8

.93.

52W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$2

999

38

2662

-34U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/6

0025

6/25

612

8/32

01

So-

/0

So-

DIM

M

20G

B,

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.8,

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S42

81/

CS

4297

A

1.2x

11x8

.93.

52W

98U

p to

4M

bp

sN

$299

938

2662

-37U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/6

0025

6/25

612

8/32

01

So-

/1

So-

DIM

M

20G

B,

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.8,

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S42

81/

CS

4297

A

1.2x

11x8

.93.

52W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$3

099

38

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Mem

ory

Slo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e, S

peed

(m

s)2

Max

. Res

olut

ion

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

Dis

play

Tec

hnol

ogy3

Vie

wab

le Im

age

Siz

e

Bat

tery

Typ

e

Bat

tery

Life

(hou

rs),

Cha

rge

Tim

e (p

ower

on)

4

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)5

DV

D D

rive

Aud

ioD

imen

sion

s (in.

) Wei

ght

(lbs

.)6

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m7

Infr

ared

Por

t Spe

ed

Wor

khor

se M

odel

8

List

Pri

ce†

Ess

ent


Ke

y to

Fo

otn

ote

s1

MH

z/G

Hz

only

mea

sure

s m

icro

pro

cess

or in

tern

al c

lock

sp

eed

; man

y fa

cto r

s af

fect

ap

plic

atio

n p

erfo

rman

ce. F

or M

o bile

Inte

l Pen

tium

III p

roce

ssor

s fe

atur

ing

Inte

l Sp

eed

Ste

p t e

chno

log

y, th

is

den

otes

max

imum

per

form

ance

mod

e; b

atte

ry o

ptim

izat

ion

mod

e is

ap

pro

x im

atel

y 80

% o

f max

imum

per

form

ance

mod

e.2

Whe

n re

ferr

ing

to h

ard

dis

k d

rive

cap

acity

, GB

mea

ns o

ne b

illion

byt

es. T

otal

use

r ac

cess

ible

cap

acity

may

var

y d

epen

ding

on

oper

atin

g e

nviro

nmen

ts.

For

mob

ile In

tel P

entiu

m II

I pro

cess

ors

feat

urin

g In

tel S

pee

dS

tep

tech

nolo

gy,

this

den

otes

max

imum

per

form

ance

mod

e; b

atte

ry o

ptim

izat

ion

mod

e is

ap

pro

xim

atel

y 80

% o

f max

imum

per

form

ance

mod

e.3

TFT

= T

hin

Film

Tra

nsis

tor

4U

nles

s ot

herw

ise

note

d, re

sults

ob

t ain

ed u

sing

BA

PC

o ’s

(Bus

ines

s A

pp

licat

ions

Per

form

ance

Cor

por

atio

n) S

YSm

ark

ben

chm

ark

test

. Bat

tery

life

will

var

y b

ased

on

man

y fa

ctor

s in

clud

ing

scr

een

brig

htne

ss, a

pp

licat

ions

, fea

ture

s, p

ower

man

agem

ent,

ba t

tery

con

diti

onin

g, a

nd o

ther

cus

tom

er p

refe

renc

es. R

e cha

rge

time

will

als

o va

ry.

5Va

riab

le re

ad ra

te. A

ctua

l pla

ybac

k sp

eed

will

var

y an

d is

ofte

n le

ss th

an th

e m

axim

um p

ossi

ble

.6

Act

ual w

eig

ht m

ay v

ary

due

to v

end

or c

omp

onen

ts, m

anuf

actu

ring

pro

ces s

and

op

tions

.7

W98

= W

ind

ows

98, W

NT

= W

ind

ows

NT

Wor

ksta

tion,

W20

00 =

Win

dow

s 20

008

A w

orkh

orse

mod

el d

esig

nate

s a

pla

tf orm

that

rem

ains

con

sist

ent o

ver

time

to e

nab

le e

xten

ded

dep

loym

ents

. Pro

duc

ts o

f fere

d u

nder

the

Wor

khor

se p

rog

ram

will

be

avai

lab

le

on a

wor

ldw

ide

bas

is fo

r a

min

imum

of n

ine

mon

ths

afte

r an

noun

ce. T

hese

mod

els

will

not

hav

e an

y ha

rdw

are

chan

ges

that

will

aff e

ct th

e IB

M s

oftw

are

pre

load

imag

es.

.

2662

-35U

Mob

ile P

en-

tium

III/6

0025

6/25

612

8/32

01

So-

/0

So-

DIM

M

20G

B,

1024

x768

4/4

TFT

12.1

''Li

-Ion

3.8,

--C

ryst

al S

emi-

cond

ucto

r C

S42

81/

CS

4297

A

1.2x

11x8

.93.

52W

2000

Up

to

4Mb

ps

N$ 3

0 99

3 8

Par

t N

umbe

r Pro

cess

or T

ype

Spe

ed (M

Hz)

1

L2 C

ache

: std

./max

. (K

B)

Mem

ory:

std

./max

. (M

B)

Mem

ory

Slo

ts: t

otal

/ava

il.

Har

d D

rive

Siz

e, S

peed

(m

s)2

Max

. Res

olut

ion

Vid

eo R

AM

std

./max

. (M

B)

Dis

play

Tec

hnol

ogy3

Vie

wab

le Im

age

Siz

e

Bat

tery

Typ

e

Bat

tery

Life

(hou

rs),

Cha

rge

Tim

e (p

ower

on)

4

CD

-RO

M (va

riab

le r

ead

rate

)5

DV

D D

rive

Aud

ioD

imen

sion

s (in.

) Wei

ght

(lbs

.)6

Ope

rati

ng S

yste

m7

Infr

ared

Por

t Spe

ed

Wor

khor

se M

odel

8

List

Pri

ce†

Esse

n


Wo

rkP

ad

8602

-30X

4.7

x 3.

2 x

0.7

6 oz

. (w

ith

bat

terie

s in

stal

led

)

4MB

= a

pp

rox.

12,

000

add

ress

es, 6

000

app

oint

-m

ents

, 300

0 to

do

item

s,

3000

mem

os, 4

00 e

-mai

ls

Palm

OS

v.3

.11.1

15

Mb

ps

Infra

red

2 A

AA

alk

alin

e (in

clud

ed)

160

x 16

0 p

ixel

s,

bac

klit

on d

eman

d/

2 3/

8 x

2 3/

8

Lotu

s N

otes

4.5

2; W

ind

ows

Mes

-sa

gin

g 4

.0; L

otus

cc:

Mai

l v.

7.0

, 6.0

an

d 2

.5; M

S O

utlo

ok 9

7; M

S O

ut-

look

Exp

ress

; MS

Exc

hang

e 4.

0

or E

udor

a P

ro a

nd L

ight

3.0

.1W

ork

Pa

d c

386

02-4

0U4.

5 x

3.1 x

0.4

54.

2 oz

. (w

ith

bat

terie

s in

stal

led

)

2MB

= a

pp

rox.

600

0 ad

dre

sses

, 300

0 ap

poi

nt-

men

ts, 1

500

to d

o ite

ms,

15

00 m

emos

, 200

e-m

ails

Palm

OS

v.3

.11.1

15

Mb

ps

Infra

red

2 Li

-Ion

(incl

uded

)16

0 x

160

pix

els,

b

ackl

it on

dem

and

/ 2

3/8

x 2

3/8

Lotu

s N

otes

4.5

2; W

ind

ows

Mes

-sa

gin

g 4

.0; L

otus

cc:

Mai

l v. 7

.0, 6

.0

and

2.5

; MS

Out

look

97;

MS

Out

-lo

ok E

xpre

ss; M

S E

xcha

nge

4.0

or

Eud

ora

Pro

and

Lig

ht 3

.0.1

8602

-50U

4.5

x 3.1

x 0

.45

4.2

oz. (

with

b

atte

ries

inst

alle

d

8MB

(ap

pro

xim

atel

y 10

,000

ad

dre

sses

, 5 y

ears

of

app

oint

men

ts, 3

,000

to-d

o ite

ms,

3,0

00 m

emos

, 400

e-

mai

ls)

Palm

OS

3.5

(w

ith

imp

rove

d a

pp

licat

ions

: A

gen

da

view

, Ad

dre

ss

dup

licat

ion,

Sno

oze-

on

alar

ms

and

Mas

k p

rivat

e ap

poi

ntm

ents

)

1.115

M

bp

s In

frare

d

2 Li

-Ion

(incl

uded

)16

0 x

160

pix

els,

b

ackl

it on

dem

and

/ 2

3/8

x 2

3/8

Lotu

s cc

: Mai

l v 7.

0, 6

.0 a

nd 2

.5, M

S

Out

look

, MS

Out

look

, Exp

ress

, MS

E

xcha

nge

4.0

or h

ighe

r, W

ind

ows

Mes

sag

ing

4.0

, Eud

ora

Pro

and

Li

ght

3.0

.1 o

r hi

ghe

r, Lo

tus

Not

es

4.5

4 , M

S M

ail 3

.5

Par

t N

umbe

r Dim

ensi

ons

(in.

)

Wei

ght1

Sto

rage

Cap

acit

y2

Palm

OS

Infr

ared

Bat

tery

Typ

e

Dis

play

Typ

e/Siz

e (in.

) Com

pati

ble

Mai

l Sys

tem

s

Ke

y to

Fo

otn

ote

s1

Act

ual w

eig

ht m

ay v

ary

due

to v

end

or c

omp

onen

ts, m

anuf

actu

ring

pro

cess

, and

op

tions

.2

MB

= o

ne m

illio

n b

ytes

, acc

essi

ble

cap

aici

ty m

ay b

e le

ss. 7

50 m

emos

or

e-m

ail o

f ap

pro

xim

atel

y 12

8 ch

arac

ters

in le

ngth

.

Appendix G: IBM IntelliStation Family 375

375

Appendix G

IBM Intellistation Family

��

6867

-32U

Pen

tium

III/6

671/ 1

256/

256

128/

512

PC

700

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Wid

e U

ltra2

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

.

9.1G

B, 7

.548

Xm

ax-

20X

min

5, 2

4, 1

Eth

erne

t ada

pter

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT

4.0

6867

-37U

Pen

tium

III/6

671/ 1

256/

256

128/

512

PC

700

EC

CR

DR

AM

App

ian

Gem

ini

16/1

6W

ide

Ultr

a2S

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 7

.548

Xm

ax-

20X

min

5, 2

4, 1

Eth

erne

t ada

pter

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT

4.0

6867

-30U

Pen

tium

III/6

671/ 1

256/

256

128/

512

PC

700

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6w

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

13.5

GB

, 948

Xm

ax-

20X

min

5, 3

4, 1

Eth

erne

t ada

pter

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT

4.0

6867

-41U

Pen

tium

III/7

331/ 1

256/

256

128/

512

PC

700

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6w

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

13.5

GB

, 948

Xm

ax-

20X

min

5, 3

4, 1

Eth

erne

t ada

pter

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

200

6867

-40U

Pen

tium

III/7

331/ 1

256/

256

128/

512

PC

700

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6w

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

13.5

GB

, 948

Xm

ax-

20X

min

5, 3

4, 1

Eth

erne

t ada

pter

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT

4.0

6867

-53U

Pen

tium

III/8

001/ 1

256/

256

128/

512

PC

700

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Ultr

a2 S

CS

Iw

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

.9.1

GB

, 7.5

48X

max

-20

Xm

in5,

24,

1E

ther

net

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1C

OD

EC

WN

T4.

0

6867

-52U

Pen

tium

III/8

001/ 1

256/

256

128/

512

PC

700

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6w

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

15G

B, 9

48X

max

-20

Xm

in5,

24,

1E

ther

net

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1C

OD

EC

WN

T4.

0

6867

-63U

Pen

tium

III/8

661/ 1

256/

256

128/

512

PC

700

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Ultr

a2 S

CS

Iw

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

.9.1

GB

, 7.5

48X

max

-20

Xm

in5,

24,

1E

ther

net

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1C

OD

EC

WN

T4.

0

6867

-62U

Pen

tium

III/8

661/ 1

256/

256

128/

512

PC

700

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6w

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

15G

B, 9

48X

max

-20

Xm

in5,

24,

1E

ther

net

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1C

OD

EC

WN

T4.

0

6867

-72U

Pen

tium

III/9

33

1/ 125

6/25

612

8/51

2P

C 7

00E

CC

RD

RA

M

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6w

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

15G

B, 9

48X

max

-20

Xm

in5,

34,

1E

ther

net

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1C

OD

EC

WN

T4.

0

��

��

��

��

�� !� �� "��#��$#

%�&��'�"��#��

�$#�()�

��

�"��#��$#��)�

��

�

* ��'��&'�� +��

,-��#��$#��)�

�� .�

��

�� .�

��/0,��

&�1,2��.� ��

��3

��"��0�.��#

��4 5

)��"��0�.��#

-��

2�� 6

��7


�� /�

6867

-35U

Pen

tium

III/6

671/ 1

256/

256

128/

512

PC

700

EC

CR

DR

AM

IBM

Fire

GL1

32/

32W

ide

Ultr

a2S

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 7

.54

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

5, 2

4, 1

Eth

erne

t ada

pter

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT

4.0

6867

-34U

Pen

tium

III/6

671/ 1

256/

256

128/

512

PC

700

EC

CR

DR

AM

IBM

Fire

GL1

32/

32U

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T13

.5G

B, 9

48X

max

-20

Xm

in5,

34,

1E

ther

net a

dapt

erA

C-9

7A

udio

WN

T4.

0

6867

-45U

Pen

tium

III/7

331/ 1

256/

256

128/

512

PC

700

EC

CR

DR

AM

IBM

Fire

GL1

32/

32W

ide

Ultr

a2S

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 7

.54

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

5, 2

4, 1

Eth

erne

t ada

pter

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT

4.0

6867

-55U

Pen

tium

III/8

001/ 1

256/

256

128/

512

PC

700

EC

CR

DR

AM

ELS

A G

Loria

II6

4/6

4W

ide

Ultr

a2S

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 7

.54

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

5, 2

4, 1

Eth

erne

tA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DE

C

WN

T4.

0

6867

-65U

Pen

tium

III/8

661/ 1

256/

256

128/

512

PC

700

EC

CR

DR

AM

ELS

A G

Loria

II6

4/6

4U

ltra2

SC

SI

with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 7

.54

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

5, 2

4, 1

Eth

erne

tA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DE

C

WN

T4.

0

,�� )��

.

6867

-78U

Pen

tium

III/9

331/ 1

/25

6/51

2P

C 7

00E

CC

RD

RA

M

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G40

016

/16

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6w

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

15G

B, 9

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xm

in

5, 3

4, 1

Eth

erne

tA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DE

C

WN

T4.

0

��

6868

-21U

Pen

tium

III/6

671/ 2

256/

256

128/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

App

ian

Gem

ini

16/1

6W

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T

9.1G

B, 7

.54

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

6, 4

7, 4

Eth

erne

tA

C-9

7A

udio

WN

T4.

0

6868

-20U

Pen

tium

III/6

671/ 2

256/

256

128/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G40

016

/16

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6w

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

13.5

GB

, 94

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

6, 5

7, 4

Eth

erne

tA

C-9

7A

udio

WN

T4.

0

6868

-23U

Pen

tium

III/6

671/ 2

256/

256

128/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

App

ian

Gem

ini

16/1

6U

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T13

.5G

B, 9

48X

max

-20

Xm

in6,

57,

4E

ther

net

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT

4.0

6868

-22U

Pen

tium

III/6

671/ 2

256/

256

256/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G40

016

/16

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

9.1G

B, 7

.54

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

6, 4

7, 4

Eth

erne

tA

C-9

7A

udio

WN

T4.

0

6868

-30U

Pen

tium

III/7

331/ 2

256/

256

128/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G40

016

/16

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6w

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

13.5

GB

, 94

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

6, 5

7, 4

Eth

erne

tA

C-9

7A

udio

WN

T4.

0

6868

-32U

Pen

tium

III/7

331/ 2

256/

256

256/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G40

016

/16

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

9.1G

B, 7

.54

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

6, 4

7, 4

Eth

erne

tA

C-9

7A

udio

WN

T4.

0

��

��

��

��

�� !� �� "��#��$#

%�&��'�"��#��

�$#�()�

��

�"��#��$#��)�

��

�

* ��'��&'�� +��

,-��#��$#��)�

�� .�

��

�� .�

��/0,��

&�1,2��.� ��

��3

��"��0�.��#

��4 5

)��"��0�.��#

-��

2�� 6

��7


6868

-31U

Pen

tium

III/7

33

1/ 22

56/

256

256

/10

24P

C 6

00E

CC

RD

RA

M

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G40

016

/16

Wid

e U

ltra2

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

.

9.1G

B, 7

.54

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

6, 4

7, 4

Eth

erne

tA

C-9

7A

udio

W20

0

6868

-52U

Pen

tium

III/8

661/ 2

256

/2

562

56/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G40

016

/16

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

9.1G

B, 7

.54

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

6, 4

7, 4

Eth

erne

tA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DE

C

WN

T4.

0

6868

-50U

Pen

tium

III/8

661/ 2

256

/2

562

56/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G40

016

/16

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6w

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

15G

B, 9

48X

max

-20

Xm

in6,

57,

4E

ther

net

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1C

OD

EC

WN

T4.

0

6868

-62U

Pen

tium

III/9

331/ 2

256

/2

562

56/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G40

016

/16

Wid

e U

ltra2

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

.

9.1G

B, 7

.54

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

6, 4

7, 4

Eth

erne

tA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DE

C

WN

T4.

0

6868

-60U

Pen

tium

III/9

331/ 2

256

/2

562

56/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G40

016

/16

Ultr

a AT

A/6

6w

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

15G

B, 9

48X

max

-20

Xm

in6,

57,

4E

ther

net

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1C

OD

EC

WN

T4.

0

6868

-42U

Pen

tium

III/8

00E

B1/ 2

256

/2

562

56/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G40

016

/16

Wid

e U

ltra2

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

.

9.1G

B, 7

.54

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

6, 4

7, 4

Eth

erne

tA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DE

C

WN

T4.

0

6868

-40U

Pen

tium

III/8

00E

B1/ 2

256

/2

562

56/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G40

016

/16

EID

E w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

.15

GB

, 94

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

6, 4

7, 4

Eth

erne

tA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DE

C

WN

T4.

0

�� /�

6868

-35U

Pen

tium

III/7

33

1/ 22

56/

256

256

/10

24P

C 6

00E

CC

RD

RA

M

IBM

Fire

GL1

32/

32W

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T

9.1G

B, 6

48X

max

-20

Xm

in6,

47,

4E

ther

net

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT

4.0

6868

-36U

Pen

tium

III/7

33

1/ 22

56/

256

256

/10

24P

C 6

00E

CC

RD

RA

M

ELS

A G

Loria

II64

/64

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

.

9.1G

B, 6

48X

max

-20

Xm

in6,

47,

4E

ther

net

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1C

OD

EC

WN

T4.

0

6868

-37U

Pen

tium

III/7

33

1/ 22

56/

256

256

/10

24P

C 6

00E

CC

RD

RA

M

Inte

nse3

D W

ild-

cat 4

110

128/

128

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

9.1G

B, 6

48X

max

-20

Xm

in6,

37,

4E

ther

net

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT

4.0

6868

-56U

Pen

tium

III/8

661/ 2

256

/2

5651

2/10

24P

C 6

00E

CC

RD

RA

M

ELS

A G

Loria

II64

/64

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

.

9.1G

B, 6

48X

max

-20

Xm

in6,

47,

4E

ther

net

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1C

OD

EC

WN

T4.

0

6868

-57U

Pen

tium

III/8

661/ 2

256

/2

5651

2/10

24P

C 6

00E

CC

RD

RA

M

Inte

nse3

D W

ild-

cat 4

110

128/

128

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

9.1G

B, 6

48X

max

-20

Xm

in6,

37,

4E

ther

net

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1C

OD

EC

WN

T4.

0

��

��

��

��

�� !� �� "��#��$#

%�&��'�"��#��

�$#�()�

��

�"��#��$#��)�

��

�

* ��'��&'�� +��

,-��#��$#��)�

�� .�

��

�� .�

��/0,��

&�1,2��.� ��

��3

��"��0�.��#

��4 5

)��"��0�.��#

-��

2�� 6

��7


6868

-66U

Pen

tium

III/9

331/ 2

256/

256

512/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

ELS

A G

Loria

II6

4/6

4W

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 6

48X

max

-20

Xm

in6,

47,

4E

ther

net

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1C

OD

EC

WN

T4.

0

6868

-67U

Pen

tium

III/9

331/ 2

256/

256

512/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Inte

nse3

D W

ild-

cat 4

110

128/

128

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

.

9.1G

B, 6

48X

max

-20

Xm

in6,

47,

4E

ther

net

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1C

OD

EC

WN

T4.

0

6868

-46U

Pen

tium

III/8

00E

B1/ 2

256/

256

256/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

ELS

A G

Loria

II6

4/6

4W

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 6

48X

max

-20

Xm

in6,

47,

4E

ther

net

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1C

OD

EC

WN

T4.

0

6868

-47U

Pen

tium

III/8

00E

B1/ 2

256/

256

512/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Inte

nse3

D W

ild-

cat 4

110

128/

128

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

9.1G

B, 6

48X

max

-20

Xm

in6,

37,

4E

ther

net

AC

97

w/

AD

188

1C

OD

EC

WN

T4.

0

�� 2��

6868

-59U

Pen

tium

III/8

661/ 2

256/

256

0/ 1024

--O

ptio

nal

--O

pen

bay

--48

Xm

ax-

20X

min

6, 6

7, 4

Eth

erne

tA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DE

C

Opt

iona

l

-.��8� ��+��)��

6868

-93U

Pen

tium

III/7

331/ 2

/12

8/20

48

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Ultr

a AT

A/6

615

GB

, 9C

D-

RO

M:4

8Xm

ax-

20X

min

6, 4

7, 3

Eth

erne

tA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DE

C

WN

T4.

0

6868

-92U

Pen

tium

III/7

331/ 2

256/

256

128/

1024

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Ultr

a2 S

CS

Iw

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

.18

.2G

B,

7.548

Xm

ax-

20X

min

6, 3

7, 3

,in

clud

esC

anop

usD

V R

apte

rA

dapt

er

Eth

erne

tA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DE

C

WN

T4.

0

6868

-94U

Pen

tium

III/9

331/ 2

/12

8/20

48

PC

600

NP

RD

RA

M

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Ultr

a2 S

CS

I9.1

GB

, 7.5

CD

-R

OM

:48X

max

-20

Xm

in

6, 3

7, 3

Eth

erne

tA

C 9

7 w

/A

D 1

881

CO

DE

C

WN

T4.

0

��9� ��

6866

-21U

Pen

tium

III X

eon/

733

1/ 225

6/25

625

6/10

24P

C 6

00E

CC

RD

RA

M

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

9.1G

B, 5

48X

max

-20

Xm

in7,

69,

6E

ther

net

AC

-97

Aud

io16

0W

NT4

.

6866

-30

Pent

ium

III X

eon/

800

1/ 225

6/25

625

6/10

24P

C 6

00E

CC

RD

RA

M

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

9.1G

B, 5

48X

max

-20

Xm

in7,

69,

6E

ther

net

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT4

.

6866

-40U

Pen

tium

III X

eon/

866

1/ 225

6/25

625

6/10

24P

C 6

00E

CC

RD

RA

M

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G4

0016

/16

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

.

9.1G

B, 7

48X

max

-20

Xm

in7,

69,

6E

ther

net

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT

4.0

��

��

��

��

�� !� �� "��#��$#

%�&��'�"��#��

�$#�()�

��

�"��#��$#��)�

��

�

* ��'��&'�� +��

,-��#��$#��)�

�� .�

��

�� .�

��/0,��

&�1,2��.� ��

��3

��"��0�.��#

��4 5

)��"��0�.��#

-��

2�� 6

��7


686

5-41

UP

entiu

mIII

Xeo

n/55

0

1/ 251

2/51

212

8/20

48

SD

RA

ME

CC

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G40

016

/16

Ultr

a2 S

CS

Iw

ith S

.M.A

.R.T

.9.1

GB

, 7.5

40X

max

-17

Xm

in7,

7,E

ther

net

CS

423

WN

T4.

6866

-50U

Pen

tium

III X

eon/

933

1/ 225

6/25

625

6/10

24P

C 6

00E

CC

RD

RA

M

Mat

rox

Mill

en-

nium

G40

016

/16

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

.

9.1G

B, 5

48X

max

-20

Xm

in7,

59,

6E

ther

net

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT

4.0

��9� /�

6866

-24U

Pen

tium

III X

eon/

733

1/ 225

6/25

625

6/20

48

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

ELS

A G

Loria

II6

4/6

4W

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T

9.1G

B, 5

48X

max

-20

Xm

in7,

69,

6E

ther

net

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT4

.

6866

-25U

Pen

tium

III X

eon/

733

1/ 225

6/25

625

6/10

24P

C 6

00E

CC

RD

RA

M

IBM

Fire

GL1

32/

32W

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T

9.1G

B, 5

48X

max

-20

Xm

in7,

69,

6E

ther

net

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT4

.

6866

-26U

Pen

tium

III X

eon/

733

1/ 225

6/25

651

2/20

48

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Inte

nse3

D W

ild-

cat 4

110

128/

128

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

18.2

GB

, 548

Xm

ax-

20X

min

7, 6

9, 6

Eth

erne

tA

C-9

7A

udio

WN

T4.

6866

-27U

Pen

tium

III X

eon/

733

2/ 225

6/25

651

2/20

48

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Inte

nse3

D W

ild-

cat 4

110

128/

128

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

18.2

GB

, 548

Xm

ax-

20X

min

7, 6

9, 6

Eth

erne

tA

C-9

7A

udio

WN

T4.

6866

-31U

Pen

tium

III X

eon/

800

1/ 225

6/25

651

2/20

48

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Inte

nse3

D W

ild-

cat 4

110

128/

128

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

18.2

GB

, 548

Xm

ax-

20X

min

7, 6

9, 6

Eth

erne

tA

C-9

7A

udio

WN

T4.

6866

-34U

Pen

tium

III X

eon/

800

1/ 225

6/25

651

2/20

48

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

ELS

A G

Loria

II6

4/6

4W

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 3

48X

max

-20

Xm

in7,

59,

6E

ther

net

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT

4.0

6866

-41U

Pen

tium

III X

eon/

866

1/ 225

6/25

651

2/20

48

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

Inte

nse3

D W

ild-

cat 4

110

128/

128

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

.

18.2

GB

, 748

Xm

ax-

20X

min

7, 5

9, 6

Eth

erne

tA

C-9

7A

udio

WN

T4.

6866

-44U

Pen

tium

III X

eon/

866

1/ 225

6/25

651

2/20

48

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

ELS

A G

Loria

II6

4/6

4W

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 5

48X

max

-20

Xm

in7,

59,

6E

ther

net

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT

4.0

6866

-54U

Pen

tium

III X

eon/

933

1/ 225

6/25

651

2/20

48

PC

600

EC

CR

DR

AM

ELS

A G

Loria

II6

4/6

4W

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 5

48X

max

-20

Xm

in7,

59,

6E

ther

net

AC

-97

Aud

ioW

NT

4.0

��

��

��

��

�� !� �� "��#��$#

%�&��'�"��#��

�$#�()�

��

�"��#��$#��)�

��

�

* ��'��&'�� +��

,-��#��$#��)�

�� .�

��

�� .�

��/0,��

&�1,2��.� ��

��3

��"��0�.��#

��4 5

)��"��0�.��#

-��

2�� 6

��7


(��:��

��

��

�� !��"#�� "�� $��"��

%�

��

��

��

��

��

� �

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

� ��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�&'��( �� (�� )��*�� $��$ ��+��

��( �

,-./� �-��)��./#�-

0�� -��)��0��-��#�-

�111� �-��)��111

2/22!,23

4 ��

555�6 ��

.%%

�� ,2�

�,2

,��

�1&/

47�211

877

�9��

5� � %9�-��!

��&��1

��/�

��/

-�� 3��

�7�5�)

��$��

�/��:#�,

&/6��+!

�16��

;#�,

.#�2

8�$ � �

�7!.;

��

-0�

&�1

2/22!,/3

4 ��

555�6 ��

.%%

�� ,2�

�,2

,��

�1&/

47�211

877

�9��

5� � %9�-��!

��&��1

��/�

��/

-�� 3��

�7�5�)

��$��

�/��:#�,

&/6��+!

�16��

;#�,

.#�2

8�$ � �

�7!.;

��

-0�

&�1

��

��

�� !� �� "��#��

�$#

%�&��'�"��#��$#�()�

�� "��#��

�$#��)�

��

�

* ��'��&'�� +��,-��#��$#��)�

�� .�

��

�� .�

��/0,��

&�1,2��.� ��

��3

��"��0�.��#

��4 5

)��"��0�.��#

-��

2�� 6

��7

Appendix H: IBM Netfinity Family 381

381

Appendix H

IBM Netfinity Family

��

��

��

84

77-4

2YP

entiu

m II

I/600

1/1

512

SD

RA

ME

CC

64/

768,

100M

Hz

Ultr

a AT

A/

66 w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

.II

10.1

GB

, 930

.3ID

E (

on p

lana

r)--

PC

I/IS

AE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed6,

66,

30

8477

-51Y

Pen

tium

III/6

501/

12

56S

DR

AM

EC

C6

4/76

8,10

0MH

zU

ltra

ATA

/66

with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

III

10.1

GB

, 930

.3E

IDE

(on

pla

nar)

and

Wid

eU

ltra

SC

SI a

dapt

erP

CI/I

SA

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

6, 6

6, 3

0/0

8477

-61Y

Pen

tium

III/

700

1/1

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

64/

768,

100M

Hz

Ultr

a AT

A/

66 w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

.III

10.1

GB

, 930

.3ID

E (

on p

lana

r)P

CI/I

SA

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

6, 6

6, 3

0/0

��

��

��

84

76-6

0UP

entiu

m II

I/550

1/1

512

SD

RA

ME

CC

64/

768,

100M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

72.8

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI (

PC

Iad

apte

r)--

PC

I/IS

AE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed6,

56,

40

8476

-61U

Pen

tium

III/5

501/

151

2S

DR

AM

EC

C6

4/76

8,10

0MH

zW

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 8

.572

.8W

ide

Ultr

a S

CS

I (P

CI

adap

ter)

--P

CI/I

SA

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

6, 5

6, 4

0

8476

-80U

Pen

tium

III/6

501/

12

56S

DR

AM

EC

C6

4/76

8,10

0MH

zO

pen

bay

--72

.8U

ltra2

SC

SI (

PC

I ada

pter

)--

PC

I/IS

AE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed6,

56,

40

8476

-81U

Pen

tium

III/6

501/

12

56S

DR

AM

EC

C12

8/76

8,10

0MH

zU

ltra2

SC

SI w

ithS

.M.A

.R.T

.

9.1G

B, 7

.572

.8U

ltra2

SC

SI (

PC

I ada

pter

)--

PC

I/IS

AE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed6,

56,

30

8476

-90U

Pen

tium

III/

700

1/1

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

64/

768,

100M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

72.8

Ultr

a2 S

CS

I (P

CI a

dapt

er)

--P

CI/I

SA

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

6, 5

6, 4

0

8476

-91U

Pen

tium

III/

700

1/1

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

128/

768,

100M

Hz

Ultr

a2S

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 7

.572

.8U

ltra2

SC

SI (

PC

I ada

pter

)--

PC

I/IS

AE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed6,

56,

30

� �

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�� !

"#

$ �

%��

��

�&'

�

��

��

��

�

��

��

��

! �

�'

�(

��

��

��

)��

*��

��

� �

�)

��*�

��

� ��

��(

��

��

��# �

��

)��

*��

!

� �

�)

��*�

$��

��++�

� ,-

.)"�

*�+�

��

��

'��

-��

%��

��

��

��

/��0

.��

��

�+�

��

�� +

( *

�+

' �

��

� +(

* �

+

��

1�+�

22 �

+�'

��

��

* �

+


��

��

��

3

��

#

8657

-21Y

Pen

tium

III/6

671/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

CR

DIM

M

128/

2048

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--14

5.6

Ultr

a160

SC

SI (

64-

bit i

nte-

grat

ed s

ingl

e ch

anne

l)--

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

7,

8657

-22Y

Pen

tium

III/6

671/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

CR

DIM

M

128/

2048

,13

3MH

zW

ide

Ultr

a2S

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 7

.514

5.6

Ultr

a160

SC

SI (

64-

bit i

nte-

grat

ed s

ingl

e ch

anne

l)--

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

7,

8657

-31Y

Pen

tium

III/

733

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

RD

IMM

128/

2048

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--14

5.6

Ultr

a160

SC

SI (

64-

bit i

nte-

grat

ed s

ingl

e ch

anne

l)--

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

7,

8657

-32Y

Pen

tium

III/

733

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

RD

IMM

128/

2048

,13

3MH

zW

ide

Ultr

a2S

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 7

.514

5.6

Ultr

a160

SC

SI (

64-

bit i

nte-

grat

ed s

ingl

e ch

anne

l)--

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

7,

8657

-41Y

Pen

tium

III/8

001/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

CR

DIM

M

128/

2048

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--14

5.6

Ultr

a160

SC

SI (

64-

bit i

nte-

grat

ed s

ingl

e ch

anne

l)--

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

7,

8657

-42Y

Pen

tium

III/8

001/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

CR

DIM

M

128/

2048

,13

3MH

zW

ide

Ultr

a2S

CS

I with

S.M

.A.R

.T.

9.1G

B, 7

.514

5.6

Ultr

a160

SC

SI (

64-

bit i

nte-

grat

ed s

ingl

e ch

anne

l)--

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

7,

��

��

��4

,

��,

�0

��

��

��

�

8652

-51Y

Pen

tium

III/6

501/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

C2

56/2

048

,10

0MH

zW

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I9.1

GB

, 7.5

9.1U

ltra

SC

SI (

PC

I ada

pter

)P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

2,3,

0/

8652

-61Y

Pen

tium

III/6

502/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

C51

2/20

48,

100M

Hz

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI

9.1G

B, 7

.518

.2U

ltra

SC

SI (

PC

I ada

pter

)P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

2,3,

0/

8652

-62Y

Pen

tium

III/6

502/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

C10

24/2

048

,10

0MH

zU

ltra

SC

SI

9.1G

B, 7

.518

.2U

ltra

SC

SI (

PC

I ada

pter

)P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

2,3,

0/

8652

-63Y

Pen

tium

III/6

502/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

C20

48/2

048

,10

0MH

zW

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I9.1

GB

, 7.5

18.2

Ultr

a S

CS

I (P

CI a

dapt

er)

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed2,

3,0/

8652

-64Y

Pen

tium

III/6

502/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

C20

48/2

048

,10

0MH

zW

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I18

.2G

B,

7.53

6.4

Ultr

a S

CS

I (P

CI a

dapt

er)

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed2,

3,0/

8652

-31Y

Pen

tium

III/

750

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

256

/20

48,

100M

Hz

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI

9.1G

B, 7

.59.1

Ultr

a S

CS

I (P

CI a

dapt

er)

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed2,

3,0/

8652

-41Y

Pen

tium

III/

750

2/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

512/

2048

,10

0MH

zW

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I9.1

GB

, 7.5

18.2

Ultr

a S

CS

I (P

CI a

dapt

er)

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed2,

3,0/

8652

-44Y

Pen

tium

III/

750

2/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

512/

2048

,10

0MH

zW

ide

Ultr

aS

CS

I18

.2G

B,

7.53

6.4

Ultr

a S

CS

I (P

CI a

dapt

er)

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed2,

3,0/

8652

-42Y

Pen

tium

III/

750

2/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

1024

/20

48,

100M

Hz

Ultr

a S

CS

I9.1

GB

, 7.5

18.2

Ultr

a S

CS

I (P

CI a

dapt

er)

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed2,

3,0/

8652

-43Y

Pen

tium

III/

750

2/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

2048

/20

48,

100M

Hz

Wid

e U

ltra

SC

SI

9.1G

B, 7

.518

.2U

ltra

SC

SI (

PC

I ada

pter

)P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

2,3,

0/

� �

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�� !

"#

$ �

%��

��

�&'

�

��

��

��

�

��

��

��

! �

�'

�(

��

��

��

)��

*��

��

� �

�)

��*�

��

� ��

��(

��

��

��# �

��

)��

*��

!

� �

�)

��*�

$��

��++�

� ,-

.)"�

*�+�

��

��

'��

-��

%��

��

��

��

/��0

.��

��

�+�

��

�� +

( *

�+

' �

��

� +(

* �

+

��

1�+�

22 �

+�'

��

��

* �

+


��

��

��4

3

,

8656

-2R

YP

entiu

m II

I/667

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

RD

IMM

128/

4096

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--21

8.4

Inte

grat

ed d

ual-c

hann

elU

ltra1

60 S

CS

I--

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

7,3/

8656

-1R

YP

entiu

m II

I/73

31/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

CR

DIM

M

128/

4096

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--21

8.4

Inte

grat

ed d

ual-c

hann

elU

ltra1

60 S

CS

I--

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

7,3/

8656

-3R

YP

entiu

m II

I/800

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

RD

IMM

128/

4096

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--21

8.4

Inte

grat

ed d

ual-c

hann

elU

ltra1

60 S

CS

IP

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

5,7,

3/

8656

-4R

YP

entiu

m II

I/866

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

RD

IMM

128/

4096

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--21

8.4

Inte

grat

ed d

ual-c

hann

elU

ltra1

60 S

CS

IP

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

5,7,

3/

8656

-5R

YP

entiu

m II

I/933

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

128/

4096

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--21

8.4

Inte

grat

ed d

ual-c

hann

elU

ltra1

60 S

CS

IP

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

5,7,

3/

��

��

��3

86

58-5

1YP

entiu

m II

I/933

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

128/

4096

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--21

8.4

Dua

l Cha

nnel

Ultr

a 16

0 S

CS

I(A

dapt

ec A

IC-7

899)

(PC

I on

plan

ar)

PC

Eth

erne

5,10

,6/

8658

-11Y

Pen

tium

III/6

671/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

C12

8/40

96,

133M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

218.

4D

ual C

hann

el U

ltra

160

SC

SI

(Ada

ptec

AIC

-789

9)(P

CI o

npl

anar

)

--P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

5,10

,6/

8658

-21Y

Pen

tium

III/

733

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

128/

4096

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--21

8.4

Dua

l Cha

nnel

Ultr

a 16

0 S

CS

I(A

dapt

ec A

IC-7

899)

(PC

I on

plan

ar)

--P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

5,10

,6/

8658

-31Y

Pen

tium

III/8

001/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

C12

8/40

96,

133M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

218.

4D

ual C

hann

el U

ltra

160

SC

SI

(Ada

ptec

AIC

-789

9)(P

CI o

npl

anar

)

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

10,

6/

8658

-41Y

Pen

tium

III/8

661/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

C12

8/40

96,

133M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

218.

4D

ual C

hann

el U

ltra

160

SC

SI

(Ada

ptec

AIC

-789

9)(P

CI o

npl

anar

)

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

10,

6/

��

��

��3

��

,

�0

��

��

��

�86

58-1

RY

Pen

tium

III/6

671/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

C12

8/40

96,

133M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

218.

4D

ual C

hann

el U

ltra

160

SC

SI

(Ada

ptec

AIC

-789

9)(P

CI o

npl

anar

)

--P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

5,10

,6/

8658

-2R

YP

entiu

m II

I/73

31/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

C12

8/40

96,

133M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

218.

4D

ual C

hann

el U

ltra

160

SC

SI

(Ada

ptec

AIC

-789

9)(P

CI o

npl

anar

)

--P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

5,10

,6/

� �

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�� !

"#

$ �

%��

��

�&'

�

��

��

��

�

��

��

��

! �

�'

�(

��

��

��

)��

*��

��

� �

�)

��*�

��

� ��

��(

��

��

��# �

��

)��

*��

!

� �

�)

��*�

$��

��++�

� ,-

.)"�

*�+�

��

��

'��

-��

%��

��

��

��

/��0

.��

��

�+�

��

�� +

( *

�+

' �

��

� +(

* �

+

��

1�+�

22 �

+�'

��

��

* �

+


8658

-3R

YP

entiu

m II

I/800

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

128/

4096

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--21

8.4

Dua

l Cha

nnel

Ultr

a 16

0 S

CS

I(A

dapt

ec A

IC-7

899)

(PC

I on

plan

ar)

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

10,

6/

8658

-4R

YP

entiu

m II

I/866

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

128/

4096

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--21

8.4

Dua

l Cha

nnel

Ultr

a 16

0 S

CS

I(A

dapt

ec A

IC-7

899)

(PC

I on

plan

ar)

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

10,

6/

8658

-5R

YP

entiu

m II

I/933

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

128/

4096

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--21

8.4

Dua

l Cha

nnel

Ultr

a 16

0 S

CS

I(A

dapt

ec A

IC-7

899)

(PC

I on

plan

ar)

PC

Eth

erne

5,10

,6/

��

��

��3

5

86

64-

61Y

Pen

tium

III/8

661/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

C2

56/4

096,

133M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

218.

4 I

nteg

rate

d D

ual C

hann

elU

ltra2

SC

SI L

VD

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

10,

6/

866

4-71

YP

entiu

m II

I/933

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

256

/409

6,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--21

8.4

Int

egra

ted

Dua

l Cha

nnel

Ultr

a2 S

CS

I LV

DP

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

5,10

,6/

866

4-31

YP

entiu

m II

I/667

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

256

/409

6,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--10

9.2

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elU

ltra2

SC

SI L

VD

--P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

5,10

,6/

866

4-41

YP

entiu

m II

I/73

31/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

C2

56/4

096,

133M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

109.

2In

tegr

ated

Dua

l Cha

nnel

Ultr

a2 S

CS

I LV

D--

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

10,

6/

866

4-51

YP

entiu

m II

I/800

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

256

/409

6,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--10

9.2

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elU

ltra2

SC

SI L

VD

--P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

5,10

,6/

866

4-21

YP

entiu

m II

I/60

0EB

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

128/

4096

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--10

9.2

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elU

ltra2

SC

SI L

VD

--P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

5,10

,6/

��

��

��3

5

��

, �0��

��

��

��

866

4-6R

YP

entiu

m II

I/866

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

256

/409

6,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--21

8.4

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elU

ltra2

SC

SI L

VD

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

10,

6/

866

4-7R

YP

entiu

m II

I/933

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

256

/409

6,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--21

8.4

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elU

ltra2

SC

SI L

VD

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

10,

6/

866

4-3R

YP

entiu

m II

I/667

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

256

/409

6,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--10

9.2

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elU

ltra2

SC

SI L

VD

--P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

5,10

,6/

866

4-4R

YP

entiu

m II

I/73

31/

22

56S

DR

AM

EC

C2

56/4

096,

133M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

109.

2In

tegr

ated

Dua

l Cha

nnel

Ultr

a2 S

CS

I LV

D--

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed5,

10,

6/

866

4-5R

YP

entiu

m II

I/800

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

256

/409

6,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--10

9.2

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elU

ltra2

SC

SI L

VD

--P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

5,10

,6/

866

4-2R

YP

entiu

m II

I/60

0EB

1/2

256

SD

RA

ME

CC

128/

4096

,13

3MH

zO

pen

bay

--10

9.2

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elU

ltra2

SC

SI L

VD

--P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

5,10

,6/

��

��

��5

,

��,

�0

��

��

��

�86

82-1

RY

Pen

tium

III

Xeo

n/70

01/

410

24E

CC

Chi

pkill

512/

1638

4,10

0MH

z--

218.

4D

ual C

hann

el U

ltra

160

SC

SI

(PC

I on

plan

ar)

Act

ive/

Hot

-P

lug

PC

I

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

6,5,

� �

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�� !

"#

$ �

%��

��

�&'

�

��

��

��

�

��

��

��

! �

�'

�(

��

��

��

)��

*��

��

� �

�)

��*�

��

� ��

��(

��

��

��# �

��

)��

*��

!

� �

�)

��*�

$��

��++�

� ,-

.)"�

*�+�

��

��

'��

-��

%��

��

��

��

/��0

.��

��

�+�

��

�� +

( *

�+

' �

��

� +(

* �

+

��

1�+�

22 �

+�'

��

��

* �

+


8682

-2R

YP

entiu

m II

IX

eon/

700

1/4

204

8E

CC

Chi

pkill

512/

1638

4,10

0MH

z--

218.

4D

ual C

hann

el U

ltra

160

SC

SI

(PC

I on

plan

ar)

Act

ive/

Hot

-P

lug

PC

I

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

6, 6

5, 3

��

��

��6

86

66-1

1YP

entiu

m II

IX

eon/

550

1/4

512

SD

RA

M2

56/1

638

4,10

0MH

zO

pen

bay

--3

64

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elW

ide

Ultr

a2 S

CS

IP

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

6, 6

14, 1

210

/10

8666

-1R

YP

entiu

m II

IX

eon/

550

1/4

512

SD

RA

M2

56/1

638

4,10

0MH

zO

pen

bay

--3

64

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elW

ide

Ultr

a2 S

CS

IP

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

6, 6

14, 1

210

/10

8666

-21Y

Pen

tium

III

Xeo

n/55

01/

41

SD

RA

M2

56/1

638

4,10

0MH

zO

pen

bay

--3

64

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elW

ide

Ultr

a2 S

CS

IP

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

6, 6

14, 1

210

/10

8666

-2R

YP

entiu

m II

IX

eon/

550

1/4

1S

DR

AM

256

/16

384,

100M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

36

4In

tegr

ated

Dua

l Cha

nnel

Wid

e U

ltra2

SC

SI

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed6,

614

, 12

10/1

0

8666

-31Y

Pen

tium

III

Xeo

n/70

01/

410

24S

DR

AM

EC

C2

56/1

638

4,10

0MH

zO

pen

bay

--3

64

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elW

ide

Ultr

a2 S

CS

IP

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

6, 6

14, 1

210

/10

8666

-3R

YP

entiu

m II

IX

eon/

700

1/4

1024

SD

RA

ME

CC

256

/16

384,

100M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

36

4In

tegr

ated

Dua

l Cha

nnel

Wid

e U

ltra2

SC

SI

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed6,

614

, 12

10/1

0

8666

-41Y

Pen

tium

III

Xeo

n/70

01/

420

48

SD

RA

ME

CC

256

/16

384,

100M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

36

4In

tegr

ated

Dua

l Cha

nnel

Wid

e U

ltra2

SC

SI

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed6,

614

, 12

10/1

0

8666

-4R

YP

entiu

m II

IX

eon/

700

1/4

204

8S

DR

AM

EC

C2

56/1

638

4,10

0MH

zO

pen

bay

--3

64

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elW

ide

Ultr

a2 S

CS

IP

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

6, 6

14, 1

210

/10

��

��

��6

5

��

, �0

��

��

��

866

5-1R

YP

entiu

m II

IX

eon/

550

1/4

1024

EC

CC

hipk

ill51

2/16

384,

100M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

36

4In

tegr

ated

Dua

l Cha

nnel

Ultr

a2 S

CS

I LV

D--

PC

IE

ther

net-

Inte

grat

ed6,

514

, 12

10/1

0

866

5-2R

YP

entiu

m II

IX

eon/

550

1/4

204

8E

CC

Chi

pkill

512/

1638

4,10

0MH

zO

pen

bay

--3

64

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elU

ltra2

SC

SI L

VD

--P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

6, 5

14, 1

210

/10

866

5-3R

YP

entiu

m II

IX

eon/

700

1/4

204

8E

CC

Chi

pkill

512/

1638

4,10

0MH

zO

pen

bay

--3

64

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elU

ltra2

SC

SI L

VD

--P

CI

Eth

erne

t-In

tegr

ated

6, 5

14, 1

210

/10

��

��

��7

3

,

8681

-4R

YP

entiu

m II

IX

eon/

550

1/8

512

SD

RA

ME

CC

256

/16

384,

100M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

72.8

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elW

ide

Ultr

a2 S

CS

IP

CI

Opt

.12

,12

4, 2

2

8681

-5R

YP

entiu

m II

IX

eon/

550

1/8

1024

SD

RA

ME

CC

512/

1638

4,10

0MH

zO

pen

bay

--72

.8In

tegr

ated

Dua

l Cha

nnel

Wid

e U

ltra2

SC

SI

PC

IO

pt.

12,

124,

22

8681

-6R

YP

entiu

m II

IX

eon/

550

1/8

204

8S

DR

AM

EC

C51

2/16

384,

100M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

72.8

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elW

ide

Ultr

a2 S

CS

IP

CI

Opt

.12

,12

4, 2

2

��

��

��7

3

,

��,

�0

��

��

��

�86

81-7

RY

Pen

tium

III

Xeo

n/70

01/

810

24S

DR

AM

EC

C51

2/32

768,

100M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

72.8

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elW

ide

Ultr

a2 S

CS

IP

CI

Opt

.12

,12

4, 2

2

8681

-8R

YP

entiu

m II

IX

eon/

700

1/8

204

8S

DR

AM

EC

C51

2/32

768,

100M

Hz

Ope

n ba

y--

72.8

Inte

grat

ed D

ual C

hann

elW

ide

Ultr

a2 S

CS

IP

CI

Opt

.12

,12

4, 2

2

� �

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�� !

"#

$ �

%��

��

�&'

�

��

��

��

�

��

��

��

! �

�'

�(

��

��

��

)��

*��

��

� �

�)

��*�

��

� ��

��(

��

��

��# �

��

)��

*��

!

� �

�)

��*�

$��

��++�

� ,-

.)"�

*�+�

��

��

'��

-��

%��

��

��

��

/��0

.��

��

�+�

��

�� +

( *

�+

' �

��

� +(

* �

+

��

1�+�

22 �

+�'

��

��

* �

+


.'�

��

��

��8

��

��

��,

�0

9308

42P

19in

.42

U25

.5in

.4

3.5i

n.79

.5in

..'

��

��

��

��8

��

��

��8

!�

�

��

��$

�

��

9308

42X

19in

.42

U24

.5in

.4

3.5i

n.79

.5in

..'

��

��

��

��,

�0

9306

900

19in

.42

U23

.5in

.34

.5in

.81

.5in

..'

��

��

��

��

��'

-9

##

9306

200

19in

.22

U23

.5in

.34

.5in

.4

6.25

in.

.'�

��

��

��

��'

-9

�10

L691

219

in.

3U19

in.

24in

.7i

n..'

��

��

��

��

��'

-9

�8

36L

9701

19in

.3U

19in

.28

in.

7in.

.'�

��

��

��,

�0

�8!

��

��

��&

��3

6L97

0319

in.

42U

19.5

in.

14in

.80

.75i

n.

.'�

��

��

��8

:�

3

��

� 2

��8

!�

�

��

��;

��

352

02R

U3U

1010

, 10

36

4GB

5.07

x 1

7.6 x

22.

535

0 W

atts

.'�

��

��

��8

:�

#

��

��

2�

�8!�

��

��;

��

353

01R

U3U

1010

, 10

36

4GB

5.07

x 1

7.6 x

22.

535

0 W

atts

std

+35

0 W

atts

opt

s

��

�+�

��

�

��

��

2��

�

��

��

$ �

��

<��

�%

$ �

��

)��

�%

$ �

��

��

2%�

��

�+�

��

�

, �

0��

��

��

+' �

�

��

1�/

�'

��

��

+( *

�+

� !

��

��

� 2�

)��

��

��

��

��/

��

�+��

��


��

��

��

��

��

��

� ��

��

��

��

��

� �

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

� ��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

!��

��

��

�"�

��

"��

��#

��

��

��

��

" �

��

��

��

��

��

� �

��

��

� ��

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

��=��

��$

% �

��+�

�$

.�-

�

��

�$�

%&�

'&()

*"��

+,

-��

��

.�*"

��

��

��

��"

/��

�*"�

� ��

��

0��

�!

-12

�$$�

�!

��

��3

$$��

� �

�.'

��

��

��

��=��

��$

%

��

�+�

= �+�

��

�,-

.)�$

��

��

++�

�$�

%&�

'(�4

��

��

��

� �

��

��5

6 �

��

��

��

��

��

��*

��

67

-8�

� �

�$ ��

�. �9

�3 ��

$2

��

��

��

�($�

88

��:�

!�"

��

��*"

��

��

��

�$$�

�!

��;

7

.'�

��

��

��=��

��$

%

��

�+�

��

� 2

��

��

��

��

.3�(

�6<

�6=

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��*

��

67

-8�

� �

�$ ��

�. �9

�3 ��

$2

��

��

��

�($�

�8

8��

:�!

�"��

� ��

*"��

� ��

��

�$

$��

!��

;7

.'�

��

��

��=��

��$

%

��

�+�

��

�>�%

��

��/

��%

�4��

%��

/ *�

�?'

.$@�

��

&A

�

7�B

.3�.

�6<

�6=

2��

��

��

��*

# ��

"��

��

�*��

� >

��

��

?�

" �

��

��

67

-8��

��

� ��

��

��

2��

��

��*

0��

��

��

��

�*

��

��

��$

$��

!��

�$�%

��

� �

�

.'�

��

��

��=��

��$

%

��

�+�

�/

��%

�1�7

��

��>

�%��

��

��/

��%

�4��

%��

/ *�

�?'

.$@�

��

&A

�

7�B

��$'

2$:

,��

��

" �

��.

��0

��

�+

��

� ��

��

��

�2��

��

��

��

�0

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

� *

� �

��

��

��

��

��

��

��-+

��

��/�"

� ,

��

��

��"��

�*�

��$�

�$$

?��

�

��

�

�$$�

�!

��$

�%��

� �

��

.'�

��

��

��=��

��$

%

��

�+�

�/

��%

�1�

5��

��

�>�%

��

��/

��%

�4��

%��

/ *�

�?'

.$@�

��

�&

A�

7�B

��$'

2�(

,��

��

" �

��.

��0

��

�+

��

� ��

��

��

�2��

��

��

��

�0

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

� *

� �

��

��

��

��

��

��

��-+

��

��/�"

� ,

��

��

��"��

�*�

��$�

�$$

?��

�

��

�

�$$�

�!

��$

�%��

� �

��

.'�

��-

��)

�

�? ��

/ �

��$:

6.2

+��

��

��

��

��"��

��

�/�

"� �

��2

,2-

��

��"�

�0

��

��

� ��

��

��

�/�"

� ,

��

��

��

��

2,

2-��

��

��

��

��

��-+

��

��/�"

� ,

��

��

��"��

�*�

��$�

�$$

?��

�

��

�

�$$�

�!

��$

�%��

� �

��

=��

��

=��

��

#

=��

��

�

��

��)

��

��

��

��

��

��


388

Index

1.44 MB diskettes, 663.5-inch diskettes, 64–664.0 MB diskettes, 665.25-inch diskettes, 64, 6516-bit operations, 245, 25116-bit Video Graphics Array (VGA), 78–7932-bit processing, 245, 24664-bit processing, 48240X systems, ThinkPad, 42–43386 Intel Microprocessor, 53, 54570E systems, ThinkPad, 41–42640 KB memory limit of DOS, 223, 236,

240, 241, 243, 244720 KB diskettes, 65–663270 emulation, 267, 2855250 workstation emulation, 265–2668086-8088 Intel Microprocessor, 53–54

AABR (Available Bit Rate) traffic, 288Accelerated Graphics Port, 73–74accessories of Windows 95, 246Access ThinkPad portal, 30ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power

Interface), 247active diagnostics, enterprise storage

solutions, 112Active Directory of Windows 2000, 248active-matrix panels, 82actuator of fixed disks, 68administrator password, 196, 197advanced BIOS, 202Advanced Configuration and Power

Interface (ACPI), 247Advanced edition of Windows 2000, 249Advanced Graphics Port (AGP) bus, 72–74Advanced Interactive Executive (AIX), 222,

224, 256, 257Advanced Interconnect Cable Kit, 97–98Advanced Programmable Interrupt Con-

troller (APIC), 58Advanced System Management Adapter,

60–61

Advanced System Management (ASM), 96,97–98, 100

AGP (Advanced Graphics Port) bus, 72–74AIX (Advanced Interactive Executive), 222,

224, 256, 257Alert on LAN feature of PC family, 16–17all-in-one applications, 219–220All-Points-Addressable (APA) images,

76–77alphanumeric images, 76ALUs (Arithmetic Logic Units), 50American Power Conversion (APC), 184antireflective screen treatments, 146, 149antivirus utility of DOS, 241APA (All-Points-Addressable) images,

76–77APC (American Power Conversion), 184API (Application Program Interface)

Disk Operating System (DOS) and, 237microprocessors and, 59–60operating systems and, 222, 223,

225–226software compatibility, consistency for,

208–211APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt

Controller), 58Appian Gemini graphics adapter, 85Application Program Interface. See APIapplication programs, 212–224. See also

operating systems; softwarecompatibility; software use

all-in-one products, 219–220Application Program Interface (API),

222, 223Big Five functions, 213–221business graphics and multimedia,

217–218communications, 218–219custom application programs, 213,

221–222database management, 215–217data transfer between, 214, 219fields of database, 216

Index 389

files, 216, 246groupware, 220integrated applications, 214, 219–220Lotus Notes, 220Lotus SmartSuite, 220modifications to, 222multimedia, 217–218operating system dependencies, 222–224prewritten application programs, 213–224records of database, 216series approach, 219sharing from Local Area Networks

(LANs), 270–271sharing from operating systems, 230–232software compatibility, 207–208software layer, 198, 199–200spreadsheets, 215user interface consistency, 213–214, 219vertical market applications, 221word processing, 214–215

Application-Specific Integrated Circuits(ASICs), 85

Aptiva family, 6–12. See also PCs (personalcomputers)

AptivaWare, 7compact disk read only memory

(CD-ROM) drives, 9, 10–11Constant Angular Velocity (CAV)

technology, 10–11Constant Linear Velocity (CLV) technol-

ogy, 11Digital Video Disc (DVD), 9, 10, 11E Series, 7–11history of, xxoverview, 2Rapid Resume feature, 7Scheduler feature, 6–7software preloaded on, 7, 9, 12S Series, 2, 11–12Standby mode, 7Suspend/Resume mode, 7Synchronous Dynamic Random Access

Memory (SDRAM), 9, 10, 11Synchronous Graphic Random Access

Memory (SGRAM), 9, 10Wake Up on Ring feature, 6–7

AptivaWare, 7Arithmetic Logic Units (ALUs), 50AS/400 computers and terminal emulation,

265–266

A Series (alternative to desktop computer),ThinkPad, 29, 33–35

ASICs (Application-Specific IntegratedCircuits), 85

ASM (Advanced System Management),60–61, 96, 97–98, 100

ASM Token-Ring Option, 98Asset ID technology, 16, 22asymmetric (loosely coupled) processing, 50asynchronous

adapters (serial ports), 86, 166–167communications, 166–167, 168terminal emulation, 261–265

Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)networks, 287–291

ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode)networks, 287–291

automatic server restart, 96AutoScroll feature of ScrollPoint Mouse,

178availability

enterprise storage solutions, 111–112X-architecture and, 102

Available Bit Rate (ABR) traffic, 288average

latency of drive, 68, 69seek time, 68, 69

Bbackbones, 286, 290–291background processing, 227–230backup with SANs, enterprise storage

solutions, 110bandwidth-intensive applications, 288, 290Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) layer,

198, 201–202, 208, 209Big Five functions, 213–221Binary Synchronous Communications

(BSC), 168BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) layer,

198, 201–202, 208, 209bits, 61black and white graphics, 78bottlenecks in LANs, 288brands. See specific PCs (personal computers)brightness of graphics, 82BSC (Binary Synchronous Communications),

168bus, local, 72–75business graphics and multimedia, 217–218


bus-wired networks (LANs), 272–274,278–279, 285–286

bytes, 61

CC> (command prompt) of DOS, 235, 236,

237cable types, 170cache, 50Capacity Manager, 100Carrier Sense Multiple Access/Collision

Detect (CSMA/CD), 272–274Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) technology,

82–83, 145CAU (Controller Access Unit), 274CAV (Constant Angular Velocity) technol-

ogy, 10–11CBR (Constant Bit Rate) traffic, 288CDM (Common Diagnostic Model), 112CD-ROM (compact disk read only memory)

drives, 9, 10–11, 164–165CDSA (Common Data Security Architec-

ture), 107Celeron Intel Microprocessor, 53, 54–55Central Processing Unit (CPU), 49–50chair comfort, 206channel architecture, 105character sets and graphics, 76Chipkill memory protection, 104chip sets (Intel), 57–58CISC (Complex Instruction Set Computing),

51–53Client Systems. See PC (Personal Computer)

familyclock rate, 50clustering and microprocessors, 58–60cluster registration, enterprise storage

solutions, 113Cluster Systems Management, 100CLV (Constant Linear Velocity) technology,

11CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide

Semiconductor) memory, 63–64coaxial cable, 170colors of graphics, 78comfort features of ThinkPad, 31–32command prompt (C>) of DOS, 235, 236,

237Common Data Security Architecture

(CDSA), 107Common Diagnostic Model (CDM), 112

communications, 258–294. See alsocommunications options; LANs(Local Area Networks); terminalemulation

application programs, 218–219enterprise storage solutions, 293equipment-sharing from, 259Fibre Channel Hub, 292Fibre Channel PCI Adapter, 293Fibre Channel RAID Controller, 293Fibre Channel SAN Data Gateway

Router, 292Fibre Channel Switch, 292gateways, 282–285importance of, 258–259information flow improvement from,

258–259Netfinity Fibre Channel technology,

291–293Storage Area Networks (SANs), 109–110,

291–294communications bay, ThinkPad, 31communications options, 165–173

async adapters (serial ports), 86,166–167

asynchronous communications, 166–167,168

Binary Synchronous Communications(BSC), 168

cable types, 170coaxial cable, 170emulation adapters, 173, 174Ethernet adapters, 170, 171High-Level Data Link Control (HDLC),

168host computer communication, 167–168leased lines, 169–170Local Area Networks (LANs), 170–173modems, 168–170multipoint capability, 170multiprotocol adapters, 167–168parity bit, 166–167point-to-point capability, 170start bit, 166, 167stop bit, 167Switched Network Backup Utility

(SNBU), 170switched telephone lines, 169, 170synchronous adapters, 167–168Synchronous Data link Control (SDLC),

168

Index 391

thick cable, 170thin cable, 170token-ring network adapters, 170–173Wake On LAN (WOL), 17, 170

compact disk read only memory (CD-ROM)drives, 9, 10–11, 164–165

Compaq, 107compatibility. See also software compatibility

BIOS, 202Disk Operating System (DOS) versions,

240Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconduc-

tor (CMOS) memory, 63–64Complex Instruction Set Computing

(CISC), 51–53computer elements diagram, 187concentrators in LANs, 279–282, 283Configuration/Setup Utility, 191–198

administrator password, 196, 197Date and Time Menu Option, 196defined, 191–192Devices and I/O Ports Menu Option,

196disk/diskette drive disabling, 196–197Electrically Erasable Programmable

Read Only Memory (EEPROM),194

Esc key to return to Main Menu, 195F1 key for, 191, 194, 195, 198help messages (F1 key), 195, 198Main Menu, 193, 195–198passwords and, 194–195, 196–197POST/BIOS Update security feature, 197Power Management Menu Option,

197–198power-on password, 197Product Data Menu option, 196Reference Diskette, 65, 195Scheduler feature, 198Setup Utility, 196–197Standby feature, 197–198starting, 194–195Start Options Menu Option, 197System Clock, 196System Security Menu Option, 196–197System Summary Menu Option, 195Video Setup, 196Wake Up on Ring feature, 198

Constant Angular Velocity (CAV) technology,10–11

Constant Bit Rate (CBR) traffic, 288

Constant Linear Velocity (CLV) technology,11

Consumer Products Division, xxController Access Unit (CAU), 274Conventional Memory of DOS, 238, 239core logic of X-architecture, 102, 103–106CoSession of POST, 194costs to operate LANs, 290cover of ThinkPad, easy opening, 32CPU (Central Processing Unit), 49–50CRT (Cathode Ray Tube) technology,

82–83, 145cryptographic co-processors, 107CSMA/CD (Carrier Sense Multiple Access/

Collision Detect), 272–274custom application programs, 213, 221–222CyberJump feature of ScrollPoint Mouse,

179

DDatabase 2 OS/2, 242database management applications, 215–217Datacenter edition of Windows 2000, 249data sharing

from Local Area Networks (LANs),268–270

from operating systems, 230–232data transfer

between applications, 214, 219rate of fixed disks, 69

DataZoom feature of ScrollPoint Mouse,179

Date and Time Menu Option of Configura-tion/Setup Utility, 196

DDC (Display Data Channel), 147, 149DES Encryptions, 107Desktop Management Interface (DMI), 17Developer Kit for Linux, 255–256Devices and I/O Ports Menu Option of

Configuration/Setup Utility, 196DIB (Dual Independence Bus), 73digital certificates, 107Digital Video Disc (DVD), 9, 10, 11DIR command of DOS, 235, 236Direct Memory Access (DMA) techniques,

86directories in Windows, 246Directory Tree section of DOS Shell, 236,

237disaster management, enterprise storage

solutions, 109–110


diskcache program, 71–72compression utility of DOS, 241drive disabling, Configuration/Setup

Utility, 196–197swapping of DOS, 236

diskettes. See removable disk storageDisk Operating System. See DOSdisk storage. See fixed disks; optical disk

drives; removable disk storage(diskettes)

Display Data Channel (DDC), 147, 149displays and display adapters, 144–152. See

also graphicsantireflective screen treatments, 146,

149Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) technology,

82–83, 145Display Data Channel (DDC), 147, 149Energy Star program, 146–147, 149, 151Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)

guidelines, 146–147“Ergonomic Requirements for Office

Workstations with Video DisplayTerminals” (ISO 9241), 80–81,149, 150

E Series (entry-level) color monitors,145–147

flat panel color monitors, 81–83,150–152, 182

Flatter, Squarer Tube (FST) technology,147, 148

flicker, 81, 147, 149G Series (general-purpose) monitors,

147–149International Organization for Standard-

ization (ISO) requirements, 80–81,147, 149, 150

phosphor pitch, 145, 148Plug and Play, 147power management features, 146–147P Series (professional) monitors, 149–150resolution, 77–80, 145–146, 148Swedish Board for Technical Accredita-

tion (SWEDAC) MRP-II guide-lines, 147

Swedish Confederation of ProfessionalEmployees Environmental Labelstandards (TCO-99), 149–150

Swedish National Board for Industrial

and Technical Development(NUTEK) requirements, 147, 149,150, 151

Thin-Film Transistor (TFT) technology,32, 82–83, 150

ThinkPad, 32touch-enabled monitors, 148–149

DMA (Direct Memory Access) techniques,86

DMI (Desktop Management Interface), 17docking (common) solutions of ThinkPad,

31Docking Stations of DOS, 241DOS (Disk Operating System), 234–241

640 KB memory limit of, 223, 236, 240,241, 243, 244

antivirus utility, 241Application Program Interface (API), 237command prompt (C>), 235, 236, 237compatibility with earlier versions, 240Conventional Memory, 238, 239DIR command, 235, 236Directory Tree section of DOS Shell,

236, 237disk compression utility, 241disk swapping, 236Docking Stations, 241DOS extended with Windows, 241,

243–245DOS Shell, 235–237enhancements of DOS 7.0, 240–241Expanded Memory Specification (EMS),

238, 240Extended Memory (High Memory

Area), 238, 239eXtended Memory Specification (XMS),

238, 240Local Area Networks (LANs) and, 268memory addresses, 238, 239memory management, 237–240menu bar of DOS Shell, 235–236, 237overview, 222–223, 234Program-List Area of DOS Shell, 236,

237program scheduler, 241Protected mode capabilities, 238RAMBoost utility, 240–241RAMDrive program, 240Real mode, 235, 240Reserved Area of memory, 238, 239, 240

Index 393

Stacker Compression, 241starting tasks, 235–237Systems Application Architecture (SAA)

and, 235task initiation, 235–237terminal emulation, 263, 266Terminate and Stay Resident (TSR)

programs, 239–240Upper Memory Blocks, 238, 240Virtual DOS Machine (VDM), 251–252Windows and, 244–245, 246, 251–252

double words, 61Dual Independence Bus (DIB), 73dual-processor systems, 58DVD (Digital Video Disc), 9, 10, 11

EEarly Token Release function, 278e-business emphasis of personal computers

(PCs), xxECC (Error Checking and Correcting)

memory, 62–63, 161systems management strategy, 96

ECC-On-SIMM (EOS), 63ECC-P (Error Checking and Correcting-

Parity), 62–63“Edge of the Network” (EON) products.

See NetVista familyEDO (Extended Data Out) memory, 61EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Program-

mable Read Only Memory), 194EIDE (Enhanced Integrated Drive Electron-

ics) interface, 159–160EISA (Extended Industry Standard Archi-

tecture), 72, 74Electrically Erasable Programmable Read

Only Memory (EEPROM), 194electronic mail/messaging

from Local Area Networks (LANs),271–272

from terminal emulation, 264“electronic property pass” applications, 22Electronic Solution Assurance Review

(eSAR), 113electrophotographic (EP) process, 154ELSA GLoria II graphics adapter, 84EMS (Expanded Memory Specification),

238, 240emulation. See also terminal emulation

adapters, 173, 174

of Local Area Networks (LANs), 290Energy Star program, 146–147, 149, 151Enhanced Integrated Drive Electronics

(EIDE) interface, 159–160Enhanced Keyboard of ThinkPad, 177Enhanced mode of Windows, 244–245enhancements of DOS 7.0, 240–241enterprise storage solutions, 106–113. See

also X-architecture; xSeries andNetfinity

active diagnostics, 112availability, 111–112backup with Storage Area Networks

(SANs), 110cluster registration, 113Common Data Security Architecture

(CDSA), 107Common Diagnostic Model (CDM), 112communications, 293cryptographic co-processors, 107defined, 102, 106DES Encryptions, 107digital certificates, 107disaster management, 109–110Electronic Solution Assurance Review

(eSAR), 113Fibre Array Storage Technology (FAStT)

devices, 109FlashCopy, 108HelpCenter, 113interoperability, 107manageability, 107–108Netfinity Director, 107–108Netfinity Web Server Accelerator

(NWSA), 111protection, 108RAID 1-Enhanced (1E), 108–109RAID 5-Enhanced (5E), 109reliability, 111–112Remote Access Control Facilities

(RACF), 107Remote Connect...”Call Home,” 113scalability, 106–107security, 107Software Rejuvenation, 101, 111–112Start Up Support, 112–113Storage Area Networks (SANs) and,

109–110, 291–294technical support, 112–113

Entry Systems Division (ESD), xix, xvii


Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)guidelines, 146–147

EON (“Edge of the Network”) products.See NetVista family

EOS (ECC-On-SIMM), 63EPA (Environmental Protection Agency)

guidelines, 146–147EP (electrophotographic) process, 154EPROM (flash Erasable Programmable

Read Only Memory), 63E Pro systems, IntelliStation family, 48equipment sharing

from communications, 259from Local Area Networks (LANs), 271

“Ergonomic Requirements for OfficeWorkstations with Video DisplayTerminals” (ISO 9241), 80–81,149, 150

Error Checking and Correcting. See ECCError Checking and Correcting-Parity

(ECC-P), 62–63error resolution of POST, 189–194eSAR (Electronic Solution Assurance

Review), 113Esc key to return to Main Menu of

Configuration/Setup Utility, 195ESD (Entry Systems Division), xix, xviiE Series, Aptiva, 7–11E Series (entry-level) color monitors,

145–147eserver computers, xx, 3, 381. See also

xSeries and NetfinityEstridge, Philip (Don), xviiEthernet

adapters, 170, 171Local Area Networks (LANs), 272–274,

278–279, 285–286example of computer session, 203–206execution units, 50Expanded Memory Specification (EMS),

238, 240expansion slots, 72–75

Accelerated Graphics Port, 73–74Advanced Graphics Port (AGP) bus,

72–74bus, local, 72–75Dual Independence Bus (DIB), 73Extended Industry Standard Architec-

ture (EISA), 72, 74Industry-Standard Architecture (ISA),

72, 74

local bus, 72–75Micro Channel, 72, 74Peripheral Component Interconnect

(PCI), 72, 73–74Personal Computer Memory Card

International Association(PCMCIA), 72, 74–75

Video Equipment Standards Association(VESA) bus, 72

Extended Data Out (EDO) memory, 61eXtended Graphics Array (XGA), 79, 80,

81Extended Industry Standard Architecture

(EISA), 72, 74Extended Memory (High Memory Area) of

DOS, 238, 239eXtended Memory Specification (XMS),

238, 240extensibility of Windows NT, 253

FF1 key for Configuration/Setup Utility, 191,

194, 195, 198fail-over clustering, 59Fast Page Mode (FPM) memory, 61FAStT (Fibre Array Storage Technology)

devices, 109FAT (File Allocation Table), 247, 253Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI)

networks, 279–282, 283Fibre Array Storage Technology (FAStT)

devices, 109Fibre Channel

Hub, 292PCI Adapter, 293RAID Controller, 293SAN Data Gateway Router, 292Switch, 292

fields of database, 216File Allocation Table (FAT), 247, 253filename length support, 246files, 216, 246Fire GL1 graphics accelerator card, 84fixed disks, 68–72

actuator, 68average latency of drive, 68, 69average seek time, 68, 69data transfer rate, 69disk cache program, 71–72Integrated Drive Electronics (IDE)

drives, 69

Index 395

I/O controller, 71options, 159–160, 162performance of computer and, 68–69read/write head, 68Small Computer System Interface (SCSI),

69–71tracks, 68

FlashCopy, 108flash Erasable Programmable Read Only

Memory (EPROM), 63flash memory (Read Only Memory, ROM),

63, 202flat panel monitor technology, 81–83,

150–152, 182Flatter, Squarer Tube (FST) technology,

147, 148flicker of displays, 81, 147, 149flow control of LANs, 290folders in Windows, 246formatting diskettes, 65, 66Fortune magazine, 54FPM (Fast Page Mode) memory, 61frame-based technologies for LANs, 285–286frame buffer (video memory), 76, 77, 83–85FST (Flatter, Squarer Tube) technology,

147, 148full-color printer, 157

Ggateways, 282–285GBICs (gigabit interface converters), 292Gemini graphics adapter (Appian), 85Giant MagnetoResistive (GMR) head

technology, 67gigabit interface converters (GBICs), 292glare reduction, 206–207GLoria II graphics adapter (ELSA), 84GMR (Giant MagnetoResistive) head

technology, 67GPU (Graphics Processing Unit, Quadro),

84Graphical User Interface (GUI), 243, 245graphics, 75–85. See also displays and

display adapters16-bit Video Graphics Array (VGA),

78–79active-matrix panels, 82All-Points-Addressable (APA) images,

76–77alphanumeric images, 76Appian Gemini graphics adapter, 85

Application-Specific Integrated Circuits(ASICs), 85

black and white, 78brightness, 82Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) technology,

82–83, 145character sets, 76colors, 78display and, 75–76ELSA GLoria II graphics adapter, 84emerging graphics/video memory, 83–85“Ergonomic Requirements for Office

Workstations with Video DisplayTerminals” (ISO 9241), 80–81,149, 150

eXtended Graphics Array (XGA), 79,80, 81

Fire GL1 graphics accelerator card, 84flat panel monitor technology, 81–83,

150–152, 182flicker of image, 81, 147, 149Intense3D Wildcat 4110/4210 graphics

solutions, 84–85interlacing, 81Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) technol-

ogy, 32, 82Matrox Millennium G400 video

adapter, 83–84phosphor persistence, 81picture elements (pels or pixels), 76, 77Quadro Graphics Processing Unit

(GPU), 84refresh rate, 81resolution of images, 77–80, 145–146,

148shades of gray, 78Super Video Graphics Array (SVGA),

78, 79–80Thin-Film Transistor (TFT) technology,

32, 82–83, 150trilinear MIP mapping, 85true-color images, 80Video Graphics Array (VGA), 78–80video memory (frame buffer), 76, 77,

83–85Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) (Quadro),

84groupware, 220G Series (general-purpose) monitors,

147–149GUI (Graphical User Interface), 243, 245


HHAL (Hardware Abstraction Layer), 253Hard Disk Drive (HDD) upgrade options,

160, 162, 181hardware

interfaces and software compatibility,209–211

systems management strategy and, 96–98Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL), 253HDD (Hard Disk Drive) upgrade options,

160, 162, 181HDLC (High-Level Data Link Control), 168help

guides (wizards) of Windows, 247messages (F1 key) for Configuration/

Setup Utility, 195, 198HelpCenter, 113Hewlett-Packard, 107High-Level Data Link Control (HDLC), 168High Memory Area (Extended Memory) of

DOS, 238, 239High-Performance Addressing (HPA), 32High Performance File System (HPFS), 253history of personal computers (PCs), xvii–xxhome business computers. See Aptiva

familyhost computer communication

communications options, 167–168terminal emulation for, 260–261

HPA (High-Performance Addressing), 32HPFS (High Performance File System), 253human-centric designs, 97HyperJump feature of ScrollPoint Mouse,

179

IIBM Aptiva family. See Aptiva familyIBM AS/400 computers and terminal

emulation, 265–266IBM IntelliStation family. See IntelliStation

familyIBM NetVista family. See NetVista familyIBM Network Stations, 5–6IBM PC 300GL series. See PC 300GL seriesIBM PC 300PL series. See PC 300PL seriesIBM PC 300 series. See PC 300 seriesIBM Personal computer (PC) Family. See

PC (Personal Computer) familyIBM System/3X computers and terminal

emulation, 265, 266IBM Thin Client family, 5–6

IBM ThinkPad family. See ThinkPad familyIDE CD-ROM drives, 164–165IDE (Integrated Drive Electronics) drives, 69incompatibility testing of software, 211Independent Business Unit, xviiindustrial computer line, 6Industry-Standard Architecture (ISA), 72, 74InfiniBand, 105InfoPrint 21, 153, 155–156InfoPrint 32, 153, 156InfoPrint 40, 153, 156–157InfoPrint Color 8 Printer, 157–158information flow

improvement from communications,258–259

services from terminal emulation,263–264

installation and systems managementstrategy, 98–102

integrated applications, 214, 219–220Integrated Drive Electronics (IDE) drives,

69integration and systems management

strategy, 95–96Intel

chip sets, 57–58microprocessors, 53–56processor-based servers and X-architec-

ture, 102Trusted Computing Platform Alliance

(TCPA), 107IntelliStation family, 45–48, 375. See also

PCs (personal computers)64-bit processing, 48E Pro systems, 48M Pro systems, 47–48overview, 5Z Pro systems, 45–47

Intense3D Wildcat 4110/4210 graphicssolutions, 84–85

interlacing of graphics, 81International Organization for Standardiza-

tion (ISO), 80–81, 147, 149, 150Internet

access from terminal emulation, 264–265Communication tools of Windows 98,

247–248impact on personal computers (PCs),

xix, xxinteroperability, enterprise storage solu-

tions, 107

Index 397

I/Ocapacity of X-architecture, 104–105controller of fixed disks, 71

ISA (Industry-Standard Architecture), 72, 74i Series (individual optimized ThinkPad

notebooks), 29, 38–41ISO (International Organization for

Standardization), 80–81, 147,149, 150

Itanium (Merced) Intel Microprocessor, 53,55–56

JJava applications and OS/2 Warp, 249JavaOS for Business, 254–255Just-In-Time (JIT) compiling technology,

256

Kkeyboards

comfort, 206Enhanced Keyboard, 88, 89Host Connected Keyboard, 88, 89Space Saver Keyboard, 88, 89, 178ThinkPad, 31, 176–178TrackPoint Keyboard, 88, 89

LLANClient Control Manager (LCCM), 96,

98, 99LAN Server, 242LANs (Local Area Networks), 267–291.

See also communicationsapplications sharing, 270–271Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)

networks, 287–291Available Bit Rate (ABR) traffic, 288backbones, 286, 290–291bandwidth-intensive applications, 288,

290bottlenecks, 288Carrier Sense Multiple Access/Collision

Detect (CSMA/CD), 272–274communications options, 170–173concentrators, 279–282, 283Constant Bit Rate (CBR) traffic, 288Controller Access Unit (CAU), 274costs to operate, 290data sharing from, 268–270defined, 267Disk Operating System (DOS) and, 268

Early Token Release function, 278electronic messaging from, 271–272emulation, 290equipment sharing from, 271Ethernet LANs (bus-wired networks),

272–274, 278–279, 285–286Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI)

networks, 279–282, 283flow control of, 290frame-based technologies, 285–286gateways, 282–285licensing agreements of software

publishers, 270–271message frames (packets), 274–278microsegmented, 286multicasting, 290multiuser systems versus, 232source-route bridging, 278switched Ethernet and token-ring

networks, 285–286token-ring networks, 170–173, 274–279,

285–286tuning networks, 290Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR) traffic, 288Variable Bit Rate (VBR) traffic, 288

large workgroups printer, 156LCCM (LANClient Control Manager), 96,

98, 99LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) technology,

32, 82leased lines, 169–170legacy free S Series, NetVista, 26–28licensing agreements of software publishers,

270–271lighting comfort, 206–207Light-Path Diagnostics, 96, 97Linux, 255–256, 257Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) technology,

32, 82Local Area Networks. See LANslocal bus, 72–75lock management, 60loosely coupled (asymmetric) processing, 50Lotus Notes, 220Lotus SmartSuite, 17, 220

MMain Menu of Configuration/Setup Utility,

193, 195–198manageability, enterprise storage solutions,

107–108


Matrox Millennium G400 video adapter,83–84

Maximum Press Web site, xvi, 6media sense of diskettes, 66medium-sized workgroups printer, 155, 157“Members Only” Web site, xvi, 6memory, 61–64. See also expansion slots;

microprocessors640 KB memory limit of DOS, 223, 236,

240, 241, 243, 244addresses of DOS, 238, 239bits, 61bytes, 61Chipkill memory protection, 104compact disk read only memory

(CD-ROM), 9, 10–11, 164–165Complementary Metal Oxide Semicon-

ductor (CMOS), 63–64count of POST, 186–188Direct Memory Access (DMA) tech-

niques, 86Disk Operating System (DOS), 237–240double words, 61ECC-On-SIMM (EOS), 63Electrically Erasable Programmable

Read Only Memory (EEPROM),194

Error Checking and Correcting (ECC),62–63, 161

Expanded Memory Specification (EMS),238, 240

expansion options, 159, 160–161Extended Data Out (EDO), 61eXtended Memory Specification (XMS),

238, 240Fast Page Mode (FPM), 61flash Erasable Programmable Read Only

Memory (EPROM), 63Rambus DRAM (RDRAM), 57–58, 61,

161Read Only Memory (ROM), 63, 202Synchronous Dynamic Random Access

Memory (SDRAM), 9, 10, 11,61–62, 160–161

Synchronous Graphic Random AccessMemory (SGRAM), 9, 10

video memory (frame buffer), 76, 77,83–85

words, 61menu bar of DOS Shell, 235–236, 237Merced Intel Microprocessor, 53, 55–56

message frames (packets) of LANs, 274–278Micro Channel, 72, 74Microdrive, 66–68microprocessors, 49–61. See also memory

386 Intel Microprocessor, 53, 548086-8088 Intel Microprocessor, 53–54Advanced Programmable Interrupt

Controller (APIC), 58Advanced System Management Adapter,

60–61Application Program Interface (API),

59–60Arithmetic Logic Units (ALUs), 50asymmetric (loosely coupled) processing,

50cache, 50Celeron Intel Microprocessor, 53, 54–55Central Processing Unit (CPU), 49–50chip sets (Intel), 57–58clock rate, 50clustering, 58–60Complex Instruction Set Computing

(CISC), 51–53defined, 49–50dual-processor systems, 58execution units, 50fail-over clustering, 59Intel chip sets, 57–58Intel microprocessors, 53–56Itanium (Merced) Intel Microprocessor,

53, 55–56lock management, 60Mobile Pentium Intel processors, 56multiprocessing, 50–51MultiProcessing Specification 1.x (MPS

1.x), 58–59Netfinity system management processor,

60–61options, 176parallel processing, 59Pentium III/Xeon Intel Microprocessor,

53, 55, 57Pentium II/Xeon Intel Microprocessor,

53, 54Pentium Intel Microprocessor, 53, 54Pentium Pro Intel Microprocessor, 53, 54Rambus DRAM (RDRAM) memory,

57–58Reduced Instruction Set Computing

(RISC), 51–53registers, 50

Index 399

“single resource,” 59Symmetric MultiProcessing (SMP),

50–51, 58–60symmetric (tightly coupled) processing,

50–51system management tools, 60“whole computer,” 59

microsegmented LANs, 286Microsoft, 107. See also WindowsMicrosoft Cluster Service (MSCS), 100MicroTouch Systems, Inc., 148mission-critical servers, 92–93Mobile Pentium Intel processors, 56model of software, 198–206modems, 168–170modifications to applications, 222monitor comfort, 206–207. See also

displays and display adapters;graphics

M Pro systems, IntelliStation family, 47–48MPS 1.x (MultiProcessing Specification 1.x),

58–59MSCS (Microsoft Cluster Service), 100multi-application (multitasking) systems,

223, 224, 226–230, 243multicasting LANs, 290multimedia applications, 217–218multimedia options, 173–176

microprocessor upgrade options, 176PCI Audio Adapter, 175PCMCIA 16-bit Audio Adapter, 176UltraPort Camera, 174–175

multipoint communications, 170multiprocessing, 50–51MultiProcessing Specification 1.x (MPS 1.x),

58–59multiprotocol adapters, 167–168multitasking (multi-application) systems,

223, 224, 226–230, 243multiuser systems, 226, 230–232

Nnaming scheme of personal computers

(PCs), xxNetfinity. See also xSeries and Netfinity

3000, 94, 134–1363500, 132–1343500 M10, 944000R, 94, 130–1324500R, 93, 129–1305000, 93, 127–128

5100, 93, 125–1265600, 93, 118–1196000R, 93, 123–1247100, 93, 119–1237600, 92, 115–1188500R, 92, 95, 114–115APC Smart-UPS 5000, 184Availability Extensions, 100Director, 96, 99–102, 107–108Enterprise Expansion Cabinet, 182–184Enterprise Rack Cabinet, 182–184Fibre Channel RAID Manager, 101Fibre Channel technology, 291–293Flat Panel Monitor Rack Mount Kit, 182history of, xix, xxManager, 96NetBAY22 rack cabinet, 183options, 182–184Rack Keyboard Tray, 182SP Switch Administration, 101system management processor, 60–61Uninterruptible Power Source (UPS), 184Web Server Accelerator (NWSA), 111

NetVista family, 23–29, 343. See also PCs(personal computers)

history of, xxoverview, 2–3, 4, 13Portable Drive Bay 2000, 23–24security features, 24S Series (legacy-free), 26–28Thin Client Series (zero footprint), 28–29X Series (all-in-one), 24–26

networked personal computers. SeeNetVista family; PC (PersonalComputer) family

Network Printer 12, 153, 154–155networks. See communicationsNetwork Stations, 5–6nodes of X-architecture, 103–104Non-Programmable Terminals (NPTs), 5–6notebook computers. See ThinkPad familyNPTs (Non-Programmable Terminals), 5–6NTFS (NT File System), 254NUTEK (Swedish National Board for

Industrial and Technical Develop-ment) requirements, 147, 149,150, 151

OOAPlus/DOS and OAPlus/WIN, 193–194“open architecture policy,” xvii


Operating System/2 Warp. See OS/2 Warpoperating systems, 225–257. See also DOS

(Disk Operating System); OS/2(Operating System/2) Warp;Windows

16-bit operations, 245, 25132-bit processing, 245, 246accessories of Windows 95, 246Active Directory of Windows 2000, 248Advanced Configuration and Power

Interface (ACPI), 247Advanced edition of Windows 2000, 249Advanced Interactive Executive (AIX),

222, 224, 256, 257advanced operating systems, 241–256application program dependencies,

222–224Application Program Interface (API)

and, 222, 223, 225–226application sharing, 230–232background processing, 227–230Database 2 OS/2, 242Datacenter edition of Windows 2000, 249data sharing from, 230–232dependencies and applications, 222–224Developer Kit for Linux, 255–256directories in Windows, 246extensibility of Windows NT, 253File Allocation Table (FAT) support,

247, 253filename length supported, 246folders in Windows, 246Graphical User Interface (GUI), 243, 245Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL), 253help guides (wizards) of Windows, 247High Performance File System (HPFS)

support, 253Internet Communication tools of

Windows 98, 247–248Java applications and OS/2 Warp, 249JavaOS for Business, 254–255Just-In-Time (JIT) compiling technology,

256LAN Server, 242Linux, 255–256, 257Local Area Networks (LANs) versus

multiuser systems, 232multi-application (multitasking) systems,

223, 224, 226–230, 243multiuser systems, 226, 230–232NT File System (NTFS), 254

“PC compatibility,” 233–234Plug and Play, 247portability of Windows NT, 253POSIX-compliant applications, 252program switching, 227–230Protected mode, 233, 241, 242Real mode, 232–233selection tips, 256–257sharing data and programs, 230–231single application, 226software layer, 198, 200–201, 208, 209Standard edition of Windows 2000,

248–249starting Windows, 245–246, 247, 248switching between windows, 246Symmetric MultiProcessing (SMP)

support, 249, 250, 254Systems Application Architecture (SAA)

and, 235, 242taskbar of Windows 95, 246time slicing, 230Transmission Control Protocol/Internet

Protocol (TCP/IP), 242Virtual 8086 mode, 233–234, 241, 242,

245Virtual DOS Machine (VDM), 251–252VoiceType technology and OS/2 Warp,

249optical disk drives, 163–165

compact disk read only memory(CD-ROM) drives, 9, 10–11,164–165

IDE CD-ROM drives, 164–165options and peripherals, 143–184. See also

communications options; displaysand display adapters; multimediaoptions; optical disk drives;printers; ThinkPad options

Enhanced Integrated Drive Electronics(EIDE) interface, 159–160

Error Checking and Correcting (ECC)memory expansion, 161

fixed disk drives options, 159–160, 162Hard Disk Drive (HDD) upgrade

options, 160, 162, 181memory expansion options, 159, 160–161Netfinity options, 182–184Rambus DRAM (RDRAM) memory

expansion, 161Small Computer System Interface (SCSI)

adapters, 160

Index 401

Synchronous Dynamic Random AccessMemory (SDRAM) expansion,160–161

tape drives, 160, 163OS/2 (Operating System/2) Warp

Local Area Networks (LANs) and, 268operating system dependencies, 222, 224overview, 241–242, 249–250selection tips, 256terminal emulation, 263, 266Windows and, 252–253

PP1394 FixedWire, 86, 87packets (message frames) of LANs, 274–278parallel

ports, 86processing, 59

parity bit, 166–167passwords

Configuration/Setup Utility, 194–195,196–197

Power-On Self-Test (POST), 188, 189PC 300GL series, 13, 14, 19–20, 21, 332PC 300PL series, 13, 15, 20–23, 24, 338PC 300 series, 13, 14, 18–19, 331“PC compatibility,” 207–208, 233–234PCI Audio Adapter, 175PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect)

expansion slots, 72, 73–74X-architecture and, 104

PCI-X, 104–105PCMCIA 16-bit Audio Adapter, 176PCMCIA (Personal Computer Memory

Card International Association),72, 74–75

PC (Personal Computer) family, 12–23. Seealso PCs (personal computers)

Alert on LAN feature, 16–17Asset ID technology, 16, 22Desktop Management Interface (DMI),

17“electronic property pass” applications,

22history of, xvii, xxLotus SmartSuite, 17overview, 3, 13PC 300GL series, 13, 14, 19–20, 21, 332PC 300PL series, 13, 15, 20–23, 24, 338PC 300 series, 13, 14, 18–19, 331radio-frequency ID (RFID) tag, 22

Rapid Resume feature, 15security features, 16–17Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Report-

ing Technology (S.M.A.R.T.), 17,160

software preloaded on, 17–18Standby mode, 15Suspend/Resume mode, 15Vital Product Data (VPD), 16Wake On LAN (WOL), 17, 170

PCs (personal computers), xvii–6. See alsoapplication programs; Aptivafamily; communications; expan-sion slots; fixed disks; graphics;IntelliStation family; keyboards;memory; microprocessors;NetVista family; NetworkStations; operating systems;optical disk drives; options andperipherals; PC (Personal Com-puter) family; ports; removabledisk storage (diskettes); softwarecompatibility; software use;ThinkPad family; xSeries andNetfinity

Consumer Products Division, xxe-business emphasis, xxEntry Systems Division (ESD), xix, xviieserver computers, xxhistory of, xvii–xxIndependent Business Unit, xviiInternet impact on, xix, xxnaming scheme, xxNetwork Stations, 5–6“open architecture policy,” xviioverview, 1–6Personal Computer AT, xix, xvii, xviiiPersonal Computer XT, xix, xvii, xviiiPersonal System/1&2 (PS/1&2) comput-

ers, xix, xxPersonal Systems Group, xxValuePoint family, xixxSeries servers, xx

pels (picture elements), 76, 77Pentium

III/Xeon Intel Microprocessor, 53, 55, 57II/Xeon Intel Microprocessor, 53, 54Intel Microprocessor, 53, 54Pro Intel Microprocessor, 53, 54

performance of computer and fixed disks,68–69


Peripheral Component Interconnect. See PCIPersonal Computer AT, xix, xvii, xviiiPersonal Computer family. See PC (Per-

sonal Computer) familyPersonal Computer Memory Card Interna-

tional Association (PCMCIA), 72,74–75

personal computers. See PCsPFA (Predictive Failure Analysis), 96, 111phosphor

persistence, 81pitch, 145, 148

picture elements (pels or pixels), 76, 77Plug and Play, 147, 247point-to-point communications, 170portability of Windows NT, 253Portable Drive Bay 2000, 23–24, 180–182ports, 85–87

defined, 85–86Direct Memory Access (DMA) tech-

niques, 86P1394 FixedWire, 86, 87parallel ports, 86serial ports, 86, 166–167Small Computer System Interface (SCSI)

ports, 86Universal Serial Bus (USB), 86–87

POSIX-compliant applications, 252POST/BIOS Update security feature of

Configuration/Setup Utility, 197POST (Power-On Self-Test), 186–194

CoSession, 194defined, 186error resolution, 189–194memory count, 186–188OAPlus/DOS and OAPlus/WIN, 193–194password feature, 188, 189program, passing control to, 188–189,

190stuck key error simulation, 189–192system configuration, 188

power management features of displays,146–147

Power Management Menu Option ofConfiguration/Setup Utility,197–198

power-on password of Configuration/SetupUtility, 197

Power-On Self-Test. See POSTPredictive Failure Analysis (PFA), 96, 111prewritten application programs, 213–224

all-in-one products, 219–220Big Five functions, 213–221business graphics and multimedia,

217–218communications, 218–219database management, 215–217data transfer between, 214, 219fields of database, 216files, 216groupware, 220integrated applications, 214, 219–220Lotus Notes, 220Lotus SmartSuite, 220multimedia, 217–218records of database, 216series approach, 219spreadsheets, 215user interface consistency, 213–214, 219vertical market applications, 221word processing, 214–215

price/performance servers, 93printers, 152–158

electrophotographic (EP) process, 154full-color printer, 157InfoPrint 21, 153, 155–156InfoPrint 32, 153, 156InfoPrint 40, 153, 156–157InfoPrint Color 8 Printer, 157–158large workgroups printer, 156Network Printer 12, 153, 154–155small to medium-sized workgroups

printer, 155, 157tabletop letter-quality printer, 154

proactive environmental monitoring, 96,102

PROCOMM, 263Product Data Menu option of Configura-

tion/Setup Utility, 196Professional Workstation (PWS). See

IntelliStation familyProgram-List Area of DOS Shell, 236, 237programs. See application programs;

software compatibility; softwareuse

program scheduler of DOS, 241program switching, 227–230Protected mode

of DOS, 238of operating systems, 233, 241, 242

protection, enterprise storage solutions,108

Index 403

P Series (professional) monitors, 149–150PWS (Professional Workstation). See

IntelliStation family

QQuadro Graphics Processing Unit (GPU),

84

RRACF (Remote Access Control Facilities),

107rack-optimized servers, 94–95radio-frequency ID (RFID) tag, 22RAID

1-Enhanced (1E), 108–1095-Enhanced (5E), 109Manager, 101

RAMBoost utility of DOS, 240–241Rambus DRAM (RDRAM) memory,

57–58, 61, 161RAMDrive program of DOS, 240Random Access Memory (RAM). See

memoryRapid Access keyboard, 176–177, 178Rapid Resume, 7, 15RDRAM (Rambus DRAM) memory,

57–58, 61, 161Read Only Memory (ROM), 63, 202read/write head, fixed disks, 68Real mode

of Disk Operating System (DOS), 235,240

of operating systems, 232–233of Windows, 244

records of database, 216Red Hat Linux, 256Reduced Instruction Set Computing (RISC),

51–53Reference Diskette, 65, 195refresh rate of graphics, 81registers, 50reliability

enterprise storage solutions, 111–112X-architecture and, 102

Remote Access Control Facilities (RACF),107

Remote Connect...”Call Home,” 113remote I/O of X-architecture, 105–106removable disk storage (diskettes), 64–68

1.44 MB diskettes, 663.5-inch diskettes, 64–66

4.0 MB diskettes, 665.25-inch diskettes, 64, 65720 KB diskettes, 65–66formatting diskettes, 65, 66Giant MagnetoResistive (GMR) head

technology, 67media sense, 66Microdrive, 66–68Reference Diskette, 65, 195super drives, 66write protect switch, 64–65Zip drives, 66

Reserved Area of DOS memory, 238, 239,240

resolution of displays, 77–80, 145–146, 148Retainagroup Ltd., 16RFID (radio-frequency ID) tag, 22RISC (Reduced Instruction Set Computing),

51–53ROM (Read Only Memory), 63, 202

SSAA (Systems Application Architecture)

and operating systems, 235, 242SANs (Storage Area Networks), 109–110,

291–294scalability

enterprise storage solutions, 106–107X-architecture and, 103–106xSeries and Netfinity, 92

Scheduler featureof Aptiva, 6–7of Configuration/Setup Utility, 198

ScrollPoint Mouse, 178–179SCSI (Small Computer System Interface)

adapters, 160fixed disks, 69–71ports, 86

SDLC (Synchronous Data link Control),168

SDRAM (Synchronous Dynamic RandomAccess Memory), 9, 10, 11, 61–62,160–161

securityenterprise storage solutions, 107NetVista family, 24Personal Computer (PC) family, 16–17

Select-A-Keyboard, 88Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting

Technology (S.M.A.R.T.), 17, 160serial ports (async adapters), 86, 166–167


series approach to applications, 219ServerGuide, 96, 98–99server systems. See xSeries and Netfinityservice processors (Advanced System

Management, ASM), 60–61, 96,97–98, 100

Setup Utility of Configuration/Setup Utility,196–197

SGRAM (Synchronous Graphic RandomAccess Memory), 9, 10

shades of gray, 78sharing

applications from Local Area Networks(LANs), 270–271

applications from operating systems,230–232

data from Local Area Networks (LANs),268–270

data from operating systems, 230–232equipment from communications, 259equipment sharing from Local Area

Networks (LANs), 271single application operating systems, 226“single resource,” 59small business computers. See Aptiva familySmall Computer System Interface. See SCSIsmall-sized workgroups printer, 155, 157S.M.A.R.T. (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and

Reporting Technology), 17, 160SMP (Symmetric MultiProcessing)

microprocessors, 50–51, 58–60operating systems support, 249, 250,

254SNBU (Switched Network Backup Utility),

170software compatibility, 207–211. See also

application programs; operatingsystems; software use

Application Program Interface (API)consistency for, 208–211

application program layer and, 207–208Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) layer

and, 202, 208, 209defined, 207–208hardware interfaces and, 209–211incompatibility testing, 211operating system layer and, 208, 209“PC compatibility,” 207–208testing, 211

Software Rejuvenation, 101, 111–112software use, 185–207. See also application

programs; Configuration/SetupUtility; POST (Power-On Self-Test); software compatibility

advanced BIOS, 202application program layer, 198, 199–200Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) layer,

198, 201–202, 208, 209chair comfort, 206compatibility BIOS, 202computer elements diagram, 187example of computer session, 203–206glare reduction, 206–207keyboard comfort, 206lighting comfort, 206–207model, 198–206monitor comfort, 206–207operating system layer, 198, 200–201Read Only Memory (ROM), 63, 202systems management strategy, 98–102workspace setup, 206–207

source-route bridging, 278spreadsheets, 215S Series

Aptiva, 2, 11–12NetVista, legacy free, 26–28

Stacker Compression of DOS, 241Standard

edition of Windows 2000, 248–249keyboard, 177, 178mode of Windows, 244

Standby modeof Configuration/Setup Utility, 197–198of Personal Computers (PC) family, 7, 15

start bit, 166, 167starting

Configuration/Setup Utility, 194–195tasks in DOS, 235–237Windows, 245–246, 247, 248

Start Options Menu Option of Configura-tion/Setup Utility, 197

Start Up Support, 112–113stop bit, 167Storage Area Networks (SANs), 109–110,

291–294stuck key error simulation, POST, 189–192Summit technology, 102, 103–106Sun Microsystems, 254, 255super drives, 66Super Video Graphics Array (SVGA), 78,

79–80Suspend/Resume mode, 7, 15

Index 405

SVGA (Super Video Graphics Array), 78,79–80

Swedish Board for Technical Accreditation(SWEDAC) MRP-II guidelines,147

Swedish Confederation of ProfessionalEmployees Environmental Labelstandards (TCO-99), 149–150

Swedish National Board for Industrial andTechnical Development (NUTEK)requirements, 147, 149, 150, 151

switched Ethernet and token-ring networks,285–286

Switched Network Backup Utility (SNBU),170

switched telephone lines, 169, 170switching between windows, 246Symmetric MultiProcessing. See SMPsymmetric (tightly coupled) processing,

50–51synchronous adapters, 167–168Synchronous Data link Control (SDLC), 168Synchronous Dynamic Random Access

Memory (SDRAM), 9, 10, 11,61–62, 160–161

Synchronous Graphic Random AccessMemory (SGRAM), 9, 10

System/3X computers and terminalemulation, 265, 266

System Clock, 196system configuration with POST, 188system management tools, microprocessors,

60Systems Application Architecture (SAA)

and operating systems, 235, 242System Security Menu Option of Configu-

ration/Setup Utility, 196–197systems management strategy, 95–102. See

also X-architecture; xSeries andNetfinity

Advanced Interconnect Cable Kit, 97–98Advanced System Management, 60–61,

96, 97–98, 100ASM Token-Ring Option, 98automatic server restart, 96Capacity Manager, 100Cluster Systems Management, 100defined, 95–96Error Checking and Correcting (ECC),

96hardware, 96–98

human-centric designs, 97installation, 98–102integration, 95–96LANClient Control Manager (LCCM),

96, 98, 99Light-Path Diagnostics, 96, 97Netfinity Availability Extensions, 100Netfinity Director, 96, 99–102Netfinity Fibre Channel RAID Manager,

101Netfinity Manager, 96Netfinity SP Switch Administration, 101Predictive Failure Analysis (PFA), 96,

111proactive environmental monitoring, 96,

102RAID Manager, 101ServerGuide, 96, 98–99software, 98–102Software Rejuvenation, 101, 111–112TechConnect, 98–99UM Services, 101–102Universal Manageability (UM) initiative,

95, 99System Summary Menu Option of Configu-

ration/Setup Utility, 195SystemXtra, 32

TT54/56 TFT Color Monitor, 152T54H TFT Color Monitor, 152T74 TFT Color Monitor, 151–152T86 TFT Color Monitor, 150–151tabletop letter-quality printer, 154tape drives, 160, 163taskbar of Windows 95, 246task initiation in DOS, 235–237TCO-99 (Swedish Confederation of

Professional Employees Environ-mental Label standards), 149–150

TCPA (Trusted Computing PlatformAlliance), 107

TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol), 242

TechConnect, 98–99technical support, enterprise storage

solutions, 112–113technology-enabled service and support,

X-architecture, 103terminal emulation, 259–267. See also

communications


3270 emulation, 267, 2855250 workstation emulation, 265–266asynchronous terminal emulation,

261–265benefits of, 260–261defined, 259–260Disk Operating System (DOS) and, 263,

266electronic mail services from, 264emulation adapters, 173, 174host computer communication from,

260–261IBM AS/400 computers and, 265–266IBM System/3X computers and, 265, 266information retrieval services from,

263–264Internet access from, 264–265Operating System/2 (OS/2) Warp and,

263, 266PROCOMM, 263

Terminate and Stay Resident (TSR)programs in DOS, 239–240

testing software compatibility, 211TFT (Thin-Film Transistor) technology, 32,

82–83, 150thick cable, 170thin cable, 170Thin Client family, 5–6Thin Client Series (zero footprint), NetVista,

28–29Thin-Film Transistor (TFT) technology, 32,

82–83, 150ThinkLight, 31ThinkPad family, 29–45, 362. See also PCs

(personal computers); ThinkPadoptions

240X systems, 42–43570E systems, 41–42Access ThinkPad portal, 30comfort features, 31–32communications bay, 31cover, easy opening, 32displays, 32docking (common) solutions, 31High-Performance Addressing (HPA), 32history of, xix, xxi Series (individual optimized notebooks),

29, 38–41keyboards, 31, 176–178Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) technol-

ogy, 32, 82

overview, 5A Series (alternative to desktop com-

puter), 29, 33–35SystemXtra, 32Thin-Film Transistor (TFT) technology,

32, 82–83ThinkLight, 31ThinkPad button, 30titanium composite covers, 30TrackPoint, 31–32T Series (thin-and-light notebooks), 29,

35–37Ultrabay 2000, 30–31UltraPort connector, 31volume control, 31wireless communications, 31WorkPad, 5, 43–45

ThinkPad options, 173–182AutoScroll feature of ScrollPoint Mouse,

178CyberJump feature of ScrollPoint

Mouse, 179DataZoom feature of ScrollPoint

Mouse, 179Enhanced Keyboard, 177HyperJump feature of ScrollPoint

Mouse, 179keyboards, 176–178PCI Audio Adapter, 175PCMCIA 16-bit Audio Adapter, 176Portable Drive Bay 2000, 180–182Rapid Access keyboard, 176–177, 178ScrollPoint Mouse, 178–179Standard keyboard, 177, 178TrackPoint II keyboard, 177, 178UltraPort Camera, 174–175USB Mobile Mouse, 179Zip 250 MB Ultrabay 2000 Drive,

181–182Zoom feature of ScrollPoint Mouse,

179tightly coupled (symmetric) processing,

50–51time slicing, 230titanium composite covers of ThinkPad, 30token-ring networks, 170–173, 274–279,

285–286touch-enabled monitors, 148–149TrackPoint, 31–32TrackPoint II keyboard, 177, 178tracks of fixed disks, 68

Index 407

Transmission Control Protocol/InternetProtocol (TCP/IP), 242

trilinear MIP mapping, 85true-color images, 80Trusted Computing Platform Alliance

(TCPA), 107T Series (thin-and-light ThinkPad note-

books), 29, 35–37TSR (Terminate and Stay Resident)

programs in DOS, 239–240tuning networks, 290

UUBR (Unspecified Bit Rate) traffic, 288Ultrabay 2000, 30–31UltraPort Camera, 174–175UltraPort connector, 31UM Services, 101–102UM (Universal Manageability) initiative,

95, 99Uninterruptible Power Source (UPS), 184Universal Manageability (UM) initiative,

95, 99Universal Serial Bus (USB), 86–87Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR) traffic, 288Upper Memory Blocks of DOS, 238, 240UPS (Uninterruptible Power Source), 184USB Mobile Mouse, 179USB (Universal Serial Bus), 86–87user interface consistency of applications,

213–214, 219using personal computers. See software use

VValuePoint family, xixvalue servers, 93–94Variable Bit Rate (VBR) traffic, 288VBR (Variable Bit Rate) traffic, 288VDM (Virtual DOS Machine), 251–252vertical market applications, 221VESA (Video Equipment Standards

Association) bus, 72VGA (Video Graphics Array), 78–80Video Equipment Standards Association

(VESA) bus, 72Video Graphics Array (VGA), 78–80video memory (frame buffer), 76, 77, 83–85Video Setup of Configuration/Setup Utility,

196Virtual 8086 mode, 233–234, 241, 242,

245

Virtual DOS Machine (VDM), 251–252Vital Product Data (VPD), 16VoiceType technology and OS/2 Warp, 249volume control of ThinkPad, 31VPD (Vital Product Data), 16

WWake On LAN (WOL), 17, 170Wake Up on Ring, 6–7, 198Wearable PC, 3Web site for eserver xSeries and Personal

Computers (PCs), xvi, 6“whole computer,” 59Wildcat 4110/4210 graphics solutions

(Intense3D), 84–85Windows

95, 241, 245–247, 256, 25798, 247–248, 256, 2572000, 248–249, 256applications, 222Disk Operating System (DOS) and,

244–245, 246, 251–252Enhanced mode, Disk Operating System

(DOS), 244–245NT Server, 254NT Workstation, 241, 242, 250–254,

256–257Real mode, Disk Operating System

(DOS), 244Standard mode, Disk Operating System

(DOS), 244Windows on Win32 (WOW), 252wireless communications of ThinkPad, 31wizards (help guides) of Windows, 247WOL (Wake On LAN), 17, 170word processing, 214–215words, 61WorkPad, 5, 43–45workspace setup, 206–207WOW (Windows on Win32), 252write protect switch of diskettes, 64–65

XX-architecture, 102–113. See also enter-

prise storage solutions; systemsmanagement strategy; xSeries andNetfinity

availability, 102channel architecture, 105Chipkill memory protection, 104core logic, 102, 103–106


InfiniBand, 105Intel processor-based servers and, 102I/O capacity, 104–105nodes, 103–104PCI-X, 104–105Peripheral Component Interconnect

(PCI), 104reliability, 102remote I/O, 105–106scalability, 103–106Summit technology, 102, 103–106technology-enabled service and support,

103XGA (eXtended Graphics Array), 79, 80, 81XMS (eXtended Memory Specification),

238, 240xSeries

100, 94, 140–142200, 94, 138–140300, 94, 136–138

X Series (all-in-one), NetVista, 24–26xSeries and Netfinity, 90–142. See also

enterprise storage solutions;systems management strategy;X-architecture

history of, xxmission-critical servers, 92–93Netfinity 3000, 94, 134–136

Netfinity 3500, 132–134Netfinity 3500 M10, 94Netfinity 4000R, 94, 130–132Netfinity 4500R, 93, 129–130Netfinity 5000, 93, 127–128Netfinity 5100, 93, 125–126Netfinity 5600, 93, 118–119Netfinity 6000R, 93, 123–124Netfinity 7100, 93, 119–123Netfinity 7600, 92, 115–118Netfinity 8500R, 92, 95, 114–115overview, 3, 4, 90–92price/performance servers, 93rack-optimized servers, 94–95scalability, 92value servers, 93–94xSeries 100, 94, 140–142xSeries 200, 94, 138–140xSeries 300, 94, 136–138

Zzero footprint (Thin Client Series), NetVista,

28–29Zip 250 MB Ultrabay 2000 Drive, 181–182Zip drives, 66Zoom feature of ScrollPoint Mouse, 179Z Pro systems, IntelliStation family, 45–47

Reader Feedback Sheet

Your comments and suggestions are very important in shaping futurepublications. Please email us at [email protected] or photocopythis page, jot down your thoughts, and fax it to (850) 934-9981 ormail it to:

Maximum Press

Attn: Jim Hoskins

605 Silverthorn Road

Gulf Breeze, FL 32561

Marketing onthe Internet,Fifth Editionby Jan Zimmerman512 pages$34.95ISBN: 1-885068-49-2

Business-to-BusinessInternet Marketing,Third Editionby Barry Silverstein528 pages$29.95ISBN: 1-885068-50-6

To purchase a Maximum Press book, visit your local bookstoreor call 1-800-989-6733 (US) or 1-850-934-4583 (International)

online ordering available at www.maxpress.com

101 Ways to PromoteYour Web SiteSecond Editionby Susan Sweeney, C.A.552 pages$29.95ISBN: 1-885068-45-X

MarketingWith E-MailSecond Editionby Shannon Kinnard352 pages$29.95ISBN: 1-885068-51-4

Building Intranetswith Lotus Notes &Domino, 5.0,Third Editionby Steve Krantz320 pages$39.95ISBN: 1-885068-41-7

Internet Marketingfor InformationTechnologyCompaniesby Barry Silverstein464 pages$39.95ISBN: 1-885068-46-8

Internet Marketingfor Your TourismBusinessby Susan Sweeney, C.A.592 pages$39.95ISBN: 1-885068-47-6

Internet Marketing forLess Than $500/Yearby Marcia Yudkin334 pages$29.95ISBN: 1-885068-52-2

To purchase a Maximum Press book, visit your local bookstoreor call 1-800-989-6733 (US/Canada) or 1-850-934-4583 (International)

online ordering available at www.maxpress.com

Exploring IBMTechnology, Products& Services,Fourth Editionedited by Jim Hoskins256 pages$54.95ISBN: 1-885068-62-X

Exploring IBM ~iSeries and AS/400Computers,Tenth Editionby Jim Hoskins andRoger Dimmick560 pages$39.95ISBN: 1-885068-43-3

Exploring IBMS/390 Computers,Sixth Editionby Jim Hoskinsand George Coleman472 pages$39.95ISBN: 1-885068-30-1

Exploring IBMNetwork Stationsby Eddie Ho,Dana Lloyd, andStephanos Heracleous223 pages$39.95ISBN: 1-885068-32-8

Exploring IBM~ xSeries andPCs,Eleventh Editionby Jim Hoskinsand Bill Wilson384 pages$39.95ISBN: 1-885068-39-5

Exploring IBMRS/6000 Computers,Tenth Editionby Jim Hoskinsand Doug Davies440 pages$39.95ISBN: 1-885068-42-5

exploring ibm eserver xseries and pcs

Documents